[opensuse-translation-commit] r96934 - branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-15 17:02:20 +0200 (Thu, 15 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96934 Added: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rpm-groups.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,441 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "アドオン製品の作成者" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "新しいアドオン製品を作成" -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "既存のアドオン製品をベースにして作成" -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "未署名のアドオン製品に署名" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "利用可能なアドオン製品の設定一覧を表示" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "選択した設定からアドオン製品を構築する" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "選択したアドオン製品を削除する" -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "パッケージのあるディレクトリパス" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "内容ファイルのパス" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "既存のアドオン製品のディレクトリパス" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "新しいパッケージ説明を生成(コピーではなく)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "パッケージ説明のあるディレクトリパス" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "パターン定義のあるディレクトリパス" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリへのパス" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "ISOイメージの作成" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "出力するISOイメージの名前" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "ISOイメージの出力パス" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "製品に署名をしない" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "製品に署名する際のGPGキーID" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "GPGキーのロックを解除するためのパスフレーズ" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "PGPキーのパスフレーズファイルのパス" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "選択した鍵ですべてのパッケージに再署名します。" -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "ワークフロー定義ファイルのパス(installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "ワークフローダイアログアーカイブのパス(y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "ワークフローを形作るYaSTパッケージのあるディレクトリパス" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" msgstr "ライセンステキストのパス (license.zip または license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "「info」テキストファイルのパス(media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "追加の依存関係情報があるファイルのパス(EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "アドオン製品のあるディレクトリへのパス" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "製品を構築せず、新しい設定の保存のみを行います。" -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." msgstr "選択したアドオン数 ('list' コマンドで製品数を取得できます)" -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "Changelog ファイルの生成" -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "リリースパッケージを生成しません。" -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "製品説明付きのファイルへのパス(*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル%1が存在しません。" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "ディレクトリ %1 がありません。" -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "キー%1のパスフレーズ:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "出力ディレクトリのパスが見つかりません。" -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzipが存在しません" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "パッケージのあるディレクトリパスが指定されていません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "内容ファイルのパスが指定されていません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "既存のアドオンのパスが指定されていません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "アドオンのあるディレクトリパスが指定されていません。" -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) 製品名: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tバージョン: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\t入力元ディレクトリ: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\t出力先ディレクトリ: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tパターン: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"アドオン製品の設定がありません。新しく作成するには「作成」または「複製」コマ" -"ンドをお使いください。" +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "アドオン製品の設定がありません。新しく作成するには「作成」または「複製」コマンドをお使いください。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "構築するアドオン製品を指定してください。" -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "設定済みのアドオン製品がありません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "削除すべきアドオン製品を指定してください。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "アドオン作成プログラムの設定概要" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" msgstr "入力元ディレクトリ: %1<br>" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" msgstr "出力先ディレクトリ: %1<br>" -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "パターン: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しいアドオン製品の設定作成を開始するには ［<b>追加</b>］を押してくださ" -"い。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しいアドオン製品の設定作成を開始するには ［<b>追加</b>］を押してください。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>選択したアドオン製品の設定を変更するには ［<b>編集</b>］を押してください。" -"</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>選択したアドオン製品の設定を変更するには ［<b>編集</b>］を押してください。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>選択した設定を削除するには［<b>削除</b>］を押してください。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"<b>Build</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>選択した設定を基に新しいアドオン製品を作成するには、［<b>構築</b>］をク" -"リックします。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>選択した設定を基に新しいアドオン製品を作成するには、［<b>構築</b>］をクリックします。</p>" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "製品名" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "構築(&B)" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "設定 \"%1\" を削除してよろしいですか？" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "アドオン製品クリエータ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "アドオンを最初から作成する(&F)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "既存のアドオンをベースにしてアドオンを作成する(&E)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "既存のアドオン製品のディレクトリパス(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "パッケージ記述の生成(&G)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "アドオン製品のラベル(&A)" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "バージョン(&V)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "必要な製品" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11(&L)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11(&I)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11(&U)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.3(&3)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "その他(&O)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "アドオンパッケージへのディレクトリパス（&P）" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "必要な製品パッケージへのディレクトリパス（&Q）" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "ディレクトリ %1 にはアクセスできません。" -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -456,126 +442,126 @@ "NAMEの値には、\n" "文字、数字、およびキャラクター「.~_-」しか使用できません。" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "ラベル" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "言語コード(&N)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "値(&V)" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "製品の意味" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "コンテンツファイル" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "インポート(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "必要なキーワードのみ表示する(&O)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "リリースパッケージの生成" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "製品ファイル" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "インポート(&M)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "既存のコンテンツファイルを選択する" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "既存の製品ファイルを選択する" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -583,121 +569,121 @@ "これらの項目の値: %1を\n" "入力する" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "「%1」の値" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "旗" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "以下と等しい" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "より大きい" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "より低い" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "リリース" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "フレーバー" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "パッチレベル" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "パッケージ(&P)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "すべての選択/解除(&A)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "インポートするテキストが含まれるファイルを選択してください。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "パッケージ記述" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "記述ファイル言語コード(&L)" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "言語を追加する(&G)" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "パッケージ" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "属性" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "追加の依存関係情報のあるファイルの場所(&D)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "新規パッケージ記述ファイルを選択する" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -705,13 +691,13 @@ "パッケージ記述ファイルの名前が不正です。\n" "別の名前を選択してください。" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "EXTRA_PROVファイルのパスを選択" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -719,60 +705,60 @@ "ファイル「%1」は存在しません。\n" "選択し直してください。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "鍵の種別" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "DSA(&D)" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "RSA(&R)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "キーサイズ(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "有効期限(&E)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名前(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "コメント(&T)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "メールアドレス(&M)" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "パスフレーズ(&P)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "新規GPGキー" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" @@ -780,13 +766,13 @@ "名前、コメント、電子メールアドレスの値が空白です。\n" "これらの少なくとも1つを入力してユーザIDを指定する必要があります。\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "プライマリキーペアを生成する" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -794,103 +780,103 @@ "時間がかかりすぎる場合は、別の作業を行い、\n" "OSがエントロピーを収集できるようにします。\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "アドオン製品に署名する" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "GPG キーID(&K)" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "作成(&C)..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "パスフレーズ確認(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "選択した鍵ですべてのパッケージに再署名する(&S)" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "パスワードが一致しません。再試行してください。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "出力設定" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリパス(&A)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "ISOイメージの作成(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "イメージファイル名" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "Changelogの生成(&G)" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "ワークフローの設定(&C)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "オプションファイル(&P)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "アドオン用ディレクトリパスを入力する。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要(O)" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "パターン" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリを入力する" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリ" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリでISOイメージを作成しています" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -898,154 +884,154 @@ "この名前のファイルは既に存在します。\n" "別の名前を選択してください。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "info.txt ファイル(&I)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "ライセンスファイル(&L)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "READMEファイル" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "新規READMEファイルの名前(&N)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "新規READMEファイルを選択する" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "新規ライセンスファイル用言語(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "新規ライセンスファイルを選択する" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "エキスパート設定、Part2" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "©ING Files" msgstr "COPYINGファイル(&C)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "COPYRIGHTファイル(&R)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "新規COPYRIGHTファイル用言語(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "新規COPYRIGHTファイルを選択する" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "新規COPYINGファイル用言語(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "新規COPYINGファイルを選択する" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "エキスパート設定、Part 3" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "製品" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "パッチ" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "インポート(&I)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "media" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "ワークフロー環境設定" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "ワークフロー記述のあるファイルの場所(&L)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "YaSTモジュールの追加はありません(&N)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "y2update.tgzのパス(&P)" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "参照(&B)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "パッケージをインポートする(&I)" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaSTモジュールパッケージ" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "installation.xmlファイルを選択する" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "y2update.tgzファイルのパスを選択する" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaSTモジュールパッケージを選択する" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1053,8 +1039,8 @@ "<p><b><big>アドオンを作成しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1062,372 +1048,227 @@ "<p>アドオン設定を書き込んでいます<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このモジュールは、アドオン製品の作成についてのガイダンスを提供します。</p>" +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このモジュールは、アドオン製品の作成についてのガイダンスを提供します。</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新規アドオン製品を作成する方法を選択する。アドオンを最初から作成すること" -"も、既存の製品をベースにして作成することもどちらも可能です。</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新規アドオン製品を作成する方法を選択する。アドオンを最初から作成することも、既存の製品をベースにして作成することもどちらも可能です。</p>" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate " -"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>既存の製品をベースにする場合、<b>パッケージ記述の生成</b>をチェックして、" -"既存製品上で、パッケージの新規記述を生成します。</p>" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>既存の製品をベースにする場合、<b>パッケージ記述の生成</b>をチェックして、既存製品上で、パッケージの新規記述を生成します。</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>名前とバージョン</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>アドオン製品に対する名前とバージョンを入力します。</p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>必要な製品</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新規アドオン製品が適用される製品を選択します。ここでの選択が、<tt>コンテン" -"ツ</tt>ファイルの<b>REQUIRES</b>値を形成します。</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新規アドオン製品が適用される製品を選択します。ここでの選択が、<tt>コンテンツ</tt>ファイルの<b>REQUIRES</b>値を形成します。</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>アドオンパッケージ</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>アドオン製品を形成するRPMパッケージを含むディレクトリパスを選択してくださ" -"い。</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>アドオン製品を形成するRPMパッケージを含むディレクトリパスを選択してください。</p>" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>必要な製品パッケージ</b></p>" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>必要に応じて、アドオン製品がベースにする製品のRPMパッケージがあるディレク" -"トリパスを選択します。 これらのパッケージはアドオン製品に含まれませんが、後ほ" -"どワークフローでパターンを作成する場合に使用できます。</p>" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>必要に応じて、アドオン製品がベースにする製品のRPMパッケージがあるディレクトリパスを選択します。 これらのパッケージはアドオン製品に含まれませんが、後ほどワークフローでパターンを作成する場合に使用できます。</p>" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここで、<tt>コンテンツ</tt>ファイルの値を編集します。</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>アドオン製品を識別するのに必要な情報を入力します。<tt>コンテンツ</tt>ファ" -"イルのすべての属性を見るには、<b>必要なキーワードのみ表示する</b>の選択を解除" -"します。</p>" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>アドオン製品を識別するのに必要な情報を入力します。<tt>コンテンツ</tt>ファイルのすべての属性を見るには、<b>必要なキーワードのみ表示する</b>の選択を解除します。</p>" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>既存の<b>コンテンツ</b>ファイルをインポートするには、[<b>インポート</b>]を" -"選択します。</p>" +msgstr "<p>既存の<b>コンテンツ</b>ファイルをインポートするには、[<b>インポート</b>]を選択します。</p>" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang files) here.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここで、言語固有のパッケージの記述を編集します(<tt>packages.lang</tt>ファ" -"イル)。</p>" +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここで、言語固有のパッケージの記述を編集します(<tt>packages.lang</tt>ファイル)。</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新規言語用記述ファイルを追加するには、[<b>言語追加</b>]を選択します。利用" -"可能な言語リストは、<tt>コンテンツ</tt>ファイルの<b>LINGUAS</b>値から読み込み" -"ます。 [<b>インポート</b>]を使って、パッケージ記述付きの既存ファイルをイン" -"ポートします。[<b>削除</b>]を使って、記述ファイルを削除します。</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新規言語用記述ファイルを追加するには、[<b>言語追加</b>]を選択します。利用可能な言語リストは、<tt>コンテンツ</tt>ファイルの<b>LINGUAS</b>値から読み込みます。 [<b>インポート</b>]を使って、パッケージ記述付きの既存ファイルをインポートします。[<b>削除</b>]を使って、記述ファイルを削除します。</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>2番目のテーブルの、<b>追加</b>と<b>編集</b>を選択して、選択パッケージの記" -"述入力を変更します。</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p>2番目のテーブルの、<b>追加</b>と<b>編集</b>を選択して、選択パッケージの記述入力を変更します。</p>" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package " -"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>また、 <b>追加のパッケージ依存関係</b> (EXTRA_PROV) を提供するファイルを選" -"択することもできます。</p>" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "<p>また、 <b>追加のパッケージ依存関係</b> (EXTRA_PROV) を提供するファイルを選択することもできます。</p>" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでアドオン製品のパターンを作成して編集します。</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an " -"existing one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>[<b>新規</b>]で、新規パターンを作成するか、[<b>インポート</b>]で既存のパ" -"ターンをインポートしてください。</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>[<b>新規</b>]で、新規パターンを作成するか、[<b>インポート</b>]で既存のパターンをインポートしてください。</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>第2テーブルの[<b>追加</b>]および[<b>編集</b>]を使って、パターン属性を変更" -"します。</p>" +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>第2テーブルの[<b>追加</b>]および[<b>編集</b>]を使って、パターン属性を変更します。</p>" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>必要パターン</b>］をオンにすると、アドオン製品に必要なパターンとして" -"マークを\n" -"付けることができます。このようなパターンは、アドオン製品のインストールの開始" -"時に自動的に事前選択されます。</p>" +"<p>［<b>必要パターン</b>］をオンにすると、アドオン製品に必要なパターンとしてマークを\n" +"付けることができます。このようなパターンは、アドオン製品のインストールの開始時に自動的に事前選択されます。</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>アドオン製品が作成されるディレクトリのパスを指定します。[<b>ISOイメージの" -"作成</b>]を選択し、出力ディレクトリで製品のISOイメージを作成します。</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>アドオン製品が作成されるディレクトリのパスを指定します。[<b>ISOイメージの作成</b>]を選択し、出力ディレクトリで製品のISOイメージを作成します。</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>過去2年間にアドオン製品内のパッケージに加えられたすべての変更が記録された" -"Changelogファイルを生成するには、［<b>Changelogの生成</b>］を使用します。</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "<p>過去2年間にアドオン製品内のパッケージに加えられたすべての変更が記録されたChangelogファイルを生成するには、［<b>Changelogの生成</b>］を使用します。</p>" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. " -"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>[<b>ワークフローの設定</b>]で、アドオン製品のワークフローを適応します。" -"[<b>オプションファイル</b>]を使って、<tt>README</tt>ファイル、ライセンス、お" -"よびその他オプション値のテキストを構成します。</p>" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>[<b>ワークフローの設定</b>]で、アドオン製品のワークフローを適応します。[<b>オプションファイル</b>]を使って、<tt>README</tt>ファイル、ライセンス、およびその他オプション値のテキストを構成します。</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここで、アドオン製品ワークフローをカスタマイズするのに必要なファイルを入力" -"できます。</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここで、アドオン製品ワークフローをカスタマイズするのに必要なファイルを入力できます。</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ワークフロー記述の付いたファイルの場所を入力します。このファイルは、<tt> " -"control.xml </tt>の代用で、アドオン製品のベースディレクトリに、" -"<tt>installation.xml</tt>として保存されます。</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ワークフロー記述の付いたファイルの場所を入力します。このファイルは、<tt> control.xml </tt>の代用で、アドオン製品のベースディレクトリに、<tt>installation.xml</tt>として保存されます。</p>" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>アドオン製品のインストール中にカスタムYaSTモジュールを使用するには、これら" -"のモジュールが保存されている<tt>y2update.tgz</tt>アーカイブへのパスを入力する" -"か、または<b>［パッケージをインポートする］</b>でYaST RPMパッケージを指定して" -"<tt>y2update.tgz</tt>のコンテンツを設定します。</p>" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>アドオン製品のインストール中にカスタムYaSTモジュールを使用するには、これらのモジュールが保存されている<tt>y2update.tgz</tt>アーカイブへのパスを入力するか、または<b>［パッケージをインポートする］</b>でYaST RPMパッケージを指定して<tt>y2update.tgz</tt>のコンテンツを設定します。</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>オプションの<tt> info.txt </tt>ファイルは、[<b> OK </b>]ボタンと一緒にポッ" -"プアップウィンドウで表示されるアドオンの情報を提供します。</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>オプションの<tt> info.txt </tt>ファイルは、[<b> OK </b>]ボタンと一緒にポップアップウィンドウで表示されるアドオンの情報を提供します。</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and " -"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ライセンスのテキストは、インストール開始前に、[<b>同意します</b>]と[<b>同" -"意しません</b>]のボタンと一緒にウィンドウに表示されます。異なる言語のライセン" -"ステキストのファイルは、<tt>license.zip </tt>アーカイブに圧縮され、" -"<tt>media.1 </tt>ディレクトリに保管されます。</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ライセンスのテキストは、インストール開始前に、[<b>同意します</b>]と[<b>同意しません</b>]のボタンと一緒にウィンドウに表示されます。異なる言語のライセンステキストのファイルは、<tt>license.zip </tt>アーカイブに圧縮され、<tt>media.1 </tt>ディレクトリに保管されます。</p>" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><tt> COPYRIGHT </tt>と<tt> COPYING </tt>ファイルは、さまざまな言語への変換" -"され、アドオン製品のルートディレクトリに保管されます。</p>" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p><tt> COPYRIGHT </tt>と<tt> COPYING </tt>ファイルは、さまざまな言語への変換され、アドオン製品のルートディレクトリに保管されます。</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここで、アドオン製品の署名を設定します。利用可能な鍵のリストから秘密の鍵を" -"選択するか、[<b>作成</b>]で、新しい鍵を作成します。</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここで、アドオン製品の署名を設定します。利用可能な鍵のリストから秘密の鍵を選択するか、[<b>作成</b>]で、新しい鍵を作成します。</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" msgstr "<p>秘密の鍵をアンロックするパスフレーズを入力します。</p>" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>選択した鍵でアドオン製品のすべてのパッケージに署名するかどうかを決定し、" -"［<b>全てのパッケージに署名</b>］を選択します。それまでにパッケージに付けられ" -"ていた署名はすべて削除されます。</p>" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>選択した鍵でアドオン製品のすべてのパッケージに署名するかどうかを決定し、［<b>全てのパッケージに署名</b>］を選択します。それまでにパッケージに付けられていた署名はすべて削除されます。</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" msgstr "<p>新規プライマリキーペアを生成するのに必要な値を入力します。</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>DSAキーのデフォルトサイズは1024ビットです。RSAキーは1024～4096ビットの間の" -"ビット長になります。</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p>DSAキーのデフォルトサイズは1024ビットです。RSAキーは1024～4096ビットの間のビット長になります。</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>有効期限</b>として、キーが有効である日数を入力します。数字が、<tt>w、<tt>m</tt>、または<tt>y</tt>で記述されていた場合、それぞれ、週数、月数、" -"年数を表します。有効期限のない鍵の場合は、ブランクのままにしてください。</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>有効期限</b>として、キーが有効である日数を入力します。数字が、<tt>w</tt>、<tt>m</tt>、または<tt>y</tt>で記述されていた場合、それぞれ、週数、月数、年数を表します。有効期限のない鍵の場合は、ブランクのままにしてください。</p>" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>名前</b>、<b>コメント</b>、<b>電子メールアドレス</b>を使用して、新規鍵" -"が関連するユーザ識別を提供します。</p>" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>名前</b>、<b>コメント</b>、<b>電子メールアドレス</b>を使用して、新規鍵が関連するユーザ識別を提供します。</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここで、アドオン製品生成のためのデータの概要を確認します。</p>" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>終了</b>を押して、出力ディレクトリでアドオン製品を作成します。</p>" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>終了</b>を押して、出力ディレクトリでアドオン製品を作成します。</p>" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "新規パターンの名前(&N)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "リリース(&R)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1435,25 +1276,25 @@ "この設定のパターンはすでに存在します。\n" "別の名前またはアーキテクチャを選択してください。\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "説明(&D)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "概要(&S)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "カテゴリ(&T)" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "言語コード(&L)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1461,33 +1302,33 @@ "この名前の鍵は既に存在します。\n" "別の名前を選択してください。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "パターンのエディタ" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "パターンの名前" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "氏名" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "必要パターン(&E)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "既存パターン" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1495,369 +1336,315 @@ "この設定のパターンはすでに存在します。\n" "別のアーキテクチャを選択してください。\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "製品をインポートしています..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "コンテンツファイルスタイル" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "コンテンツファイルの最初のタグでなければなりません。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "製品名" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." msgstr "内部での使用向け。パッケージ名にも同じ制限が適用されます。" -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "製品アーキテクチャ" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"スペースで区切られた製品アーキテクチャのリスト。使用可能な製品リリースパッ" -"ケージアーキテクチャに一致します。 " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "スペースで区切られた製品アーキテクチャのリスト。使用可能な製品リリースパッケージアーキテクチャに一致します。 " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "製品のバージョンとリリース" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "RPMでの製品のバージョンとリリース <tt>major.minor-release</tt>" -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "リリース番号" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "ディストリビューション名" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"文字列でディストリビューションを表わします。同じ文字列を.rpm内で使用してディ" -"ストリビューションの意味を示すことができます。一般に名前とバージョン、アーキ" -"テクチャから成ります。" +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "文字列でディストリビューションを表わします。同じ文字列を.rpm内で使用してディストリビューションの意味を示すことができます。一般に名前とバージョン、アーキテクチャから成ります。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "パッケージ記述ディレクトリ" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "パッケージ記述ディレクトリ(製品ディレクトリの相対)。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "パッケージデータディレクトリ" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "パッケージデータディレクトリ(製品ディレクトリの相対)。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 エンコードラベル。<b>LINGUAS<b>が省略された場合か、デフォルト言語が決ま" -"らない場合のデフォルトラベル。" +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8 エンコードラベル。<b>LINGUAS<b>が省略された場合か、デフォルト言語が決まらない場合のデフォルトラベル。" -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "言語サポート" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "ISO言語コードまたは言語コード、国別コード" -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "デフォルト言語" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "デフォルト言語コード。" -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "事前選択されたパターン" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "製品によって事前選択されたパターンのリスト。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "ベンダー名" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "ベンダー名(自由形式)。" -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "リリースノートURL" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "リリースノートが置いてあるURL" -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "URL更新" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "更新ソースのあるURL" -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "言語固有ラベル" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching " -"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8エンコード<b>LABEL</b>。<tt>lang</tt>は、<b>LINGUAS</b>と同じシンタック" -"スです。<b>LINGUAS</b>内の各言語では、<b>LABEL.lang</b>に適合する。" +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8エンコード<b>LABEL</b>。<tt>lang</tt>は、<b>LINGUAS</b>と同じシンタックスです。<b>LINGUAS</b>内の各言語では、<b>LABEL.lang</b>に適合する。" -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "デフォルト言語の一行ラベル" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "言語固有一行ラベル" -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "デフォルト言語の複数ライン記述" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "複数ライン記述、言語固有。" -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "カテゴリ" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"グループパターンで使用する、デフォルト言語の一行カテゴリ。カテゴリはユーザが" -"自由に指定できます。" +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "グループパターンで使用する、デフォルト言語の一行カテゴリ。カテゴリはユーザが自由に指定できます。" -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "カテゴリの言語固有バージョン。" -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "表示" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "ユーザインターフェースを使い、パターンを表示するかどうかを設定します。" -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "パッケージ" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "インストールするパッケージのリスト。" -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "推奨パッケージ" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"これらのパッケージはデフォルトでインストールされていますが、削除可能です。" +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "これらのパッケージはデフォルトでインストールされていますが、削除可能です。" -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "提案パッケージ" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"アプリケーションのヒントはあるが、従属レゾリューション中にハンドルされませ" -"ん。" +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "アプリケーションのヒントはあるが、従属レゾリューション中にハンドルされません。" -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "アイコンファイル名" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "ファイル名が指定されていない場合は、代わりにパターン名が使用されます\n" -"(名前のブランクは、アンダースコアに置き換えられます)。ファイル名に拡張子、." -"pngまたは.jpgが付いていない場合、.pngが追加されます。パスが指定されていない場" -"合は、テーマアイコンパス(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/" -"apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/)で、アイコンを検" -"索します。絶対パス、または(テーマパス、/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/に対す" -"る)相対パスが許容されます。" +"(名前のブランクは、アンダースコアに置き換えられます)。ファイル名に拡張子、.pngまたは.jpgが付いていない場合、.pngが追加されます。パスが指定されていない場合は、テーマアイコンパス(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/)で、アイコンを検索します。絶対パス、または(テーマパス、/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/に対する)相対パスが許容されます。" -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "パターンオーダー" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"ユーザインターフェースに複数のパターンがリストされている場合、この3桁の整数値" -"がパターンのオーダーを定義します。" +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "ユーザインターフェースに複数のパターンがリストされている場合、この3桁の整数値がパターンのオーダーを定義します。" -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "必要パターン" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "このパターンと一緒にインストールされる必要のあるパターン。" -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "提供パターン" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"このパターンが提供する機能。他からの<b>REQUIRES<b>に一致させるために使用され" -"ます。resolvableにはすべて、デフォルトの名前とエディションがあります。-例え" -"ば、パッケージ<i>bar-1.42-1 <i>は<tt>bar = 1.42-1 </tt>の機能を備えています。" +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "このパターンが提供する機能。他からの<b>REQUIRES<b>に一致させるために使用されます。resolvableにはすべて、デフォルトの名前とエディションがあります。-例えば、パッケージ<i>bar-1.42-1 <i>は<tt>bar = 1.42-1 </tt>の機能を備えています。" -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "競合パターン" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"このパターンは、指定された、または機能を備えたresolvableがインストールされて" -"いる場合は、インストールできません。" +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "このパターンは、指定された、または機能を備えたresolvableがインストールされている場合は、インストールできません。" -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "古いパターン" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1865,327 +1652,274 @@ "このパターンがインストールされている場合、ここで古い、とマークされた\n" "他のパターンはアンインストールされます。" -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "推奨パターン" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"REQURESの弱いバージョン。推奨パターンがインストールできない場合、エラーは表示" -"されません。" +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "REQURESの弱いバージョン。推奨パターンがインストールできない場合、エラーは表示されません。" -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "補足パターン" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"逆<b>Rec</b>。指定された機能が既にインストールされたresolvableにより提供され" -"ている場合に、このパターンがインストールされます。従属resolverがインストール" -"します。製品のアンインストールは、ユーザに通知せずに受け入れられます。" +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "逆<b>Rec</b>。指定された機能が既にインストールされたresolvableにより提供されている場合に、このパターンがインストールされます。従属resolverがインストールします。製品のアンインストールは、ユーザに通知せずに受け入れられます。" -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "提案パターン" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "更新" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"現在のパターンは、ここで指定されたパターンがインストールされた場合のインス" -"トールについてのみ、考慮されます。" +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "現在のパターンは、ここで指定されたパターンがインストールされた場合のインストールについてのみ、考慮されます。" -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "拡張" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "包含" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "強化するパターン" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "競合するパッケージ" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "廃棄するパッケージ" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "更新されるパッケージ" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "補足するパッケージ" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "強化するパッケージ" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "複数ラインパッケージ記述。" -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "パッケージ概要(ラベル)。パッケージの一行記述です。" -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "インストール通知" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"パッケージが選択されると、テストバージョン警告や商品のライセンスのような非公" -"式なメッセージが表示されます。" +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "パッケージが選択されると、テストバージョン警告や商品のライセンスのような非公式なメッセージが表示されます。" -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "削除通知" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"削除するパッケージが選択されると、パッケージがないのでシステムが使用できない" -"場合に表示される警告のような非公式なメッセージが表示されます。" +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "削除するパッケージが選択されると、パッケージがないのでシステムが使用できない場合に表示される警告のような非公式なメッセージが表示されます。" -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "EULA" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"EULAのテキスト。このテキストはパッケージのインストール前に表示されます。ユー" -"ザがEULAを受諾しない場合、パッケージはインストールされません。" +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "EULAのテキスト。このテキストはパッケージのインストール前に表示されます。ユーザがEULAを受諾しない場合、パッケージはインストールされません。" -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "インストールされているべき製品" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>製品要件を満たすためにシステムにインストールされている必要がある" -"resolvable。</p>" +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "<p>製品要件を満たすためにシステムにインストールされている必要があるresolvable。</p>" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "提供された製品" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires from others." -msgstr "" -"この製品が提供する機能。他からの<b>requires</b>に一致させるために使用されま" -"す。" +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "この製品が提供する機能。他からの<b>requires</b>に一致させるために使用されます。" -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "重複している製品" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"このresolvableは、指定された、または機能を備えたresolvableがインストールされ" -"ている場合は、インストールできません。" +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "このresolvableは、指定された、または機能を備えたresolvableがインストールされている場合は、インストールできません。" -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "古い製品" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"この解決方法がインストールされると、このキーワードに該当する他の解決方法をア" -"ンインストールします。" +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "この解決方法がインストールされると、このキーワードに該当する他の解決方法をアンインストールします。" -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "お薦め製品" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"<b>REQUIRES</b>の弱い表現です。 <b>RECOMMENDS</b>満たすように努力されますが、" -"該当するものがない場合は通知することなく無視されます。" +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "<b>REQUIRES</b>の弱い表現です。 <b>RECOMMENDS</b>満たすように努力されますが、該当するものがない場合は通知することなく無視されます。" -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "推奨製品" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "リリースノートRPMのURL" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "製品の説明" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "製品の概要" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "製品ライン" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "サービスパックやバージョンが変わっても変化しない、製品の短縮名。" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "リポジトリの更新キー" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "メディアのタイプ" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"ターゲット製品に使用するメディアのタイプ。「cd」、「ftp」、「dvd5」、「dvd9」" -"を指定できます。" +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "ターゲット製品に使用するメディアのタイプ。「cd」、「ftp」、「dvd5」、「dvd9」を指定できます。" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "製品の特色" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" msgstr "製品のフレーバーまたはバリアント(「DVD」、「FTP」、「Live」など)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "製品情報を生成しています..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "見つかったパッケージディレクトリ" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "パッケージディレクトリを検索しています..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "パッケージアーキテクチャの確認" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "デフォルトの内容ファイルの作成" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "パッケージのアーキテクチャを確認しています..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "デフォルトの内容ファイルを生成しています..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "パッケージ説明の生成" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" -msgstr "" -"<b>アドオン用のデータを作成しています。しばらくお待ちください...</b><br/>\n" +msgstr "<b>アドオン用のデータを作成しています。しばらくお待ちください...</b><br/>\n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2193,25 +1927,25 @@ "obs-productconverterパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\n" "リリースパッケージは生成されません。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." msgstr "リリースパッケージの構築が「%1」で失敗しました。" -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "製品への署名に失敗しました。" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "別のパスフレーズで再試行してください" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2219,102 +1953,102 @@ "GPG 鍵 %1 のパスワードを入力してください\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "アドオンの作成" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "コンテンツファイルを書き込む" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "アドオンの構造を作成する" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "パターンを書き込む" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "パッケージをコピーする" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "リリースパッケージの生成" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "MD5の合計を作成する" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "最終的な製品に署名を行う" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "コンテンツファイルを書き込んでいます..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "アドオンの構造を作成しています..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "パターンを書き込んでいます..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "パッケージをコピーしています..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "リリースパッケージの生成..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "MD5の合計を作成しています..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "最終的な製品に署名をしています..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "ISOイメージの作成" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "ISOイメージを作成しています..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "コンテンツファイルが書き込めません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "出力ディレクトリ構造が作成できません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -49,109 +49,102 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "" -"目的のファイル名('xmlfile'オプション)がありません。xmlfile=" -"コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "目的のファイル名('xmlfile'オプション)がありません。xmlfile=コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "アドオン製品" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>アドオン製品を初期化しています...</p>" -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>メディア: %1、パス: %2、製品: %3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "アドオン「%1」を「%2」から利用できるようにしてください。" -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "アドオン製品の追加に失敗しました。" -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "インストールするアドオン製品が選択されていません" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "アドオン製品(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "拡張言語のインストールが完了しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストール" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "インストールする言語拡張の選択(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>インストールする言語拡張を選択し、［<b>OK</b>］をクリックしてください。" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>インストールする言語拡張を選択し、［<b>OK</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してよろしいですか？" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -159,32 +152,32 @@ "インストールする言語が選択されていません。\n" "インストールを中止してよろしいですか？" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "言語 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "このモジュールのユーザインタフェースが見つかりません。" -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "ベンダドライバのCD" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "ベンダのCD-ROMを入れてください" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -192,8 +185,8 @@ "CD-ROMにドライバのデータが見つかりませんでした。\n" "中止します。" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -201,13 +194,13 @@ "CD-ROMのデータは現在実行中のLinuxに適合しません。\n" "中止します。\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "ドライバをインストール中..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -215,13 +208,13 @@ "インストールに失敗しました。\n" "CD-ROMに記載されている連絡先に連絡してください。\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "CDから %1 のドライバをインストールしました" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -229,51 +222,51 @@ "CD-ROMにドライバのデータが見つかりませんでした。\n" "中止します。" -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "リポジトリ内に製品が見つかりません。" -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "メディア内にソフトウェアリポジトリが見つかりません。" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "新しいソースを初期化しています..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1、ディレクトリ: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "ソフトウェアリポジトリの選択" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -283,45 +276,45 @@ "選択したメディアには複数のリポジトリがあります。\n" "使用するリポジトリを選択してください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "検出したリポジトリ(&F)" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "リポジトリを選択してください。" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "アドオン製品の依存関係を実現できません。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "製品の選択" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "使用可能な製品" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -331,13 +324,13 @@ "リポジトリ内には複数の製品があります。インストールする製品を\n" "選択してください。</p>\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "選択したアドオン製品の依存関係を実現できません。" -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -346,137 +339,129 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big>［<b>アドオン製品のインストール</b>］</big><br/>\n" "ここには、インストール対象として選択したすべての製品が表示されます。\n" -"新しい製品を追加するには［<b>追加</b>］を、すでに追加済みの製品を削除するに" -"は\n" +"新しい製品を追加するには［<b>追加</b>］を、すでに追加済みの製品を削除するには\n" "製品を選択してから［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。</p>" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1、ディレクトリ: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "製品" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "メディア" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "削除する製品を選択してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "選択したアドオンを削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "インストール済みのアドオン製品" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "アドオン製品" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャの実行(&S)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>システムにインストールされているすべてのアドオン製品が表示されています。" +msgstr "<p>システムにインストールされているすべてのアドオン製品が表示されています。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " -"an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックして新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、［<b>削" -"除</b>］ボタンをクリックして使用中のアドオンを削除します。</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックして新しいアドオン製品を追加するか、［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックして使用中のアドオンを削除します。</p>" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>製造元:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "不明なベンダ" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>バージョン:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "不明なバージョン" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>リポジトリ URL:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "不明なリポジトリ URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>リポジトリの別名:</b> %1<br>" -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "不明な URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケー" -"ジが\n" +"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケージが\n" "削除されます。\n" "\n" "削除してよろしいですか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "製品の依存関係を削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "警告: メモリが足りません！" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" @@ -485,8 +470,7 @@ "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" "お使いのシステムにはインストールの際にアドオン製品を追加するのに\n" -"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してくださ" -"い。\n" +"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してください。\n" "\n" "\n" "アドオン製品の設定を飛ばしますか？" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,170 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Linux 監査フレームワーク (LAF) の設定" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "監査設定についての情報を表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "指定したオプションを設定します" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "ログファイルの設定を表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "ディスク領域の設定を表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "ディスパッチャの設定を表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "ログファイルの名前(フルパス名)" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "ログの書式" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "ディスクへのデータの書き込み方法" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "ディスクにフラッシュするまでに書き込むレコードの数" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "ログファイルの最大サイズ(メガバイト単位)" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "max_log_fileに達した場合のアクション" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "保持するログファイルの数" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "コンピュータ名の書式" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "コンピュータ名(書式をUSERに設定した場合に使用します)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"システムの容量が不足し始めたと判断するログパーティションの残り容量(メガバイト" -"単位)" +msgstr "システムの容量が不足し始めたと判断するログパーティションの残り容量(メガバイト単位)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "space_leftに達した場合のアクション" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "space_leftに達した場合に実行するスクリプト(フルパス名)" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"システムの容量が不足していると判断するログパーティションの残り容量(メガバイト" -"単位)" +msgstr "システムの容量が不足していると判断するログパーティションの残り容量(メガバイト単位)" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "admin_space_leftに達した場合のアクション" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "admin_space_leftに達した場合に実行するスクリプト(フルパス名)" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" msgstr "メールの送信先アカウント(space_left_actionをEMAILに設定した場合)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "ディスクがいっぱいになった場合に実行するアクション" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "ディスクがいっぱいになった場合に実行するスクリプト(フルパス名)" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "ディスクエラー時に実行するアクション" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "ディスクエラー時に実行するスクリプト(フルパス名)" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "ディスパッチャと監査デーモン間の通信方法" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "ディスパッチャプログラム(フルパス名)" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf(&A)" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "ログファイルを選択してください" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -187,37 +183,37 @@ "いますが、 'ユーザ定義名' が設定されていません。\n" "書式を 'なし' (既定値) に設定します。" -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "ディスパッチャプログラムを選択してください" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "「%1」の値は変更されませんでした。" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 は存在しません。\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "" "%1 は正規のファイルではありません。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 の所有者はrootではありません。\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "%1 のファイルパーミッションが-rwxr-x---に設定されていません。\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -229,18 +225,18 @@ "アンロックするには、適切な有効フラグを設定し設定を完了\n" "します。その後再起動してください。" -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "ルールは正しく復元されました" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "ルールをリセットできません。/etc/audit/audit.rulesを確認してください。" -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -252,7 +248,7 @@ "新しいルールを送信するとエラーが発生するため、\n" "テストできません。\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -264,25 +260,25 @@ "ルールは次回ブート時までロックされているため、\n" "続行しても意味がありません。\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "成功しました" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "ルール用の一時ファイルを作成できません。" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "例を選択してください" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "ロック設定" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -293,207 +289,205 @@ "監査設定がロックされています(オプション -e 2)。\n" "これは、次のブート時までルールがロックされることを意味します。\n" "本当にこれが必要な場合は、「-e 2」がルールファイルの\n" -"最後のエントリであることを確認してください。そうでない場合は監査を有効または" -"無効にしてください。\n" +"最後のエントリであることを確認してください。そうでない場合は監査を有効または無効にしてください。\n" "ルールを確認または変更するには、ルールエディタに戻ります。\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "一般的な設定" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "ログファイル(&L)" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "ファイルの選択(&L)" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "フォーマット(&F)" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "フラッシュ(&U)" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "周波数(&Q)(レコード数)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "サイズとアクション" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "最大ファイルサイズ(MB)(&X)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "最大ファイルサイズアクション(&A)" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "ログファイルの数(&N)" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "コンピュータ名" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "コンピュータ名の書式(&C)" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "ユーザ定義の名前" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "ディスパッチャの設定" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "ディスパッチャプログラム" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "通信(&O)" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "容量が少なくなり始めたと判断する値とそのアクション" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "ディスクの残り容量(MB)(&S)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "アクション(&A)" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "スクリプトのパス" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "容量が少ないと判断する値とそのアクション" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "管理者用の残り容量(MB)(&A) " -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "アクション(&T)" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "アクションメールアカウント" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "エラー／ディスク満杯時のアクション" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "ディスク満杯時のアクション(&F)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "ディスクエラー時のアクション(&E)" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "有効化フラグを設定する(&S)" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "監査が有効になっています" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "監査が無効になっています" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "ルールがロック (施錠) されています (次の起動まで)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "ここでは監査サブシステムのルールを編集してください:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "構文の確認(&C)" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "「audit.rules」の復元(&R)" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "復元とリセット(&E)" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "ロード(&L)" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Linux監査フレームワークの設定の初期化</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -501,8 +495,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>［中止］</b>をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -510,8 +504,8 @@ "<p><b><big>auditdの設定とルールの保存</big></b>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -523,40 +517,29 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/" -"log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" -"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications " -"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches).</p>" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>auditdログファイル設定</big></b><br>\n" -"監査デーモンは、Linux Auditing Systemのコンポーネントであり、すべての監査関連" -"イベントをログファイル<i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>(デフォルト)に保存しま" -"す。\n" +"監査デーモンは、Linux Auditing Systemのコンポーネントであり、すべての監査関連イベントをログファイル<i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>(デフォルト)に保存します。\n" "保存されるイベントには<i>apparmor</i>カーネルモジュールから届くもののほか、\n" -"<i>libaudit</i>(たとえばPAM)を使用するアプリケーションや、ルール(たとえばファ" -"イル監視など)によって発生した事象などがあります。</p>" +"<i>libaudit</i>(たとえばPAM)を使用するアプリケーションや、ルール(たとえばファイル監視など)によって発生した事象などがあります。</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ルールに関する詳しい情報やルールの追加の可否については、 <b>［auditctlの" -"ルール］</b> ダイアログをご覧ください。\n" -"ログファイル設定についての詳細な情報はマニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)を" -"ご覧ください。</p>" +"<p>ルールに関する詳しい情報やルールの追加の可否については、 <b>［auditctlのルール］</b> ダイアログをご覧ください。\n" +"ログファイル設定についての詳細な情報はマニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)をご覧ください。</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" @@ -564,157 +547,120 @@ "<p><b>ログファイル</b>: ログファイルのフルパスを入力してください\n" "(または［<b>ファイルの選択</b>］をお使いください) 。</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " msgstr "" -"<p><b>形式</b>:すべてのデータを記録するには<i>RAW</i>を(カーネルとしての形式" -"で正確に保存して送信します)、ディスクに保存せずにすべての監査情報を破棄する場" -"合は<i>NOLOG</i>\n" -"を設定してください(ディスパッチャに送信するデータはこの設定の影響を受けませ" -"ん) 。</p> " +"<p><b>形式</b>:すべてのデータを記録するには<i>RAW</i>を(カーネルとしての形式で正確に保存して送信します)、ディスクに保存せずにすべての監査情報を破棄する場合は<i>NOLOG</i>\n" +"を設定してください(ディスパッチャに送信するデータはこの設定の影響を受けません) 。</p> " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"<i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" -"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" "<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>フラッシュ</b>］: ディスクへのデータの書き込み方法を指定します。\n" -"［<i>INCREMENTAL</i>］に設定した場合、［<b>頻度</b>］パラメータで、ディスクへ" -"の明示的なフラッシュを実行するまでに書き込むレコード数を指定します。\n" -"［<i>NONE</i>］を指定すると、データのフラッシュについては何も行いません。" -"［<i>DATA</i>］を指定すると、データ部分の同期を維持します。\n" -"［<i>SYNC</i>］を指定すると、データとメタデータの両方を完全に同期された状態に" -"維持します。</p>" +"［<i>INCREMENTAL</i>］に設定した場合、［<b>頻度</b>］パラメータで、ディスクへの明示的なフラッシュを実行するまでに書き込むレコード数を指定します。\n" +"［<i>NONE</i>］を指定すると、データのフラッシュについては何も行いません。［<i>DATA</i>］を指定すると、データ部分の同期を維持します。\n" +"［<i>SYNC</i>］を指定すると、データとメタデータの両方を完全に同期された状態に維持します。</p>" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>ログファイルの最大サイズ(メガバイト単位)を設定し、［<b>サイズとアクション" -"</b>］で、\n" +"<p>ログファイルの最大サイズ(メガバイト単位)を設定し、［<b>サイズとアクション</b>］で、\n" "この値に達したときに実行するアクションを設定します。</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>アクションを［<i>ROTATE</i>］に設定した場合は、保持するファイルの数を［<b>" -"ログファイルの数</b>］\n" +"<p>アクションを［<i>ROTATE</i>］に設定した場合は、保持するファイルの数を［<b>ログファイルの数</b>］\n" "で指定します。［<i>SYSLOG</i>］に設定した場合、監査デーモンは警告を\n" -"/var/log/messagesに書き込みます。［<i>SUSPEND</i>］では、デーモンはディスクへ" -"のレコードの\n" +"/var/log/messagesに書き込みます。［<i>SUSPEND</i>］では、デーモンはディスクへのレコードの\n" "書き込みを停止します。［<i>IGNORE</i>］を指定すると何も行いません。\n" -"［<i>KEEP_LOGS</i>］は［ROTATE］と同様ですが、ログファイルは上書きされませ" -"ん。</p>\n" +"［<i>KEEP_LOGS</i>］は［ROTATE］と同様ですが、ログファイルは上書きされません。</p>\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" -"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>コンピュータ名の書式</b>］では、ログファイルにコンピュータ名を書き込" -"む方法を指定\n" +"<p>［<b>コンピュータ名の書式</b>］では、ログファイルにコンピュータ名を書き込む方法を指定\n" "します。［<i>USER</i>］を選択すると、［<b>ユーザ定義の名前</b>］が\n" -"使用されます。［<i>NONE</i>］では、コンピュータ名は挿入されません。" -"［<b>HOSTNAME</b>］では、\n" -"「gethostname」システムコールで返される名前が使用されます。［<b>FQD</b>］で" -"は、完全修飾ドメイン名が\n" +"使用されます。［<i>NONE</i>］では、コンピュータ名は挿入されません。［<b>HOSTNAME</b>］では、\n" +"「gethostname」システムコールで返される名前が使用されます。［<b>FQD</b>］では、完全修飾ドメイン名が\n" "使用されます。</p>\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>auditdディスパッチャ設定</big></b><br>\n" -"ディスパッチャ設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ「man auditd.conf」を" -"ご覧ください。</p>" +"ディスパッチャ設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ「man auditd.conf」をご覧ください。</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ディスパッチャ</b>: ディスパッチャプログラムは audit デーモンから起動さ" -"れ、\n" +"<p><b>ディスパッチャ</b>: ディスパッチャプログラムは audit デーモンから起動され、\n" "すべての監査イベントを標準入力から受け付けます。</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>通信</b>:デーモンとディスパッチャプログラムの間の通信を制御します。\n" -"<i>lossy(損失あり)</i>を選択すると、キュー(128キロバイトのバッファ)がいっぱい" -"になった場合に\n" -"ディスパッチャから発せられるイベントが破棄されます。通信をブロックして損失を" -"なくしたい場合は\n" +"<i>lossy(損失あり)</i>を選択すると、キュー(128キロバイトのバッファ)がいっぱいになった場合に\n" +"ディスパッチャから発せられるイベントが破棄されます。通信をブロックして損失をなくしたい場合は\n" "<i>lossless(無損失)</i>を選択します。</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf').</p>" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" "<p>ディスパッチャ「audispd」は監査イベントを多重化するプログラムです\n" -"(詳細はマニュアルページ「man audispd」および 「man audispd.conf」をご覧くださ" -"い) 。</p>" +"(詳細はマニュアルページ「man audispd」および 「man audispd.conf」をご覧ください) 。</p>" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>注:</b> ディスパッチャプログラムの所有者は「root」で、ファイル許可は" -"「0750」\n" +"<p><b>注:</b> ディスパッチャプログラムの所有者は「root」で、ファイル許可は「0750」\n" "でなければなりません。また、フルパス名を入力する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" @@ -722,196 +668,156 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>auditdディスク容量設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここではログパーティション上のディスク領域を設定します。\n" -"詳細については、マニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)を参照してください。\n" +"詳細については、マニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)を参照してください。</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ディスクの残り容量が少なくなってきたため、<b>残り容量</b>(メガバイト単位)" -"は<b>アクション</b>\n" +"<p>ディスクの残り容量が少なくなってきたため、<b>残り容量</b>(メガバイト単位)は<b>アクション</b>\n" "の実行時期を監査デーモンに伝えます。</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The " -"system <b>is running\n" -"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action will be performed.</p>" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>管理用残り容量</b>は上記よりも小さい値でなくてはなりません。この値に到" -"達したとき、\n" -"ディスク容量の残りが<b>少なくなった</b>と判断され、<b>アクション</b>で指定し" -"た動作を実行します。</p>" +"<p><b>管理用残り容量</b>は上記よりも小さい値でなくてはなりません。この値に到達したとき、\n" +"ディスク容量の残りが<b>少なくなった</b>と判断され、<b>アクション</b>で指定した動作を実行します。</p>" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> " -"means\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" "system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>アクションを［<i>EMAIL</i>］に設定すると、［<b>アクションメールアカウント" -"</b>］で\n" -"指定したアカウントに警告電子メールが送信されます。<br>［<i>SYSLOG</i>］で" -"は、\n" -"ディスク容量の警告は/var/log/messagesに書き込まれます。［<i>IGNORE</i>］で" -"は、\n" +"<p>アクションを［<i>EMAIL</i>］に設定すると、［<b>アクションメールアカウント</b>］で\n" +"指定したアカウントに警告電子メールが送信されます。<br>［<i>SYSLOG</i>］では、\n" +"ディスク容量の警告は/var/log/messagesに書き込まれます。［<i>IGNORE</i>］では、\n" "何も実行されません。［<i>EXEC</i>］では、［<b>スクリプトのパス</b>］で\n" -"指定したスクリプトが実行されます。［<i>SUSPEND</i>］は、ディスクへのレコード" -"の書き込みを停止します。\n" +"指定したスクリプトが実行されます。［<i>SUSPEND</i>］は、ディスクへのレコードの書き込みを停止します。\n" "［<i>SINGLE</i>］は、システムをシングルユーザモードに切り替えます。\n" "［<i>HALT</i>］は、システムをシャットダウンします。</p>\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>また、［<b>ディスク満杯時のアクション</b>］(ディスクがすでに満杯になってい" -"る状態)と\n" -"［<b>ディスクエラー時のアクション</b>］(ディスクに書き込む際にエラーが検出さ" -"れた場合のアクション)を指定することもできます。\n" +"<p>また、［<b>ディスク満杯時のアクション</b>］(ディスクがすでに満杯になっている状態)と\n" +"［<b>ディスクエラー時のアクション</b>］(ディスクに書き込む際にエラーが検出された場合のアクション)を指定することもできます。\n" "実行可能なアクションは上記と同じです(<i>EMAIL</i>以外)</p>" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>注:</b> ［<i>EXEC</i>］で指定したすべてのスクリプトは、\n" -"所有者が「root」で、ファイル許可が「0750」でなければなりません。また、フルパ" -"ス名を入力する必要があります。</p>\n" +"所有者が「root」で、ファイル許可が「0750」でなければなりません。また、フルパス名を入力する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules." +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>auditctlのルール</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでは、システムコールの監査の有効/無効を切り替えたり、\n" "監査設定をロックしたりできます。\n" -"［<b>有効化フラグを設定する</b>］から選択したフラグがルールに追加されます。" +"［<b>有効化フラグを設定する</b>］から選択したフラグがルールに追加されます。</p>" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>注:</b><br>ルールをロックすると、次回ブート時まで変更できません。</p>" +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>注:</b><br>ルールをロックすると、次回ブート時まで変更できません。</p>" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " msgstr "" "<p>追加のルールを設定せずに監査を有効にすると、\n" -"<i>libaudit</i>を使用するアプリケーション(PAMなど)は/var/log/audit/audit.log " -"(デフォルト)にログを記録します。</p> " +"<i>libaudit</i>を使用するアプリケーション(PAMなど)は/var/log/audit/audit.log (デフォルト)にログを記録します。</p> " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users.<br>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>ルールを手動で編集することもできますが、これは熟練者にのみお勧めします。" -"<br>\n" -"すべてのオプションの詳細については、「man auditctl」を参照してください。\n" +"<p>ルールを手動で編集することもできますが、これは熟練者にのみお勧めします。<br>\n" +"すべてのオプションの詳細については、「man auditctl」を参照してください。</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>構文の確認</b>］をクリックすると、ルールを<i>auditctl</i>経由で監査サ" -"ブシステムに送信して構文を確認できます。<br>［<b>復元</b>］をクリックすると/" -"etc/audit/audit.rulesから設定を復元することができます。</p>\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>［<b>構文の確認</b>］をクリックすると、ルールを<i>auditctl</i>経由で監査サブシステムに送信して構文を確認できます。<br>［<b>復元</b>］をクリックすると/etc/audit/audit.rulesから設定を復元することができます。</p>\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" "Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><i>auditctl</i>を呼び出してルールを復元し、以前に構文チェックを実行したと" -"き以降の変更をリセットするには、\n" +"<p><i>auditctl</i>を呼び出してルールを復元し、以前に構文チェックを実行したとき以降の変更をリセットするには、\n" "［<b>復元とリセット</b>］をクリックします。<br>\n" "［<b>ロード</b>］をクリックするとファイル選択ダイアログが開き、\n" "ルールファイルの例をロードできます。</p>\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "ディスパッチャ(&D)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "ディスク容量(&S)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "「auditctl」のルール(&R)" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "auditctl向けのルールはロックされています。" -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> " -"must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Linux監査システムの設定を続行するには、パッケージ <b>%1</b> をインストール" -"する必要があります。</p>" +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Linux監査システムの設定を続行するには、パッケージ <b>%1</b> をインストールする必要があります。</p>" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>インストールしますか?</p>" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -923,63 +829,63 @@ "確認してください。YaST2コントロールセンターの\n" "［その他］グループから［システムログ］モジュールを使用できます。" -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "監査設定を初期化しています" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "インストール済みパッケージの確認" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "auditdの設定の読み込み" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "ルールファイルの読み込み" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "auditd の状態確認" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "パッケージを確認しています..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "ルールファイルを読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "ステータスを確認しています..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "auditd.conf ファイルが読み込めません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "audit.rules ファイルが読み込めません。" -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -987,12 +893,12 @@ "デーモンを起動してブート時に起動するようにしますか?\n" "それとも今回のみ起動しますか?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "デーモン「auditd」が実行されていません。\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -1002,29 +908,29 @@ "このカーネルは、実行中の監査デーモンを使用して\n" "監査イベントを/var/log/audit/audit.log (デフォルト)に記録します。\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "監査デーモンの起動" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "起動して有効化(&E)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "起動(&S)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "起動しない(&D)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "監査デーモンを起動できません。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -1036,68 +942,67 @@ "「有効化フラグ」を変更できますが、\n" "変更を有効にするには、後で再起動が必要です。\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "監査設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "ルールの書き込み" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "ルールを書き込んでいます..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "ルールはすでにロックされています。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "「有効化フラグ」を変更しますか?\n" -"フラグを変更すると、新しいルールは/etc/audit/audit.rulesファイルに書き込まれ" -"ます。\n" +"フラグを変更すると、新しいルールは/etc/audit/audit.rulesファイルに書き込まれます。\n" "その後、変更を反映するためにシステムを再起動する必要があります。\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "監査デーモンの再起動に失敗しました。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "auditd.conf に設定を書き込めません" -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "yast2-audit-lafをもう一度起動し、ルールを確認してください。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "設定を auditd.rules に書き込めません。" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "ログファイル" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,202 +14,179 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "レルム名" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "レルムへのドメイン名のマップ(example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "" -"レルムへのワイルドカードドメイン名のマップ(*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "レルムへのワイルドカードドメイン名のマップ(*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "管理サーバのホスト名(オプション)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "マスタキー配布サーバのホスト名(オプション)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "キー配布センター(DNSによる自動検出が有効な場合はオプション)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "ユーザ名へのプリンシパル名のカスタムマッピング" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "プリンシパル名" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "ユーザ名へのプリンシパル名のマッピングのカスタムルール" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "キー配布センターのホスト名を入力してください:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "auth_to_localルールを入力してください:" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"プリンシパル名とユーザ名を「princ_name = user_name」の形式で入力してください:" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "プリンシパル名とユーザ名を「princ_name = user_name」の形式で入力してください:" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "レルム名を入力してください。" -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Keytabファイルのデフォルトの場所" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "TGSの暗号化タイプ(スペース区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "チケットの暗号化タイプ(スペース区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "セッションの暗号化タイプ(スペース区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "チケットに格納する追加アドレス(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "リセット" -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" msgstr "接続が停止した場合:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" msgstr "操作を無限に再試行する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" msgstr "再試行せずに操作を失敗にする" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "バインド操作のタイムアウト(秒単位)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "検索操作のタイムアウト(秒単位)" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "アイデンティティプロバイダとしてディレクトリを使用する(LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberosによる認証" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "現在このコンピュータはユーザの認証にSSSDを使用しています。\n" -"レガシLDAP認証(pam_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無" -"効にしてください。" +"レガシLDAP認証(pam_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを" -"読み取っています。\n" -"LDAPユーザデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］から" -"SSSDユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAPユーザデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベース" -"を読み取っています。\n" -"LDAPグループデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］か" -"らSSSDグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAPグループデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを" -"読み取っています。\n" -"LDAP sudoersデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］か" -"らSSSD sudoデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAP sudoersデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSD sudoデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベース" -"を読み取っています。\n" -"LDAP automountデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］" -"からSSSD automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAP automountデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSD automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "サーバのURIを入力してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "検索ベースのDNを入力してください。" -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "URI %s でLDAPサーバに正常に接続できました。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -219,12 +196,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "ホスト %s でLDAPサーバに正常に接続できました。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -234,632 +211,577 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"ネームサービスキャッシュはレガシLDAPアイデンティティプロバイダとともにのみ使" -"用する必要があります\n" -"が、現在、システムでは認証ドメインが有効になっており、これはそのキャッシュと" -"互換性がありません。\n" +"ネームサービスキャッシュはレガシLDAPアイデンティティプロバイダとともにのみ使用する必要があります\n" +"が、現在、システムでは認証ドメインが有効になっており、これはそのキャッシュと互換性がありません。\n" "\n" "それでもキャッシュを有効にしますか?" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "現在このコンピュータはユーザの認証にSSSDを使用しています。\n" -"Kerberos認証(pam_krb5)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効" -"にしてください。" +"Kerberos認証(pam_krb5)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効にしてください。" -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(指定なし)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "本当にレルム %s を削除してもよろしいですか?" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "LDAPユーザによる認証を許可する(pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "応答速度を上げるためにLDAPエントリをキャッシュする(nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリを自動的に作成する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "LDAPデータソースから次の項目を読み取ります:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "ユーザ" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "グループ" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "特権ユーザのコマンド(sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "ネットワークディスクの場所(automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "" -"LDAPサーバの場所を次のいずれかの形式で入力してください(スペース区切り):" +msgstr "LDAPサーバの場所を次のいずれかの形式で入力してください(スペース区切り):" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- ホスト名、またはIPとポート番号(ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI (ldap://server:port、ldaps://server:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "検索ベースのDN (dc=example、dc=comなど)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "バインドユーザのDN (匿名バインドの場合は空白のままにしてください)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" -msgstr "" -"バインドユーザのパスワード(匿名バインドの場合は空白のままにしてください)" +msgstr "バインドユーザのパスワード(匿名バインドの場合は空白のままにしてください)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "グループメンバをDNで識別する(RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "連続した要求用にLDAP接続を開いたままにする" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "LDAP通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "セキュリティを使用しない" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "TLSで通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLSで通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "接続のテスト" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "拡張オプション" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "Kerberosユーザによる認証を許可する(pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "ユーザログイン用のデフォルトのレルム:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "すべての認証レルム" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "レルムの追加" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "レルムの編集" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "レルムの削除" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "レルムの検出にDNS TXTレコードを使用する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "KDCサーバの検出にDNS SVCレコードを使用する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "セキュリティで保護されていない暗号化を許可する(Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "別のネットワーク上のKDCによる認証チケットの発行を許可する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" msgstr "Kerberos対応のサービスによるユーザ識別情報の取得を許可する" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "アドレスが含まれていないチケットをNATの背後のコンピュータに発行する" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAPおよびKerberos クライアント" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "ユーザのログオン管理" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "設定の変更" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "ユーザのログオン設定" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "LDAP/Kerberosの設定" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "コンピュータ名" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "フルコンピュータ名" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(名前を解決できません)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "ネットワークドメイン" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP アドレス" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "アイデンティティドメイン" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "拡張オプション" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "名前フィルタ:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "なし。" -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "必須パラメータ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "オプションのパラメータ" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "次の必須のパラメータをすべて入力してください:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "グローバルオプション" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "名前の切り替え" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "自動マウント" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "SSH公開鍵" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "特権アカウント証明書(MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "ドメインユーザのログオンの管理" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "デーモンのステータス: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "実行中" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "停止" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "ドメインユーザのログオンを許可する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリの作成" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "ドメインデータソースを有効にする:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "ネットワークドライブのマップ(automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "ドメインに参加" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "ドメインから脱退" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "ドメインキャッシュのクリア" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "サービスのオプション" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "ドメインのオプション" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." -msgstr "" -"カスタマイズするグローバルオプション、サービス、またはドメインを選択します。" +msgstr "カスタマイズするグローバルオプション、サービス、またはドメインを選択します。" -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "このドメインを使用する" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "Active Directoryに登録する" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "オプション - %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "リストからドメインを選択してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "ドメイン %s の設定を本当に削除しますか?" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータは、ユーザの認証にレガシLDAPまたはKerberosメソッドを使用" -"しています。\n" -"ユーザの認証にSSSDを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP" -"およびKerberos認証を無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータは、ユーザの認証にレガシLDAPまたはKerberosメソッドを使用しています。\n" +"ユーザの認証にSSSDを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPおよびKerberos認証を無効にしてください。" -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベース" -"を読み取っています。\n" -"SSSDユーザデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］から" -"LDAPユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSDユーザデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベー" -"スを読み取っています。\n" -"SSSDグループデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］か" -"らLDAPグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSDグループデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベース" -"を読み取っています。\n" -"SSSD sudoersデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］か" -"らLDAP sudoersデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSD sudoersデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP sudoersデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "sudoデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\n" -"sudoデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「sudo_provider」パラメー" -"タをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" +"sudoデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「sudo_provider」パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベー" -"スを読み取っています。\n" -"SSSD automountデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］" -"からLDAP automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSD automountデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "automountデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\n" -"automountデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「autofs_provider」" -"パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" +"automountデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「autofs_provider」パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "MS-PACデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\n" -"このオプションの機能は、使用しているMicrosoft Active Directoryドメインの機能" -"に依存します。\n" -"Active Directoryドメインにサポートがない場合、SSSDはスタートに失敗することが" -"あるため、この場合はこの機能をオフにしてください。" +"このオプションの機能は、使用しているMicrosoft Active Directoryドメインの機能に依存します。\n" +"Active Directoryドメインにサポートがない場合、SSSDはスタートに失敗することがあるため、この場合はこの機能をオフにしてください。" -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "これは必須のパラメータです。削除できません。" -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "パラメータの削除の確認: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"このパラメータは重要です。このパラメータを削除すると設定に障害が発生する場合" -"があります。\n" +"このパラメータは重要です。このパラメータを削除すると設定に障害が発生する場合があります。\n" "SSSDマニュアルページを確認してから続行してください。\n" "本当にこのパラメータを削除しますか?" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "ドメインがありません" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"認証ドメインを設定していませんが、ドメイン認証を有効にすることを選択しまし" -"た。\n" -"SSSDはスタートに失敗します。また、使用できるのはローカル認証のみになりま" -"す。\n" +"認証ドメインを設定していませんが、ドメイン認証を有効にすることを選択しました。\n" +"SSSDはスタートに失敗します。また、使用できるのはローカル認証のみになります。\n" "それでも続行しますか?" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "キャッシュデータはすべて削除されています。" -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"このコンピュータを登録または再登録するために、ADユーザ資格情報(Administrator" -"など)を入力してください:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "このコンピュータを登録または再登録するために、ADユーザ資格情報(Administratorなど)を入力してください:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "「本社/人事/Aビル」など、オプションの組織単位" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "このADを使用するためにSamba設定を上書きする" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(AutoYaSTエディタでは使用不可)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (DNSによる自動検出)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(DNSエラー)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" "このコンピュータの名前解決サービスは、AD登録要件を満たしていません。\n" -"ADサーバをネームリゾルバとして使用するようネットワーク環境を設定してくださ" -"い。" +"ADサーバをネームリゾルバとして使用するようネットワーク環境を設定してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "すでに登録されています" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "まだ登録されていません" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Active Directoryの登録" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "現在のステータス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "ステータスを収集しています..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "ユーザ名とパスワードの両方を入力してください。" -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST用にAD登録詳細が保存されています。ADユーザパスワードはプレーンテキス" -"トで保存されることに留意してください。" +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "AutoYaST用にAD登録詳細が保存されています。ADユーザパスワードはプレーンテキストで保存されることに留意してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -869,8 +791,8 @@ "\n" "コマンド出力:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -881,1464 +803,959 @@ "コマンド出力:\n" "\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "サードパーティのソフトウェアライブラリに委任する(proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "ローカルSSSDファイルデータベース" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "汎用ディレクトリサービス(LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "汎用Kerberosサービス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "ドメインは認証サービスを提供していません。" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "ドメイン名(example.comなど):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" msgstr "ユーザ名やグループメンバーシップなどの識別情報データを提供するサービス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "ユーザ認証を処理するサービス" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "ドメインを有効にする" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "ドメイン名を入力して下さい。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." -msgstr "" -"ドメイン名が、予約されているキーワードと競合します。別の名前を選択してくださ" -"い。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "ドメイン名が、予約されているキーワードと競合します。別の名前を選択してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "このドメイン名はすでに使用されています。" -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "設定ファイルの構文のバージョン(1または2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"データプロバイダのクラッシュ時や再起動時に、サービスの提供を中止する前に実行" -"する再接続試行回数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "データプロバイダのクラッシュ時や再起動時に、サービスの提供を中止する前に実行する再接続試行回数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "正規表現は、ユーザ名とドメイン名を構成要素に解析します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"名前/ドメインのタプルをFQDNに変換する方法を記述するデフォルトのprintf(3)互換" -"の形式" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "名前/ドメインのタプルをFQDNに変換する方法を記述するデフォルトのprintf(3)互換の形式" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" -"内部DNSリゾルバを更新するためにresolv.confの監視にinotifyメカニズムを使用する" -"かどうか" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "内部DNSリゾルバを更新するためにresolv.confの監視にinotifyメカニズムを使用するかどうか" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"SSSDがKerberosのリプレイキャッシュファイルを格納するファイルシステム上のディ" -"レクトリ" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "SSSDがKerberosのリプレイキャッシュファイルを格納するファイルシステム上のディレクトリ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" -msgstr "" -"ドメイン名の構成要素を持たないすべての名前で使用されるデフォルトのドメイン名" +msgstr "ドメイン名の構成要素を持たないすべての名前で使用されるデフォルトのドメイン名" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"ログの詳細レベルには、数値(0～9)、または0x0010 (最低レベル)や0xFFF (最高レベ" -"ル)などのビットマスクを使用できます" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "ログの詳細レベルには、数値(0～9)、または0x0010 (最低レベル)や0xFFF (最高レベル)などのビットマスクを使用できます" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "デバッグメッセージにタイムスタンプを追加する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "デバッグメッセージのタイムスタンプにマイクロ秒表示を追加する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "このサービスのハートビート間のタイムアウト(秒単位)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" -msgstr "" -"SSSDサービスプロセスが一度に開くことができるファイルデスクリプタの最大数" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +msgstr "SSSDサービスプロセスが一度に開くことができるファイルデスクリプタの最大数" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" -msgstr "" -"SSSDプロセスのクライアントが、通信なしにファイルデスクリプタを保持できる秒数" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +msgstr "SSSDプロセスのクライアントが、通信なしにファイルデスクリプタを保持できる秒数" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"サービスは、連続するpingチェック失敗からこの秒数後に、SIGTERMを受け取ります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "サービスは、連続するpingチェック失敗からこの秒数後に、SIGTERMを受け取ります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"列挙されたnss_sssをキャッシュに保存する秒数(すべてのユーザに関する情報の要" -"求)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "列挙されたnss_sssをキャッシュに保存する秒数(すべてのユーザに関する情報の要求)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"ドメインに対して設定したentry_cache_timeout値の一定の割合を超える要求があった" -"場合、バックグラウンドで項目を自動更新するように項目キャッシュを設定できま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "ドメインに対して設定したentry_cache_timeout値の一定の割合を超える要求があった場合、バックグラウンドで項目を自動更新するように項目キャッシュを設定できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"バックエンドへの問い合わせが再度実行されるまで、nss_sssがキャッシュミス(つま" -"り、存在しない不正なデータベース項目への問い合わせなど)を保持する秒数を指定し" -"ます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "バックエンドへの問い合わせが再度実行されるまで、nss_sssがキャッシュミス(つまり、存在しない不正なデータベース項目への問い合わせなど)を保持する秒数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "SSSバックエンドによってフェッチされる対象から特定のユーザを除外します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" -msgstr "" -"SSSバックエンドによってフェッチされる対象から特定のグループを除外します" +msgstr "SSSバックエンドによってフェッチされる対象から特定のグループを除外します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"フィルタされたユーザを引き続きグループメンバーにする場合は、このオプションを" -"falseに設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "フィルタされたユーザを引き続きグループメンバーにする場合は、このオプションをfalseに設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリを上書きします。絶対値またはテンプレートのいずれか" -"を指定できます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリを上書きします。絶対値またはテンプレートのいずれかを指定できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"ドメインのデータプロバイダによって明示的に指定されていない場合、ユーザのホー" -"ムディレクトリのデフォルトのテンプレートを設定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "ドメインのデータプロバイダによって明示的に指定されていない場合、ユーザのホームディレクトリのデフォルトのテンプレートを設定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "すべてのユーザのログインシェルを上書きします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "ユーザシェルを一覧表示された値のいずれかに制限します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "これらのシェルのインスタンスをshell_fallbackに置換する" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"許可されたシェルがマシン上にインストールされていない場合に使用するデフォルト" -"シェル。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "許可されたシェルがマシン上にインストールされていない場合に使用するデフォルトシェル。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "プロバイダが検索時にシェルを返さない場合に使用するデフォルトシェル。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "サブドメインの一覧が有効とみなされる時間を秒単位で指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "メモリ内キャッシュのレコードが有効な時間を秒単位で指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合に、キャッシュに保存されたログインを許可する" -"期間(前回オンラインログインに成功してからの日数)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合に、キャッシュに保存されたログインを許可する期間(前回オンラインログインに成功してからの日数)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"offline_failed_login_attemptsに達してから、新たにログイン試行ができるようにな" -"るまでの時間(分単位)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "offline_failed_login_attemptsに達してから、新たにログイン試行ができるようになるまでの時間(分単位)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "認証時にユーザに対して表示されるメッセージの種類を制御します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"SSSDがオンラインのときのPAM要求は、最新の情報で認証が行われるように、SSSDは" -"ユーザのキャッシュされたID情報をすぐに更新しようとします。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "SSSDがオンラインのときのPAM要求は、最新の情報で認証が行われるように、SSSDはユーザのキャッシュされたID情報をすぐに更新しようとします。" -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "パスワードが失効するN日前に警告を表示します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"時間依存のsudoers項目を実装するsudoNotBefore属性とsudoNotAfter属性を評価する" -"かどうか。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "時間依存のsudoers項目を実装するsudoNotBefore属性とsudoNotAfter属性を評価するかどうか。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"autofsレスポンダがヒットミスをキャッシュに保存してから、バックエンドへの問い" -"合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "autofsレスポンダがヒットミスをキャッシュに保存してから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"管理対象のknown_hostsファイル内にあるホスト名とアドレスをハッシュするかどう" -"か。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "管理対象のknown_hostsファイル内にあるホスト名とアドレスをハッシュするかどうか。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"ホストキーが要求された後に、管理対象のknown_hostsファイルのホストを保持する秒" -"数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "ホストキーが要求された後に、管理対象のknown_hostsファイルのホストを保持する秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"ドメイン用のUID制限とGID制限。これらの制限の範囲外にある項目がドメインに含ま" -"れる場合、その項目は無視されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "ドメイン用のUID制限とGID制限。これらの制限の範囲外にある項目がドメインに含まれる場合、その項目は無視されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "" -"バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込みます(サーバの負荷が" -"増えます)" +msgstr "バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込みます(サーバの負荷が増えます)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"「force_timeout」の秒数を過ぎてもサービスが終了しない場合、モニタはSIGKILL信" -"号を送信してサービスを強制的にシャットダウンします。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "「force_timeout」の秒数を過ぎてもサービスが終了しない場合、モニタはSIGKILL信号を送信してサービスを強制的にシャットダウンします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sssがエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行す" -"るまでの秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "nss_sssがエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sssがユーザエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度" -"実行するまでの秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "nss_sssがユーザエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sssがグループエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再" -"度実行するまでの秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "nss_sssがグループエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sssがネットグループエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わ" -"せを再度実行するまでの秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "nss_sssがネットグループエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"nss_sssがサービスエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再" -"度実行するまでの秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "nss_sssがサービスエントリを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"sudoがルールを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するま" -"での秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "sudoがルールを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"autofsサービスがオートマウンタマップを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問" -"い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "autofsサービスがオートマウンタマップを有効とみなしてから、バックエンドへの問い合わせを再度実行するまでの秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "オフラインで使用するために資格情報をキャッシュします" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"キャッシュのクリーンアップ時に削除されるまで、前回ログインに成功した後の項目" -"がキャッシュに残される日数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "キャッシュのクリーンアップ時に削除されるまで、前回ログインに成功した後の項目がキャッシュに残される日数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインで使用されるIDプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"NSSに報告されるユーザのログイン名として、フルネームとドメイン(ドメインの" -"full_name_formatで書式設定したもの)を使用します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "NSSに報告されるユーザのログイン名として、フルネームとドメイン(ドメインのfull_name_formatで書式設定したもの)を使用します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "ドメインで使用する認証プロバイダ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインで使用されるアクセス制御プロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "ドメインのパスワード変更操作を扱うプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインで使用されるSUDOプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "SELinux設定の読み込みを扱うプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "サブドメインのフェッチを扱うプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "ドメインで使用されるautofsプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "ホストID情報の取得に使用されるプロバイダ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"ユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列を解析して、これらの構成要素へと切り分ける方法" -"を記述するこのドメインの正規表現。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "ユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列を解析して、これらの構成要素へと切り分ける方法を記述するこのドメインの正規表現。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"このドメインのタプル(名前、ドメイン)を完全修飾名に変換する方法を記述する" -"printf(3)互換の形式。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "このドメインのタプル(名前、ドメイン)を完全修飾名に変換する方法を記述するprintf(3)互換の形式。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "DNS検索時に、希望するアドレスファミリを選択する機能を提供します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"DNSリゾルバに到達できないと判断する前に、DNSリゾルバからの応答を待機する時間" -"(秒単位)を定義します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "DNSリゾルバに到達できないと判断する前に、DNSリゾルバからの応答を待機する時間(秒単位)を定義します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"バックエンドでサービス検索が使用されている場合、サービス検索のDNSクエリのドメ" -"イン部分を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "バックエンドでサービス検索が使用されている場合、サービス検索のDNSクエリのドメイン部分を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "プライマリGID値を指定した値で上書きします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "ユーザ名とグループ名の大文字と小文字を区別します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"プロキシプロバイダでユーザまたはグループを名前で検索する場合、その要求された" -"名前が別名である可能性を踏まえて、名前を「標準化する」ための2回目の検索(IDで" -"の検索)が実行されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "プロキシプロバイダでユーザまたはグループを名前で検索する場合、その要求された名前が別名である可能性を踏まえて、名前を「標準化する」ための2回目の検索(IDでの検索)が実行されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"このhomedirを、このドメイン内にあるすべてのサブドメインのデフォルト値として使" -"用します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "このhomedirを、このドメイン内にあるすべてのサブドメインのデフォルト値として使用します。" -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "ログインが許可されたユーザのカンマ区切りリスト。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"ログインが許可されたグループのカンマ区切りリスト。これは、このSSSDドメイン内" -"のグループにのみ当てはまります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "ログインが許可されたグループのカンマ区切りリスト。これは、このSSSDドメイン内のグループにのみ当てはまります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"アクセスが明示的に拒否されたグループのカンマ区切りリスト。これは、このSSSDド" -"メイン内のグループにのみ当てはまります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "アクセスが明示的に拒否されたグループのカンマ区切りリスト。これは、このSSSDドメイン内のグループにのみ当てはまります。" -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"これらのツールはログイン名をbase_directoryに追加した後、そのディレクトリを" -"ホームディレクトリとして使用します。" +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "これらのツールはログイン名をbase_directoryに追加した後、そのディレクトリをホームディレクトリとして使用します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"ユーザが新規作成された場合、ホームディレクトリをデフォルトで作成するかどうか" -"を示します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "ユーザが新規作成された場合、ホームディレクトリをデフォルトで作成するかどうかを示します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"ユーザが削除された場合、ホームディレクトリをデフォルトで削除するかどうかを示" -"します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "ユーザが削除された場合、ホームディレクトリをデフォルトで削除するかどうかを示します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"新たに作成したホームディレクトリのデフォルトの許可を指定するためにsss_useradd" -"(8)で使用されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "新たに作成したホームディレクトリのデフォルトの許可を指定するためにsss_useradd(8)で使用されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされるファイルとディレクトリを含むスケルト" -"ンディレクトリ(sss_useradd(8)でホームディレクトリを作成した場合)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされるファイルとディレクトリを含むスケルトンディレクトリ(sss_useradd(8)でホームディレクトリを作成した場合)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "メールスプールディレクトリ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "ユーザが削除された後に実行されるコマンド。" -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Active Directory固有)使用可能な場合はtoken-groups属性を使用します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "LDAPサーバのURI (ldap://) (コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"LDAP sudo-rule検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN。デフォルト値は" -"ldap_search_baseです。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "LDAP sudo-rule検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSDが接続するLDAPサーバのURIを優先順で示した、カンマ区切りリストを指定しま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "SSSDが接続するLDAPサーバのURIを優先順で示した、カンマ区切りリストを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"SSSDが接続するLDAPサーバのURIを優先順で示した、ユーザパスワード変更用のカンマ" -"区切りリストを指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "SSSDが接続するLDAPサーバのURIを優先順で示した、ユーザパスワード変更用のカンマ区切りリストを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP検索のベースDN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAPスキーマのタイプ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "LDAP操作を実行する際に使用するデフォルトのベースDN。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "デフォルトのベースDNの認証トークンのタイプ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "デフォルトのバインドDNの認証トークン。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのユーザエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "ユーザのログイン名に対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "ユーザのIDに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "ユーザのプライマリグループIDに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "ユーザのgecosフィールドに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " ユーザのホームディレクトリの名前を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "ユーザのデフォルトシェルへのパスを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAPユーザオブジェクトのUUID/GUIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAPユーザオブジェクトのobjectSIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終変更タイムスタンプを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタ" -"パーツ(前回のパスワード変更の日付)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(前回のパスワード変更の日付)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタ" -"パーツ(パスワードの最低使用日数)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの最低使用日数)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタ" -"パーツ(パスワードの最大有効日数)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの最大有効日数)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタ" -"パーツ(パスワードの警告期間)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの警告期間)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタ" -"パーツ(パスワードの非アクティブ期間)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれていま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの非アクティブ期間)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=shadowまたはldap_account_expire_policy=shadowを使用するとき" -"に、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(アカウント有効期限)に対応する" -"LDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowまたはldap_account_expire_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(アカウント有効期限)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberosを使用するときに、このパラメータには、kerberosで" -"の前回のパスワード変更日時を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberosを使用するときに、このパラメータには、kerberosでの前回のパスワード変更日時を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberosを使用するときに、このパラメータには、現在のパス" -"ワードが失効する日時を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberosを使用するときに、このパラメータには、現在のパスワードが失効する日時を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=adを使用するときに、このパラメータには、アカウント" -"の有効期限を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=adを使用するときに、このパラメータには、アカウントの有効期限を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=adを使用するときに、このパラメータには、ユーザアカ" -"ウントコントロールビットフィールドを格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれていま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=adを使用するときに、このパラメータには、ユーザアカウントコントロールビットフィールドを格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhdsまたは同等の句を使用するときに、このパラメータ" -"によって、アクセスが許可されているかどうかが示されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhdsまたは同等の句を使用するときに、このパラメータによって、アクセスが許可されているかどうかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、アクセスが" -"許可されているかどうかが示されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、アクセスが許可されているかどうかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、どの日付ま" -"でアクセスが許可されているかが示されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、どの日付までアクセスが許可されているかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、週中のどの" -"時間にアクセスが許可されているかが示されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、週中のどの時間にアクセスが許可されているかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "ユーザのKerberosユーザプリンシパル名(UPN)を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "ユーザのSSH公開鍵を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Active Directoryなどの一部のディレクトリサーバではUPNのレルム部分が小文字で示" -"されるため、認証に失敗する可能性があります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Active Directoryなどの一部のディレクトリサーバではUPNのレルム部分が小文字で示されるため、認証に失敗する可能性があります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "大文字のレルムを使用するには、このオプションをtrueに設定してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"列挙されたレコードのキャッシュをリフレッシュするまで、SSSDが待機する秒数を指" -"定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "列挙されたレコードのキャッシュをリフレッシュするまで、SSSDが待機する秒数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"キャッシュにおける非アクティブな項目(メンバーなしのグループやログインしていな" -"いユーザなど)の確認頻度と、ディスク容量を節約するためにそれらの項目を削除する" -"頻度を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "キャッシュにおける非アクティブな項目(メンバーなしのグループやログインしていないユーザなど)の確認頻度と、ディスク容量を節約するためにそれらの項目を削除する頻度を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "ユーザのフルネームに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "ユーザのグループメンバーシップを一覧表示するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"access_provider=ldapおよびldap_access_order=authorized_serviceの場合、SSSD" -"は、ユーザのLDAPエントリに存在するauthorizedService属性を使用してアクセス権限" -"を識別します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "access_provider=ldapおよびldap_access_order=authorized_serviceの場合、SSSDは、ユーザのLDAPエントリに存在するauthorizedService属性を使用してアクセス権限を識別します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"access_provider=ldapおよびldap_access_order=hostの場合、SSSDは、ユーザのLDAP" -"エントリに存在するhost属性を使用してアクセス権限を識別します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "access_provider=ldapおよびldap_access_order=hostの場合、SSSDは、ユーザのLDAPエントリに存在するhost属性を使用してアクセス権限を識別します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのグループエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "グループ名に対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "グループIDに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "グループのメンバーの名前を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAPグループオブジェクトのUUID/GUIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAPグループオブジェクトのobjectSIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " 親オブジェクトの最終変更タイムスタンプを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"ldap_schemaが、ネストされたグループ(例: RFC2307bis)をサポートするスキーマ" -"フォーマットに設定されている場合、このオプションによって、SSSDで何層のネスト" -"を実装するかを制御できます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "ldap_schemaが、ネストされたグループ(例: RFC2307bis)をサポートするスキーマフォーマットに設定されている場合、このオプションによって、SSSDで何層のネストを実装するかを制御できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"このオプションでは、SSSDでのActive Directory固有機能の利用が指定されます。こ" -"れにより、複雑なグループ/深くネストされたグループの展開でのグループ検索操作を" -"高速化できます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "このオプションでは、SSSDでのActive Directory固有機能の利用が指定されます。これにより、複雑なグループ/深くネストされたグループの展開でのグループ検索操作を高速化できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"このオプションでは、SSSDでのActive Directory固有機能の利用が指定されます。こ" -"れにより、initgroups操作を高速化できます(複雑なグループ/深くネストされたグ" -"ループの処理で特に有効)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "このオプションでは、SSSDでのActive Directory固有機能の利用が指定されます。これにより、initgroups操作を高速化できます(複雑なグループ/深くネストされたグループの処理で特に有効)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAPのネットグループエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "ネットグループ名に対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "ネットグループのメンバーの名前を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "ネットグループトリプル(ホスト、ユーザ、ドメイン)を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAPネットグループオブジェクトのUUID/GUIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのサービスエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "サービス属性の名前とその別名を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "このサービスの管理対象ポートを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "このサービスが認識するプロトコルを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプのLDAPサービス検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコー" -"プ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAPサービス検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" キャンセルされてキャッシュ結果が戻されるまでの(およびオフラインモードに入る" -"までの)、LDAP検索のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " キャンセルされてキャッシュ結果が戻されるまでの(およびオフラインモードに入るまでの)、LDAP検索のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"キャンセルされてキャッシュ結果が戻されるまでの(およびオフラインモードに入るま" -"での)、列挙されたユーザとグループに対するLDAP検索のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定" -"します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "キャンセルされてキャッシュ結果が戻されるまでの(およびオフラインモードに入るまでの)、列挙されたユーザとグループに対するLDAP検索のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"何の操作も起きない場合に、connect(2)に続くpoll(2)/select(2)が制御を戻すまでの" -"タイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "何の操作も起きない場合に、connect(2)に続くpoll(2)/select(2)が制御を戻すまでのタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"何の返答もない場合に、同期LDAP APIへの呼び出しが中止されるまでのタイムアウト" -"(秒単位)を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "何の返答もない場合に、同期LDAP APIへの呼び出しが中止されるまでのタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "LDAPサーバへの接続が維持されるタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"1回の要求でLDAPから取得するレコードの数を指定します。LDAPサーバによっては、要" -"求ごとの最大制限が設定されています。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "1回の要求でLDAPから取得するレコードの数を指定します。LDAPサーバによっては、要求ごとの最大制限が設定されています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAPページングコントロールを無効にします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"SASLを使用してLDAPサーバと通信するときには、接続の確立に最低限必要なセキュリ" -"ティレベルを指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "SASLを使用してLDAPサーバと通信するときには、接続の確立に最低限必要なセキュリティレベルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"逆参照検索を実行する前に、内部のキャッシュで欠落を確認する必要があるグループ" -"メンバーの数を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "逆参照検索を実行する前に、内部のキャッシュで欠落を確認する必要があるグループメンバーの数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "LDAP TLSセッションでサーバ認証を検証します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "sssdが認識しているすべての認証局の証明書を含むファイルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"認証局の証明書を個別のファイルに格納しているディレクトリへのパスを指定しま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "認証局の証明書を個別のファイルに格納しているディレクトリへのパスを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵の証明書を含むファイルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵を含むファイルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "使用可能な暗号スイートを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"チャネルを保護するためには、id_provider接続でTLSも使用する必要があることを指" -"定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "チャネルを保護するためには、id_provider接続でTLSも使用する必要があることを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"SSSDがldap_user_uid_numberおよびldap_group_gid_numberに依存せずに、" -"ldap_user_objectsid属性およびldap_group_objectsid属性からユーザIDとグループID" -"をマップする必要があることを指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "SSSDがldap_user_uid_numberおよびldap_group_gid_numberに依存せずに、ldap_user_objectsid属性およびldap_group_objectsid属性からユーザIDとグループIDをマップする必要があることを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "使用するSASLメカニズムを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "使用するSASL認証IDを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "使用するSASLレルムを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"trueに設定した場合、SASLバインド時にホスト名を標準化するために、LDAPライブラ" -"リによって逆検索が実行されます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "trueに設定した場合、SASLバインド時にホスト名を標準化するために、LDAPライブラリによって逆検索が実行されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "SASL/GSSAPIの使用時に使用する鍵テーブルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"id_providerがKerberos資格情報(TGT)を初期化する必要があることを指定します。" +msgstr "id_providerがKerberos資格情報(TGT)を初期化する必要があることを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "GSSAPIの使用時におけるTGTのライフタイム(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"クライアント側でのパスワードの有効期限切れを評価するためのポリシーを選択しま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "クライアント側でのパスワードの有効期限切れを評価するためのポリシーを選択します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "自動参照追跡を有効にするかどうかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "サービス検索が有効な場合に使用するサービス名を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"LDAPサーバ(サービス検索が有効な場合にパスワード変更を許可する)の検索に使用す" -"るサービス名を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "LDAPサーバ(サービス検索が有効な場合にパスワード変更を許可する)の検索に使用するサービス名を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"パスワード変更操作を行った後に、ldap_user_shadow_last_change属性をエポック後" -"の日数で更新するかどうかを指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "パスワード変更操作を行った後に、ldap_user_shadow_last_change属性をエポック後の日数で更新するかどうかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"access_provider = ldapおよびldap_access_order = filter (デフォルト)を使用する" -"場合、このオプションは必須です。これは、このホストへのアクセスを付与される" -"ユーザが満たす必要があるLDAP検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "access_provider = ldapおよびldap_access_order = filter (デフォルト)を使用する場合、このオプションは必須です。これは、このホストへのアクセスを付与されるユーザが満たす必要があるLDAP検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" このオプションを使用すると、クライアント側でのアクセス制御属性の評価を有効に" -"できます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " このオプションを使用すると、クライアント側でのアクセス制御属性の評価を有効にできます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "アクセス制御オプションのカンマ区切りリスト。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "検索時に別名の逆参照をどのように実行するかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"RFC2307スキーマを使用するサーバで、LDAPグループのメンバーとしてローカルユーザ" -"を保持することを許可します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "RFC2307スキーマを使用するサーバで、LDAPグループのメンバーとしてローカルユーザを保持することを許可します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプのLDAP autofs検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコー" -"プ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAP autofs検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプのLDAPグループ検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコー" -"プ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAPグループ検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプのLDAPネットグループ検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索" -"スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAPネットグループ検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"この属性タイプのLDAPユーザ検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコー" -"プ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAPユーザ検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。デフォルト値はldap_search_baseです。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのautomountマップエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのautomountマップエントリの名前。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." -msgstr "" -"LDAPのautomountエントリのキー。このエントリは通常、マウントポイントに対応しま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "LDAPのautomountエントリのキー。このエントリは通常、マウントポイントに対応します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "KerberosサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSDが接続するKerberosサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名を優先順で示した、カン" -"マ区切りリストを指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "SSSDが接続するKerberosサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名を優先順で示した、カンマ区切りリストを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberosレルム(例: EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"KDCでパスワード変更サービスが実行されていない場合、ここで代替サーバを定義でき" -"ます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "KDCでパスワード変更サービスが実行されていない場合、ここで代替サーバを定義できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "資格情報キャッシュを保存するディレクトリ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求が中止された後のタイムアウト(秒単" -"位)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求が中止された後のタイムアウト(秒単位)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"krb5_keytabを使用することで、 取得したTGTがスプーフィングされていないことを確" -"認します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "krb5_keytabを使用することで、 取得したTGTがスプーフィングされていないことを確認します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "KDCから取得した資格情報の検証時に使用する鍵テーブルの場所。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"プロバイダがオフラインのときにはユーザのパスワードを格納し、プロバイダがオン" -"ラインになったときにそのパスワードを使用してTGTを要求します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "プロバイダがオフラインのときにはユーザのパスワードを格納し、プロバイダがオンラインになったときにそのパスワードを使用してTGTを要求します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"ライフタイム全体(整数とそれに直接続く時間単位からなる)を指定する更新可能なチ" -"ケットを要求します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "ライフタイム全体(整数とそれに直接続く時間単位からなる)を指定する更新可能なチケットを要求します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"ライフタイム(整数とそれに直接続く時間単位からなる)を指定するチケットを要求し" -"ます。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "ライフタイム(整数とそれに直接続く時間単位からなる)を指定するチケットを要求します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "TGTが更新される場合のチェック間の時間(秒単位)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Kerberosの事前認証用のフレキシブル認証セキュアトンネリング(FAST)を有効にしま" -"す。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Kerberosの事前認証用のフレキシブル認証セキュアトンネリング(FAST)を有効にします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "FASTで使用するサーバプリンシパルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"ホストおよびユーザプリンシパルを標準化する必要があるかどうかを指定します。" +msgstr "ホストおよびユーザプリンシパルを標準化する必要があるかどうかを指定します。" -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Active Directoryドメインの名前を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "ADサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"SSSDが接続するADサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名を優先順で示したカンマ区切り" -"リスト。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "SSSDが接続するADサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名を優先順で示したカンマ区切りリスト。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"ADホスト名(オプション) - hostname(5)が、このホストの識別にADが使用するFQDNを" -"反映していない場合は、設定されることがあります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "ADホスト名(オプション) - hostname(5)が、このホストの識別にADが使用するFQDNを反映していない場合は、設定されることがあります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリを上書きします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Active DirectoryのユーザSIDとグループSIDのマッピングで使用する、POSIX ID範囲" -"の下限を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Active DirectoryのユーザSIDとグループSIDのマッピングで使用する、POSIX ID範囲の下限を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Active DirectoryのユーザSIDとグループSIDのマッピングで使用する、POSIX ID範囲" -"の上限を指定します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Active DirectoryのユーザSIDとグループSIDのマッピングで使用する、POSIX ID範囲の上限を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "各スライスで使用可能なIDの数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "デフォルトドメインのドメインSIDを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "デフォルトドメインの名前を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"winbindの「idmap_autorid」アルゴリズムと類似した動作になるように、IDマッピン" -"グアルゴリズムの動作を変更します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "winbindの「idmap_autorid」アルゴリズムと類似した動作になるように、IDマッピングアルゴリズムの動作を変更します。" -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "IPAドメインの名前を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IPAサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"IPAホスト名(オプション) - hostname(5)が、このホストの識別にIPAが使用するFQDN" -"を反映していない場合は、設定されることがあります。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "IPAホスト名(オプション) - hostname(5)が、このホストの識別にIPAが使用するFQDNを反映していない場合は、設定されることがあります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "このIPAクライアントが使用するオートマウンタの場所。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"このオプションでは、SSSDでのFreeIPA v2に組み込まれたDNSサーバの自動更新が指定" -"されます(このクライアントのIPアドレスを使用する)。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "このオプションでは、SSSDでのFreeIPA v2に組み込まれたDNSサーバの自動更新が指定されます(このクライアントのIPアドレスを使用する)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "クライアントDNSレコードの更新時にそのレコードに適用するTTL。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"ダイナミックDNSの更新に使用されるIPアドレスを持つインタフェースを選択します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "ダイナミックDNSの更新に使用されるIPアドレスを持つインタフェースを選択します。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -494,6 +494,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "プロバイダホスト名" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "ポート" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLSを使用します" @@ -2810,10 +2815,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "プロバイダ名" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "ポート" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "レプリケーションのタイプ" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -611,55 +611,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "メッセージ" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "メッセージを表示(&W)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "メッセージを記録(&G)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&T)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "警告を表示する(&O)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "警告を記録(&R)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&E)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "エラー" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "エラーを表示(&S)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "エラーを記録(&L)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&U)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ "<p>インストールメッセージをスキップしたり、記録したり、タイムアウト付きで表示したり\n" "することができます。</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ "<p>タイムアウト付きですべての<b>メッセージ</b>を表示することをお勧めします。\n" "いくつかの警告はスキップすることができますが、無視すべきではありません。</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "メッセージとログ" @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -988,11 +988,11 @@ "またはホスト名によるコントロールファイルを使う場合は、インストール処理を\n" "再開し、コントロールファイルにアクセスできるようにする必要があります。</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "システムプロファイルの位置" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "プロファイルの位置(&P):" @@ -1000,11 +1000,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "ハードディスクを選択" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。" @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1026,13 +1026,13 @@ "</p>" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "ハードディスクの選択" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "続行するために、オプションを1つ選択します。" @@ -2254,45 +2254,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "プロファイルの選択" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "生成されるautoyastプロファイルは %s にあります。" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイル%1を使用しています" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "コントロールファイルをフロッピーから読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 のTFTPサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "%2 のNFSサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 HTTPサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 のFTPサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "%1 のファイルからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "/dev/%1 のデバイスからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "デフォルトの場所からコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "不明なソース。" @@ -2302,7 +2318,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2312,7 +2328,7 @@ "<p>コントロールファイルのほとんどすべてのリソースを\n" "設定管理システムを使って設定することができます。</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2326,7 +2342,7 @@ "他のシステムをインストールできます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2456,7 +2472,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」には1つ以上の物理ボリュームが必要です。設定してください。" @@ -2466,66 +2482,66 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ドライブ" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "合計 %s ドライブ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "まだクローンされていません。" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "プレインストールスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ポストインストールスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chrootスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Initスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "パーティション設定終了後スクリプト" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "プレ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "ポスト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "パーティション設定終了後" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,133 +27,130 @@ "後でChefにより上書きされる可能性があります。\n" "YaSTの環境設定を続行しますか?" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "このモジュールのヘルプを表示する" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "このモジュールのヘルプ(詳細版)を表示する" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "このモジュールのヘルプ(詳細版)をXML形式で表示する" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "このモジュールを制御する対話型シェルを起動する" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "対話モードを終了して変更内容を保存する" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "変更内容を保存しないでインタラクティブモードを終了する" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "このコマンドのヘルプを表示する" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "進行状況を表示する" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "XML出力の保存場所" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." -msgstr "" -"このYaST2モジュールは、コマンドラインインタフェースをサポートしていません。" +msgstr "このYaST2モジュールは、コマンドラインインタフェースをサポートしていません。" -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "コマンドの詳細なリストについては、「help」を使用してください。" -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"コマンドの詳細なリストについては、「yast2 %1 help」を使用してください。" +msgstr "コマンドの詳細なリストについては、「yast2 %1 help」を使用してください。" -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "不明なコマンド: %1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "オプション「%1」の値が設定されていません。" -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "コマンド「%1」のオプションが無効です: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "オプション「%1」の値が無効です: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "オプション「%1」の値が無効です--予定の値「%2」、入力された値 %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "オプション「%1」には値を設定できません。指定された値: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "オプションの詳細なリストについては、「%1 %2 help」を使用してください。" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"オプションの詳細なリストについては、「yast2 %1 %2 help」を使用してください。" +msgstr "オプションの詳細なリストについては、「yast2 %1 %2 help」を使用してください。" -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST設定モジュール %1\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "該当するヘルプがありません" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "コマンド「%1」" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -161,18 +158,17 @@ "\n" " オプション:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなり" -"ません。" +" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなりません。" -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -180,193 +176,184 @@ "\n" " 例:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "これはYaSTモジュールです。" -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "基本構文:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [オプション]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <command> help" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <command> [オプション]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <command> help" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "コマンド:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "該当するヘルプがありません。" -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "" msgstr "<エラー:無効なヘルプ>" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"オプションのリストについては、「yast2 %1 <command> help」を実行してください。" +msgstr "オプションのリストについては、「yast2 %1 <command> help」を実行してください。" -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "" -"目的のファイル名('xmlfile'オプション)がありません。 xmlfile=" -"コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "目的のファイル名('xmlfile'オプション)がありません。 xmlfile=コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"目的のファイル名('xmlfile'オプション)が空です。 xmlfile=コマ" -"ンドラインオプションを使用してください。" +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "目的のファイル名('xmlfile'オプション)が空です。 xmlfile=コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。" -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "または「%1」" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "コマンド「%1」を指定してください。" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "コマンドのいずれかを指定してください: %1" -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "コマンドを1つだけ指定してください: %1" -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "このモジュールのユーザインタフェースが見つかりません。" -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "準備完了" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "初期化中" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "終了中" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "完了" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "保存せずに終了中" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "「はい」、「いいえ」のいずれですか？" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "y2logsの保存先..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "%1 にYaSTログを保存しています..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -374,107 +361,106 @@ "YaST ログを %1 に保存できませんでした\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "詳しい情報は、ファイル「%1」の最後の方にあります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "これは %1 でバグとして報告するにふさわしい事象と思われます。\n" -"報告の際には「%2」ディレクトリ以下に保存されているすべてのYaSTログファイルを" -"添付してください。\n" +"報告の際には「%2」ディレクトリ以下に保存されているすべてのYaSTログファイルを添付してください。\n" "また、YaSTログの詳細については、%3 を参照してください。" -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://ja.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "YaSTログを保存(&S)..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "インストールエラー" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "メモリパッケージ「%s」にロードしています" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "メモリパッケージ「%s」から削除しています" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "このインストールモードのワークフローは定義されていません。" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "続行しますか、またはインストールを中止しますか?" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "インストールを続行(&C)" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "インストールを中止(&A)" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "新しい製品を追加しますか?" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -496,28 +482,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "追加のワークフローを統合する際に内部エラーが発生しました。" -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "%1 の値は無効です。" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "サポートされていません" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -527,13 +513,13 @@ "コンピュータを起動するたびにサービスを開始するには、\n" "<b>%1</b> を設定します。 または、<b>%2</b> を設定します。</p>" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -542,59 +528,58 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>サービスの開始</big></b><br>\n" "コンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには\n" -"<b>%1</b> を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには <b>%3\n" +"<b>%1</b> を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには <b>%3</b>\n" " を設定してください。それ以外の場合は <b>%2</b> を指定してください。</p>" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "起動時の動作" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "xinetd 経由" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "xinetd 経由(&X)" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "サービスの開始" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "サービスが稼働中です" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "サービスは稼働していません" -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -604,11 +589,11 @@ "サービスをすぐに開始/停止するには、\n" "<b>%1</b> または <b>%2</b> を使用します。</p>" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -616,49 +601,49 @@ "<p>すべての変更を保存しサービスをすぐに再起動するには、\n" "<b>%3</b> を使用します。</p>\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを今すぐ開始" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを今すぐ停止" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "変更を保存してサービスを今すぐ再起動" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを今すぐ開始(&S)" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "サービスを今すぐ停止(&T)" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "変更を保存してサービスを今すぐ再起動(&A)" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "開始/停止" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "現在のステータス: " -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -668,39 +653,39 @@ "ネイティブの設定ファイルではなくLDAPに設定を保存するには、\n" "<b>%1</b> を設定してください。</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAPサポートを有効にする" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAPサポートを有効にする(&L)" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "タブ" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "上へ(&U)" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "下へ(&D)" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -710,38 +695,38 @@ "できません。\n" "はじめに、環境設定におけるそのキーの使用を中止してください。" -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "TSIGキーを削除できません。" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "認証キーファイルの選択" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "認証キー用のファイルの選択" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "選択したファイル名は既存のディレクトリです。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "指定したファイルはすでに存在します。書き換えますか?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "TSIGキーIDが指定されていません。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -749,8 +734,8 @@ "指定されたIDのキーは存在しており、使用されています。\n" "削除しますか?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -758,28 +743,28 @@ "指定されたIDのキーがディスク内で見つかりました。\n" "削除しますか?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "キーを今すぐ作成します。続行しますか?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "TSIGキーの作成に失敗しました。" -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "指定されたファイルは存在しません。" -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "指定されたファイルにはTSIGキーは含まれていません。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -789,8 +774,8 @@ "含まれています。\n" "既存のキーは削除されます。続行しますか?" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -798,20 +783,19 @@ "<p><big><b>TSIGキー管理</b></big><br>\n" "このダイアログでTSIGキーを管理します。</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" "containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>既存のTSIGキーの追加</b></big><br>\n" -"すでに作成されているTSIGキーを追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの<b>" -"ファイル名</b>を\n" +"すでに作成されているTSIGキーを追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの<b>ファイル名</b>を\n" "選択し、［追加］<b></b>をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -819,13 +803,12 @@ "<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>新しいTSIGキーの作成</b></big><br>\n" -"新しいTSIGキーを作成するには、キーを作成するファイルの<b>ファイル名</b>およ" -"び\n" +"新しいTSIGキーを作成するには、キーを作成するファイルの<b>ファイル名</b>および\n" "キーを識別する<b>キーID</b>を設定し、\n" "［生成］<b></b>をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -835,90 +818,89 @@ "in the configuration first.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>TSIGキーの削除</b></big><br>\n" -"設定済みのTSIGキーを削除するには、キーを選択して［削除］<b></b>をクリックしま" -"す。\n" +"設定済みのTSIGキーを削除するには、キーを選択して［削除］<b></b>をクリックします。\n" "同じファイル内のすべてのキーが削除されます。\n" "サーバの環境設定でTSIGキーが\n" "使用中の場合は削除できません。 まず、環境設定におけるそのキーの\n" "使用を中止する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "既存のTSIGキーの追加" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "新しいTSIGキーの作成" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "キーID(&K)" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "生成(&G)" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "現在のTSIGキー" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "キーID" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ファイル名" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "選択されたオプション(&S)" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "現在のオプション: " -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "選択されたオプションはすでに存在します。" -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "変更" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "オプション" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -928,18 +910,17 @@ "設定を編集するには、該当するエントリを選択して\n" "［編集］<b></b>をクリックします。</p>" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］<b></b>ボタンをクリックします。オ" -"プションを削除するには、\n" +"<p>新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］<b></b>ボタンをクリックします。オプションを削除するには、\n" "削除するオプションを選択して［削除］<b></b>をクリックします。</p>" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -947,8 +928,8 @@ "<P>テーブルの［変更］<B></B>列には、\n" "オプションが変更されたかどうかが表示されます。</P>" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" @@ -958,39 +939,39 @@ "［上へ］および［下へ］<b></b><b></b>を使用してリスト内を\n" "上下に移動します。</p>" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "その他(&O)" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "このデバイスは設定されていません" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "［編集］<B></B>をクリックして設定します" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "モジュールを読み込み中です。しばらくお待ちください..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaSTコントロールセンター" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "実行" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -998,13 +979,13 @@ "YaST2 コントロールセンターを root で実行していません。\n" "root 権限を必要としないモジュールのみを表示します。" -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "キーボードでのYaST ncursesの制御" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1013,37 +994,27 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>1) <i>一般</i><br>\n" -"<Tab>で次の項目に、<Shift>+<Tab>または<Alt>+<" -"Tab>で\n" +"<Tab>で次の項目に、<Shift>+<Tab>または<Alt>+<Tab>で\n" "前の項目にダイアログの項目間を移動できます。\n" "<スペース>または<Enter>でダイアログの項目を選択してください。\n" "一部の項目(リストのスクロールなど)には矢印キーを使用します。</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ツリーナビゲーションは、矢印キーでも行えます。ブランチを開いたり閉じたりす" -"るには、<SPACE>キーを使用します。左側に環境設定項目のツリーが表示されているモ" -"ジュール(リストに似た外観)では、<ENTER>を使用すると、右側に対応するダイアログ" -"が表示されます。</p>" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ツリーナビゲーションは、矢印キーでも行えます。ブランチを開いたり閉じたりするには、<SPACE>キーを使用します。左側に環境設定項目のツリーが表示されているモジュール(リストに似た外観)では、<ENTER>を使用すると、右側に対応するダイアログが表示されます。</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>ショートカットキー(強調表示されている文字)でボタンと同じ動作を\n" -"実行できます。<Alt>キーを押しながら該当する文字キーを押してください。" +"実行できます。<Alt>キーを押しながら該当する文字キーを押してください。</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1051,8 +1022,8 @@ "<p>何も選択せずに(たとえば、メニューのボタンからの)選択ポップアップ\n" "を閉じるには、<Esc>キーを押してください。</p>\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1064,42 +1035,36 @@ "<p>環境によって使用するキーボードが異なるため、ダイアログページの\n" "移動方法は1つではありません。\n" "<Tab>キー、および<Shift>+<Tab>キー\n" -"または<Alt>+<Tab>が正常に動作しない場合は、<Ctrl>+<F>" -"でダイアログの次の項目に、\n" +"または<Alt>+<Tab>が正常に動作しない場合は、<Ctrl>+<F>でダイアログの次の項目に、\n" "また<Ctrl>+<B>で前の項目に移動してください。</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" msgstr "" "<p><Alt>+<文字>が動作しない場合は、\n" -"<Esc>+<文字>を試してください。たとえば、<Alt>+<H>の代" -"わりに<Esc>+<H>を使用します。\n" -"同様に、<Alt>+<Tab>の代わりに<Esc>+<Tab>を使用しま" -"す。</p>" +"<Esc>+<文字>を試してください。たとえば、<Alt>+<H>の代わりに<Esc>+<H>を使用します。\n" +"同様に、<Alt>+<Tab>の代わりに<Esc>+<Tab>を使用します。</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i></i>ファンクションキー<br>\n" -"Fキーを使用すると、主な機能に素早くアクセスできます。現在のダイアログのファン" -"クションキーの割り当ては下部の行に表示されています。</p>" +"Fキーを使用すると、主な機能に素早くアクセスできます。現在のダイアログのファンクションキーの割り当ては下部の行に表示されています。</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>通常、ファンクションキーは特定のアクションに関連付けられています:</p>" +msgstr "<p>通常、ファンクションキーは特定のアクションに関連付けられています:</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1122,100 +1087,88 @@ "F9 = 中止またはキャンセル<br>\n" "F10 = OK、次へ、終了、了解<br>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>一部の環境では、すべてまたは一部のファンクションキーを使用できません。</p>" +msgstr "<p>一部の環境では、すべてまたは一部のファンクションキーを使用できません。</p>" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "設定を保存した後にリスタート" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "設定を保存した後に再ロード" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "サービスステータス" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.</p>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.</p>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b><big>現在のステータス</big></b>］<br>\n" -"サービスの現在のステータスを表示します。ステータスは、「ブート中にサービスを" -"開始」の値に関係なく、設定を保存した後でも同じままです。</p>\n" +"サービスの現在のステータスを表示します。ステータスは、「ブート中にサービスを開始」の値に関係なく、設定を保存した後でも同じままです。</p>\n" "<p>［<b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b>］<br>\n" -"サービスが現在稼働中の場合のみ適用できます。稼働中のサービスは、新しい設定を" -"保存(ダイアログを終了するか、［適用］ボタンを押す)した後に新しい設定を再ロー" -"ドします。</p>\n" +"サービスが現在稼働中の場合のみ適用できます。稼働中のサービスは、新しい設定を保存(ダイアログを終了するか、［適用］ボタンを押す)した後に新しい設定を再ロードします。</p>\n" "<p>［<b><big>システムブート中に開始</big></b>］<br>\n" -"このフィールドをオンにするとシステムブート時にサービスが有効になります。オフ" -"にするとサービスが無効になります。すでに稼働中のシステムにあるサービスの現在" -"のステータスには影響しません。</p>\n" +"このフィールドをオンにするとシステムブート時にサービスが有効になります。オフにするとサービスが無効になります。すでに稼働中のシステムにあるサービスの現在のステータスには影響しません。</p>\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "現在のステータス:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "システムブート中に開始" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "実行中" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "今すぐ停止" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "停止済み" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "今すぐ起動" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1223,9 +1176,9 @@ "パス %1 は存在しますが、それはディレクトリではありません。\n" "続行しますか？それとも操作をキャンセルしますか？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1233,9 +1186,9 @@ "パス %1 は存在しません。\n" "今作成しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1243,225 +1196,225 @@ "ディレクトリ %1 の作成に失敗しました。\n" "続行しますか？ それとも現在の操作をキャンセルしますか？\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "追加(&A)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル(&C)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "続行(&O)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "はい(&Y)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "いいえ(&N)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "完了(&F)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "編集(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK(&O)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "中止(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "インストールを中止(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "無視(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "次へ(&N)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "新規(&W)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "削除(&T)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "戻る(&B)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "了解(&A)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "了解しない(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "終了(&Q)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "再実行(&Y)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "置換(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "下へ(&W)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "選択(&C)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "削除(&V)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "更新(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "ヘルプ(&H)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "インストールする(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "インストールしない(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "ダウンロード(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "保存(&S)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "中止(&S)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "閉じる(&L)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "参照(&W)..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "作成(&T)" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "スキップ(&S)" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "ファイル名(&F)" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "パスワードの確認(&O)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート(&P)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名(&H)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "オプション(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1469,34 +1422,34 @@ "必要なパッケージをインストールせずに、\n" "環境設定を続行することはできません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "「%1」サービスを開始できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "「%1」サービスを再起動できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "「%1」サービスを停止できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "設定を「%1」に書き込めません" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1506,19 +1459,19 @@ "\n" "理由: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "ファイル「%1」の書き込み中にエラーが発生しました" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1528,19 +1481,19 @@ "\n" "理由: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "ファイル「%1」を開くことができません" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1550,18 +1503,18 @@ "\n" "理由: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境をチェック" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1571,16 +1524,16 @@ "\n" "説明: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "この項目を完了する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1588,8 +1541,8 @@ "ディレクトリ「%1」は存在しません。\n" "作成しますか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1597,85 +1550,85 @@ "ドメインが変更されました。\n" "変更した内容を有効にするには、再起動しなければなりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "このメッセージをこれから表示しない(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "サービス %1 を調整できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "パラメータ「%1」がありません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "ディレクトリ「%1」を作成できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "現在の設定を読み込めません" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "SuSEconfig スクリプトの実行に失敗しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "システム環境設定を更新しています..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "しばらく時間がかかる場合があります。" -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "リリースファイル %{file} が見つかりません" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "本当にインストールを中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "本当にシステムの修復を中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "システムの修復を中止" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "システムの修復を続行(&C)" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1685,10 +1638,10 @@ "Linuxはインストールされません。\n" "ハードディスクの内容は何も変更されません。" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1700,9 +1653,9 @@ "使用できなくなる可能性があります。\n" "再インストールを必要とする場合があります。\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1712,221 +1665,221 @@ "Linuxは使用できなくなります。\n" "再インストールする必要があります。" -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "本当に中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "変更内容はすべて失われます!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "詳細(&D)..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "メッセージ" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージを表示: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージのタイムアウト: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージをログに記録: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告を表示: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告のタイムアウト: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告をログに記録: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "エラー" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーを表示: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーのタイムアウト: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーのログを記録: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "警告" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "エラー:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "メッセージ:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "まだ設定されていません。" -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "検出できませんでした。" -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "追加(&D)" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集(&E)" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "削除(&L)" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "変数(&V)" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "xtermがありません。xtermパッケージをインストールしてください。" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "GPG秘密鍵" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "ユーザID" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "指紋" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1934,14 +1887,14 @@ "<p><big><b>GPG秘密鍵</b></big><br>\n" "この表には、GPG秘密鍵が一覧表示されています。</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "GPG公開鍵" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -1949,33 +1902,31 @@ "<p><big><b>GPG公開鍵</b></big><br>\n" "この表には、GPG公開鍵が一覧表示されています。</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "新しいGPG鍵の作成（&C）..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>新しいGPG鍵の作成</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>が開始されました。詳細は、<tt>gpg</tt>のマニュアルペー" -"ジを参照してください。\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>が開始されました。詳細は、<tt>gpg</tt>のマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" " キャンセルする場合は、Ctrl + Cキーを押してください。\n" " </p>" -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "GPG鍵 %1 のパスフレーズ（&P）" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1983,25 +1934,25 @@ "<p><big><b>パスフレーズ</b></big><br>\n" "GPG鍵をアンロックするパスフレーズを入力します。" -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "パスフレーズの入力" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "GPG鍵 %1 をアンロックするパスフレーズを入力してください：" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "変更を説明するログメッセージを入力してください。" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" @@ -2011,8 +1962,8 @@ "［ログ］<b></b>で、表示するログを選択します。ログは、下部のフィールドに\n" "表示されます。</p>\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" @@ -2020,8 +1971,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ログ</big></b><br>\n" "この画面にログが表示されます。</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -2031,8 +1982,8 @@ "高度なアクションを実行したりログをファイルに保存するには、<b>%1</b> を\n" "クリックし、実行するアクションを選択します。</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -2042,8 +1993,8 @@ "高度なアクションを実行するには、<b>%1</b> を\n" "クリックし、実行するアクションを選択します。</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" @@ -2053,106 +2004,105 @@ "ログをファイルに保存するには、［ログを保存］<b></b>をクリックして、\n" "ログを保存するファイルを選択します。</p>\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "詳細設定(&V)" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "ログ" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "ログ(&L)" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "ログを保存(&S)" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "ログに名前を付けて保存..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "ログの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "不明ゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" msgstr "" -"インタフェース「%1」は、どのファイアウォールゾーンにも割り当てられていませ" -"ん。\n" +"インタフェース「%1」は、どのファイアウォールゾーンにも割り当てられていません。\n" "YaST2ファイアウォールを実行して、割り当ててください。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "外部ゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "内部ゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "非武装ゾーン" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2163,225 +2113,222 @@ "インタフェース「%1」は、複数のファイアウォールゾーンに属しています。\n" "環境設定を続行すると、エラーが発生する可能性があります。\n" "\n" -"環境設定をそのままにして、「/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall」ファイルを手動で修正" -"することを\n" +"環境設定をそのままにして、「/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall」ファイルを手動で修正することを\n" "お勧めします。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウォールの環境設定の初期化" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "ネットワークデバイスを確認します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "現在の設定を読込む" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "競合サービスを確認します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "ネットワークデバイスを確認中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "現在の設定を読込み中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "競合サービスを確認中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウォールの環境設定の書き込み" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を書き込む" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "ファイアウォールサービスを調整する" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を書込み中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "ファイアウォールサービスを調整中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "設定を保存できませんでした" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "不明なプロトコルです (%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "「%{service_name}」という名前のサービスは存在しません" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "サービス: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "ブロックゾーン" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "ドロップゾーン" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "ホームゾーン" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "パブリックゾーン" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "信頼できるゾーン" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "ワークゾーン" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "%{service_name} サービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "不明なサービス「%1」" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"第1ステージのインストールでは、ファイアウォールを設定することはできません。" +msgstr "第1ステージのインストールでは、ファイアウォールを設定することはできません。" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "ファイアウォールパッケージがインストールされていません。" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "ファイアウォールを使わない" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "ファイアウォールポートは閉じています" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "すべてのインタフェースでファイアウォールポートを開きます" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "選択したインタフェースでファイアウォールポートを開きます" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "設定済みネットワークインターフェースがない" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "インタフェースはどのゾーンにも割り当てられていません" -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールで開いたポートを持つネットワークインタフェース(&N)" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"次のネットワークインタフェースは内部ネットワークに割り当てられているため選択" -"解除できません:\n" +"次のネットワークインタフェースは内部ネットワークに割り当てられているため選択解除できません:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2393,8 +2340,8 @@ "\n" "続けますか。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2408,10 +2355,10 @@ "\n" "続けますか。" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2425,23 +2372,23 @@ "\n" "続けますか。" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールで開かれたポートを持つネットワークインタフェース(&I)" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "全てを選択(&A)" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "選択解除(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2449,8 +2396,8 @@ "サービスステータスの確認中にエラーが発生しました:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2458,23 +2405,22 @@ "サービスステータスの設定中にエラーが発生しました:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.<br>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ファイアウォールの設定</big></b><br>\n" -"リモートコンピュータからサービスを利用できるようにするためにファイアウォール" -"を\n" +"リモートコンピュータからサービスを利用できるようにするためにファイアウォールを\n" "開く場合は、<b>%1</b>を設定します。<br>" -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2482,8 +2428,8 @@ "ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、\n" "<b>%2</b>をクリックします。<br>" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2491,483 +2437,482 @@ "このオプションはファイアウォールが有効な\n" "場合にのみ使用可能です</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールでポートを開く" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "ファイアウォールの詳細" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールでポートを開く(&F)" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "ファイアウォールの詳細(&D)..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "%{firewall} ファイアウォール設定" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "ファイアウォールは開いています" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "モデム" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "追加アドレス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCNETネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "非同期転送モード(ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth接続" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "ボンド" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "ボンドネットワーク" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation(CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDNカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel To Channelインタフェース(CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL接続" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "ダミー" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "ダミーネットワークデバイス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector(ESCON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernetネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDIネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "ファイバチャンネルシステムコネクタ(FICON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface(HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersocketsインタフェース(HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN接続" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "赤外線ネットワークデバイス" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "赤外線デバイス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter user communication vehicle(IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCSネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "ループバック" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "ループバックデバイス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinetネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "パラレルポート" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "パラレルポート接続" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-ExpressまたはQDIOデバイス(QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4カプセル化デバイス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "シリアルポート" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "シリアルポート接続" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "トークンリング" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "トークンリングネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USBネットワークデバイス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWareネットワークデバイス" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "無線" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "無線ネットワークカード" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XPネットワーク" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "仮想LAN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "ブリッジ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "ネットワークブリッジ" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "ネットワークトンネル" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "ネットワークタップ" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand デバイス" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "不明なデバイス" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCPアドレス" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "IPアドレスが割り当てられていません。" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "デバイスの型" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイスID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "接続済み" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "LAN上のホストを探しています..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFSサーバ(&N)" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "リモートホスト(&M)" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "エクスポートディレクトリ(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" "\n" "Really continue?" msgstr "" -"お使いのネットワークインタフェースは現在NetworkManagerによって制御されていま" -"すが、\n" +"お使いのネットワークインタフェースは現在NetworkManagerによって制御されていますが、\n" "それでは設定サービスが適切に動作しない場合があります。\n" "\n" "続けてよろしいですか?" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2977,7 +2922,7 @@ "インストールを再開してLinuxrcでネットワークを設定するか、\n" "ネットワークなしで続行してください。" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2989,179 +2934,136 @@ "設定してもう一度このモジュールを起動するか、\n" "ネットワークなしで続行してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"ポート名には、文字「a～z」、「A～Z」、「0～9」、および「*+._-」を使用できま" -"す。\n" +"ポート名には、文字「a～z」、「A～Z」、「0～9」、および「*+._-」を使用できます。\n" "ポート番号には0から65535までの数字を指定できます。\n" "スペースは使用できません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"新しいネットワークデバイス「%1」を見つけました。内部ファイアウォールインター" -"フェースとして追加します" +msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス「%1」を見つけました。内部ファイアウォールインターフェースとして追加します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"新しいネットワークデバイス「%1」を見つけました。外部ファイアウォールインター" -"フェースとして追加します" +msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス「%1」を見つけました。外部ファイアウォールインターフェースとして追加します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウォール機能" -"は無効になります。" +msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウォール機能は無効になります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"ファイアウォールは有効になっています (無効にする</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "ファイアウォールは有効になっています (無効にする</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"ファイアウォールは無効になっています (有効にする</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "ファイアウォールは無効になっています (有効にする</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH ポートが開かれています (閉" -"じる</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH ポートが開かれています (閉じる</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH ポートが閉じられています (開" -"ける</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH ポートが閉じられています (開ける</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSHポートが開かれていますが(閉" -"じる</a>)、\n" +"SSHポートが開かれていますが(閉じる</a>)、\n" "ネットワークインタフェースが設定されていません" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"SSHにシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウォールでSSHポートを開いて" -"いません。" +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "SSHにシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウォールでSSHポートを開いていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (閉じる</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" +msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (閉じる</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (開ける</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (開ける</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"リモート管理(VNC)を使用してシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウォー" -"ルでVNCポートを開いていません。" +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "リモート管理(VNC)を使用してシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウォールでVNCポートを開いていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSIターゲットのポートが開いています" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSIターゲットのポートがブロックされています" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"iSCSIターゲットを使用してシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウォール" -"で必要なポートが開いていません。" +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "iSCSIターゲットを使用してシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウォールで必要なポートが開いていません。" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "次のパッケージをインストールする必要があります:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "次のパッケージを削除する必要があります:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "アンインストール(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "ファイルの競合を確認中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>ファイル競合の検出が進行中です。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3171,8 +3073,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3182,152 +3084,146 @@ "複数のファイルをインストールしようとすると発生します。続行すると、\n" "競合するファイルは置き換えられ、以前の内容は失われます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "ファイル競合が検出されました" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "このメッセージは %s で取得できます" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2)をダウンロードしています..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "パッケージをダウンロード中" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 は壊れています。整合性チェックが失敗しました。" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "パッケージのインストールを再試行しますか?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "インストールを中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "エラー: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "ダウンロードエラーを無視するとシステムが壊れる可能性があります。\n" -"処理完了後にソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムを検証してくださ" -"い。\n" +"処理完了後にソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムを検証してください。\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2)をアンインストールしています..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2)をインストールしています..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "パッケージをアンインストール中" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "パッケージをインストール中" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 の削除に失敗しました。" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 のインストールが失敗しました。" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "パッケージの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n" -"後ほどソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してくださ" -"い。" +"後ほどソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>指定した URL にあるリポジトリは異なるメディア ID を示しています。\n" "この URL が正しい場合は、リポジトリの内容が変更されたことを示しています。\n" "このリポジトリを使用し続けるには YaST コントロールセンターから\n" -" ［<b>インストールリポジトリ</b>］を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +" ［<b>インストールリポジトリ</b>］を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。</p>\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "サイドA" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "サイドB" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (ディスク %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (メディア番号 %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3335,8 +3231,8 @@ "「%1」\n" "を挿入してください" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3348,8 +3244,8 @@ "%2\n" "ディレクトリにアクセスできることを確認してください。" -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3361,178 +3257,178 @@ "%2\n" "サーバにアクセスできることを確認してください。" -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "自動更新をスキップ" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "取り出す(&E)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD/DVD メディアを自動的にイジェクトする(&U)" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "インストールを再試行しますか?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "メディアをスキップしますか?" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "不正なメディアを無視します..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を作成しています" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "リポジトリを作成中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "リモートのリポジトリの説明を取得できませんでした。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "新しいメタデータの検索中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "指定したリポジトリは無効です。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "リポジトリのメタデータは無効です。" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "再実行?" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を確認しています" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "リポジトリを確認している最中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "リポジトリの確認結果" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "リポジトリのメタデータは無効です。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "リポジトリ %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "デルタRPMパッケージ %1(%2)をダウンロードしています..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "デルタRPMパッケージをダウンロードしています" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "デルタRPMパッケージ %1 を適用しています..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "デルタRPMパッケージを適用しています" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "パッケージ: " -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "スクリプト %1 を開始しています（パッチ %2 )..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "スクリプトの実行" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "パッチ: " -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "スクリプト: " -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "スクリプトの出力" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3540,8 +3436,8 @@ "パッチ: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3555,39 +3451,37 @@ "注意: 更新をスキップした場合、いくつかのパッケージが\n" "見えなくなったり古いままになったりします。" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "更新処理をスキップ(&S)" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "ダウンロード" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "ダウンロード中: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "パッケージデータベースを確認中" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"パッケージデータベースを再構築中です。この処理には時間がかかる場合がありま" -"す。" +msgstr "パッケージデータベースを再構築中です。この処理には時間がかかる場合があります。" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3595,18 +3489,17 @@ "パッケージデータベースの再構築に失敗しました: \n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"パッケージデータベースを変換中です。この処理には時間がかかる場合があります。" +msgstr "パッケージデータベースを変換中です。この処理には時間がかかる場合があります。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "状況" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3614,44 +3507,44 @@ "パッケージデータベースの変換に失敗しました: \n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM データベースを読み込んでいます..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM データベースを確認しています..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "ターゲットの初期化に失敗しました。" -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM データベースの読み込み" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "ユーザ認証" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3661,26 +3554,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "詳細の表示(&D)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "サイズ:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "自動再試行までの残り時間: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3688,7 +3581,7 @@ "PackageKitがまだ動作しています(処理中の可能性があります)。\n" "PackageKitに対して終了するようもう一度指示しますか?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3702,17 +3595,17 @@ "\n" "PackageKitに対して終了するよう指示しますか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Software Managementへのアクセスに失敗しました" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3720,8 +3613,8 @@ "Software Managementへのアクセスなしで続行しますか?\n" "それともアクセスを再試行しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3731,20 +3624,20 @@ "Software Managementへのアクセスなしで続行しますか?\n" "それとも中止しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "再試行しますか？それとも中止しますか？\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "使用許諾契約に同意しますか?" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3752,13 +3645,13 @@ "依存関係の衝突が存在します。\n" "これらはソフトウェアマネージャで手動で解決する必要があります。" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3768,13 +3661,13 @@ "必要なパッケージをインストールせずに続行すると、\n" "YaSTは正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールしないままでは続行できません。" -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3782,29 +3675,28 @@ "必要なパッケージをインストールせずに続行すると、\n" "YaSTは正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "パッケージライセンスの確認: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "同意します(&A)" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "同意しない(&D)" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -3812,32 +3704,27 @@ "<p><b><big>ライセンス確認</big></b><br>\n" "ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは明確な\n" "ライセンス同意を求めています。\n" -"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合はパッケージをインストールすることがで" -"きません。\n" +"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合はパッケージをインストールすることができません。\n" "<br>\n" "パッケージのライセンスに同意する場合は <b>同意する</b> を、\n" "同意しない場合は <b>同意しない</b> をそれぞれ押してください。</p>" -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t このダイアログでは、本システムのタスク、およびインストールするソフトウェ" -"アを定義できます。\n" +"\t\t このダイアログでは、本システムのタスク、およびインストールするソフトウェアを定義できます。\n" "\t\t本システムで利用できるタスクとソフトウェアは、左側の列にカテゴリ別に\n" -"\t\t表示されています。リスト中の項目を選択すると、その項目に関する説明が表示" -"されます。\n" +"\t\t表示されています。リスト中の項目を選択すると、その項目に関する説明が表示されます。\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3846,14 +3733,12 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t項目のステータスを変更するには、対応するステータスアイコンをクリックする" -"か、\n" +"\t\t項目のステータスを変更するには、対応するステータスアイコンをクリックするか、\n" "\t\tまたはアイコンを右クリックしてコンテキストメニューを表示します。\n" -"\t\tコンテキストメニューでは、すべての項目のステータスを変更することもできま" -"す。\n" +"\t\tコンテキストメニューでは、すべての項目のステータスを変更することもできます。\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3861,16 +3746,14 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t ［<b>詳細</b>］を選択すると、個別のソフトウェアパッケージを表示、選択で" -"きる\n" +"\t\t ［<b>詳細</b>］を選択すると、個別のソフトウェアパッケージを表示、選択できる\n" "\t\tダイアログが表示されます。\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3878,139 +3761,132 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t右下隅に表示されるディスク使用量表示は、すべての必要な変更が実行された後" -"のディスクの残容量\n" +"\t\t右下隅に表示されるディスク使用量表示は、すべての必要な変更が実行された後のディスクの残容量\n" "\t\tを示しています。\n" -"ハードディスクの使用量が、フルであったり、フルに近い状態にあると、システムパ" -"フォーマンスが低下し、深刻な問題が発生する場合もあります。\n" -"\t\t システムが正常に動作するには、ある程度の利用可能なディスクスペースが必要" -"です。\n" +"ハードディスクの使用量が、フルであったり、フルに近い状態にあると、システムパフォーマンスが低下し、深刻な問題が発生する場合もあります。\n" +"\t\t システムが正常に動作するには、ある程度の利用可能なディスクスペースが必要です。\n" "\t\t </p>" -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択およびシステムタスク" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(その他)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "インストールが正常に完了しました" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "パッケージのインストールに失敗しました" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "エラーメッセージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "失敗したパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "インストールされたパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "更新されたパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "削除されたパッケージ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "インストールされなかったパッケージ: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "パッケージ" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "経過時間: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "インストールの合計サイズ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "ダウンロードの合計サイズ: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "統計" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "インストールログ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細情報" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "パッケージのインストール後" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "このレポートを表示する" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完了" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャで続行" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>インストールレポート</B></BIG><BR>インストールまたは削除されたパッ" -"ケージの要約です。</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "<P><BIG><B>インストールレポート</B></BIG><BR>インストールまたは削除されたパッケージの要約です。</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "インストールレポート" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "更新されたパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "削除されたパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "残りのパッケージ" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4020,15 +3896,14 @@ msgstr "" "このレポートダイアログを再度表示するには、\n" "\n" -"YaST sysconfigエディタで［システム］>［Yast2］>［GUI］>" -"［PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT］\n" +"YaST sysconfigエディタで［システム］>［Yast2］>［GUI］>［PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT］\n" "\n" "の順にクリックし、値を編集します。" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4040,17 +3915,16 @@ msgstr "" "リポジトリ %2\n" "%3\n" -"のパッケージ %1 はデジタルで署名されていません。これは、パッケージの作成元" -"と\n" +"のパッケージ %1 はデジタルで署名されていません。これは、パッケージの作成元と\n" "整合性を検証できないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールすると、\n" "システムの整合性をリスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n" "\n" "インストールしますか？" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4064,22 +3938,21 @@ "(%3)\n" "からのファイル %1 は\n" "デジタル署名されていません。ファイルの作成元と整合性を\n" -"検証できません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそ" -"れがあります。\n" +"検証できません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n" "\n" "このファイルを使用しますか?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "未署名のパッケージ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "未署名のファイル" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4090,89 +3963,85 @@ msgstr "" "パッケージ %1 のチェックサムがリポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。\n" "このパッケージは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、\n" -"このリポジトリのチェックサムリストにありません。このパッケージをインストール" -"するとシステムの整合性が\n" +"このリポジトリのチェックサムリストにありません。このパッケージをインストールするとシステムの整合性が\n" "危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n" "\n" "このパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "ファイル %1 のチェックサムが\n" -"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部" -"ではあるものの、\n" -"リポジトリのチェックサムリストに記述されていません。このファイルを使用すると" -"システムの整合性が\n" +"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、\n" +"リポジトリのチェックサムリストに記述されていません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が\n" "危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n" "\n" "このファイルを使用しますか?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "チェックサムが見つかりませんでした" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "指紋: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "名前: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "作成日時: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "期限切れ日時: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "名前:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "指紋:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "作成日時: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "期限切れ日時: " -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4185,19 +4054,17 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %2 (%3)からの\n" -"パッケージ %1 は、次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しまし" -"た: %4\n" +"パッケージ %1 は、次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n" "\n" "\n" -"リポジトリの作成者がパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃に" -"よって\n" +"リポジトリの作成者がパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" "パッケージが変更されています。このパッケージをインストールすると、\n" "システムの整合性およびセキュリティにとって大きな脅威になることがあります。\n" "\n" "このパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4210,25 +4077,22 @@ "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n" -"ファイル %1 は次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: " -"%4\n" +"ファイル %1 は次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n" "\n" "\n" -"リポジトリの作成者がこのパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻" -"撃によって\n" -"ファイル内容が変更されています。このファイルを使用すると、システムの整合性お" -"よびセキュリティによって\n" +"リポジトリの作成者がこのパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" +"ファイル内容が変更されています。このファイルを使用すると、システムの整合性およびセキュリティによって\n" "大きな脅威になることがあります。\n" "\n" "このパッケージを使用しますか?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "検証に失敗しました" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4248,8 +4112,8 @@ "\n" "インストールしますか?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4269,13 +4133,13 @@ "\n" "使用しますか?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "不明のGnuPGキー" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4294,12 +4158,11 @@ "この鍵の所有者を信頼する場合は、信頼済みとして鍵にマークを付けてください。\n" "\n" "不明なリポジトリからパッケージをインストールすると、\n" -"システムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このパッケージをスキップす" -"るのが\n" +"システムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このパッケージをスキップするのが\n" "最も安全です。\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4318,22 +4181,21 @@ "この鍵の所有者を信頼する場合は、信頼済みとしてマークを付けてください。\n" "\n" "不明なリポジトリからファイルをインストールすると、\n" -"システムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このファイルをスキップする" -"のが\n" +"システムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このファイルをスキップするのが\n" "最も安全です。\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "信頼できない公開鍵を使用して署名されています" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "鍵を信頼して取り込む(&T)" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4347,20 +4209,19 @@ "キーのキーリングにインポートすると、キー所有者は\n" "システムのソフトウェアを一定の割合で制御できます。</p>" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵やインポートした鍵で\n" "署名されていないパッケージに対して毎回表示されます。鍵を信頼しないと、\n" "この鍵の所有者が作成したパッケージやリポジトリは使用されません。</p>" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4370,8 +4231,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4383,24 +4244,24 @@ "この所有者を本当に信頼できるかどうか、およびこの鍵が本当に\n" "所有者のものかどうかを確認してください。" -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "警告: 鍵の有効期限が切れています。" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "信頼できないGnuPGキーをインポートする" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "信頼する(&T)" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4417,27 +4278,25 @@ "でしたが、\n" "現在のチェックサムは %3 です。\n" "\n" -"リポジトリの作成者がファイルに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃に" -"よってファイルが変更されています。\n" +"リポジトリの作成者がファイルに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によってファイルが変更されています。\n" "このファイルを利用すると、システムの整合性および\n" "セキュリティにとって大きな脅威になることがあります。\n" "このファイルを使用しますか?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "不正なダイジェスト" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4446,99 +4305,90 @@ "\n" "\n" "このことはファイルの作成元がわからず、整合性の確認もできない\n" -"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性がリスクに晒さ" -"れます。\n" +"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性がリスクに晒されます。\n" "\n" "このファイルを使用しますか?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "不明なダイジェスト" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "インストール中..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "メディア" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "残り" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "再生時間" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "実行したアクション:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>パッケージをインストールしています。</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " -"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>［<b>インストールの中止</b>］［<b>中止</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、パッ" -"ケージのインストールを中止できます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、" -"または使用できない状態になります。基本的なシステムコンポーネントがインストー" -"ルされていない場合は、システムがブートしなくなる可能性があります。</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" +msgstr "<P>［<b>インストールの中止</b>］［<b>中止</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、パッケージのインストールを中止できます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、または使用できない状態になります。基本的なシステムコンポーネントがインストールされていない場合は、システムがブートしなくなる可能性があります。</P>" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s リリースノート" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "スライドショー(&W)" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "アップグレードを実行しています" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "インストールを実行しています" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "パッケージのインストール" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4546,606 +4396,606 @@ "本当にインストールを\n" "中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "中止しました" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "ファイルが見つかりません。" -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "システムログ(%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "未登録のデバイス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "VGA互換の未登録デバイス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "大容量記憶域コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "SCSIコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "IDEインタフェース" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "フロッピーディスクコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "IPIバスコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "RAIDバスコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "不明な大容量記憶域コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "ネットワークコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "イーサネットコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "トークンリングネットワークコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "FDDIネットワークコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "ATMネットワークコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "ISDNコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Myrinetコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "ディスプレイコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "VGA互換コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "XGA互換コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "3Dコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "マルチメディアコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "マルチメディアビデオコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "マルチメディアオーディオコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "コンピュータテレフォニーデバイス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "メモリコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "RAMメモリ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "FLASHメモリ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "ホストブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "ISAブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "EISAブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "MicroChannelブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "PCIブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "PCMCIAブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "NuBusブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "CardBusブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "RACEwayブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "セミトランスペアレントPCI-to-PCIブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "InfiniBand to PCIホストブリッジ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "通信コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "シリアルコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "パラレルコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "マルチポートシリアルコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "一般的なシステム周辺機器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "DMAコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "タイマー" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "PCIホットプラグコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "システム周辺機器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "入力デバイスコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "キーボードコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "デジタイザペン" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "マウスコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "スキャナコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "Gameportコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "ドッキングステーション" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "汎用ドッキングステーション" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "プロセッサ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "コプロセッサ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "シリアルバスコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "ACCESSバス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "USBコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "ファイバチャネル" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "ワイヤレスコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "IRDAコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "コンシューマIRコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "RFコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "インテリジェントコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I2O" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "衛星通信コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "衛星TVコントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "衛星オーディオ通信コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "衛星音声通信コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "衛星データ通信コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "暗号化コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "ネットワークおよびコンピューティング暗号化デバイス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "エンターテイメント暗号化デバイス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "信号処理コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "DPIOモジュール" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "パフォーマンスカウンタ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "通信シンクロナイザ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "モニタ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "CRTモニタ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "LCDモニタ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "内部で使用されるクラス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "ISA PnPインタフェース" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "メインメモリ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "システム" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "Winモデム" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "ISDNアダプタ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "PS/2コントローラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "マウス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "PS/2マウス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "シリアルマウス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "バスマウス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "USBマウス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "大容量記憶域デバイス" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "テープ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "フロッピーディスク" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "記憶装置" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "ネットワークインタフェース" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "トークンリング" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "キーボード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "コンソール" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "プリンタ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "ハブ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "USBハブ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "ブライユ点字ディスプレイ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "スキャナ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "ジョイスティック" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "ゲームパッド" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "チップカードリーダ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "カメラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "Webcam" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "デジタルカメラ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "フレームバッファ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "VESAフレームバッファ" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "DVBカード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "DVB-Cカード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "DVB-Sカード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "DVB-Tカード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "TV カード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "パーティション" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "DSLカード" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetoothデバイス" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5155,8 +5005,8 @@ "終了コード: %{exitcode}\n" "エラー出力: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5164,8 +5014,8 @@ "ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\n" "YaST を利用するといくつかの変更点を失ってしまうかもしれません" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5173,13 +5023,13 @@ "ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\n" "YaSTを使用すると、変更が失われることがあります。\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "このメッセージを以降表示しない" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5190,13 +5040,13 @@ "ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\n" "YaSTを使用すると、このファイルが失われることがあります。" -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "initrdの作成中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5204,25 +5054,25 @@ "新しいカーネルを作動させるために、\n" "システムを再起動してください。\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "ドライバの起動を確認する" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2が次のデバイスを検出しました" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "ロードするドライバまたはモジュール(&D)" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5230,20 +5080,19 @@ "正しい MAC アドレスは、コロンで区切られた 6 組の 16 進数の\n" "数字です。" -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" "有効なドメイン名は、ピリオド(.)で区切られた構成要素から成ります。\n" -"各構成要素には、半角英数字とハイフン(-)を使用できます。構成要素の最初と最後の" -"文字にハイフン(-)を、\n" +"各構成要素には、半角英数字とハイフン(-)を使用できます。構成要素の最初と最後の文字にハイフン(-)を、\n" "また最後の構成要素の先頭文字に数字を使用できません。" -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5251,8 +5100,8 @@ "有効なホスト名は、文字、数字、およびハイフンで構成されています。\n" "ホスト名の先頭と最後にハイフンを使用することはできません。\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5260,8 +5109,8 @@ "有効なIPv4アドレスはドット(.)で区切った4つの整数で構成され、\n" "それぞれの数字は0～255の範囲です。" -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5271,8 +5120,8 @@ "それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。\n" "なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を含めることもできます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5287,78 +5136,76 @@ "指定できます。「0/0」を指定するとすべてのネットワークの意味になります。\n" "例:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1または2001:db8:0::1\n" -"IPアドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0または2001:" -"db8:0::1/56\n" -"IPアドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24、192.168.0.1/32、または" -"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IPアドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0または2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IPアドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24、192.168.0.1/32、または2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (平均 %2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/秒" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "ハードウェア検出の確認" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaSTは次のハードウェアを検出します:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5370,36 +5217,36 @@ "たとえば、一部の設定は不適切に読み込まれることがあるため、\n" "それらを確実に書き込むことができないかもしれません。\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "root権限が必要" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "選択したエントリを削除しますか?" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "「%1」を削除してもよろしいですか？" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "適用(&A)" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5407,631 +5254,631 @@ "YaST\n" "初期化しています...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "モジュール" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "アラブ首長国連邦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "アルバニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "アルゼンチン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "オーストリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "オーストラリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "ボスニアヘルツェゴビナ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "ベルギー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "ブルガリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "バーレーン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "バングラデシュ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "ボリビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "ブラジル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "ボツワナ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "ベラルーシ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "カナダ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "スイス" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "チリ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "中華人民共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "コロンビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "コスタリカ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "チェコ共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ドイツ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "デンマーク" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "ドミニカ共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "アルジェリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "エクアドル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "エストニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "エジプト" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "カタロニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "スペイン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "フィンランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "フェロー諸島" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "フランス" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "英国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "グルジア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "グリーンランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "ギリシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "グアテマラ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "香港" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "ホンデュラス" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "クロアチア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "ハンガリー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "インドネシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "アイルランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "イスラエル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "インド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "イラク" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "アイスランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "イタリア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "ヨルダン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "日本" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "クウェート" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "レバノン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "リヒテンシュタイン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "リトアニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "ルクセンブルク" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "ラトビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "社会主義人民リビアアラブ国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "モロッコ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "マケドニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "マルタ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "メキシコ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "マレーシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "ニカラグア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "オランダ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "ノルウェー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "ニュージーランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "オマーン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "パナマ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "ペルー" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "フィリピン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "パキスタン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "ポーランド" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "プエルトリコ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "ポルトガル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "パラグアイ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "カタール" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "ルーマニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "ロシア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "サウジアラビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "スーダン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "スウェーデン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "シンガポール" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "スロヴェニア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "スロヴァキア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "サンマリノ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "エルサルバドル" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "シリアアラブ共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "タイ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "タジキスタン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "チュニジア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "トルコ" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "ウクライナ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "米国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "ウルグアイ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "ウズベキスタン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "ベネズエラ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "イエメン" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "ユーゴスラビア" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "南アフリカ" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "ジンバブエ" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "台湾" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 は有効なIPv4アドレスではありません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "ゾーン名が定義されている必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "DNSゾーン %1 が存在しません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "DNSゾーン %1 は、マスタタイプではありません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "ゾーンタイプが定義されている必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "ゾーンタイプ %1 は、サポートされていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "ACL名が定義されている必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "%1 という名前のACLが存在しません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "ホスト名が定義されている必要があります。" -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "ホスト名は完全修飾ドメイン名形式でなければなりません。" -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "完全修飾ホスト名はドット(.)で終了する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "ホスト名が無効です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "メール交換の優先度が定義されている必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -6039,9 +5886,9 @@ "メール交換の優先度が無効です。\n" "0から65535までの数字で指定する必要があります。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -6053,31 +5900,27 @@ "\n" "ホスト名を相対的に(ドメイン名を指定しないで)指定するか、\n" "もしくはドット(.)に続けてこのゾーンのドメイン名を入力してください。\n" -"たとえば「example.org」ゾーンの場合、「dhcp1」や「dhcp1.example.org」のように" -"指定します。\n" +"たとえば「example.org」ゾーンの場合、「dhcp1」や「dhcp1.example.org」のように指定します。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "逆引きIPv4アドレス %1 が無効です。\n" "\n" "有効な逆引きIPv4アドレスは、ドット(.)により区切られた0から255\n" -"の範囲の4つの整数に、文字列「.in-addr.arpa.」を追加した値で構成されていま" -"す。\n" -"たとえば、「1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.」のIPv4アドレスは、「192.168.32.1」で" -"す。\n" +"の範囲の4つの整数に、文字列「.in-addr.arpa.」を追加した値で構成されています。\n" +"たとえば、「1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.」のIPv4アドレスは、「192.168.32.1」です。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -6087,8 +5930,8 @@ "代わりに、末尾にドット(.)が付いた完全修飾ホスト名(host.example.org.など)を\n" "使用します。\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -6096,10 +5939,10 @@ "MXレコードが無効です。\n" "「優先サーバ名」形式を使用してください。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -6107,10 +5950,10 @@ "SOAレコードが無効です。\n" "%1 は %2 から %3 秒でなければなりません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -6121,13 +5964,12 @@ "SOAレコードが無効です。\n" "%1 はBIND型の時間でなければなりません。\n" "BIND型の時間は、数値と大文字/小文字を区別しないサフィックス\n" -"W、D、H、M、Sから構成されます。秒単位の時間にはサフィックスを付けなくてもかま" -"いません。\n" +"W、D、H、M、Sから構成されます。秒単位の時間にはサフィックスを付けなくてもかまいません。\n" "12H15m、86400、1W30M、などの値を入力します。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -6135,13 +5977,13 @@ "SOAレコードが無効です。\n" "%1 は %2 から %3 の数値でなければなりません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "ファイルにログインする場合には、ファイル名を定義する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6155,18 +5997,18 @@ "\n" "使用可能なサフィックスはk、K、m、M、g、およびGです。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "ファイルのバージョンの値は数字でなければなりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6174,25 +6016,25 @@ "スレーブゾーンにのみ、マスタサーバが定義されています。\n" "ゾーン %1 のタイプは %2 です。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "ゾーン名 %1 はすでに存在します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "オプションmasterserverが、スレーブゾーンに必要です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "ホストIPは空欄にできません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,56 +14,55 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "ブートローダ環境設定モジュール" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"ブートパーティションはNFSタイプです。ブートローダをインストールできません。" +msgstr "ブートパーティションはNFSタイプです。ブートローダをインストールできません。" -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "ブートローダの設定" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "デバイスマップには、少なくとも1つのデバイスを含める必要があります" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "ディスク順序の設定" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "ディスク(&I)" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "選択したブートローダパーティション %s は今後使用できなくなります。" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "ブートローダの環境設定を保存中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -75,38 +74,38 @@ "詳細については、このドキュメントの関連する章を\n" "参照してください。\n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "システムを再起動します..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダ(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "EFIのGRUB2" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "管理非対象" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "デフォルト" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -120,257 +119,205 @@ " \n" " 続行しますか?\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big>［<b>ブートローダのタイプ</b>］</big><br>\n" -"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールする" -"かを選択するには、\n" +"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n" "［<b>ブートローダ</b>］を使用します。</p>" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "ブートローダのタイプ: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "Trusted Bootを有効にする: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "ステータスの場所: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "ハードディスクの順序: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (拡張)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"MBRにブートコードをインストールする(インストール" -"しない</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "MBRにブートコードをインストールする(インストールしない</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"MBRにブートコードをインストールしない(インストー" -"ルする</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "MBRにブートコードをインストールしない(インストールする</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"/bootパーティションにブートコードをインストールする(インストールしない</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "/bootパーティションにブートコードをインストールする(インストールしない</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"/bootパーティションにブートコードをインストールしない(インストールする</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "/bootパーティションにブートコードをインストールしない(インストールする</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"「/」パーティションにブートコードをインストールする(インストールしない</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "「/」パーティションにブートコードをインストールする(インストールしない</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"「/」パーティションにブートコードをインストールしない(インストールする</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "「/」パーティションにブートコードをインストールしない(インストールする</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"警告: ブートローダのステージ1の場所が選択されていません。操作を明確に理解して" -"いる場合を除いて、上述の場所を選択してください。" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "警告: ブートローダのステージ1の場所が選択されていません。操作を明確に理解している場合を除いて、上述の場所を選択してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "場所の変更: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>タイムアウト(秒単位)</b><br>\n" -"デフォルトカーネルがロードされるまで、ブートローダが待機する時間を指定しま" -"す。</p>\n" +"デフォルトカーネルがロードされるまで、ブートローダが待機する時間を指定します。</p>\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定(&A)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定</b><br>\n" -"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションを有効にします。汎用の" -"MBRコードではアクティブパーティションを\n" -"ブートする仕組みになっているため、これを選択することで本システムを起動できる" -"ようになります。\n" -"なお、古いBIOSではMBRにブートローダをインストールした場合でも、1つのパーティ" -"ションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。</p>" +"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションを有効にします。汎用のMBRコードではアクティブパーティションを\n" +"ブートする仕組みになっているため、これを選択することで本システムを起動できるようになります。\n" +"なお、古いBIOSではMBRにブートローダをインストールした場合でも、1つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。</p>" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む</b><br/>ディスクのマスタブートレコード" -"(MBR)に汎用ブートコード(アクティブパーティションを\n" +"<p><b>MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む</b><br/>ディスクのマスタブートレコード(MBR)に汎用ブートコード(アクティブパーティションを\n" "ブートするだけのOSに依存しないプログラム)を書き込む場合に選択します。</p>" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "ブート時にメニューを隠す(&H)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>［ブート時にメニューを隠します］</b>を選択すると、ブートメニューが非表" -"示になります。</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>［ブート時にメニューを隠します］</b>を選択すると、ブートメニューが非表示になります。</p>" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "その他のOSの検知(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>その他のOSの検知</b>］を選択すると、他のディストリビューションでマル" -"チブートするためにos-proberを実行します。</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>その他のOSの検知</b>］を選択すると、他のディストリビューションでマルチブートするためにos-proberを実行します。</p>" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>［オプションのカーネルのコマンドラインパラメータ］</b>には、カーネルに" -"渡す他のパラメータを定義します。</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>［オプションのカーネルのコマンドラインパラメータ］</b>には、カーネルに渡す他のパラメータを定義します。</p>" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "プロテクティブMBRフラグ(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>プロテクティブMBRフラグ</b>］は上級ユーザ専用の設定で、特殊なハード" -"ウェアでのみ必要になります。詳細については、GPTディスクでプロテクティブMBRを" -"参照してください。わからない場合は変更しないでください。</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>プロテクティブMBRフラグ</b>］は上級ユーザ専用の設定で、特殊なハードウェアでのみ必要になります。詳細については、GPTディスクでプロテクティブMBRを参照してください。わからない場合は変更しないでください。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "設定済み" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "削除" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "変更禁止" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Secure Bootサポートを有効にする(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "チックしてUEFI Secure Bootを有効にする\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Trusted Bootサポートを有効にする(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -388,10 +335,10 @@ "設定で有効になっていることを確認する必要が\n" "あります(この設定はセキュリティチップなどと呼ばれる場合があります)。</p>\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -401,31 +348,31 @@ "BIOSで有効になっていることを確認してください。\n" "有効でない場合、システムがブートしません。" -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "パスワードでブートローダを保護する(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "エントリの変更のみを保護する(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "GRUB2ユーザ「root」のパスワード(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "もう一度パスワードを入力してください(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "パスワードを設定してください。" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -433,63 +380,50 @@ "「パスワード」と「もう一度パスワードを入力してください。」に\n" "入力したパスワードが異なっています。もう一度入力してください。" -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " -"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " -"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b></b>ブートローダをパスワードで保護する<br>\n" -"ブート時、任意のエントリを変更する場合、および任意のエントリをブートするとき" -"にもパスワードが必要になります。<b></b>［エントリの変更のみを保護する］がオン" -"の場合、エントリのブートには制約がありませんが、エントリの変更にはパスワード" -"が必要です(GRUB 1の動作)。<br>YaSTは<b></b>［パスワードを再入力する］にパス" -"ワードを再入力した場合のみパスワードを受け入れます。このパスワードはGRUB2ユー" -"ザ「root」に適用されます。これはLinuxの「root」とは異なります。YaSTは現在その" -"他のGRUB2ユーザをサポートしていません。その他のユーザが必要な場合、別のGRUB2" -"スクリプトを使用してください。</p>" +"ブート時、任意のエントリを変更する場合、および任意のエントリをブートするときにもパスワードが必要になります。<b></b>［エントリの変更のみを保護する］がオンの場合、エントリのブートには制約がありませんが、エントリの変更にはパスワードが必要です(GRUB 1の動作)。<br>YaSTは<b></b>［パスワードを再入力する］にパスワードを再入力した場合のみパスワードを受け入れます。このパスワードはGRUB2ユーザ「root」に適用されます。これはLinuxの「root」とは異なります。YaSTは現在その他のGRUB2ユーザをサポートしていません。その他のユーザが必要な場合、別のGRUB2スクリプトを使用してください。</p>" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "新しいグラフィカルなテーマファイルの選択" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "グラフィカルコンソールを使用する(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "コンソールの解像度(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "コンソールのテーマ(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "grub2で自動検出" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "シリアルコンソールを使用する(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "コンソールの引数(&C)" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "デフォルトのブートセクション(&D)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -498,52 +432,48 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>デフォルトに設定</b>］を押すと、選択したセクションがデフォルトに設定" -"されます。\n" -"起動の際はブートローダがブートメニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す" -"る\n" -"よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行われないとデフォルトに設定したカーネ" -"ル\n" +"<p>［<b>デフォルトに設定</b>］を押すと、選択したセクションがデフォルトに設定されます。\n" +"起動の際はブートローダがブートメニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n" +"よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行われないとデフォルトに設定したカーネル\n" "または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n" -"また、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、［<b>上へ</b>］" -"と\n" +"また、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、［<b>上へ</b>］と\n" "［<b>下へ</b>］でそれぞれ変更することができます。</p>\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "ブートローダの場所" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "オンにした場合、カスタムブートデバイスを指定する必要があります" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションからブート(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションからブート(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "マスタブートレコード(MBR)からブート(&M)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "拡張パーティションからブート(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション(&U)" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "ディスクのブート順序を編集する(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -553,68 +483,61 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big>［<b>ディスクの順序</b>］</big><br>\n" "BIOSでの順序に合わせてディスクの順序を設定するには、\n" -"［<b>上へ</b>］と［<b>下へ</b>］ボタンをクリックしてディスクの順序を入れ替え" -"ます。\n" +"［<b>上へ</b>］と［<b>下へ</b>］ボタンをクリックしてディスクの順序を入れ替えます。\n" "ディスクを追加するには［<b>追加</b>］ボタンを、\n" "ディスクを削除するには［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをそれぞれクリックします。</p>" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "カーネルパラメータ(&K)" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "ブートコードオプション(&D)" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "ブートローダオプション(&L)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Secure Bootを有効にする: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"パーティション設定が原因で、ブートローダを正しくインストールできません。" +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "パーティション設定が原因で、ブートローダを正しくインストールできません。" -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダはインストールしないでください。" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" msgstr "ブート" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "ブート(&B)" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムが起動できません。" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムが起動できません。" -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "パーティションのため、ブートローダを正しくインストールできません" -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Reading current configuration...</P>" @@ -622,9 +545,9 @@ "<P><BIG><B>ブートローダ設定ツール</B></BIG><BR>\n" "現在の設定を読み取り中...</P>" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -632,121 +555,97 @@ "<P><B><BIG>ブートローダの設定を保存しています</BIG></B><BR>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "サポートされていないハードウェア %1 とブートローダ %2 の組み合わせです" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"MBRからの起動は、btrfsファイルシステムおよびbios_grubパーティションなしのGPT" -"ディスクラベルでは機能しません。この問題を修復するには、bios_grubパーティショ" -"ンを作成するか、ブートパーティション用の外部ファイルシステムを使用します。ま" -"たは、MBRにステージ1をインストールしないでください。" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "MBRからの起動は、btrfsファイルシステムおよびbios_grubパーティションなしのGPTディスクラベルでは機能しません。この問題を修復するには、bios_grubパーティションを作成するか、ブートパーティション用の外部ファイルシステムを使用します。または、MBRにステージ1をインストールしないでください。" -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"起動デバイスはRAID種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないも" -"のと思われます。" +msgstr "起動デバイスはRAID種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないものと思われます。" -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"ブートデバイスはソフトウエアRAID1上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他" -"のブートローダの場所を選択してください" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "ブートデバイスはソフトウエアRAID1上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他のブートローダの場所を選択してください" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"起動用のextパーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "起動用のextパーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできません。" -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"インストーラで有効化フラグが設定されません。まったく設定されていない場合、一" -"部のBIOSのブートが拒否されることがあります。" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "インストーラで有効化フラグが設定されません。まったく設定されていない場合、一部のBIOSのブートが拒否されることがあります。" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"インストーラがディスクのMBRを変更しません。ブートコードがすでに含まれている場" -"合を除いて、BIOSはこのディスクからブートできません。" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "インストーラがディスクのMBRを変更しません。ブートコードがすでに含まれている場合を除いて、BIOSはこのディスクからブートできません。" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "ブートローダを検査する" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "パーティションを読み込む" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "ブートローダの設定をロードする" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "ブートローダの検査中..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "パーティションを読み込み中..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "ブートローダの設定をロード中..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの環境設定を初期化中" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrdの作成" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの設定を保存します" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrdを作成中 ..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "ブートローダの設定を保存中..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの環境設定の保存" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,517 +14,492 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "CAおよび証明書を管理しています" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "ルートCAを作成します" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "CAの証明書を作成します" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "CAのCRLを作成します" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "CAをファイルにエクスポートします" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "証明書をファイルにエクスポートします" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "CRLをファイルにエクスポートします" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "部署" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "組織" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "市区町村" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "状態" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "国" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "有効期間" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "キー長" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "パスワード(セキュリティ: これは環境変数により指定)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "CAパスワード(セキュリティ: これは環境変数により指定)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "P12パスワード(セキュリティ: これは環境変数により指定)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "エクスポートされたCA、証明書、またはCRLのパス" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "CAの設定" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"YaSTでは、デフォルトのCAおよび証明書が自動的に生成されます。 このCAおよび証明" -"書は、\n" +"YaSTでは、デフォルトのCAおよび証明書が自動的に生成されます。 このCAおよび証明書は、\n" "Apacheサーバとの通信に使用されます。\n" -" ここでは、このCAおよび証明書の設定を変更したり、CAおよび証明書をファイルから" -"インポートします。\n" +" ここでは、このCAおよび証明書の設定を変更したり、CAおよび証明書をファイルからインポートします。\n" " </p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "共通のCAおよび証明書のインポート" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "証明書のパス(&P)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "パスワード(&P):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "パスワードの確認(&N)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "共通のCAおよび証明書の生成" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "CA 名(&C):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "共通名(&C):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "電子メール" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "国(&O):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "組織(&R):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "組織単位(&G):" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "市区町村(&L)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "都道府県(&S): " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "ローカルサーバ名の取得" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "サーバー名(&S):" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "パスワードの１回目と２回目の入力が異なります。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "パスワードの長さは3文字以上である必要があります。" -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "CA 名が必要です。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "共通名が必要です。" -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "メールアドレスのフォーマットが無効です。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "サーバ名が必要です。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "証明書を読み込めません。" -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "証明書をファイルからインポート" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[ローカルサーバ名]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "CA名" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "共通名" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[未設定]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "電子メール" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "部署" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[設定]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "共通のサーバ証明書の生成中" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "サーバ情報を読み込みます" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "デフォルトのCAおよびサーバ証明書を作成します" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "デフォルトのCAおよびサーバ証明書を作成中..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "証明書を作成できません。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"ローカルマシンの名前を評価できません。［サーバ名］および［電子メール］の値を" -"変更してください。" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "ローカルマシンの名前を評価できません。［サーバ名］および［電子メール］の値を変更してください。" -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "CA 管理" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "設定は既に保存されています。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "古い設定を削除しますか?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパス" -"ワードを設定して続行してください。" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパスワードを設定して続行してください。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" -"い。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "現在のデフォルトのCAと証明書。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "デフォルトのCAと証明書を作成します。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "より高いセキュリティのために、パスワードを変更することをお奨めします。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[手動設定]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[ルートパスワード]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA 名: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "共通名: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "サーバ名: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "国: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "パスワード: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "電子メール:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "別名: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "root のパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n" -"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてくださ" -"い。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "CA と証明書を作成しません。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "CAおよび証明書をファイルからインポート中" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>デフォルトのホスト名<b>linux</b>は固有ですか? 証明書は、ホスト名が正しい場" -"合にのみ有効です。</p>" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "<p>デフォルトのホスト名<b>linux</b>は固有ですか? 証明書は、ホスト名が正しい場合にのみ有効です。</p>" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "CA 管理(&C)" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "CA と証明書の管理" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "選択" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "デフォルトの CA と証明書の作成(&D)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "デフォルトの設定の変更(&S)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "CA と証明書を作成しない(&N)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "ディスクから CA と証明書をインポート(&I)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and " -"<b>certificates</b>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -533,114 +508,110 @@ "インストール方法を選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "今すぐ作成またはインポートしない場合は、\n" -"デフォルトのCAおよび証明書をインストール済みシステムで作成することもできま" -"す。\n" +"デフォルトのCAおよび証明書をインストール済みシステムで作成することもできます。\n" " </p>\n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "名前(&N):" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "クリティカル" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "種類" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "項目が選択されていません。" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "本当にこのエントリを削除してもよろしいですか？" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" "Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -651,95 +622,66 @@ "ここでは、<b>「デフォルトの設定」</b>を変更します。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "別名: " -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "デフォルトの設定を変更" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "共通サーバ証明書" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サーバ証明書は、SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行うサービスで使用されてい" -"ます。</p>" +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" +msgstr "<p>サーバ証明書は、SSL/TLS 暗号化ネットワーク接続を行うサービスで使用されています。</p>" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>共通サーバ証明書</b>］は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービ" -"スに対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。 " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "<p>［<b>共通サーバ証明書</b>］は、このホストで実行されているいくつかのサービスに対して、証明書を提供する目的で作られます。 " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service.</p>" -msgstr "" -"YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできる" -"ものもあります。</p>" +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "YaST モジュールによっては、サービスの設定時にこの証明書を使用するようにできるものもあります。</p>" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>インポート/置換</b>］ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、" -"既存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。</p>" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>インポート/置換</b>］ボタンを押すと、新しいサーバ証明書を追加したり、既存の証明書を置き換えたりすることができます。</p>" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、証明書を削除することができます。た" -"だし、その証明書が他のサービスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。" -"</p>" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、証明書を削除することができます。ただし、その証明書が他のサービスで使用されていないかどうかを確認してください。</p>" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in " -"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>証明書は、［CA管理］モジュールの［証明書］セクションの［ファイルにエクス" -"ポート］を使用して、ファイルに書き込むことができます。</p>" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>証明書は、［CA管理］モジュールの［証明書］セクションの［ファイルにエクスポート］を使用して、ファイルに書き込むことができます。</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ディスクからインポートする証明書は<b>「CA チェーンされた PKCS #12 形式」でなければなりません。</p>" +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ディスクからインポートする証明書は<b>「CA チェーンされた PKCS #12 形式」</b>でなければなりません。</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>詳細については、マニュアルを参照してください。</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -747,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>共通のサーバ証明書が見つかりません。\n" "ディスクから証明書をインポートできます</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "削除(&R)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "インポート/置換(&I)" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "証明書はまだ期限切れではありません。\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -782,33 +724,29 @@ "この証明書を使用しているサービスが存在しないことを確認してください。\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "証明書を削除してよろしいですか?" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは、CA の最も重要な値を表示しています。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「証明書」</b>、<b>「CRL」</b>、<b>「詳細設定」</b>によって提供される現" -"在の CA の特別な情報です。</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「証明書」</b>、<b>「CRL」</b>、<b>「詳細設定」</b>によって提供される現在の CA の特別な情報です。</p>" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>%1 の説明</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -816,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "CA が見つかりません" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>発行対象:</b></p>" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -830,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "一般名: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -840,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "組織: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -850,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "所在地: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -860,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "都道府県: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -870,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "国: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -880,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "電子メール: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>発行者:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -892,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "有効期間の開始: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -900,277 +838,245 @@ "\n" "有効期間の終了: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "詳細設定(&A)..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "表示(&V)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "証明機関のパスワード変更(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "下位 CA の作成(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "ファイルにエクスポート(&F)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "LDAP にエクスポート(&L)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "デフォルトの編集(&E)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しい下位 CA や証明書を作成するとき、システムはデフォルトの値を提案しま" -"す。</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しい下位 CA や証明書を作成するとき、システムはデフォルトの値を提案します。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>このワークフローでは、このデフォルトの設定を変更します。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only." -msgstr "" -"<p>しかし、修正した設定は<b>新しいエントリ</b>に対してのみ使用されます。</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +msgstr "<p>しかし、修正した設定は<b>新しいエントリ</b>に対してのみ使用されます。</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client " -"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「下位 CA」</b>、<b>「クライアント証明書」</b>、<b>「サーバ証明書」</b>" -"に対するデフォルトの設定を変更できます。</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「下位 CA」</b>、<b>「クライアント証明書」</b>、<b>「サーバ証明書」</b>に対するデフォルトの設定を変更できます。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "デフォルトの設定 :" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "サブCA(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "クライアント証明書(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "サーバ証明書(&E)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは保存する前にすべてのデフォルトの設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは保存する前にすべてのデフォルトの設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" msgstr "<p>入力を完了するために<b>「保存」</b>をクリックしてください。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>概要</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (クリティカル)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "パス長: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(クリティカル) " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "CA からの「所有者の別名 (subjectAltName)」をコピー" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(クリティカル)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "標準メールアドレスをコピー" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "設定の保存 (ステップ 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "デフォルトが保存されました。" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>まず、この CA で利用可能なすべての証明書が一覧表示されます。カラムにはメー" -"ルアドレスを含む証明書の DN や「有効」「失効」といった証明書の状態がありま" -"す。</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "<p>まず、この CA で利用可能なすべての証明書が一覧表示されます。カラムにはメールアドレスを含む証明書の DN や「有効」「失効」といった証明書の状態があります。</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>証明書をひとつ選択し、アクションを実行してください。</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「表示」</b>をクリックすると、完全な証明書がテキスト表現で表示されま" -"す。</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「表示」</b>をクリックすると、完全な証明書がテキスト表現で表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>さらに、証明書の<b>「失効」</b>、<b>「削除」</b>、<b>「エクスポート」</b>" -"ができます。</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>さらに、証明書の<b>「失効」</b>、<b>「削除」</b>、<b>「エクスポート」</b>ができます。</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「追加」</b>により、新しいサーバまたはクライアント証明書を生成します。" -"</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「追加」</b>により、新しいサーバまたはクライアント証明書を生成します。</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate.</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは、選択された証明書の最も重要な値を表示しています。</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "証明書の失効" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." msgstr "証明書の失効のみ行っています。新しい CRL は生成されません。" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "理由" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>説明</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1178,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "証明書が見つかりません。" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1189,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "一般名: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1200,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "組織: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1211,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "所在地: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1222,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "都道府県: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1233,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "国: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1244,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "電子メール: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1255,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1266,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "鍵のサイズ: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1275,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "シリアル番号: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1286,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "バージョン: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1295,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "有効期間の開始: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1304,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "有効期間の終了: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1315,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "公開鍵のアルゴリズム: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1326,131 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "署名のアルゴリズム: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "有効" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "取り消し" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "期限切れ" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "サーバ証明書の追加" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "クライアント証明書の追加" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "パスワードの変更(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "取り消し(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "エクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "ファイルにエクスポート" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "LDAP にエクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "共通サーバ証明書としてエクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "現在の証明書を削除しますか？" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "証明書の種類が正しくありません。" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは CRL の最も重要な値を表示しています。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" msgstr "<p>「CRL の生成」により新しい CRL が生成されます。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>「表示」</b> をクリックすると、全ての記述が表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに<b>エクスポート</b>できます。</p>" +msgstr "<p>CRL をファイルまたは LDAP ディレクトリに<b>エクスポート</b>できます。</p>" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "新しい CRL の生成" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "有効期間(日)(&V):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>証明書失効リスト(CRL):</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1460,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "最終更新: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1468,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "次回の更新: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1478,650 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "失効された証明書 : " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "CRL の生成(&G)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "デフォルト(&D)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しいCRLを作成する場合、システムによって一部のデフォルト値が提案されま" -"す。</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しいCRLを作成する場合、システムによって一部のデフォルト値が提案されます。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>このフレームでは、これらのデフォルト設定を変更します。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "有効期間(日)(&V):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "クリティカル(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "クリティカル(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "所有者の別名をCAからコピー(&O)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "デフォルトのCRL設定" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "セキュリティ情報" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"警告!<br>CRLの自動作成とエクスポートを有効にすると、CAパスワードがディスク上" -"の環境設定ファイルに書き込まれます。CRLの作成に必要となるため、パスワードはこ" -"こにプレーンテキストで保存されます。ファイルはルートユーザのみが読み取れま" -"す。" +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "警告!<br>CRLの自動作成とエクスポートを有効にすると、CAパスワードがディスク上の環境設定ファイルに書き込まれます。CRLの作成に必要となるため、パスワードはここにプレーンテキストで保存されます。ファイルはルートユーザのみが読み取れます。" -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "CRLのエクスポート" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>［1回エクスポート］</b>を選択して、この認証局のCRLをエクスポートしま" -"す。</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>［1回エクスポート］</b>を選択して、この認証局のCRLをエクスポートします。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation " -"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>CRLの再発行を繰り返し行うよう設定するには、［<b>再作成とエクスポートの繰り" -"返し</b>］を選択します。この場合、再発行の間隔を［<b>定期的な間隔</b>］で指定" -"してください。間隔を24時間に設定した場合、エクスポートを実行する時間を選択で" -"きます。［<b>セキュリティ情報</b>］を読み、理解したうえで設定してください。" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>CRLの再発行を繰り返し行うよう設定するには、［<b>再作成とエクスポートの繰り返し</b>］を選択します。この場合、再発行の間隔を［<b>定期的な間隔</b>］で指定してください。間隔を24時間に設定した場合、エクスポートを実行する時間を選択できます。［<b>セキュリティ情報</b>］を読み、理解したうえで設定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方" -"に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ［<b>ローカルファイルにエクスポート" -"</b>］と［<b>LDAP にエクスポート</b>］を設定してください。</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>CRL のエクスポートをローカルのファイルや LDAP サーバ、もしくはそれらの両方に対して有効化することができます。それぞれ［<b>ローカルファイルにエクスポート</b>］と［<b>LDAP にエクスポート</b>］を設定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "1回エクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "再作成とエクスポートの繰り返し" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "ホスト名(&H):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "ポート(&P):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "DN(&D):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "Bind DN(&B)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "パスワード(&W)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "名前を付けて保存(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "エクスポート形式" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 形式" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "DER形式" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "定期的な間隔" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "すべて" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "時間(&H)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "時刻:" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "時(&O)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "セキュリティ情報(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "ファイルにエクスポート" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "名前を付けて保存" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "ファイルへのエクスポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "再試行しますか?" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "ファイルに正しく保存されました。" -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "LDAP に正しく保存されました。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "LDAPへのエクスポートに失敗しました。" -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "ソフトウェアエラー-不明なタブ" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "認証局(CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "説明(&D)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "証明書(&E)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CRL(&L)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "要求(&R)" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しい CA を生成するには、いくつかのエントリが必要です。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しい証明書を生成するには、いくつかのエントリが必要です。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しい要求を生成するには、一部のエントリが必要です。</p>" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" msgstr "<p>設定ファイルで定義されたポリシーに依存します。</p>" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" msgstr "<p>半角英数字(US ASCII)のみ指定できます。</p>" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「CA 名」</b>はCAの証明書の名前です。「a～z」、「A～Z」、「-」、および" -"「_」のみが使用できます。</p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「CA 名」</b>はCAの証明書の名前です。「a～z」、「A～Z」、「-」、および「_」のみが使用できます。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>「共通名」</b>は CA の名前です。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate.</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>「共通名」</b>は証明書を作成する相手のユーザの名前です。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「共通名」</b>はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ド" -"メイン名)です。</p>" +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「共通名」</b>はサーバの FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name; 完全修飾ドメイン名)です。</p>" -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「メールアドレス」</b>はユーザまたはサーバの管理者の正式なメールアドレ" -"スです。</p>" +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>「メールアドレス」</b>はユーザまたはサーバの管理者の正式なメールアドレスです。</p>" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and " -"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［組織］、［部署］、［市区町村］、および［都道府県］は、通常はオプションで" -"す。</p>" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［組織］、［部署］、［市区町村］、および［都道府県］は、通常はオプションです。</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "デフォルト(&E)" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "メールアドレス" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "デフォルト" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "新規作成" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (ステップ 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." -msgstr "" -"<p>CAの秘密鍵には、5文字以上の［パスワード］が必要です。 確認のために、次の" -"フィールドに再入力してください。</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>CAの秘密鍵には、5文字以上の［パスワード］が必要です。 確認のために、次のフィールドに再入力してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>各CAには独自の［キー長］があります。 証明書を使用する一部のアプリケーショ" -"ンでは、特別なキー長が必要です。</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>各CAには独自の［キー長］があります。 証明書を使用する一部のアプリケーションでは、特別なキー長が必要です。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the " -"time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>CAは特定の期間(［有効期間］)にのみ有効です。 タイムフレームを日数で入力し" -"てください。</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>CAは特定の期間(［有効期間］)にのみ有効です。 タイムフレームを日数で入力してください。</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>詳細オプション</b>］は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更し" -"た場合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。</p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>詳細オプション</b>］は特別なオプション設定です。これらの設定を変更した場合、 SUSE では作成した証明書が正しく動作することを保証できません。</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>証明書のシークレットキーには最低5文字の<B>パスワード</B>が必要です。確認の" -"ため、次のフィールドにも入力してください。</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>証明書のシークレットキーには最低5文字の<B>パスワード</B>が必要です。確認のため、次のフィールドにも入力してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>各証明書には<b>キー長</b>があります。証明書を使用するアプリケーションに" -"よっては、それに特化したキー長が必要な場合があります。</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>各証明書には<b>キー長</b>があります。証明書を使用するアプリケーションによっては、それに特化したキー長が必要な場合があります。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). " -"Enter the time frame in days.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>証明書は指定された期間のみ有効です(<b>「有効期間」</b>)。このタイムフレー" -"ムを日数で入力してください。</p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "<p>証明書は指定された期間のみ有効です(<b>「有効期間」</b>)。このタイムフレームを日数で入力してください。</p>" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>要求の秘密鍵には、5文字以上の［パスワード］が必要です。 確認のために、次の" -"フィールドに再入力してください。</p>" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>要求の秘密鍵には、5文字以上の［パスワード］が必要です。 確認のために、次のフィールドに再入力してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>各要求には独自の［キー長］があります。 証明書を使用する一部のアプリケー" -"ションでは、特別なキー長が必要です。</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "<p>各要求には独自の［キー長］があります。 証明書を使用する一部のアプリケーションでは、特別なキー長が必要です。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "証明機関のパスワードを証明書のパスワードとして使用する(&U)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "パスワードの確認(&V):" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "キー長(ビット)(&K):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "詳細オプション(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (ステップ 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "パスワードが異なります。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "パスワードが必要です。" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このフレームには、作成されるCAのすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このフレームには、作成されるCAのすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" msgstr "<p>CAを生成するには、［作成］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created.</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここには作成される証明書のすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>「作成」</b> をクリックすると、証明書を生成します。</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このフレームには、作成される要求のすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このフレームには、作成される要求のすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" msgstr "<p>要求を生成するには、［作成］をクリックします。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA 名: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "共通名: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "組織 : " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "部署:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "電子メールアドレス:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "市区町村 : " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "県または州 : " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "国: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "キー長 : " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "有効期間 : " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " 日\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "パス長 " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (ステップ 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "現在の選択: " -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "" -"<P>このフレーム内には、設定可能な詳細属性やOpenSSL X509v3拡張機能が表示されま" -"す。これらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、openssl-docパッケージ内の/usr/" -"share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txtファイルを参照してください。</P>" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgstr "<P>このフレーム内には、設定可能な詳細属性やOpenSSL X509v3拡張機能が表示されます。これらの拡張属性について詳しく知るには、openssl-docパッケージ内の/usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txtファイルを参照してください。</P>" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" msgstr "<P>エントリを正しく設定しなければ証明書は利用できなくなります。</P>" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "詳細設定" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "証明書の作成中 ..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2129,121 +1932,106 @@ "デフォルトの証明書は\n" "CA管理モジュールでも作成できます。\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完了" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "環境設定を本当に保存しますか？" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "終了" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "本当に編集結果を保存しないで終了しますか？" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>まず、このCAで使用可能なすべての要求が一覧表示されます。 カラムには電子" -"メールアドレスを含む要求のDNがあります。</p>" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>まず、このCAで使用可能なすべての要求が一覧表示されます。 カラムには電子メールアドレスを含む要求のDNがあります。</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" msgstr "<p>いずれかの要求を選択し、アクションを実行してください。</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［表示］をクリックすると、完全な要求がテキスト表現で表示されます。</p>" +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［表示］をクリックすると、完全な要求がテキスト表現で表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>また、要求の［署名］、［削除］、または［エクスポート］ができます。</p>" +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>また、要求の［署名］、［削除］、または［エクスポート］ができます。</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new " -"request.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［インポート］を使用すると、新しい要求を読み込めます。 ［追加］を使用する" -"と、新しい要求を生成できます。</p>" +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［インポート］を使用すると、新しい要求を読み込めます。 ［追加］を使用すると、新しい要求を生成できます。</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"</p>" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは、選択された要求の最も重要な値を表示しています。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "生成時間" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "インポート(&I)" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "サブCA要求の追加" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "サーバ要求の追加" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "クライアント要求の追加" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "要求(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "署名" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "クライアント証明書として" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "サーバ証明書として" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "CA証明書として" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "現在の要求を削除しますか?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2251,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "要求が見つかりませんでした。\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2260,177 +2048,168 @@ "\n" "生成時刻: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "拡張機能 \"%1\" が見つかりませんでした。" -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "これはCA要求です。 %1 として署名しますか?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "これはCA要求ではありません。 CA要求として署名しますか?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>このフレームには署名済みの要求が表示されています。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" msgstr "<p>要求には特別な要求の拡張機能があり、許可することができます。</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>これらの拡張機能を拒否すると、デフォルト値が代わりに使用されます。</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgstr "<p>これらの拡張機能を拒否すると、デフォルト値が代わりに使用されます。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "要求された拡張機能" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "要求に %1 として署名します(ステップ1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このフレームには、署名される要求のすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このフレームには、署名される要求のすべての設定の概要が表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>［要求の署名］をクリックして続行します。</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " 日" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (クリティカル)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "要求の編集(&E)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "要求に %1 として署名します(ステップ2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "要求の署名" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "要求は署名されました。" -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "CA %1 を削除しますか?" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "強制削除" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "このCAはまだ使用中です。 削除しますか?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>CA をひとつ選択し、<b>「CA に入る」</b>をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" msgstr "<p>［ルートCAの作成］は、新しいルート証明書機関を生成します。</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>認証局の管理の詳細については、マニュアルを参照してください。</p>" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "CAに入る(&E)" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "CAの削除(&D)" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "ルートCAの作成(&C)" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "CAのインポート(&I)" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "CAツリー" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "CA の選択" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "証明書のパスワードの変更" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "証明機関のパスワード変更" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "古いパスワード(&O):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "新しいパスワード(&N):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "パスワードの再入力(&V):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2438,45 +2217,44 @@ "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n" "証明書に対して有効なパスワードを入力してください。\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "証明機関のパスワードを変更しました。" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "証明書のパスワードを変更しました。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "CA のパスワードの入力" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAPパスワード(&A):" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "証明書のパスワード(&P):" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "パスワードの検証(&V)" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "LDAP の初期化" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2484,136 +2262,125 @@ "CA の管理のため LDAP を初期化する必要があります。\n" "必要なパスワードを入力してください。\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "パスワード(&A):" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "CA をファイルにエクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 形式で証明書のみ(&N)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "鍵だけを暗号化せずにPEM形式で(&U)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "鍵だけを暗号化してPEM形式で(&K)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "暗号化しない PEM 形式で証明書とキー(&R)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "暗号化された PEM 形式で証明書とキー(&E)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "DER 形式で証明書(&C)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "PKCS #12 形式で証明書とキー(&T)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "CA チェーンを含む PKCS #12 形式(&L)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "新しいパスワード(&N)" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "ファイル名(&F):" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "ファイル名が必要です。" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "CA がファイルに保存されました。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "CRL をファイルにエクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 形式(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "DER 形式(&D)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "CRL がファイルに保存されました。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "証明書をファイルにエクスポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 形式で証明書のみ(&O)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "証明書はファイルに保存されました。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue." -"</p>\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>ディスクから共通証明書 (PKCS #12 + CA チェーン形式)をインポート:</b>\n" +"<p><b><big>ディスクから共通証明書 (PKCS #12 + CA チェーン形式)をインポート:</big></b>\n" "ひとつのファイルを選択し、<b>「次へ」</b>をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"サーバ証明書および対応する認証局をインポートし、他のYaSTモジュールが共通証明" -"書を探す場所にコピーします。" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "サーバ証明書および対応する認証局をインポートし、他のYaSTモジュールが共通証明書を探す場所にコピーします。" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" "Certificate password</p>\n" @@ -2621,25 +2388,25 @@ "<p><b>パスワード:</b><br>\n" "証明書のパスワードです。</p>\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "ディスクから共通証明書をインポート中" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "証明書をインポート中 ..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "証明書がインポートされました。" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "これはサーバ証明書ではありません。 続行しますか?" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2649,752 +2416,678 @@ "この証明書は、\n" "共通サーバ証明書として利用できない可能性があります。\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "このサーバのホスト名(コマンド: hostname --long)は、証明書の共通名(CN)\n" "または代替名の値のいずれかに一致してる必要があります。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "共通サーバ証明書としてエクスポート" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "証明書をエクスポート中 ..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "証明書を共通サーバ証明書として書き込みました。" -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "要求をディスクからインポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "ファイル形式が無効です。 PEMまたはDERファイルを使用してください。" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "要求をインポート中..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "要求はインポートされました。" -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "CAをディスクからインポート" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "CA証明書のパス(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "キーのパス(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "キーパスワード(&K)" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "証明書ファイルへのパスが必要です。" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "秘密鍵のパスが必要です。" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "キーのパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n" -"既に暗号化されているキーの場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されてい" -"ない場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" +"既に暗号化されているキーの場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていない場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "証明機関をインポートしました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "CAリストを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "CAツリーを読み込めません。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "「caName」に値が設定されていません。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "「keyPasswd」に値が設定されていないかパスワードが短すぎます。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "「commonName」に値が設定されていません。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "「basicConstraints」によると、これは CA ではありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "RequestGenerationDataの変更に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "CertificateIssueDataの変更に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "ルートCAの作成に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "「certType」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "デフォルトの取得に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "「certType」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "CAの初期化に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "デフォルトの書き込みに失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "「caName」の値が無効です。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "「type」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "CAの解析に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "「keyPasswd」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "要求の作成に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "「request」に値が設定されていません。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "「vaPasswd」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "証明書への署名に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "「caName」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "パラメータ「caPasswd」が不足しています。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "証明書リストの取得に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "「caPasswd」の値が無効です。" -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "パスワードが無効です。" -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "UpdateDBに失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "「certificate」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "証明書の解析に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "「certificate」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "証明書の取り消しに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "「days」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "CRLGenerationDataの変更に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "CRLの作成に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "使用可能なCRLがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "CRLの解析に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "destinationFileが解析できません %s" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "フォルダがありません" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "「exportFormat」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "エクスポートに失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "「P12Password」の値が設定されていません。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "パラメータ「request」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "次の中に要求が見つかりませんでした:" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "要求のコピーに失敗しました" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "「keyPasswd」の値が無効です。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "パラメータ「purpose」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "検証に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "「newCaName」に値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "SubCAの作成に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "「ldapHostname」の値が無効です。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "「ldapPort」の値が無効です。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "「destinationDN」の値が無効です。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "「BindDN」の値が無効です。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "「ldapPasswd」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "CA の証明書が存在しません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "CAを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "CA証明書が解析できません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "LDAPの初期化に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "LDAPのバインドに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAPディレクトリ内でコンテナ %s が利用できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP内を検索中にエラーが発生しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "CA証明書がLDAPディレクトリに追加できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "CA証明書がLDAPディレクトリで変更できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL が存在しません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "CRLを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "CRLが解析できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "CRLがLDAPディレクトリに追加できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "CRLがLDAPディレクトリで変更できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "新しいCRL配布ポイントの確認に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "「commonName」の値が設定されていません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "LDAPサーバ設定がありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAPの検索に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP に利用可能な設定がありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "LDAP のパスワードが必要です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "ベース設定エントリが追加できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "CA設定エントリが追加できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "証明書が存在しません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "証明書を解析できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP辞書内で %s が利用できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP辞書内でuserCertificateを変更できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "証明書のエクスポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP辞書内でuserPKCS12を変更できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "証明書の削除に失敗しました。" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "証明書ファイルへのパスが必要です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "証明書が見つかりません" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "パスワードが必要です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "証明書のインポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "「inFile」パラメータがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "ファイルが見つかりません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "「type」パラメータがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "「type」の値「%s」は無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "「datatype」パラメータがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "「datatype」の値「%s」が不明です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "「inForm」パラメータがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "「inForm」の値「%s」が不明です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "解析に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "要求の解析に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "要求リストの取得に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "%s で要求が見つかりませんでした。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "要求を読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "要求データが見つかりませんでした。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "要求のインポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "要求の削除に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "パラメータ「caCertificate」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "パラメータ「caKey」の値が無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "%s でCAキーを使用できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "CAのインポートに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "CAの削除に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "鍵ファイルが存在しません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "パスワードの変更に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "StringExtension「%s」の無効なタイプです。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "「データ」マップがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "「%s」はパラメータ「%s」に対して無効です。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "パスワード(%s)が単純すぎます。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "「%s」での「クリティカル」の誤使用。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "未知の値「%s」が「%s」に指定されています。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,85 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "利用可能な入出力チャネル" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "使用領域" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "チャネルのフィルタ" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "すべてを選択(&S)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "選択内容を消去(&C)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "選択したチャネルをブラックリストに指定する(&B)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "チャネルの禁止解除(&U)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "終了(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" msgstr "指定された範囲が無効です。スニペット「%s」内に間違った値があります" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "入出力チャネルの禁止解除" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "禁止解除するチャネル範囲のカンマ区切りリスト。\n" -"範囲は、チャネル、ゼロで埋めたチャネルの一部、またはダッシュで指定した範囲で" -"指定できます。\n" +"範囲は、チャネル、ゼロで埋めたチャネルの一部、またはダッシュで指定した範囲で指定できます。\n" "値の例: 0.0.0001、AA00、0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "禁止解除する範囲。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,190 +14,184 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "クラスタの設定" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "クラスタ" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "クラスタ(&C)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "通信チャネル" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "セキュリティ" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Csync2の設定" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "conntrackdの設定" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "冗長IPアドレス" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "ノードID" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "［ノードID］には正の整数を入力する必要があります" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "ノードIDは一意である必要があります" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "［バインドネットワークアドレス］を入力する必要があります" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "クラスタ名を入力する必要があります" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "［メンバーアドレス］を入力する必要があります" -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" -msgstr "" -"マルチキャスト転送を設定するときには［予想票数］を入力する必要があります" +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "マルチキャスト転送を設定するときには［予想票数］を入力する必要があります" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "［マルチキャストアドレス］を入力する必要があります" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "マルチキャストポートは正の整数である必要があります" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"複数のインタフェースを使用する場合、パッシブまたはアクティブのみを選択できま" -"す。パッシブに設定してください。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "複数のインタフェースを使用する場合、パッシブまたはアクティブのみを選択できます。パッシブに設定してください。" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "トランスポート:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "チャネル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "バインドネットワークアドレス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "マルチキャストアドレス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "マルチキャストポート:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "冗長チャンネル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "クラスタ名:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "予想票数:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrpモード:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "ノードIDの自動生成" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "メンバーアドレス:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "冗長IP" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -205,132 +199,124 @@ " 注意: 古いcorosync設定が検出されました。\n" "メンバーリストを再設定し、他のすべての設定を確認してください。" -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "セキュリティ認証を有効にする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"新しく作成されたクラスタでは、下のボタンをクリックして/etc/corosync/authkeyを" -"生成します。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "新しく作成されたクラスタでは、下のボタンをクリックして/etc/corosync/authkeyを生成します。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"既存のクラスタに参加する場合は、他のノードから手動で/etc/corosync/authkeyをコ" -"ピーしてください。" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "既存のクラスタに参加する場合は、他のノードから手動で/etc/corosync/authkeyをコピーしてください。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkeyを作成できませんでした" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkeyが正常に作成されました" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "実行中" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "実行していません" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "ブート" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "オン -- ブート中にペースメーカーを開始する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "オフ -- 手動でペースメーカーを開始する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "起動/停止" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "現在のステータス: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "ペースメーカーを開始する" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "ペースメーカーを停止する" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "同期ホスト" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "削除" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "同期ファイル" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "推奨されるファイルの追加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "事前共有鍵の生成" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2のステータスは不明です" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Csync2をオンにする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Csync2をオフにする" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "ホスト名を入力します" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "ホスト名を編集します" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "同期するファイルを選択します" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "ファイル名を編集します" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -338,13 +324,13 @@ "鍵ファイル %1 はすでに存在します。\n" "上書きしますか?" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "鍵ファイル %1 の削除に失敗しました。" -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -352,241 +338,114 @@ "鍵ファイル %1 が生成されました。\n" "［推奨されるファイルの追加］をクリックすると、同期リストに追加できます。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "鍵の生成に失敗しました。" -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"conntrackdは、クラスタノード間のファイアウォールステータスを複製できるデーモ" -"ンです。\n" +"conntrackdは、クラスタノード間のファイアウォールステータスを複製できるデーモンです。\n" "YaSTでは、conntrackdのいくつかの基本的な部分を設定できます。\n" "conntrackdは、ocf:heartbeat:conntrackdで起動する必要があります。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "専用インタフェース:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "グループ番号:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.confを生成します" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "［グループ番号］は正の整数である必要があります" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). <br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used.<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -"<br></p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b></b><big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big><br>これはopenais実行ファイ" -"ルのバインド先のアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは必ずゼロで終わる必要があ" -"ります。totemのトラフィックを192.168.5.92でルーティングする必要がある場合、バ" -"インドネットアドレスを192.168.5.0に設定してください。<br>これはIPV6アドレスに" -"もできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。この場合、フルアド" -"レスを指定する必要があります。IPv4の場合とは異なり、特定のサブネット内のネッ" -"トワークインタフェースは自動選択されません。IPv6ネットワーキングを使用する場" -"合、［ノードIDフィールド］を指定する必要があります。<br></p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>マルチキャストアドレス</big><br>これはopenais実行ファイルが使" -"用するマルチキャストアドレスです。デフォルトのままでほとんどのネットワークで" -"動作しますが、使用するマルチキャストアドレスについてネットワーク管理者に問い" -"合わせる必要があります。224.x.x.xは「config」マルチキャストアドレスであるた" -"め、使用しないでください。<br>これはIPV6マルチキャストアドレスにもできます。" -"この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。IPV6ネットワーキングを使用する" -"場合、［ノードID］フィールドを指定する必要があります。</p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>ポート</big><br>これはUDPポート番号を指定します。異なるUDPポー" -"ト用に設定されているopenaisサービスのあるネットワークで同じマルチキャストアド" -"レスを使用できます。<br></p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>メンバーアドレス</big><br>このリストは、クラスタ内のすべての" -"ノードをIPアドレスごとに指定します。これはudpu(Unicast)を使用して設定できま" -"す。<br></p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>ノードID</big><br>この設定オプションはIPv4を使用する場合にはオ" -"プションで、IPv6を使用する場合には必須です。これは、クラスタメンバーシップ" -"サービスに渡すノードIDを指定する32ビット値です。IPv4で指定していない場合、" -"ノードIDは、システムが0のリングIDでバインドされる32ビットIPアドレスによって決" -"まります。このノードID値0は予約されていて、使用できません。<br></p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>rrp_mode</big><br>これは冗長リングのモードを指定します。［な" -"し］、［アクティブ］、または［パッシブ］を指定できます。アクティブレプリケー" -"ションでは、欠陥のあるネットワーク環境の場合に送信から配信までの遅延は若干短" -"縮されますが、パフォーマンスが低下します。パッシブレプリケーションでは、プロ" -"トコルがCPUバインドにならなければtotemプロトコルの速度を約2倍にできます。最後" -"のオプションは［なし］で、この場合、totemプロトコルの動作にネットワークインタ" -"フェースが1つだけ使用されます。インタフェースディレクティブを1つのみ指定する" -"と、自動的に［なし］が選択されます。複数のインタフェースディレクティブを指定" -"した場合、［アクティブ］または［パッシブ］のみを選択できます。<br></p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>予想票数</big><br>票クォーラムの予想票数。corosync.confに" -"nodelist {} セクション(リストはユニキャスト転送を使用すると生成されます)が存" -"在する場合、自動的に計算されます。またはquorum {} セクションで指定することも" -"できます(予想票数はクラスタの合計ノード数を使用します)。予想票数がユニキャス" -"ト転送で提示されると、その値は自動的に計算された値を上書きします。<br></p>\n" -"<p><b></b><big>ノードIDの自動生成</big><br>IPv6を使用する場合、ノードIDが必要" -"です。自動ノードIDを有効にすると、ノードIDが自動的に生成されます。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big><br>これはopenais実行ファイルのバインド先のアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは必ずゼロで終わる必要があります。totemのトラフィックを192.168.5.92でルーティングする必要がある場合、バインドネットアドレスを192.168.5.0に設定してください。<br>これはIPV6アドレスにもできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。この場合、フルアドレスを指定する必要があります。IPv4の場合とは異なり、特定のサブネット内のネットワークインタフェースは自動選択されません。IPv6ネットワーキングを使用する場合、［ノードIDフィールド］を指定する必要があります。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>マルチキャストアドレス</big><br>これはopenais実行ファイルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスです。デフォルトのままでほとんどのネットワークで動作しますが、使用するマルチキャストアドレスについてネットワーク管理者に問い合わせる必要があります。224.x.x.xは「config」マルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用しないでください。<br>これはIPV6マルチキャストアドレスにもできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。IPV6ネットワーキングを使用する場合、［ノードID］フィールドを指定する必要があります。</p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>ポート</big><br>これはUDPポート番号を指定します。異なるUDPポート用に設定されているopenaisサービスのあるネットワークで同じマルチキャストアドレスを使用できます。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>メンバーアドレス</big><br>このリストは、クラスタ内のすべてのノードをIPアドレスごとに指定します。これはudpu(Unicast)を使用して設定できます。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>ノードID</big><br>この設定オプションはIPv4を使用する場合にはオプションで、IPv6を使用する場合には必須です。これは、クラスタメンバーシップサービスに渡すノードIDを指定する32ビット値です。IPv4で指定していない場合、ノードIDは、システムが0のリングIDでバインドされる32ビットIPアドレスによって決まります。このノードID値0は予約されていて、使用できません。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>rrp_mode</big><br>これは冗長リングのモードを指定します。［なし］、［アクティブ］、または［パッシブ］を指定できます。アクティブレプリケーションでは、欠陥のあるネットワーク環境の場合に送信から配信までの遅延は若干短縮されますが、パフォーマンスが低下します。パッシブレプリケーションでは、プロトコルがCPUバインドにならなければtotemプロトコルの速度を約2倍にできます。最後のオプションは［なし］で、この場合、totemプロトコルの動作にネットワークインタフェースが1つだけ使用されます。インタフェースディレクティブを1つのみ指定すると、自動的に［なし］が選択されます。複数のインタフェースディレクティブを指定した場合、［アクティブ］または［パッシブ］のみを選択できます。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>予想票数</big><br>票クォーラムの予想票数。corosync.confにnodelist {} セクション(リストはユニキャスト転送を使用すると生成されます)が存在する場合、自動的に計算されます。またはquorum {} セクションで指定することもできます(予想票数はクラスタの合計ノード数を使用します)。予想票数がユニキャスト転送で提示されると、その値は自動的に計算された値を上書きします。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>ノードIDの自動生成</big><br>IPv6を使用する場合、ノードIDが必要です。自動ノードIDを有効にすると、ノードIDが自動的に生成されます。<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b></b><big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big><br>これは、HMAC/SHA1認証を" -"使用してすべてのメッセージの認証する必要があることを指定します。さらに、すべ" -"てのデータをsober128暗号化アルゴリズムを使用して暗号化し、データを傍受から保" -"護する必要があることも指定します。このオプションを有効にすると、totemによって" -"送信されるすべてのメッセージに36バイトのヘッダが追加され、総スループットが低" -"下します。暗号化および認証は、有効にすると、gprofで測定した場合にaisexecのCPU" -"サイクルの75パーセントを消費します。1500 MTUフレーム転送を使用する100メガビッ" -"トのネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、CPU使用" -"率100パーセントで9メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、この" -"オプションを無効にすると、CPU使用率20パーセントで10メガビット/秒のスループッ" -"トが可能です。大きいフレーム転送を使用するギガビットイーサネットネットワーク" -"の場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、20メガビット/秒のスルー" -"プットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを無効にすると、60メガビット/" -"秒のスループットが可能です。デフォルトはオンです。<br></p>\n" +"<p><b></b><big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big><br>これは、HMAC/SHA1認証を使用してすべてのメッセージの認証する必要があることを指定します。さらに、すべてのデータをsober128暗号化アルゴリズムを使用して暗号化し、データを傍受から保護する必要があることも指定します。このオプションを有効にすると、totemによって送信されるすべてのメッセージに36バイトのヘッダが追加され、総スループットが低下します。暗号化および認証は、有効にすると、gprofで測定した場合にaisexecのCPUサイクルの75パーセントを消費します。1500 MTUフレーム転送を使用する100メガビットのネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、CPU使用率100パーセントで9メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプション� ��無効にすると、CPU使用率20パーセントで10メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。大きいフレーム転送を使用するギガビットイーサネットネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、20メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを無効にすると、60メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。デフォルトはオンです。<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>ブート</big></b><br>ブート時にcorosyncサービスを起動するかど" -"うか</p>\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>ファイアウォールの設定</big></b><br>ファイアウォールが有効な" -"場合、ポートを有効にします</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>ブート</big></b><br>ブート時にcorosyncサービスを起動するかどうか</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>ファイアウォールの設定</big></b><br>ファイアウォールが有効な場合、ポートを有効にします</p>\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>同期ホスト</big></b><br>ここで使用するホスト名は、クラスタノー" -"ド内にあるローカルのホスト名でなければなりません。つまり、hostnameコマンドで" -"表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名を使用する必要があります。</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>同期ファイル</big></b><br>同期対象のファイル名を完全絶対パスで" -"指定します。</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>事前共有鍵</big></b><br>Csync2では、IPアドレスと事前共有鍵の両" -"方で認証を行います。鍵ファイルはcsync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupで生成しま" -"す。作成後は、クラスタのすべてのメンバーにkey_hagroupファイルを手動でコピーす" -"る必要があります。</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>同期ホスト</big></b><br>ここで使用するホスト名は、クラスタノード内にあるローカルのホスト名でなければなりません。つまり、hostnameコマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名を使用する必要があります。</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>同期ファイル</big></b><br>同期対象のファイル名を完全絶対パスで指定します。</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>事前共有鍵</big></b><br>Csync2では、IPアドレスと事前共有鍵の両方で認証を行います。鍵ファイルはcsync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupで生成します。作成後は、クラスタのすべてのメンバーにkey_hagroupファイルを手動でコピーする必要があります。</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>専用インタフェース</big></b><br>同期用の専用ネットワークインタ" -"フェース。このインタフェースを使用するには、マルチキャストに対応した状態で起" -"動しておく必要があり、事前設定が必要な場合もあります。</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>専用ネットワークインタフェースに割り当てられて" -"いるIPv4アドレス。このアドレスは自動検出されます。</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b><big>マルチキャストアドレス</big></b><br>同期用に使用されるマルチ" -"キャストアドレス。</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>専用インタフェース</big></b><br>同期用の専用ネットワークインタフェース。このインタフェースを使用するには、マルチキャストに対応した状態で起動しておく必要があり、事前設定が必要な場合もあります。</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>専用ネットワークインタフェースに割り当てられているIPv4アドレス。このアドレスは自動検出されます。</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>マルチキャストアドレス</big></b><br>同期用に使用されるマルチキャストアドレス。</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b><big>グループ番号</big></b><br>同期用のグループを示す数値ID。</p>\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -594,8 +453,8 @@ "<p><b><big>クラスタ設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -603,8 +462,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "設定を安全に中止するには、ここで<b>中止</b>をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -612,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>クラスタ設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -625,107 +484,107 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定の初期化中" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースの読み込み" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定の読み込み" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定の読み込み" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSEFirewallの設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "終了" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "既存の設定をロードできません" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "データベース1を読み込めません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "データベース2を読み込めません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "クラスタ設定を保存中" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定の書き込み" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "SuSEFirewallへの変更の保存" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "SuSEFirewallに変更を保存しています..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索(&S)" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "準備完了" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "設定モジュール「%1」を起動しています..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaSTコントロールセンター" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "YaST2コントロールセンターをrootユーザで実行していません。\n" "そのため、root特権を必要としないモジュールだけを表示します。" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "ログファイルを正常に書き込みました。" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "y2logs を保存できませんでした。" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "ログファイルを書き込んでいます..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 は存在します。本当に上書きしてもよろしいですか?" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 は存在し、書き込み保護されています。\n" "本当に上書きしてもよろしいですか?" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "確認" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "続行(&O)" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル(&C)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -38,417 +38,417 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIMサーバ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "インストールの設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要(O)" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "エキスパート(E)" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ライブインストールの設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "アップデートの設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "ハードウェア設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "準備" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "linuxrcネットワーク設定のロード" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "ネットワークの自動セットアップ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "インストーラのアップデート" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "ようこそ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "ネットワーク起動" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ディスクの有効化" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "システム分析" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "アドオン製品" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "時間帯" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "インストールの概要" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "インストールの実行" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "インストーラのクリーンアップ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "インストール" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "アップデートするシステム" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "アップデート" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "アップデートの概要" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "アップデートの実行" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "基本インストール" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaSTの設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "環境設定" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "システムの環境設定" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "システムの役割" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ "システムの役割は選択したシナリオ用にシステムを調整する\n" "事前定義されたユースケースです。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" @@ -495,17 +495,16 @@ "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>システムの役割の調整は、パッケージの選択からディスクの\n" -"パーティション化に及びます。システムの役割を選択することによって、システム" -"は\n" +"パーティション化に及びます。システムの役割を選択することによって、システムは\n" "それに応じて設定され、役割のユースケースに対応します。役割によって\n" "定義された設定は、必要に応じて次のステップで上書きできます。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "デフォルトシステム" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -513,12 +512,12 @@ "• GNOME環境、Btrfsルート(/)パーティション\n" "• 20GBよりも大きいディスクの場合、/homeパーティション(XFS)を分離します" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "KVM仮想化ホスト" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -526,12 +525,12 @@ "• カーネルベースのハイパーバイザーおよびツール\n" "• 分離した/homeパーティションなし" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Xen仮想化ホスト" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -539,21 +538,21 @@ "• ベアメタルハイパーバイザーおよびツール\n" "• 分離した/homeパーティションなし" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークサービス設定" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrcネットワーク設定のロード" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" @@ -571,7 +570,7 @@ "<p>お楽しみください!<br>openSUSE開発チーム一同</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -591,47 +590,45 @@ "アプリケーション一式を備えています。\n" "\n" "openSUSEでは、幅広いデスクトップ環境が提供されています。\n" -"最も広く使用されているデスクトップ環境はGNOMEおよびKDE Plasmaで、これらは" -"openSUSEで\n" -"同等にサポートされています。これらのデスクトップ環境は両方とも簡単に使用で" -"き、\n" +"最も広く使用されているデスクトップ環境はGNOMEおよびKDE Plasmaで、これらはopenSUSEで\n" +"同等にサポートされています。これらのデスクトップ環境は両方とも簡単に使用でき、\n" "高度に統合されていて、魅力的な外観と操作性を備えています。\n" "それぞれのデスクトップ環境には独特のスタイルがあるため、\n" "自分にとってどのデスクトップが最適かは個人の好みで判断してください。" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "GNOME デスクトップ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "KDE Plasmaデスクトップ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "サーバ(テキストモード)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Xfceデスクトップ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "LXDEデスクトップ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "最小限の X Window システム" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenmentデスクトップ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "デスクトップの選択" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,61 +14,58 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "キーボードの環境設定です。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "キーボードの環境設定の概要です。" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "キーボードの環境設定の新しい値を設定します。" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "利用可能なすべてのキーボード配列を一覧にします。" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "新しいキーボード配列です" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "現在のキーボード配列: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"キーボード配列「%1」は無効です。 「list」コマンドを使用して、使用可能な値を確" -"認してください。" +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "キーボード配列「%1」は無効です。 「list」コマンドを使用して、使用可能な値を確認してください。" -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -82,80 +79,76 @@ " 確かでない場合には、すでに選択されているデフォルト値を使用してください。\n" " </p>" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでの設定は、コンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザ" -"インタフェースのキーボードは別のツールで設定します。</p>\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>ここでの設定は、コンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザインタフェースのキーボードは別のツールで設定します。</p>\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "キーボードのエキスパート設定" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "リピートの速さ(&R)" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "リピートが始まるまでの待ち時間(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "起動時の状態" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lockオン(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOSの設定" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<無変更>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Caps Lockを無効にする(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "テスト(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "エキスパート設定(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" @@ -163,27 +156,25 @@ "\n" "<p><big><b>キーボード設定</b></big></p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する\n" "<b>キーボード配列</b>を選択します。 \n" "<b>Test</b>のレイアウトをテストします。\n" -"リピートの速さや待ち時間などの高度なオプションを設定するには、［エキスパート" -"設定］を選択します。\n" +"リピートの速さや待ち時間などの高度なオプションを設定するには、［エキスパート設定］を選択します。\n" " </p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -193,223 +184,211 @@ "設定に詳しくない場合は、デフォルト値のままにしてください。\n" "</p>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、［<b>キーボードレイアウト</b>］から" -"選択します。\n" -"表示の間隔や表示までの待ち時間など、より細かい設定は［<b>エキスパート設定］にあります。</p>\n" -"<p>他のオプションについては、お使いのデスクトップ環境のキーボードレイアウト" -"ツールを確認してください。</p>\n" +"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、［<b>キーボードレイアウト</b>］から選択します。\n" +"表示の間隔や表示までの待ち時間など、より細かい設定は［<b>エキスパート設定</b>］にあります。</p>\n" +"<p>他のオプションについては、お使いのデスクトップ環境のキーボードレイアウトツールを確認してください。</p>\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "システムキーボード設定" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" "Select the layout to use during update:" msgstr "" -"現在、アップデートシステムで使用されているキーボードとは異なるものが使用され" -"ています。\n" +"現在、アップデートシステムで使用されているキーボードとは異なるものが使用されています。\n" " アップデート中に使用するレイアウトを選択してください。" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "X11キーボードを「%s」に設定できませんでした" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>キーボードレイアウト<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>言語<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "ロケール設定" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "言語の環境設定" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "言語の環境設定の概要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "言語の新しい値を設定します" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "利用可能なすべての言語を一覧にします。" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "言語の新しい値です" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "第二言語のリスト(カンマ区切り)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "言語固有のパッケージをインストールしません" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "言語の環境設定の保存" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "言語およびコンソールの設定を保存します" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "影響を受けるパッケージをインストールおよびアンインストールします" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "ブートローダのメニューの翻訳をアップデートします" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "言語およびコンソールの設定を保存しています..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." -msgstr "" -"影響を受けるパッケージをインストールおよびアンインストールしています..." +msgstr "影響を受けるパッケージをインストールおよびアンインストールしています..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "ブートローダのメニューの翻訳をアップデートしています..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p><b>設定を保存しています</b><br>しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "現在の言語: %1(%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "追加言語: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 は有効な言語ではありません。 リストコマンドを使用して、使用できる値を表示" -"してください。" +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 は有効な言語ではありません。 リストコマンドを使用して、使用できる値を表示してください。" -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "言語" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "言語サポート" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "システム修復へようこそ" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "第二言語(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "第一言語(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "第一言語の設定" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"選択された第一言語と第二言語のサポートを含む追加パッケージをインストールしま" -"す。 必要がないパッケージは削除されます。\n" +"選択された第一言語と第二言語のサポートを含む追加パッケージをインストールします。 必要がないパッケージは削除されます。\n" "</p>" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" @@ -417,12 +396,11 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する<b>言語</b>を選択しま" -"す。\n" +"インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する<b>言語</b>を選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -432,8 +410,8 @@ "[<b>次へ</b>]をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -445,8 +423,8 @@ "コンピュータには何も起こりません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" @@ -458,9 +436,9 @@ "中止することができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -470,8 +448,8 @@ "システムで使用する新しい<b>言語</b>を選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" @@ -481,27 +459,21 @@ "システムで使用する新しい<b>第一言語</b>を選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"［<b>キーボードレイアウトを適用する</b>］ を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウ" -"トを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" -"［<b>タイムゾーンを適用する</b>］を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに" -"合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンがすでにデフォルト" -"の言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" +"［<b>キーボードレイアウトを適用する</b>］ を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" +"［<b>タイムゾーンを適用する</b>］を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンがすでにデフォルトの言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" @@ -513,13 +485,13 @@ "この選択ボックスでは、システムで使用する追加言語を指定します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "未解決のパッケージ依存関係があります。" -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -527,8 +499,8 @@ "追加のパッケージをインストールするために必要な空き領域がありません。\n" "選択肢から一部の言語を削除してください。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -539,12 +511,11 @@ "<p>\n" "ここでは、さらに詳細な言語設定を行います。\n" "ここでの設定はファイル /etc/sysconfig/languageに書き込まれます。\n" -"どう設定すべきか確信がない場合は、すでに選択されているデフォルト値をそのまま" -"使用してください。\n" +"どう設定すべきか確信がない場合は、すでに選択されているデフォルト値をそのまま使用してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" @@ -554,103 +525,95 @@ "［rootユーザのロケール設定］では、\n" "ルートユーザに対するロケール変数(LC_*)の設定方法を指定します</p>" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ctypeのみ</b>: rootユーザには標準のユーザと同じLC_CTYPEが設定されま" -"す。\n" +"<p><b>ctypeのみ</b>: rootユーザには標準のユーザと同じLC_CTYPEが設定されます。\n" "その他の値は設定されません。<br>\n" "<b>はい</b>: rootユーザのロケール設定は標準のユーザと同じになります。<br>\n" "<b>いいえ</b>: rootユーザにはどのロケール変数も設定されません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［詳細なロケール設定］では、第一言語の中でさらに絞り込んだロケールを設定し" -"ます。ここで選択するロケールには、翻訳が用意されていない場合があります。</p>" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［詳細なロケール設定］では、第一言語の中でさらに絞り込んだロケールを設定します。ここで選択するロケールには、翻訳が用意されていない場合があります。</p>" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "言語の詳細" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "rootユーザのロケール設定(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctypeのみ" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "UTF-8エンコーディングを使用(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "詳細なロケール設定(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "%1 のキーボード配列を適用する(&K)" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "%1 のタイムゾーンを適用する(&T)" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "インストールシステムの言語拡張をダウンロードしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" "\n" "Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." msgstr "" -"%{directory} で利用可能なサポートされている言語のリスト内に、言語" -"「%{language}」が\n" +"%{directory} で利用可能なサポートされている言語のリスト内に、言語「%{language}」が\n" "見つかりませんでした。\n" "\n" "フォールバック言語 %{fallback} が使用されます。" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "第一言語: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストール中..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -658,91 +621,85 @@ "第一言語の変換が完了していません。\n" "一部のテキストは英語で表示されます。\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "このメディアには選択した言語に対する最小限の対応しか含まれていません。\n" -"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして［言語アド" -"オンCD］を追加して\n" +"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして［言語アドオンCD］を追加して\n" "ください。\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." -msgstr "" -"選択した言語は、テキストボードで使用できません。 英語は、インストールのために" -"使用されますが、選択した言語が新しいシステムに使用されます。" +msgstr "選択した言語は、テキストボードで使用できません。 英語は、インストールのために使用されますが、選択した言語が新しいシステムに使用されます。" -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "タイムゾーンの環境設定です" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "タイムゾーンの環境設定の概要です" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "タイムゾーンの環境設定の新しい値を設定します" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "利用可能なすべてのタイムゾーンを一覧にします" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "新しいタイムゾーンです" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"ハードウェアクロックの新しい値です。「local」、「utc」または「UTC」にできま" -"す。" +msgstr "ハードウェアクロックの新しい値です。「local」、「utc」または「UTC」にできます。" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "現在のタイムゾーン:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "ハードウェアの時刻設定:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "世界協定時間(UTC)" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "ローカルタイム" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "現在の時刻と日付:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -750,47 +707,42 @@ "時刻 %1 はすでに過ぎています。\n" "インストールを始める前に正しい時刻を設定してください。" -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "時間帯" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware " -"Clock Set To</b>.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"[<b>ハードウェアの時刻設定</b>]で、マシンが現在ローカル時間またはUTCのどちら" -"に設定されているかを指定します。\n" +"[<b>ハードウェアの時刻設定</b>]で、マシンが現在ローカル時間またはUTCのどちらに設定されているかを指定します。\n" "\n" -"他のオペレーティングシステム(Microsoft Windowsなど)も同時にインストールされて" -"いるPCでは、そのほとんどでローカル時間が設定されています。\n" +"他のオペレーティングシステム(Microsoft Windowsなど)も同時にインストールされているPCでは、そのほとんどでローカル時間が設定されています。\n" "Linuxのみがインストールされているマシンでは、通常\n" "協定世界時(UTC)が設定されています。\n" "ハードウェアクロックがUTCに設定されていれば、システムは、標準時間と\n" "夏時間の切り替えを自動で行えます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -806,18 +758,15 @@ "ユーザマニュアルで、副次的影響に関する背景情報を参照してください。\n" "</p>" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -825,79 +774,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"ローカル時刻を選択しましたが、システムにはLinuxしかインストールされていない可" -"能性が\n" -"あります。このような場合は、［キャンセル］ボタンをクリックしてUTCを使用するこ" -"とを強くお勧めします。\n" +"ローカル時刻を選択しましたが、システムにはLinuxしかインストールされていない可能性が\n" +"あります。このような場合は、［キャンセル］ボタンをクリックしてUTCを使用することを強くお勧めします。\n" "\n" -"ローカル時刻をそのまま使用する場合、夏時間(サマータイム)が適用される地域で開" -"始時と終了時の年に2回、\n" -"CMOSクロックを切り替える必要があります。クロックを調整し忘れると、バックアッ" -"プが失敗\n" -"する場合があるほか、電子メールシステムが電子メールを喪失する場合もありま" -"す。\n" +"ローカル時刻をそのまま使用する場合、夏時間(サマータイム)が適用される地域で開始時と終了時の年に2回、\n" +"CMOSクロックを切り替える必要があります。クロックを調整し忘れると、バックアップが失敗\n" +"する場合があるほか、電子メールシステムが電子メールを喪失する場合もあります。\n" "\n" "UTCを使用すると、時刻はLinux側で自動的に調整されます。\n" "\n" "現在の選択内容(ローカル時刻)で続行しますか?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されます。必要であれば、これらの値を正" -"しい値に手動で変更するか、ネットワークタイムプロトコル(NTP)を使用してくださ" -"い。</p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されます。必要であれば、これらの値を正しい値に手動で変更するか、ネットワークタイムプロトコル(NTP)を使用してください。</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" msgstr "<p>設定を保存するには、［<b>了解</b>］をクリックします。</p>" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "現在の日付(DD-MM-YYYY)" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "現在の時刻(HH:MM:SS)" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "現在の日付" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "現在の時刻" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "今すぐ時刻を変更(&H)" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "NTP サーバと同期" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "システムの日付と時刻の変更" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -905,8 +844,8 @@ "時刻(HH:MM:SS) %1 は無効です。\n" "正しい時刻を入力してください。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -914,49 +853,49 @@ "日付(DD-MM-YYYY) %1 は無効です。\n" "正しい日付を入力してください。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "その他の設定(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日付と時刻(NTP設定済み)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日付と時刻" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "ハードウェアの時刻をUTCに設定する(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "地域(&R)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン(&T)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日付と時刻:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -964,12 +903,11 @@ "\n" "<p><b><big>タイムゾーンと時計の設定</big></b></p>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -980,8 +918,8 @@ "選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -991,279 +929,279 @@ "現在の時刻が正しくない場合は、[<b>変更</b>]を使用して時刻を調整します。\n" "</p>" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "時計とタイムゾーン" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "有効なタイムゾーンの選択" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "ローカルタイム" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "ハードウェアの時刻設定" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 設定済み" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "現在のタイムゾーン: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英語(米国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英語(英国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "ドイツ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "ドイツ語(デッドキー付き)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "ドイツ語(スイス)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "フランス語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "フランス語(スイス)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "フランス語(カナダ)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "カナダ(多言語)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "スペイン語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "スペイン語(ラテンアメリカ)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "スペイン語(CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "スペイン語(アストゥリアス地方の方言)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "イタリア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "ポルトガル語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "ポルトガル語(ブラジル)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "ポルトガル語(ブラジル-米国アクセント)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ギリシャ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "オランダ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "デンマーク語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "ノルウェー語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "スウェーデン語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "フィンランド語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "チェコ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "チェコ語(qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "スロバキア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "スロバキア語(qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "スロベニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "ハンガリー語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "ポーランド語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "ロシア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "セルビア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "エストニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "リトアニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "トルコ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "クロアチア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日本語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "ベルギー語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "アイスランド語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ウクライナ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "クメール語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韓国語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "アラビア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "タジク語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "簡体字中国語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "ルーマニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "米国(国際)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,684 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "DHCPサーバ環境設定モジュール" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "DHCPサーバのステータスを出力します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "DHCPサーバを有効にします" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "DHCPサーバを無効にします" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "各ホストの設定を管理します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "リッスンするネットワークインタフェースを選択します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "グローバルDHCPオプションを管理します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "DHCPサブネットオプションを管理します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つすべての定義済みホストを一覧にします" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つ新しいホストを追加します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホストを編集します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホストを削除します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホストの名前" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホストのハードウェアアドレス" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホストのハードウェアタイプ" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホストのIPアドレス(またはホスト名)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "使用するネットワークインタフェースを選択してください" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"現在使用されているインタフェースを出力し、その他の利用可能なインタフェースを" -"一覧にします" +msgstr "現在使用されているインタフェースを出力し、その他の利用可能なインタフェースを一覧にします" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "現在のオプションを出力します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "グローバルオプションを設定します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "オプションキー(ntp-serversなど)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "オプション値(IPアドレスなど)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "ダイナミックアドレス割り当て範囲の開始IPアドレス" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "ダイナミックアドレス割り当て範囲の終了IPアドレス" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "デフォルトのリースタイム(秒単位)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "最大リースタイム(秒単位)" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCPサーバは有効です" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCPサーバは無効です" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "ホスト: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "ハードウェア: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IPアドレス: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "ホスト名が指定されていません。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "指定されたホストは存在しません。" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "選択されたインタフェース: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "その他のインタフェース: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "指定されたインタフェースは存在しません。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "インタフェースの操作が指定されていません。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "オプションキーを設定する必要があります。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "値を設定する必要があります。" -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "アドレス範囲: %1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "デフォルトのリースタイム: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "最大リースタイム: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "環境設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか?" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCPサーバ環境設定" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "グローバルオプション" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "サブネットの環境設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "固定アドレスを持つホスト" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "共有ネットワーク(N)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "アドレスプール(P)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "グループ固有のオプション" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "クラス" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "サブネット(&S)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "ホスト(&H)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "共有ネットワーク(&N)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "グループ(&G)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "アドレスプール(&P)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "クラス(&C)" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "宣言タイプ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "宣言タイプ" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "インタフェース環境設定" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIGキー管理" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "日" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "時間" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCPサーバ:起動" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCPサーバ:カードの選択" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "カードの選択" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCPサーバ:グローバル設定" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "グローバル設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCPサーバ:ダイナミックDHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "ダイナミックDHCP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCPサーバ:ホスト管理" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "ホスト管理" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCPサーバ:エキスパート設定(X)" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ブート時(&B)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCPサーバの起動パラメータ" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "DHCPサーバのネットワークカード" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "選択済" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "インタフェース名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "選択(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "選択解除（&D）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCPアドレス" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "少なくとも1つのネットワークインタフェースを選択する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" "選択した1つ以上のネットワークインタフェースが設定されていません(IPアドレス\n" "とネットマスクが割り当てられていません)。" -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "LDAPのサポート(&L)" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCPサーバ名(&N)(オプション)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ドメイン名(&D)" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "プライマリネームサーバIP(&P)" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "セカンダリネームサーバIP(&S)" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "デフォルトゲートウェイ(ルータ)(&G) " -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTPタイムサーバ(&T)" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "プリントサーバ(&P)" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINSサーバ(&W)" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "デフォルトのリースタイム(&L)" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "単位(&U)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定された値が有効なホスト名またはIPアドレスではありません。" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "サブネット情報" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "現在のネットワーク(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "現在のネットマスク(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "ネットマスクビット(&T)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "最小IPアドレス(&I)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "最大IPアドレス(&X)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IPアドレス範囲" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "最初のIPアドレス(&F)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "最後のIPアドレス(&L)" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "動的BOOTPの許可(&B)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "リースタイム" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "デフォルト(&D)" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "最大値(&X)" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "単位(&T)" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "まったく新しいDNSゾーンの作成" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "現在のDNSゾーンの編集" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "現在のゾーン情報取得" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNSサーバと同期(&S)..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -699,150 +696,148 @@ "DNS ゾーン %1 はマスタゾーンではありません。\n" "そのため、ここでは変更することができません。\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "IPアドレス範囲の両端の値を入力します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"ダイナミックDHCPアドレス範囲は、DHCPサーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があ" -"ります。\n" +"ダイナミックDHCPアドレス範囲は、DHCPサーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\n" "IP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "登録済みホスト" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "ハードウェアアドレス" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "設定の表示" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名前(&N)" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス(&I)" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "ハードウェアアドレス(&H)" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "イーサネット(&E)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "トークンリング(&T)" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "リストの変更(&H)" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "リストから削除(&T)" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "イーサネット" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "トークンリング" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "ハードウェアアドレスが無効です。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "ハードウェアアドレスは一意でなければなりません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "ホスト名は必ず指定してください。" -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "%1 という名前のホストはすでに存在します。" -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "ホストIPを入力してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "ハードウェアアドレスを定義する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "まずホストを選択してください。" -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "入力値を設定する必要があります。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -862,21 +857,20 @@ "\n" "続行しますか?" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "「-%1」は有効なDHCPサーバコマンドラインオプションではありません。" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCPサーバコマンドラインオプション「-%1」は引数を必要とします。" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -884,30 +878,27 @@ msgstr "" "DHCPサーバの代替環境設定ファイルが指定されています。\n" "\n" -"この方式はYaSTではサポートしていません。YaST DHCPサーバモジュールで読み書き可" -"能なのは、\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.confの設定のみです。%1 からの新しい設定はインポートされず、すべて" -"の変更は\n" +"この方式はYaSTではサポートしていません。YaST DHCPサーバモジュールで読み書き可能なのは、\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.confの設定のみです。%1 からの新しい設定はインポートされず、すべての変更は\n" "デフォルトの環境設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n" " \n" "本当に続行しますか?\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCPサーバウィザード(%1/4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" "the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" -"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -922,13 +913,12 @@ "基礎となる文字列を指定します(例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>、<tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)。\n" "<tt>%i</tt>は範囲内のホストの数字に置き換えられます。\n" "<tt>%i</tt>を定義していない場合は、指定した文字列の最後に\n" -"数字が追加されます。［<b>ホスト名ベース</b>］では<tt>%i</tt>は一度だけ定義で" -"きます。\n" +"数字が追加されます。［<b>ホスト名ベース</b>］では<tt>%i</tt>は一度だけ定義できます。\n" "［<b>開始</b>］では最初のホスト名の番号を定義します。\n" "ホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -939,26 +929,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>DNSウィザード</b></big><br />\n" "このウィザードでは、DHCPサーバの設定から直接DNSゾーンを作成する\n" -"ことができます。DHCPの各クライアントをホスト名で識別する場合、このDNSゾーン" -"が\n" -"重要になります。このDNSゾーンによって、ホスト名を、割り当てられたIPアドレスに" -"変換します。\n" +"ことができます。DHCPの各クライアントをホスト名で識別する場合、このDNSゾーンが\n" +"重要になります。このDNSゾーンによって、ホスト名を、割り当てられたIPアドレスに変換します。\n" "また、このウィザードではIPアドレスをホスト名に変換する\n" "逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.</p>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>新規ゾーン名</b>］と［<b>逆ゾーン名</b>］は、それぞれDHCP サーバと\n" -"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" +"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" @@ -966,8 +952,8 @@ "<p>メインDNSゾーンの逆エントリを含むゾーンを\n" "作成するには[<b>逆ゾーンも作成する</b>]を選択します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -977,8 +963,8 @@ "ネームサーバは DNS サーバの機能を実現するために必要となるものでます。\n" "ネームサーバは DNS ゾーンと呼ばれる情報を管理します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -992,34 +978,29 @@ "<p><big><b>DNSクエリ</b></big><br />\n" "たとえば、あるDNSゾーン内にあるホスト名のIPアドレスを検索する場合など、\n" "すべてDNSクエリでは、最初に親ゾーン\n" -"(<tt>example.com</tt>であれば<tt>com</tt>)に対して現在のゾーンのネームサーバ" -"を\n" +"(<tt>example.com</tt>であれば<tt>com</tt>)に対して現在のゾーンのネームサーバを\n" "問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対してIPアドレスを問い合わせ\n" "ます。<br />\n" -"したがって、ゾーンネームサーバの1つとして、必ず現在のDNSサーバのホスト名を指" -"定\n" +"したがって、ゾーンネームサーバの1つとして、必ず現在のDNSサーバのホスト名を指定\n" "してください。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" -"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>新規ネームサーバ</b>を追加するには、[<b>追加</b>]をクリックし、フォーム" -"に入力し、\n" +"<p><b>新規ネームサーバ</b>を追加するには、[<b>追加</b>]をクリックし、フォームに入力し、\n" "[<b>OK</b>]をクリックします。新しいネームサーバが現在の\n" -"DNSゾーンに含まれている場合は、そのIPアドレスも入力します。ゾーン作成のときに" -"使用されるため、\n" +"DNSゾーンに含まれている場合は、そのIPアドレスも入力します。ゾーン作成のときに使用されるため、\n" "これは必須です。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1027,14 +1008,13 @@ "<p>エントリを編集または削除するには、対象となるファイルを選択し、\n" "[<b>編集</b>]または[<b>削除</b>]をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>DNSレコード</b></big><br />\n" @@ -1043,8 +1023,8 @@ "これらのルールで、使用するIPアドレスの範囲と、\n" "その範囲内で生成するホスト名の文字列を定義します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1056,8 +1036,8 @@ " IP アドレス <tt>192.168.5.88</tt> から <tt>192.168.5.188</tt> の範囲で\n" "作成することを指定します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" "complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1065,8 +1045,8 @@ "<p>DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加するには［<b>追加</b>］を押して\n" "必要な項目に入力し、 ［<b>OK</b>］を押してください。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" @@ -1074,8 +1054,8 @@ "<p>これは今まで設定ウィザードに入力された\n" "全データの要約です。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1083,13 +1063,12 @@ "DHCP server configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"DNSサーバについて[<b>受け入れる</b>]をクリックし、設定を保存し、DHCPサーバ設" -"定に戻ります。\n" +"DNSサーバについて[<b>受け入れる</b>]をクリックし、設定を保存し、DHCPサーバ設定に戻ります。\n" "この設定は\n" "DHCPサーバの設定が完了するまでは、永久的に保存されません。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1101,23 +1080,21 @@ "ここではホスト名を IP アドレスに変換するための 'A' レコードのみを\n" "管理します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" "<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"［<b>現在のサブネット</b>］と［<b>ネットマスク</b>］には、現在のネットワーク" -"設定が表示されています。\n" +"［<b>現在のサブネット</b>］と［<b>ネットマスク</b>］には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n" "［<b>ドメイン</b>］には現在のDHCPの設定が表示されています。\n" -"［<b>最初のIPアドレス</b>］と［<b>2番目のIPアドレス</b>］は、現在の動的な" -"DHCP\n" +"［<b>最初のIPアドレス</b>］と［<b>2番目のIPアドレス</b>］は、現在の動的なDHCP\n" "アドレス範囲に一致します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" @@ -1127,62 +1104,55 @@ "DNSゾーンを最初から作成するには、[<b>特殊タスク</b>]\n" "から[<b>ウィザードを実行</b>]を使用します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" "Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" -"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" " 単一のDNSレコードを作成または削除するには、\n" "click [<b>追加</b>]または[<b>削除</b>]ボタンをクリックします。\n" "対応する\n" -"逆ゾーンで、DNS エントリを逆フォームに同期させるには、[<b>逆ゾーンと同期を取" -"る</b>]を選択します。\n" -"DNSサーバからのIPアドレスのこの範囲に関連する情報を削除するには、[<b>特殊タス" -"ク</b>]\n" -"から[<b>DNSレコードマッチングの削除</b>]を使用します。DNSレコードの新規範囲を" -"作成するには、\n" -"[<b>DNSレコードの新規範囲を追加</b>]を<b>[特殊タスク]</b>から選択します。\n" +"逆ゾーンで、DNS エントリを逆フォームに同期させるには、[<b>逆ゾーンと同期を取る</b>]を選択します。\n" +"DNSサーバからのIPアドレスのこの範囲に関連する情報を削除するには、[<b>特殊タスク</b>]\n" +"から[<b>DNSレコードマッチングの削除</b>]を使用します。DNSレコードの新規範囲を作成するには、\n" +"[<b>DNSレコードの新規範囲を追加</b>]を<b>[特殊タスク]</b>から選択します。</p>\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "新しいDNSレコード範囲を追加する" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "DNSレコード範囲を編集する" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "ホスト名ベース(&H)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "開始(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1190,11 +1160,11 @@ "内部エラー。\n" "%1 から %2 のIP範囲が作成できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1202,20 +1172,19 @@ "IPアドレス %1 は、現在の\n" "ネットワーク %2/%3 とマッチしません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." -msgstr "" -"最後のIPアドレスは、最初のIPアドレスよりも大きな数値となる必要があります。" +msgstr "最後のIPアドレスは、最初のIPアドレスよりも大きな数値となる必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1225,37 +1194,37 @@ "現在の動的DHCP範囲 %2～%3 の\n" "範囲外です。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." msgstr "ホスト名ベース文字列には、1つの「%i」のみ存在できます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "無効なホスト名" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "IPアドレスが無効です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1263,45 +1232,45 @@ "IPアドレス %1 は、DHCPサーバで定義され、\n" "許容されたIPアドレス(%2 - %3)の範囲内にありません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "DNSゾーンエントリを再生成しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "新しいDNSレコードを追加する" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名(&H)" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "DHCP範囲 %1-%2 をDNSサーバに追加しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "DNSレコードマッチングの削除" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "DNSサーバからレコード %1-%2 の範囲を削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1309,8 +1278,8 @@ "ゾーン %1 はマスタゾーンではありません。\n" "そのため、 DNS サーバはレコードに書き込むことができません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1318,20 +1287,20 @@ "ゾーン %1 は現在のDNSサーバ設定にはまだ存在しません。\n" "作成しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "ゾーン %1 が作成できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "DNS逆レコードを同期しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1339,73 +1308,73 @@ "キャンセルするとDNSサーバに設定したすべての変更が失われます。\n" "この操作をキャンセルしてもよろしいですか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "ドメイン(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ネットワーク(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNSゾーンレコード" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "割り当てIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "追加(&A)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "特殊タスク(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "DNSレコードの新規範囲の追加" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "DNSゾーンを最初から新しく書き換えるウィザードを実行" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "逆ゾーン %1 と同期" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: DNSサーバ同期" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "ウィザードを中止しています" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1413,43 +1382,41 @@ "ウィザードで行われた変更はすべて失われます。\n" "本当に中止してもよろしいですか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "新規ネームサーバの追加" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "ネームサーバの編集" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "サーバIP(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "現在のDNSゾーンにはネームサーバのIPアドレスが設定されていません。\n" -"各ゾーンにはネームサーバのホスト名とIPアドレスが必要であるため、おそらくこの" -"ままでは動作しないものと思われます。\n" +"各ゾーンにはネームサーバのホスト名とIPアドレスが必要であるため、おそらくこのままでは動作しないものと思われます。\n" "現在の設定をそのまま使用してよろしいですか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "ネームサーバ %1 は、既に設定に存在します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1458,204 +1425,204 @@ "DNSエントリの新規範囲は既に別の範囲(%1-%2)でカバーされています。\n" "本当に新しい範囲を使用しますか？\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "1つ以上のネームサーバを定義する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: 新しいDNSゾーンステップ1 (1/3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "新規ゾーン名(&Z)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "現在のネットワーク(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "さらに逆ゾーンも作成(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: ゾーンネームサーバステップ2 (2/3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "現在のネームサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP(オプション)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "追加(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "編集(&E)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: DNSレコードステップ3 (3/3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "DHCPクライアント用DNSレコード" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "ホスト名ベース" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "開始番号" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "IPから" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "IPへ" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "DHCPサーバ: DNSレコード-概要" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "逆ゾーン名(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>ゾーン名:</b> %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(現在のゾーンを新しいゾーンと置き換える)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" msgstr "<b>逆ゾーン名:</b> %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "ゾーンネームサーバ:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "ホスト名: %1、IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "未定義" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "DNSホストの範囲:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "範囲: %1-%2<br />ホスト名ベース: %3、 開始： %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "少なくても1つのDNSレコードがセットされる必要があります" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "ゾーン %1 を削除できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "ネームサーバをゾーン %1 に追加できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "ゾーンDNSレコードを追加できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "逆ゾーン %1 が作成できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "DNSゾーンを作成しています..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "以前のDNS設定をリストアしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1667,13 +1634,13 @@ "%1\n" "ウィザードに戻りますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "DNSゾーンは正常に作成されました。" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1681,8 +1648,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DHCPサーバ環境設定を初期化中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1690,8 +1657,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DHCPサーバ環境設定を保存中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1701,8 +1668,8 @@ "［使用可能なインタフェース］からDHCPサーバが待ち受けするネットワーク\n" "インタフェースを選択してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1712,15 +1679,14 @@ "is enabled.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ファイアウォールの設定</big></b><br>\n" -"ファイアウォールを開いて、選択したインタフェースを介したリモートコンピュータ" -"からサービスへの\n" +"ファイアウォールを開いて、選択したインタフェースを介したリモートコンピュータからサービスへの\n" "アクセスを許可するには、\n" "［選択したインタフェースに対してファイアウォールを開く］を設定します。 \n" "このオプションは、ファイアウォールが有効な場合にのみ\n" "使用できます。</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1729,12 +1695,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "chroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行するには、\n" -"［Chroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行］を設定します。 Chroot Jailでのデーモンの起動" -"は\n" +"［Chroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行］を設定します。 Chroot Jailでのデーモンの起動は\n" "より安全なので、強くお勧めします。</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1744,8 +1709,8 @@ "DHCP環境設定をLDAPに保存するには、\n" "［LDAPのサポート］を有効にします。</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1759,8 +1724,8 @@ "［追加］をクリックします。\n" "宣言を削除するには、宣言を選択し、［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1774,18 +1739,17 @@ "ダイナミックDNSの更新の認証に使用されるTSIGキーを\n" "管理したりします。</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>サブネットの環境設定</big></b><br>\n" -"サブネットの［ネットワークアドレス］および［ネットワークマスク］を設定しま" -"す。</p>" +"サブネットの［ネットワークアドレス］および［ネットワークマスク］を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1793,11 +1757,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>固定アドレスを持つホスト</big></b><br>\n" "固定アドレスを設定するホストまたは\n" -"［ホスト名］でその他の特別なオプションを設定するホストの名前を設定します。" +"［ホスト名］でその他の特別なオプションを設定するホストの名前を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1809,8 +1772,8 @@ "これは識別にのみ使用します。\n" "この名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1822,8 +1785,8 @@ "これは識別にのみ使用します。\n" "この名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1835,8 +1798,8 @@ "これは識別にのみ使用します。\n" "この名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。</p>" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1844,8 +1807,8 @@ "<p><b><big>クラス</big></b><br>\n" "［クラス名］でホストのクラスの名前を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1859,18 +1822,17 @@ "新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］を使用します。 オプションを\n" "削除するには、オプションを選択し、［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"このサブネットのホストのダイナミックDNSを調整するには、［ダイナミックDNS］を" -"使用します。</p>" +"このサブネットのホストのダイナミックDNSを調整するには、［ダイナミックDNS］を使用します。</p>" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1880,8 +1842,8 @@ "このサブネットでダイナミックDNSを有効にするには、\n" "［このサブネットでダイナミックDNSを有効にする］を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1895,8 +1857,8 @@ "DHCPサーバとDNSサーバ両方で同じでなければなりません。正引き、逆引き\n" "両方のゾーンのキーを指定してください。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1908,60 +1870,52 @@ "設定を更新する必要があります。これを自動で行うには、\n" "［グローバルダイナミックDNS設定の更新］を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>更新するゾーン</big></b><br>\n" "更新する正引きおよび逆引きのゾーンを指定します。その両方で、プライマリ\n" -"ネームサーバも指定します。ネームサーバがDHCPサーバと同じホストで稼働してい" -"る\n" +"ネームサーバも指定します。ネームサーバがDHCPサーバと同じホストで稼働している\n" "場合は、ここを空欄にできます。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DHCPサーバスタートアップ引数</big></b><br>\n" "ここで、非標準のポート用にDHCPサーバを開始したいパラメータを指定できます。\n" "(たとえば -p 1234)可能なすべてのオプションについては、\n" -" dhcpdのマニュアルページを参照してください。空白のままにしておくと、デフォル" -"ト値が使用されます。</p>" +" dhcpdのマニュアルページを参照してください。空白のままにしておくと、デフォルト値が使用されます。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ネットワークカードの選択</big></b><br>\n" -"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。</p>\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" -"ホスト名と DHCP サーバ名が違う場合は、必要に応じて ［<b> DHCP サーバ名］\n" +"ホスト名と DHCP サーバ名が違う場合は、必要に応じて ［<b> DHCP サーバ名</b>］\n" "(LDAP オブジェクトの dhcpServer の名前) を指定することができます。<b></b>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -1969,9 +1923,9 @@ "<p><b><big>グローバル設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここでは、DHCPをいくつか設定できます。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -1979,29 +1933,27 @@ "<p>［ドメイン名］には、DHCPサーバがクライアントにIPをリースしている\n" "ドメイン名を設定します。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>プライマリネームサーバIP</b>と、<b>セカンダリネームサーバIP</b>が、DHCP" -"クライアントにネームサーバを提供します。\n" +"<p><b>プライマリネームサーバIP</b>と、<b>セカンダリネームサーバIP</b>が、DHCPクライアントにネームサーバを提供します。\n" "これらの値はIPアドレスである必要があります。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>［デフォルトゲートウェイ］は、\n" -"クライアントのルーティングテーブルにデフォルトルートとしてこの値を挿入しま" -"す。</p>" +"クライアントのルーティングテーブルにデフォルトルートとしてこの値を挿入します。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -2009,16 +1961,13 @@ "<p>［タイムサーバ］で指定したサーバが、クライアントで\n" "時間の同期に使用するサーバになります。.</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［プリントサーバ］で指定したサーバがデフォルトのプリントサーバになります。" -"</p>" +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［プリントサーバ］で指定したサーバがデフォルトのプリントサーバになります。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" @@ -2026,18 +1975,17 @@ "<p>［WINSサーバ］で指定したサーバが、WINS (Windows \n" "Internet Naming Service)サーバになります。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>［デフォルトのリースタイム］では、リースしたIPの期限が切れる時間を\n" "設定します。クライアントはIPを再度要求する必要があります。</p>" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2045,33 +1993,29 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>サブネット情報</big></b></br>\n" -"現在のサブネットに関する情報を参照できます。たとえば、アドレスやネットマス" -"ク、\n" +"現在のサブネットに関する情報を参照できます。たとえば、アドレスやネットマスク、\n" "クライアントに貸与するIPアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPアドレス範囲</big></b><br>\n" -"クライアントに貸与する［<b>最初のIPアドレス</b>］と［<b>最後のIPアドレス］\n" -"を、それぞれ設定します。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"クライアントに貸与する［<b>最初のIPアドレス</b>］と［<b>最後のIPアドレス</b>］\n" +"を、それぞれ設定します。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\n" "たとえば<tt>192.168.1.1</tt>と<tt>192.168.1.64</tt>のようになります。\n" "指定した範囲をBOOTPクライアントとDHCPクライアントに動的に割り当てる場合、\n" "［<b>動的BOOTPの許可</b>］フラグをオンにします。</p>\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2079,11 +2023,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>貸与時間</big></b><br>\n" "このアドレス範囲での 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "Aレコードに対するexample.orgなどのDNSクエリ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "example.orgのAレコードに対する192.0.34.166などのDNSリソースレコード値" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "DNSレコードに対するホスト名" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "名前付きクエリ%1をログに記録" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "ゾーン更新%1をログに記録" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "ゾーン転送%1をログに記録" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "ゾーン転送機能のコンマで区切られたリスト" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "パラメータ %1 が必要です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "パラメータ %1 の不明な値です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "起動設定:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "パラメータは1つしか指定できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "ブートプロセスでDNSサーバを有効にしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "ブートプロセスからDNSサーバを削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "DNSサーバはブート時に有効化されます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNSサーバを手動で起動する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "転送:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "フォワーダIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "アクションパラメータは1つしか指定できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "ログの出力先" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "システムログ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "ファイル" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "ファイル名" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "最大サイズ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "最大バージョン" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "名前付きクエリをログに記録" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "ログの設定:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "ログルール" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNSゾーン:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "マスタサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "フォワーダ" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "事前定義" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "カスタム設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "ゾーン転送:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "ゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "有効なACL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "ネームサーバ:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "ネームサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "メールサーバ:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "メールサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先度" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "権威の開始(SOA):" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "レコードクエリ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "レコードタイプ" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "レコード値" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "ホスト名レコード:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "ホスト名" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "DNSサーバのインストール" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "フォワーダの設定" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNSゾーン" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "ウィザードの完了" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>フォワーダ: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>ドメイン: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAPサポートを有効にする(&L)" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "起動時の動作" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "オン: 今すぐおよびブート時に起動(&N)" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "オフ: 手動でのみ起動(&F)" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DNSサーバエキスパート環境設定(&E)..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNSサーバ" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "ローカルDNS解決ポリシー(&P)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "フォワーダのマージは無効です" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "自動マージ" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "フォワーダのマージは有効です" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "カスタム環境設定" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシー" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "ローカルDNS解決フォワーダ(&F)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "システムネームサーバを使用しています" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "このネームサーバ(バインド)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "ローカルdnsmasqサーバ" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレスの追加" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4またはIPv6アドレス(&D)" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "フォワーダのリスト(&L)" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "ローカルフォワーダを %{forwarder} に設定できません　" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "IP %1 に対するローカル側のアドレスが見つかりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" "been changed to its local equivalent %2." msgstr "" -"DNSの問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまい" -"ます。\n" +"DNSの問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいます。\n" "IPアドレス %1 は現在のところ、このサーバで使用されているため、\n" "ローカル側のアドレス %2 に変更されます。" -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv4またはIPv6アドレスが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "正しいIPv6アドレスは、 a-fの文字、数字、およびコロン(:)から成ります。" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "指定されたフォワーダはすでにあります。" -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "追加または変更オプション" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "オプション(&P)" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "値(&V)" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "変更(&H)" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "現在のオプション" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "オプション" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -761,8 +747,8 @@ "値を指定せずに、このオプションを\n" "設定しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -770,8 +756,8 @@ "オプション %1 には、yesまたはnoの値のみ設定できます。\n" "%2 に設定しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -779,8 +765,8 @@ "オプション %1 には数値のみ指定できます。\n" "%2 に設定しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -788,8 +774,8 @@ "このオプションでは引用符が正しく使用されていません。\n" "%1 に設定しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -797,8 +783,8 @@ "このオプションではブラケットが正しく使用されていません。\n" "%1 に設定しますか?\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -806,78 +792,78 @@ "オプション %1 は一度だけ設定する必要があります。\n" "もう1つ追加しますか?\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "ログタイプ" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "システムログ(&S)" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "ファイル(&F)" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "最大サイズ(MB)(&S)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "最大バージョン(&V)" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "追加ログ" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "すべてのDNSクエリをログに記録(&Q)" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "ゾーン更新をログに記録(&U)" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "ゾーン転送をログに記録(&T)" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "ログファイルの選択" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "オプションの設定" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名前(&N)" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "現在のACLリスト" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -885,71 +871,71 @@ "このACLは%1ゾーンで使用されています。\n" "削除しますか?\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "指定されたACLエントリはすでに存在します。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "新しいゾーンの追加 " -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "マスタ" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "スレーブ" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "フォワード(W)" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "設定済みDNSゾーン" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "指定された名前のゾーンはすでに設定されています。" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "環境設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか?" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "設定の保存に失敗しました" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -957,83 +943,83 @@ "変更内容はすべて失われます。\n" "本当にDNSサーバの環境設定を保存しないまま中止しますか?" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "変更の適用" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "基本オプション" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "ログ" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIGキー" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "動的更新の許可(&L)" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIGキー(&K)" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "ゾーン転送を有効にする(&Z)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成(&U)" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "ゾーン(&E)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "逆引きゾーンとの接続" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1041,152 +1027,152 @@ "自動インストールの準備中には、\n" "この機能は使用できません。\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "TSIGキーが定義されていません。" -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "追加するネームサーバ(&N)" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "ネームサーバのリスト(&M)" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "指定されたネームサーバはすでに存在します。" -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "追加するメールサーバ" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス(&A)" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "優先度(&P)" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "メールリレーリスト" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定された値が有効なホスト名またはIPアドレスではありません。" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "指定されたネームサーバはすでに存在します。" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "時間" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "日" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "週" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "シリアル番号(&A)" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TTL(&L)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "単位(&U)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "更新間隔(&F)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "単位(&I)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "リトライ間隔(&Y)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "有効期限(&P)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "単位(&N)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小限(&M)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "単位(&T)" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "ゾーンのシリアル番号を指定する必要があります。" -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "シリアル番号は %1 桁以上である必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1198,107 +1184,107 @@ "ゾーンが到達不能になります。\n" "続行しますか?" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "レコードキー(&R)" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "タイプ(&Y)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "値(&U)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "サービス(&S)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&P)" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "重み付け(&W)" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート(&P)" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: IPv4 ドメイン名変換" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: IPv6 ドメイン名変換" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: ドメイン名の別名" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS:ネームサーバ(N)" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX:メールリレー(M)" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: 逆変換" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: サービスレコード" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: テキストレコード" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "レコードの設定" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "設定済みのリソースレコード" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "レコードキー" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1310,28 +1296,26 @@ "IPv6逆引きレコードは完全形(%1)を記入するか、\n" "現在のゾーンと相対的な形で記入する必要があります。" -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "IPv6 アドレスが正しくありません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"無効な %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは「=」を除く出力可能なUS-ASCII文" -"字で\n" +"無効な %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは「=」を除く出力可能なUS-ASCII文字で\n" "構成されていなければならず、少なくとも1文字の長さが必要です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1339,96 +1323,94 @@ "%{type} レコードは最大でも %{max} 文字までにする必要があります。\n" "このメッセージは %{current} 文字の長さになっています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAMEでは自己指定できません。" -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "内部エラーが発生しました。" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "ゾーンエディタ" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "基本(&B)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NSレコード(&D)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "SOA(&S)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "レコード(&E)" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "MXレコード(&X)" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "ゾーンの設定" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "少なくとも 1 つの NS サーバを設定する必要があります。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "現在のゾーンレコードは %1 ゾーンから自動的に生成されています。\n" -"レコードを手動で変更するには、「以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成」機能を" -"無効にする必要があります。" +"レコードを手動で変更するには、「以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成」機能を無効にする必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "マスタDNSサーバのIP(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "マスタサーバがありません" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1438,33 +1420,33 @@ "マスタサーバの定義がなければ、DNSサーバの環境設定は失敗します。\n" "続行すると、現在のゾーンが削除されます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "マスタDNSサーバが定義されていません。" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "指定されたマスタネームサーバは、有効なIPアドレスではありません。" -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "新規IPアドレス転送機能(&F)" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "現在のゾーン転送機能(&Z)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "ゾーンエディターの転送" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1474,8 +1456,8 @@ "このゾーンのすべてのDNSクエリは否認されます。\n" "本当にこれらのクエリを否認しますか？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1483,13 +1465,13 @@ "変更内容はすべて失われます。\n" "終了しますか?" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "このタイプのゾーンは、このツールを使用して編集できません。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1497,8 +1479,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNSサーバ環境設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -1506,8 +1488,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックすると、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -1515,8 +1497,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNSサーバ環境設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1526,9 +1508,9 @@ "［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n" "追加のダイアログが表示され、その処理が安全かどうかが通知されます。</p>" -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" @@ -1538,8 +1520,8 @@ "コンピュータが起動するたびにDNSサーバを実行するには、\n" "［DNSサーバの起動］を設定してください。</p>" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1548,12 +1530,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "chroot jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行するには、\n" -"［Chroot Jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行する］を設定します。 chroot jail内のすべ" -"てのデーモンを起動すると\n" +"［Chroot Jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行する］を設定します。 chroot jail内のすべてのデーモンを起動すると\n" "安全性が高まるため強くお勧めします。</p>" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1567,8 +1548,8 @@ "新しいDNSゾーンを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" "設定済みのDNSゾーンを削除するには、［削除］をクリックしてください。</P>" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "To edit global options,\n" @@ -1584,9 +1565,9 @@ "DNSサーバのログの表示などを行うには、\n" "［詳細］をクリックします。</p>" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1594,8 +1575,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ゾーン名</big></b><br>\n" "［ゾーン名］にゾーン(ドメイン)の名前を入力してください。</p>" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1611,8 +1592,8 @@ "を設定します。キーは、DHCPとDNSそれぞれのサーバで同じものを\n" "使用する必要があります。</p>" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1622,8 +1603,8 @@ "ゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から適切なエントリを\n" "選択して［編集］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1631,8 +1612,8 @@ "<p>新しいレコードをゾーンに追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" "レコードを削除するには、レコードを選択してから［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1642,29 +1623,25 @@ "ゾーンのSOA (Start of Authority)レコードを編集するには、\n" "［SOAの編集］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"<b>Delete</b>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" "to remove an existing one.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>マスタサーバ</big></b><br>\n" -"このゾーンのマスタネームサーバのIPアドレスを設定します。 新しいマスタネーム" -"サーバを追加するには、\n" +"このゾーンのマスタネームサーバのIPアドレスを設定します。 新しいマスタネームサーバを追加するには、\n" "［追加］を使用します。 既存のマスタネームサーバを削除するには、\n" "既存のマスタネームサーバを選択し、［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" "or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1674,26 +1651,24 @@ "［スレーブ］または［スタブ］を選択し、ゾーンデータを\n" "マスタサーバからミラーします。</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ゾーンの方向</big></b><br>\n" -"DNSはドメイン名をIPアドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆にIPアドレスをホスト名に変" -"換する場合にも使用されます。\n" +"DNSはドメイン名をIPアドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆にIPアドレスをホスト名に変換する場合にも使用されます。\n" "このゾーンを、ドメイン名からIPアドレスに変換する目的で作成する場合は\n" "［<b>フォワード</b>］を、IPアドレスからドメイン名に変換する場合は\n" "［<b>逆</b>］をそれぞれ選択してください。</p>\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1701,11 +1676,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>インタフェースクラス</big></b><br>\n" "どのインタフェースクラスを介してDNSサーバにアクセスできるかを選択します。\n" -"インタフェースクラスは、ファイアウォール設定コンポーネントで定義します。\n" +"インタフェースクラスは、ファイアウォール設定コンポーネントで定義します。</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1717,10 +1691,10 @@ "公開するようファイアウォールの設定を調整するには、\n" "［<b>ファイアウォール設定を調整</b>］をオンにします。</p>\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" @@ -1728,8 +1702,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SOAレコードの環境設定</big></b><br>\n" "SOAレコードに関する情報を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -1737,8 +1711,8 @@ "<p>［$TTL］は、明示的なTTLを持たないゾーンのすべてのレコードの\n" "残存時間を指定します。</p>" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" @@ -1746,8 +1720,8 @@ "<p>［プライマリソース］には、プライマリネームサーバの完全修飾\n" "ドメイン名が登録されている必要があります。</p>" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" @@ -1755,23 +1729,20 @@ "<p>［<b>管理者のメールアドレス</b>］には、このゾーンを担当する管理者の\n" "電子メールアドレスを指定する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>シリアル番号</b>］は、マスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断す" -"る情報と\n" -"して使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要なときに必要な部分だ" -"けゾーンを\n" +"<p>［<b>シリアル番号</b>］は、マスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" +"して使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要なときに必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" "更新できることになります)。</p>\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" @@ -1779,9 +1750,9 @@ "<p>［更新間隔］では、マスタネームサーバからスレーブネームサーバに対して\n" "ゾーンの同期を取る頻度を指定します。</p>" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" @@ -1789,8 +1760,8 @@ "<p>［リトライ間隔］では、同期が失敗した場合にスレーブサーバが\n" "マスタサーバのゾーンと同期を取る頻度を設定します。</p>" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -1800,28 +1771,25 @@ "されるまでスレーブサーバが応答を停止する期間を表します。\n" "</p>" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>［最小限］</b>では、スレーブサーバが否定応答(名前解決の失敗)をキャッ" -"シュ\n" +"<p><b>［最小限］</b>では、スレーブサーバが否定応答(名前解決の失敗)をキャッシュ\n" "する期間を設定します。</p>" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete.\n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>TSIGキー管理</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1831,8 +1799,8 @@ "既存のTSIGキーを削除するには、リストから選択し［削除］をクリックします。\n" "</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1842,8 +1810,8 @@ "コンピュータがブートするたびにDNSサーバを起動する場合は\n" "［オン］を、そうでない場合は［オフ］を設定します。</p> " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1853,8 +1821,8 @@ "ネイティブの設定ファイルではなくLDAPにDNSゾーンを保存するには、\n" "［LDAPサポートを有効にする］を設定してください。</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1866,8 +1834,8 @@ "［今すぐDNSサーバを起動］または\n" "［今すぐDNSサーバを停止］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1877,24 +1845,23 @@ "フォワーダとは、お使いの DNS サーバでは解決できなかった問い合わせについて、\n" "それを転送する先のことを言います。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set -#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes.</p> -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいフォワーダを追加するには、<b>IPアドレス</b> を設定し、［追加］をク" -"リックします。\n" +"<p>新しいフォワーダを追加するには、<b>IPアドレス</b> を設定し、［追加］をクリックします。\n" "設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" @@ -1902,8 +1869,8 @@ "<p><b><big>DNSサーバオプションの編集</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでDNSサーバのオプションを編集できます。</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1915,13 +1882,13 @@ "<p>設定済のオプションを変更するには、一覧からオプションを選択し、\n" "［値］を変更して、［変更］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>オプションを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" @@ -1929,32 +1896,27 @@ "<p><b><big>ログ</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログで、DNSサーバの各種ログオプションを定義します。</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" "the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"DNSサーバのログメッセージをシステムログに保存するには、［システムログにログを" -"記録］を選択します。 \n" +"DNSサーバのログメッセージをシステムログに保存するには、［システムログにログを記録］を選択します。 \n" "DNSサーバのログをメッセージを個別のファイルに保存するには、\n" "［ファイルにログを記録］を選択し、ログを保存する［ファイル名］および\n" "ログファイルの［最大サイズ］を設定します。\n" -"DNSサーバは自動的にログファイルの保存先を周期的に変更します。 ［最大バージョ" -"ン］を使用して、\n" +"DNSサーバは自動的にログファイルの保存先を周期的に変更します。 ［最大バージョン］を使用して、\n" "ログを保存するファイルの数を指定してください。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1966,15 +1928,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>［<b>追加ログ</b>］で、\n" "記録するアクションを設定します。共通アクションは常に記録されます。\n" -"［<b>すべてのDNSクエリをログに記録</b>］は、クライアントからDNSサーバへのクエ" -"リをすべて記録します。\n" +"［<b>すべてのDNSクエリをログに記録</b>］は、クライアントからDNSサーバへのクエリをすべて記録します。\n" "［<b>ゾーン更新をログに記録</b>］は、DNSが更新されたときに記録します。\n" "［<b>ゾーン転送をログに記録</b>］は、ゾーンが\n" "セカンダリ\n" "ネームサーバに完全に転送されたときに記録されます。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1984,21 +1945,19 @@ "このダイアログでは、ゾーンへのアクセスを制御する\n" "アクセス制御リストを定義します。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいACLエントリを追加するには、オプションの［<b>名前</b>］および［<b>値" -"</b>］を入力し、\n" -"［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。すでに設定されているACLエントリを削除" -"するには、\n" +"<p>新しいACLエントリを追加するには、オプションの［<b>名前</b>］および［<b>値</b>］を入力し、\n" +"［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。すでに設定されているACLエントリを削除するには、\n" "該当するエントリを選択して［<b>削除</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -2010,22 +1969,20 @@ "変更するときの認証に使用されます。このキーは、\n" "DNSゾーンの動的更新(DDNS)に必要です。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" -"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>作成済みのキーを追加するには、［ファイル名］を入力\n" -"(または［参照］ボタンでファイル選択)して、［追加］をクリックしてください。 新" -"しいキーを生成するには、［ファイル名］および［キーID］を入力し、\n" +"(または［参照］ボタンでファイル選択)して、［追加］をクリックしてください。 新しいキーを生成するには、［ファイル名］および［キーID］を入力し、\n" "［生成］をクリックしてください。新しいキーが生成され、追加されます。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -2033,8 +1990,8 @@ "<p>既存のキーを削除するには、それを選択して\n" "［削除］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" @@ -2042,59 +1999,48 @@ "<p><b><big>DNSゾーン</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでDNSゾーンを管理します。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type,\n" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" "and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ［<b>ゾーン名</b>］ に名前を入力して ［<b>" -"ゾーン種類</b>］\n" +"<p>新しいゾーンを追加するには、 ［<b>ゾーン名</b>］ に名前を入力して ［<b>ゾーン種類</b>］\n" " を選択し、 ［<b>追加</b>］ を押してください。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に" -"並べ、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ［<b>ゾーン名</b>］ に入力してくださ" -"い (たとえば、\n" -"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> " -"に対応します)。その後\n" +"<p>新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を ［<b>ゾーン名</b>］ に入力してください (たとえば、\n" +"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応します)。その後\n" " ［<b>ゾーン種類</b>］ を選択して ［<b>追加</b>］ を押してください。</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいIPv6逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスの一部を入" -"力し、その後ろに\n" -"<tt>%1</tt>を追加した名前を［<b>ゾーン名</b>］に入力してください。ゾーン名の" -"入力に際して、いくつかの書式が対応しています:\n" +"<p>新しいIPv6逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスの一部を入力し、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>%1</tt>を追加した名前を［<b>ゾーン名</b>］に入力してください。ゾーン名の入力に際して、いくつかの書式が対応しています:\n" "標準の書式: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "転送書式:<tt>%3</tt>;\n" "ネットマスク指定なしの転送書式: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(デフォルトの<tt>64</tt>ビットのネットマスクが使用されます)</p>\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -2102,23 +2048,21 @@ msgstr "" "<p>ゾーンの転送方法や名前、電子メールサーバなど、ゾーンの設定を\n" "変更するには、該当する項目を選択して［<b>編集</b>］をクリックしてください。\n" -"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選択して［<b>削除</b>］をクリック" -"してください。</p>\n" +"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選択して［<b>削除</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>DDNSとゾーントランスポート</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでは、ゾーンのダイナミックDNSの設定変更\n" "およびゾーンへのアクセスの制御を行うことができます。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -2130,8 +2074,8 @@ "［TSIGキー］を選択します。 ゾーンの動的な更新を許可する前に、\n" "少なくともTSIGキーを1つ定義しておく必要があります。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2145,8 +2089,8 @@ "選択してください。 ゾーンの転送を許可する前に、\n" "少なくとも1つACLを定義しておく必要があります。</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2155,39 +2099,35 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "逆引きゾーンのレコードは、他のマスタゾーンから生成することができます。\n" -"これを行うには、［<b>以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成</b>］チェックボック" -"スをオンにし、\n" +"これを行うには、［<b>以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成</b>］チェックボックスをオンにし、\n" "どのゾーンから生成するかを選択してください。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" "from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何で" -"あるかを\n" +"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるかを\n" "<b>接続済み逆引きゾーン</b> の項目から知ることができます。</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NSレコード</big></b><br>\n" -"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力し、［追加］を" -"クリックしてください。\n" +"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力し、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n" "示されたネームサーバのいずれかを削除するには、リストから選択して\n" "［削除］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -2196,29 +2136,26 @@ "<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>MXレコード</big></b><br>\n" -"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの［アドレス］と［優先度］を入" -"力し、\n" +"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの［アドレス］と［優先度］を入力し、\n" "［追加］をクリックしてください。\n" "示されたメールサーバのいずれかを削除するには、リストから選択して\n" "［削除］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>シリアル番号</b>］はマスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを\n" "判断する情報と\n" -"して使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要なときに必要な部分だけ" -"ゾーンを\n" +"して使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要なときに必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" "更新できることになります)。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" @@ -2226,8 +2163,8 @@ "<p>［TTL］は、明示的なTTLを持たないゾーンのすべてのレコードの\n" "残存時間を指定します。</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -2237,8 +2174,8 @@ "同期化されるまでスレーブサーバが応答を停止する期間を表します。\n" "</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2246,25 +2183,23 @@ "click <b>Add</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>レコード</big></b><br>\n" -"このダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集します。 新しいリソースレ" -"コードを\n" +"このダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集します。 新しいリソースレコードを\n" "追加するには、［レコードキー］、［タイプ］、および［値］を設定し、\n" "［追加］をクリックします。</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>既存のレコードを変更するには、変更するレコードを選択し、\n" -"必要なエントリを修正し、<b>変更</b>をクリックします。レコードを削除するには、" -"削除するレコードを選択し、\n" +"必要なエントリを修正し、<b>変更</b>をクリックします。レコードを削除するには、削除するレコードを選択し、\n" "[<b>削除</b>]をクリックします。</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" @@ -2272,8 +2207,8 @@ "<p>\n" "レコードの各タイプは、RFC内に定義された独自の構文があります。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2285,8 +2220,8 @@ "完全修飾ホスト名です。\n" " ［値］はIPアドレスです。</p>" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2296,34 +2231,30 @@ "an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>CNAME: ドメイン名の別名</b>:\n" -"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加" -"した\n" +"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" "完全修飾ホスト名です。\n" "［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" "完全修飾ホスト名です。 この値は、Aレコードで定義されている\n" "必要があります。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" -"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>NS: ネームサーバ</b>:\n" -"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するゾーン名、またはその後に「.」を追加" -"した\n" +"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するゾーン名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" "絶対的なドメイン名です。\n" "［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" -"完全修飾ホスト名です。 この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。 この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2335,17 +2266,15 @@ "［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名またはゾーン名、\n" "あるいはその後に「.」を追加した絶対的なホスト名またはゾーン名です。\n" "［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" -"完全修飾ホスト名です。 この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。 この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。</p>\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2354,15 +2283,14 @@ "<p><b>PTR: 逆変換</b>:\n" "［レコードキー］は、IPアドレスから導出され、\n" "その後に「.」が追加された完全な逆引きゾーン名です\n" -"(例: IPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>の場合は<tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.)。\n" +"(例: IPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>の場合は<tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)。\n" "または現在のゾーンに関連した逆引きゾーン名の一部です\n" "(例: ゾーン<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>の\n" "IPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>は<tt>1</tt>)。\n" "［値］は、その後に「.」が追加された完全修飾ホスト名です。</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" @@ -2370,18 +2298,17 @@ "<p><b><big>設定を終了する</big></b></p>\n" "<p>設定を終了する前に、入力された設定を確認してください。</p> \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>［ファイアウォールのポートを開く］を選択し、\n" -"SuSEfirewall2設定がDNSサーバに対するすべての接続を許可するように設定します。" -"</p>" +"SuSEfirewall2設定がDNSサーバに対するすべての接続を許可するように設定します。</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2391,8 +2318,8 @@ "コンピュータをブートする際にDNSサーバを起動するには、［起動時の動作］を\n" "［<b>オン</b>］に、そうでない場合は［<b>オフ</b>］に設定します。</p>\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2402,8 +2329,8 @@ "DNSゾーンをネイティブな環境設定ファイルではなく、LDAPに保存するには、\n" "［LDAPサポートを有効にする］を設定します。</p>" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2413,8 +2340,8 @@ "DNSサーバの環境設定をエキスパートモードにするには、\n" "［DNSサーバのエキスパート環境設定］をクリックします。</p>" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2424,8 +2351,8 @@ "各スレーブゾーンにマスタネームサーバを定義する必要があります。 \n" "マスタネームサーバは［マスタDNSサーバのIP］で定義します。</p>" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2439,173 +2366,170 @@ "選択してください。 ゾーンの転送を許可する前に、\n" "少なくとも1つACLを定義しておく必要があります。</p>" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" "defined in it.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>DNSゾーンの転送</b></big><br>\n" -"このタイプのDNSゾーンは、ゾーン内で定義された転送機能に、DNSクエリを転送する" -"だけです。</p>" +"このタイプのDNSゾーンは、ゾーン内で定義された転送機能に、DNSクエリを転送するだけです。</p>" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" "server to which that query should be forwarded.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>転送機能が定義されていない場合、クエリが転送されるべき先のDNSサーバがない" -"ため、各ゾーンのDNSクエリはすべて否認されます。</p>" +msgstr "<p>転送機能が定義されていない場合、クエリが転送されるべき先のDNSサーバがないため、各ゾーンのDNSクエリはすべて否認されます。</p>" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "不明なレコードタイプ: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "ホスト %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A--ドメイン名変換" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "IPアドレス(&I)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "%1の別名" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME--ドメイン名の別名" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "別名(&A)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "ベースホスト名(&H)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "%1 へのポインタ" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR--逆引き" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス(&I)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "ネームサーバ %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS--ネームサーバ" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "ドメイン(&D)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "ネームサーバ(&N)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "メールリレー %1、優先度 %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX--メールリレー" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "ドメイン名(&D)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "メールリレー(&M)" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNSサーバの設定の初期化" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境をチェック" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNSデーモンのキャッシュをフラッシュ" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォール設定の読み込み" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "設定の読み込み" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境をチェック中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNSデーモンのキャッシュをフラッシュ中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込み中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "設定を読み込み中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2613,73 +2537,73 @@ "netconfig を呼び出す際にエラーが発生しました。\n" "エラー: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "DNSサーバ設定の保存" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "環境設定ファイルの保存" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNSデーモンの再起動" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "ゾーンファイルの更新" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNSサービスの調整" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "netconfig の呼び出し" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を書き込む" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "設定ファイルを保存中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "DNSデーモンを再起動中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "ゾーンファイルを更新中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "DNSサービスを調整中..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig を呼び出しています..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を書き込み中..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2687,44 +2611,44 @@ "指定のサービスの開始中にエラーが発生しました。\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "スタブ(T)" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "ヒント" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "システムのブート時にDNSサーバを起動します。" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "システムのブート時にDNSサーバを起動しません。" -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "設定されたゾーン: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP環境設定が無効です。LDAPを使用できません。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAPサポートを有効にしますか?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2732,28 +2656,27 @@ "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\n" "LDAP サポートは無効です。" -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "不明なLDAP初期化エラーです。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。LDAPを使用していません。" +msgstr "cn=defaultDNS,%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。LDAPを使用していません。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "%1 の更新中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。LDAPを使用していません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,271 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "コンテナで変更する" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "パス" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "終了(&E)" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "コンテナをコミットする" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "リポジトリ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "タグ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "作者" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "メッセージ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "OK(&O)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル(&C)" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "シェルの挿入" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "ターゲットシェル" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "端末の起動に失敗しました。エラー: %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"dockerサービスが動作していません。YaSTでdockerを開始しますか? 開始しないと" -"YaSTは終了します。" +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "dockerサービスが動作していません。YaSTでdockerを開始しますか? 開始しないとYaSTは終了します。" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"dockerサービスが動作していません。このモジュールをrootとして実行するか、" -"dockerサービスを手動で開始してください。" +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "dockerサービスが動作していません。このモジュールをrootとして実行するか、dockerサービスを手動で開始してください。" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "dockerとの通信に失敗しました。エラー: %s。もう一度実行してください。" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "実行中のコンテナを本当に停止しますか?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "このコンテナを削除しますか?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "実行中のコンテナを本当に終了しますか?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "イメージ(&I)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "コンテナ(&C)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "dockerのイメージ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "実行中のdockerコンテナ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "イメージID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "作成日時" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "仮想サイズ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "コンテナID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "イメージ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "コマンド" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "ポート" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "更新間隔(&F)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "実行(&U)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "変更点の表示(&H)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "端末の挿入(&T)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "コンテナの停止(&S)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "コンテナの終了(&K)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "コミット(&C)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "本当にイメージ「%s」を削除してよろしいですか?" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "コンテナの実行" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "ホスト(H)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "コンテナ" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "ボリューム" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "共有するディレクトリの選択" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "ターゲットディレクトリの選択" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "外部ポートの選択" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "内部ポートの選択" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<p><b></b><big>LVM設定</big></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" @@ -472,40 +486,36 @@ "<b>［次へ］</b>をクリックして続行します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBDのLVMフィルタ設定" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "LVMデバイスフィルタを自動的に変更する" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "デバイスフィルタ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "LVMキャッシュの書き込み" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVMキャッシュの有効化" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "警告! drbdを使用するにはLVMキャッシュを無効にしてください。" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "LVMにはlvmetadを使用してください。" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "LVMメタデータを使用する" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "警告! クラスタにlvmetadを使用してはいけません。" @@ -535,61 +545,61 @@ msgstr "保存" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "ノード名は空白にはできません。" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "IPv6アドレスは括弧内に配置する必要があります。" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/ポートは「addr:port」の組み合わせを使用する必要があります。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "有効なIPアドレスを入力してください。" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "有効なポート番号を入力してください" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "ノード名には「.」を含めず、ローカルホスト名を使用してください。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "すべてのフィールドを埋めてください。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "少なくとも2つのノードを設定してください。" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "ノード名を入力して下さい:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "ノード名は別々でなければなりません。" @@ -696,70 +706,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "分割されたDRBD環境設定ファイルをマージできませんでした\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "drbd.conf.YaST2prepareを書き込めませんでした" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を初期化しています" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "リソースを読込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM設定を読み込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "デーモンの状態を読込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定を読み込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "リソースを読込み中..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を読込み中..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "drbd.confをバックアップできませんでした" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "drbdadmのテスト用にdrbd.confをクリーンアップできませんでした" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -767,12 +777,12 @@ "リソース %1 の無効な設定\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "drbd.confを戻せませんでした" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を書き込んでいます" @@ -780,46 +790,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "リソースを書込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM設定を書き込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "デーモン状態の設定" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall設定を書き込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "リソースを書込み中..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を設定しています..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定を書き込んでいます" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "ディレクトリ/etc/drbd.dを作成できませんでした" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "LVMデバイスフィルタを自動的に変更する" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "fcoe-clientの環境設定" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "fcoeの環境設定を保存しています..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FCoEクライアント" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "FCoEクライアント(&F)" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "FCoEインタフェースを削除できません。\n" "コマンド %1 が失敗しました。" -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "利用不可" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "未設定" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "true" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "false" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "未設定" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "%2 上のVLANインタフェース %1 の設定" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "設定済みのため、\n" "VLANインタフェース %1 上のFCoEを開始できません。" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "ネットワークインタフェース %1 自身でFCoEを開始\n" "できません。" -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "検出されたVLANデバイス上でFCoEを作成および開始しています" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "FCoEネットワークを作成し、FCoEイニシエータ\n" "を起動してよろしいですか?" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "%1 上でFCoEを作成して起動できません。" -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "%2 に対する「%1」コマンドの実行に失敗しました。" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "FCoEインタフェースの作成に失敗しました。\n" "テストモードで実行中であるため続行します" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "FCoEインタフェース %1 を削除してよろしいですか?" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "使用中のデバイスで必須のインタフェースでないことを確認してください。\n" "必須のインタフェースを削除してしまうと、システムが使用できなくなります。" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "すでに有効化されているマルチパスデバイスに\n" "関連するインタフェースは削除しないでください。" -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "インタフェース %1 の削除に失敗しました。" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "インタフェース %1 の破壊に失敗しました" -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,158 +182,155 @@ "［DCBを必要とする］が［はい］に\n" "設定されていますが、インタフェースがDCBに対応していません。" -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." msgstr "" "サービス「fcoe」を利用するには、サービス「lldpad」を\n" -"有効にする必要があります。サービス「lldpad」を、ブート時に起動するように設定" -"します。" +"有効にする必要があります。サービス「lldpad」を、ブート時に起動するように設定します。" -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "FCoE有効(&F)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "DCBを必要とする(&D)" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "AUTO_VLAN(&A)" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "FCoEサービスの起動" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Lldpadサービスの起動" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MACアドレス" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "モデル" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "FCoE VLANインタフェース" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "FCoE有効" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "DCBを必要とする" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "自動VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "DCB対応" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "ドライバ" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "FCoEにフラグを設定する" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "iSCSIにフラグを設定する" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "ストレージのみ" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "検出の再試行(&D)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "設定の変更(&S)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "FCoEインタフェースの作成(&F)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "インタフェースの削除(&R)" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "環境設定" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "デバッグ(&D)" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "syslogの使用(&U)" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -341,18 +338,17 @@ "<p><b><big>fcoe-clientの環境設定を準備しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" -"［<b>中止</b>］をクリックして、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することがで" -"きます</p>\n" +"［<b>中止</b>］をクリックして、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -360,8 +356,8 @@ "<p><b><big>fcoe-client環境設定の保存中です。</big></b>\n" "<br>しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -373,8 +369,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" @@ -382,8 +378,8 @@ "<p><b><big>FCoEクライアントの環境設定</big></b><br>\n" "FCoEクライアントはここで設定してください。<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -392,249 +388,170 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>FCoEクライアントの追加:</big></b><br>\n" "検出されたFCoEクライアントのリストからFCoEクライアントを選択してください。\n" -"FCoEクライアントが検出されなかった場合は、［<b>その他(検出されない)</b>］を選" -"択し、\n" +"FCoEクライアントが検出されなかった場合は、［<b>その他(検出されない)</b>］を選択し、\n" "［<b>設定</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>変更:</big></b><br>\n" -"［<b>編集</b>］をクリックすると、環境設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示され" -"ます。</p>\n" +"［<b>編集</b>］をクリックすると、環境設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。</p>\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start " -"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>サービスの開始</big><br></b><br>ブート時におけるサービス<b>fcoeおよび<b>lldpad</b>の開始を有効/無効にします。</p>" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>サービスの開始</big><br></b><br>ブート時におけるサービス<b>fcoe</b>および<b>lldpad</b>の開始を有効/無効にします。</p>" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サービス<b>fcoe</b>の開始とは、<i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i>サービス" -"であるデーモン<i>fcoemon</i>の開始を意味しますが、このデーモンはFCoEインタ" -"フェースを制御しながら、デーモン<i>lldpad</i>への接続を確立します。</p>" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>サービス<b>fcoe</b>の開始とは、<i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i>サービスであるデーモン<i>fcoemon</i>の開始を意味しますが、このデーモンはFCoEインタフェースを制御しながら、デーモン<i>lldpad</i>への接続を確立します。</p>" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>lldpad</b>サービスは、<i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i>エージェント" -"デーモン(<i>lldpad</i>と略します)を提供し、<i>fcoemon</i>に対してDCB (Data " -"Center Bridging)機能とインタフェースの設定情報を提供します。</p>" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>lldpad</b>サービスは、<i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i>エージェントデーモン(<i>lldpad</i>と略します)を提供し、<i>fcoemon</i>に対してDCB (Data Center Bridging)機能とインタフェースの設定情報を提供します。</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>ネットワークインタフェースの概要</big></b></p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>インタフェースダイアログには、VLANおよびFCoE環境設定の状態を含め、すべての" -"検出されたネットワークカードの状態が示されます。<br>FCoEは、スイッチ上のFCoE" -"に対してVLANインタフェースが設定されている場合にのみ使用可能です。<br>各ネッ" -"トワークカード(ネットワークインタフェース)では、そのことが<i>FCoE VLANインタ" -"フェース</i>列で示されています。</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>インタフェースダイアログには、VLANおよびFCoE環境設定の状態を含め、すべての検出されたネットワークカードの状態が示されます。<br>FCoEは、スイッチ上のFCoEに対してVLANインタフェースが設定されている場合にのみ使用可能です。<br>各ネットワークカード(ネットワークインタフェース)では、そのことが<i>FCoE VLANインタフェース</i>列で示されています。</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry " -"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>FCoEサービスのチェックを再試行するには［<b>検出の再試行</b>］を押してくだ" -"さい(起動に時間がかかるインタフェースでも実行が必要な場合がある)。</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" +msgstr "<p>FCoEサービスのチェックを再試行するには［<b>検出の再試行</b>］を押してください(起動に時間がかかるインタフェースでも実行が必要な場合がある)。</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><i>FCoE VLANインタフェース</i>の値の詳細:<br><b>使用不可</b>: Fibre " -"Channel over Ethernetが使用できません(まずスイッチで有効にする必要がある)。" -"<br><b>未設定</b>: FCoEは使用できますが、有効化されていません。<br>［<b>FCoE " -"VLANインタフェースの作成</b>］を押して有効化します。<br>FCoE VLANインタフェー" -"スがすでに作成されている場合は、インタフェースの名前が列に表示されます(例: " -"eth3.200)。</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "<p><i>FCoE VLANインタフェース</i>の値の詳細:<br><b>使用不可</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernetが使用できません(まずスイッチで有効にする必要がある)。<br><b>未設定</b>: FCoEは使用できますが、有効化されていません。<br>［<b>FCoE VLANインタフェースの作成</b>］を押して有効化します。<br>FCoE VLANインタフェースがすでに作成されている場合は、インタフェースの名前が列に表示されます(例: eth3.200)。</p>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change " -"Settings</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>FCoE VLANインタフェースの環境設定を変更するには、［<b>設定の変更</b>］をク" -"リックします。</p>" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>FCoE VLANインタフェースの環境設定を変更するには、［<b>設定の変更</b>］をクリックします。</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>FCoEの一般設定</big></b></p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、FCoEシステムサービスに対する一般的な設定を行うことができます。設" -"定は「/etc/fcoe/config」に書き込まれます。</p>" +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、FCoEシステムサービスに対する一般的な設定を行うことができます。設定は「/etc/fcoe/config」に書き込まれます。</p>" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>The values are:<br>\n" -"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>." -"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>値は次のとおりです。<br>\n" -"<b>デバッグ</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br>fcoeサービススクリプトと" -"<i>fcoemon</i>のデバッグメッセージを有効/無効にするために使用します。" -"<br><b>syslogの使用</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br><i>はい</i>に設定" -"すると、メッセージがシステムログに送信されます(データは/var/log/messagesログ" -"に記録される)。</p>" +"<b>デバッグ</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br>fcoeサービススクリプトと<i>fcoemon</i>のデバッグメッセージを有効/無効にするために使用します。<br><b>syslogの使用</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br><i>はい</i>に設定すると、メッセージがシステムログに送信されます(データは/var/log/messagesログに記録される)。</p>" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" msgstr "<p>/etc/fcoe/ethx内の設定を編集</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on " -"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>デーモン<i>fcoemon</i>が、初期化の際にこれらの環境設定ファイルを読み込みま" -"す。<br>インタフェースごとにファイルが存在しており、ファイル内の値は、FCoEイ" -"ンスタンスを作成するかどうか、およびDCBが必要かどうかを示しています。</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "<p>デーモン<i>fcoemon</i>が、初期化の際にこれらの環境設定ファイルを読み込みます。<br>インタフェースごとにファイルが存在しており、ファイル内の値は、FCoEインスタンスを作成するかどうか、およびDCBが必要かどうかを示しています。</p>" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required." -"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>値は次のとおりです。<br><b>FCoE有効</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ<br>FCoEインスタンスの作成を有効/無効にします。<br><b>DCBを必要とする</b>: " -"<i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br>デフォルトは<i>はい</i>です。通常、DCBは必" -"須です。<br><b>自動VLAN</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br><i>はい</i>に" -"設定すると、fcoemonによってVLANインタフェースが自動的に作成されます。</p>" +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "<p>値は次のとおりです。<br><b>FCoE有効</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br>FCoEインスタンスの作成を有効/無効にします。<br><b>DCBを必要とする</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br>デフォルトは<i>はい</i>です。通常、DCBは必須です。<br><b>自動VLAN</b>: <i>はい</i>または<i>いいえ</i><br><i>はい</i>に設定すると、fcoemonによってVLANインタフェースが自動的に作成されます。</p>" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "インタフェース(&I)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "環境設定(&C)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "サービス(&S)" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "Fibre Channel over Ethernetの環境設定" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "FCoE設定の変更" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "FCoEクライアントの環境設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be " -"installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>FCoE環境設定を続行するには <b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要があ" -"ります。</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>FCoE環境設定を続行するには <b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。</p>" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>インストールしますか?</p>" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "サービス「lldpad」を開始できません" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "サービス「fcoe」を開始できません" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "lldpad systemdソケットを開始できません" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "lldpadサービスを開始できません。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "fcoemon systemdソケットを開始できません。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "fcoeサービスを開始できません。" -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -644,113 +561,113 @@ "設定を編集してFCoE VLANインタフェースを\n" "再作成すると、有効な設定を取得できます。" -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "fcoe-client環境設定を初期化しています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "インストール済みパッケージの確認" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "サービスの確認" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "ネットワークカードの検出" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/configの読み込み" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを確認しています..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "サービスを確認しています..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "ネットワークカードを検出しています..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/configを読み込んでいます" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "サービスの開始に失敗しました。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/configを読み込めませんでした。" -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "fcoe-client環境設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "FCoEサービスの再起動" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "サービスの起動の調整" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "FCoEサービスを再起動しています..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "サービスの起動を調整しています..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/configに設定を書き込めません。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -758,43 +675,43 @@ "FCoEインタフェースの設定を書き込めません。\n" "詳細については、/var/log/YaST2/y2logを参照してください。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "サービスfcoeの再開に失敗しました。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-ファイルを作成できません。" -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>FCoEの一般環境設定</b>" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>インタフェース</b>" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>ネットワークカード</i>:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>サービスの起動</b>" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,256 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour マルチキャスト DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "サービス検索用の Zeroconf/Bonjour マルチキャスト DNS (mDNS) ポートです" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "cyrus-imapd サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "cyrus-imapdサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "DHCPv4サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "ISC DHCPv4 4.xサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "dnsmasq DNS/DHCPサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIPのmDNS/Bonjourサポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIPのmDNS/Bonjourサポートのファイアウォール設定ファイル" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "icecreamデーモン" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "icecreamコンパイルデーモン用にポートを開きます" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "icecreamスケジューラ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "icecreamスケジューラ用にポートを開きます" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "iSNS デーモン" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "ブロードキャストを許可した状態でiSNSデーモン用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Netbiosサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"ブロードキャストを許可した状態でSamba NetBIOSサーバ用にポートを開きます。" +msgstr "ブロードキャストを許可した状態でSamba NetBIOSサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "NFSクライアント" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"NFSクライアント用のファイアウォール設定です。NFSサーバに接続できるようにする" -"ためNFSクライアントのポートを開きます。" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "NFSクライアント用のファイアウォール設定です。NFSサーバに接続できるようにするためNFSクライアントのポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "NFS サーバサービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"NFSカーネルサーバ用のファイアウォール設定です。他のホストから接続できるように" -"するためにNFSのポートを開きます。" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "NFSカーネルサーバ用のファイアウォール設定です。他のホストから接続できるようにするためにNFSのポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "xntp サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "xntp用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "OpenLDAP サーバ(slapd)用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "OpenSLPサーバ(SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "OpenSLPサーバがサービスをアドバタイズできるようにします。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "RSyncサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "リモート同期を実行できるようにRSyncサーバ向けのポートを開きます" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Sambaクライアント" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "SMB共有を参照できるようにします。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Sambaサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Sambaサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "sendmail を使用した SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "sendmail用のファイアウォール環境設定ファイル" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Secure Shell サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Secure Shellサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "svnserve用にポートを開きます" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "VNC ミニ HTTP サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "ブラウザから接続できるよう VNC の HTTP ポートを開きます" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "ビューアが接続できるようにVNCサーバのポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "vsftpd サーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "vsftpdサーバ用にポートを開きます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "NISクライアント" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "ypbindデーモンはNISクライアントをNISドメインにバインドします。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,20 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "お使いのディスプレイは「firewall-config」UIをサポートできません。\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." -msgstr "" -"Yast2コマンドラインまたは「firewall-cmd」ユーティリティのいずれかを使用してく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "Yast2コマンドラインまたは「firewall-cmd」ユーティリティのいずれかを使用してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -35,23 +33,23 @@ "ファイアウォールの設定を変更できません。\n" "SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていません。" -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォール" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォール(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "別のファイアウォールがアクティブです" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -60,19 +58,18 @@ "Continue with configuration?\n" msgstr "" "システムで別の種類のファイアウォールが有効になっています。\n" -"続行すると、SuSEfirewall2によって定義されていないエラーが発生する場合がありま" -"す。\n" +"続行すると、SuSEfirewall2によって定義されていないエラーが発生する場合があります。\n" "他のファイアウォールを削除してから\n" "SuSEfirewall2を設定することをお勧めします。\n" "設定を続行しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウォールの環境設定の中止" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -80,137 +77,137 @@ "すべての変更が失われます。\n" "環境設定を中止しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールを自動的に起動する(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールを自動では起動しない(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールの自動起動を有効にする" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールを自動では起動しない" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "ファイアウォールは稼動中です" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "ファイアウォールは稼動していません" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "ファイアウォールを今すぐ起動する(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "ファイアウォールを今すぐ停止する(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "設定を保存してファイアウォールを今すぐ再起動する(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "ファイアウォールを今すぐ起動します" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "ファイアウォールを今すぐ停止します" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "設定を保存してファイアウォールを今すぐ再起動します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "インタフェース" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "許可されるサービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "ネットワークマスカレード" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "マスカレード" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "ログレベル" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "カスタムルール" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -218,8 +215,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ファイアウォールの環境設定を読み込んでいます</big></b>\n" "<br>しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...</p>" @@ -227,8 +224,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ファイアウォール設定を保存しています</big></b>\n" "<br>しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -249,24 +246,22 @@ "入力します。 ここで設定されていないインタフェースを入力することもできます。\n" "マスカレードが必要な場合は、文字列「<tt>any</tt>」は使用できません。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>すべてのネットワークデバイスをファイアウォールゾーンに割り当てる必要があり" -"ます。\n" -"未割り当てのインタフェースを介したネットワークトラフィックはブロックされま" -"す。</p>\n" +"<p>すべてのネットワークデバイスをファイアウォールゾーンに割り当てる必要があります。\n" +"未割り当てのインタフェースを介したネットワークトラフィックはブロックされます。</p>\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" "<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -274,39 +269,33 @@ "\n" "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed " -"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>許可されるサービス</big></b>\n" -"<br>ここでは、ネットワークからアクセス可能にするサービスやポートを指定しま" -"す。\n" +"<br>ここでは、ネットワークからアクセス可能にするサービスやポートを指定します。\n" "ネットワークは複数のファイアウォールゾーンに分かれています。</p>\n" "\n" "<p>サービスを許可するには、［<b>ゾーン</b>］と\n" "［<b>許可するサービス</b>］を選択して［<b>追加</b>］をクリックします。\n" -"許可したサービスを削除するには、［<b>ゾーン</b>］と［<b>許可するサービス］を選択して［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。</p>\n" +"許可したサービスを削除するには、［<b>ゾーン</b>］と［<b>許可するサービス</b>］を選択して［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。</p>\n" "\n" "<p>［<b>ファイアウォールを内部ゾーンから保護する</b>］を選択解除すると、\n" "内部ゾーンは保護されなくなります。したがって、内部ネットワークの\n" "すべてのサービスとポートの保護が解除されます。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.</p>\n" "<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -314,227 +303,168 @@ "エントリはスペースで区切ってください。 TCP、UDP、およびRPCポート、\n" "さらにIPプロトコルを使用できます。</p>\n" "<p>TCPおよびUDPポートをポート名(<tt>ftp-data</tt>)、\n" -"ポート番号(<tt>3128</tt>)、およびポート範囲(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)として入力でき" -"ます。\n" -"RPCポートはサービス名(<tt>portmap</tt>または<tt>nlockmgr</tt>)として入力して" -"ください。\n" +"ポート番号(<tt>3128</tt>)、およびポート範囲(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)として入力できます。\n" +"RPCポートはサービス名(<tt>portmap</tt>または<tt>nlockmgr</tt>)として入力してください。\n" "IPプロトコルはプロトコル名(<tt>esp</tt>)として入力してください。\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" -"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>マスカレード</big></b>\n" -"<br>マスカレードは、内部ネットワークをファイアウォールの背後に隠したり、内部" -"ネットワークから外部ネットワーク\n" -"(インターネットなど)への透過的なアクセスを可能にする機能です。 外部ネットワー" -"ク\n" +"<br>マスカレードは、内部ネットワークをファイアウォールの背後に隠したり、内部ネットワークから外部ネットワーク\n" +"(インターネットなど)への透過的なアクセスを可能にする機能です。 外部ネットワーク\n" "から内部ネットワークへの要求はブロックされます。\n" "ネットワークを外部ネットワークにマスカレードするには、\n" "［ネットワークをマスカレードする］をオンにします。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form." -"</p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete.</p>\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへのアクセスはすべてブロックされますが、" -"例外的に外部ネットワークからの\n" -"特定ポートへのアクセスを内部ネットワークに転送するよう設定することができま" -"す。\n" -"新しい転送ルールを追加するには、 ［<b>追加</b>］ を押して転送設定の項目を入力" -"してください。</p>\n" +"外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへのアクセスはすべてブロックされますが、例外的に外部ネットワークからの\n" +"特定ポートへのアクセスを内部ネットワークに転送するよう設定することができます。\n" +"新しい転送ルールを追加するには、 ［<b>追加</b>］ を押して転送設定の項目を入力してください。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>転送ルールを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで ［<b>削除</b>］ を押しま" -"す。</p>\n" +"<p>転送ルールを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで ［<b>削除</b>］ を押します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets</b>\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" "for the desired zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ブロードキャストの環境設定</big></b>\n" -"<br>ブロードキャストパケットは、隣接コンピュータを探したりネットワーク内の各" -"コンピュータに情報を送信\n" +"<br>ブロードキャストパケットは、隣接コンピュータを探したりネットワーク内の各コンピュータに情報を送信\n" "するためにネットワーク全体に送信される特別なUDPパケットです。\n" -"たとえば、CUPSサーバは、ブロードキャストパケットを使用して印刷キューに関する" -"情報を送信します。</p>\n" +"たとえば、CUPSサーバは、ブロードキャストパケットを使用して印刷キューに関する情報を送信します。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>許可されるインタフェースで選択されたSuSEfirewall2サービスによって、必要な" -"ブロードキャストポートが\n" -"ここに自動的に追加されます。 ポートを削除したり追加するには、特定のゾーンに関" -"するスペースで区切られたポートの\n" +"<p>許可されるインタフェースで選択されたSuSEfirewall2サービスによって、必要なブロードキャストポートが\n" +"ここに自動的に追加されます。 ポートを削除したり追加するには、特定のゾーンに関するスペースで区切られたポートの\n" "リストを編集します。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>他のドロップされたブロードキャストパケットはログに記録されます。 広範な" -"ネットワークには、大量のパケットが存在する可能性があります。\n" -"これらのパケットの記録を抑制するには、目的のゾーンの［受信しなかったブロード" -"キャストパケットをログに記録する］\n" +"<p>他のドロップされたブロードキャストパケットはログに記録されます。 広範なネットワークには、大量のパケットが存在する可能性があります。\n" +"これらのパケットの記録を抑制するには、目的のゾーンの［受信しなかったブロードキャストパケットをログに記録する］\n" "をオフにします。</p>\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.</p>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ブロードキャストへの応答</big></b><br>\n" -"ファイアウォールでは通常、マシンから送信されたブロードキャストパケットに対す" -"る\n" -"応答は、パケットを削除してソフトウェアが読み込まないようにします。これらのブ" -"ロードキャストには、Sambaのコンピュータ参照やSLPの参照などがあります。</p>\n" +"ファイアウォールでは通常、マシンから送信されたブロードキャストパケットに対する\n" +"応答は、パケットを削除してソフトウェアが読み込まないようにします。これらのブロードキャストには、Sambaのコンピュータ参照やSLPの参照などがあります。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>ここでは、ファイアウォールを通してどのパケットを通過させるべきかを設定でき" -"ます。\n" -"新しいルールを追加するには［<b>追加</b>］をクリックします。その後の手順でファ" -"イアウォールのゾーンを選択する必要\n" -"があります。すでに定義済みのサービスから選択するか、完全に手動でルールを設定" -"する必要があります。</p>\n" +"<p>ここでは、ファイアウォールを通してどのパケットを通過させるべきかを設定できます。\n" +"新しいルールを追加するには［<b>追加</b>］をクリックします。その後の手順でファイアウォールのゾーンを選択する必要\n" +"があります。すでに定義済みのサービスから選択するか、完全に手動でルールを設定する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.</p>\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPsecサポート</big></b>\n" -"<br>IPsecは、信頼されたホストまたはネットワーク間の、インターネットなどの信頼" -"されていないネットワークを介した暗号化通信です。 このダイアログでは、［有効］" -"を使用して外部ゾーンのIPsecを\n" +"<br>IPsecは、信頼されたホストまたはネットワーク間の、インターネットなどの信頼されていないネットワークを介した暗号化通信です。 このダイアログでは、［有効］を使用して外部ゾーンのIPsecを\n" "開きます。</p>\n" "\n" "<p>［詳細］では、複合化に成功したIPsecパケットの処理方法を\n" -"設定します。 たとえば、内部ゾーンから送信されたパケットのように処理できま" -"す。</p>\n" +"設定します。 たとえば、内部ゾーンから送信されたパケットのように処理できます。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" -"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.</p>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and " -"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do " -"Not Log Any</b>\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ログ記録レベル</big></b>\n" "<br>これはIPパケットログ記録設定の基本設定ダイアログです。ここでは、\n" -"受信接続パケットのログ記録を設定します。 送信パケットはまったくログ記録されま" -"せん。</p>\n" +"受信接続パケットのログ記録を設定します。 送信パケットはまったくログ記録されません。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>ログ記録されたIPパケットには2つのグループがあります。 <b>受信パケット</b>" -"および<b>受信拒否パケット</b>です。\n" -"各グループについて、3つのレベルのログ記録から選択できます。 すべてのパケット" -"をログに記録する<b>［すべてログに記録する］</b>、\n" -"関心のあるパケットだけをログに記録する<b>［重要なパケットのみログに記録する］" -"</b>、\n" +"<p>ログ記録されたIPパケットには2つのグループがあります。 <b>受信パケット</b>および<b>受信拒否パケット</b>です。\n" +"各グループについて、3つのレベルのログ記録から選択できます。 すべてのパケットをログに記録する<b>［すべてログに記録する］</b>、\n" +"関心のあるパケットだけをログに記録する<b>［重要なパケットのみログに記録する］</b>、\n" "そして一切記録しない<b>［ログに何も記録しない］</b>です。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" "<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" "\n" "<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>概要</big></b>\n" "<br>ここでは、環境設定の概要を確認します。\n" -"この概要は、一般的な環境設定と各ファイアウォールゾーンの環境設定に分かれてい" -"ます。\n" +"この概要は、一般的な環境設定と各ファイアウォールゾーンの環境設定に分かれています。\n" "すべての既存ゾーンの概要が表示されます。</p>\n" "\n" "<p>［ファイアウォールの起動］には、ファイアウォールが「ブートプロセス」\n" "で起動されるか、または「手動」でのみ起動されるかが表示されます。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p>概要に次の項目を表示するには、ファイアウォールゾーンにネットワークインタ" -"フェースが割り当てられている必要があります。</p>\n" +"<p>概要に次の項目を表示するには、ファイアウォールゾーンにネットワークインタフェースが割り当てられている必要があります。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>インタフェース</b>: すべてのインタフェースは、環境設定名とデバイス名で" -"リストに表示されます。</p>\n" +"<p><b>インタフェース</b>: すべてのインタフェースは、環境設定名とデバイス名でリストに表示されます。</p>\n" "\n" -"<p><b>開いているサービス、ポート、プロトコル</b>: すべての許可されるネット" -"ワークサービス、TCP(Transmission\n" -"Control Protocol)、UDP(User Datagram Protocol)、およびRPC(リモートプロシー" -"ジャコール)の追加ポートと、\n" +"<p><b>開いているサービス、ポート、プロトコル</b>: すべての許可されるネットワークサービス、TCP(Transmission\n" +"Control Protocol)、UDP(User Datagram Protocol)、およびRPC(リモートプロシージャコール)の追加ポートと、\n" "IP(インターネットプロトコル)プロトコルのリストが表示されます。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" @@ -542,9 +472,9 @@ "<p>ここでは、ファイアウォールゾーンで有効にする、追加の\n" "ポートまたはプロトコルを入力します。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" @@ -552,24 +482,21 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>TCPポート</b>と<b>UDPポート</b>は、\n" "ポート番号、ポート名またはポート範囲をそれぞれスペースで区切り、\n" -"たとえば、<tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt>または、<tt>137:139</tt>のように入力しま" -"す。</p>" +"たとえば、<tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt>または、<tt>137:139</tt>のように入力します。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"</p>" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RPCポート</b>は<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt>、<tt>portmap</tt> な" -"ど\n" +"<p><b>RPCポート</b>は<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt>、<tt>portmap</tt> など\n" "RPCサービスのリストであり、スペースで区切られています。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -581,48 +508,42 @@ "現在のプロトコルのリストは、\n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbersにあります。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ポート範囲</b> とはカンマ ',' で区切った 2 つの項目のことで、それぞれ" -"の\n" -"指定した 2 つのポート番号の間を、指定した番号を入れてすべて含める意味になりま" -"す。\n" +"<p><b>ポート範囲</b> とはカンマ ',' で区切った 2 つの項目のことで、それぞれの\n" +"指定した 2 つのポート番号の間を、指定した番号を入れてすべて含める意味になります。\n" "また、 1 つ目の番号は 2 つ目の番号より小さい番号である必要があります。\n" "たとえば <tt>200:215</tt> のようになります。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ポート名</b>は、IANA組織によりポート番号に割り当てられた\n" -"名前です。1つのポート番号に複数のポート名が割り当てられる場合もあります。現在" -"使用されている\n" +"名前です。1つのポート番号に複数のポート名が割り当てられる場合もあります。現在使用されている\n" "割り当てポート名は、<tt> /etc/services</tt>ファイルで検索できます。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.</p>\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ファイアウォール</big></b><br />\n" -"ファイアウォールとは、ネットワーク上からの攻撃からコンピュータを守るための防" -"衛システムです。</p>\n" +"ファイアウォールとは、ネットワーク上からの攻撃からコンピュータを守るための防衛システムです。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -632,9 +553,9 @@ "ここでは、これらのルールに一致する新しい接続を許可する、\n" "特別なファイアウォールのルールを設定します。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -644,25 +565,23 @@ "<p><b>ソースネットワーク</b><br>\n" "接続元のネットワークまたはIPアドレスを指定します。\n" "例: <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>、<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"、<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>、<tt>0/0</tt> (これは<tt>all</tt>の意味になります)" -"</p>\n" +"、<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>、<tt>0/0</tt> (これは<tt>all</tt>の意味になります)</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" "RPC services.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>プロトコル</b><br>\n" -"そのパケットで使われるプロトコルを指定します。特別なプロトコル<tt>RPC</tt>" -"は\n" +"そのパケットで使われるプロトコルを指定します。特別なプロトコル<tt>RPC</tt>は\n" "RPC サービスに使用されます。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -671,15 +590,14 @@ "This entry is optional.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>宛先ポート</b><br>\n" -"アクセスを許可する宛先のポート名やポート番号、もしくはポートの範囲を指定しま" -"す。例\n" +"アクセスを許可する宛先のポート名やポート番号、もしくはポートの範囲を指定します。例\n" ": <tt>smtp</tt>または<tt>25</tt>または<tt>100:110</tt>。\n" "<tt>RPC</tt>プロトコルの場合は、ここにはRPCサービス名を指定します。\n" "この項目の入力は任意です。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -689,667 +607,659 @@ "アクセスを許可するパケットの発信元のポート名やポート番号、\n" "もしくはポートの範囲を指定します。この項目の入力は任意です。</p>" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: 「%1」のヘルプが欠落しています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "ファイアウォールインタフェース" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "インタフェースまたは文字列" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "設定済み" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "変更(&C)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "カスタム(&U)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "ネットワークインタフェースのゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "インタフェースゾーン(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "ゾーンの追加インタフェースの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "ネットワークをマスカレードする(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "選択したゾーンで許可されるサービス(&O)" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "許可するサービス(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "許可されるサービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "ファイアウォールを内部ゾーンから保護する(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "詳細(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "選択されたゾーンのエキスパートルールサービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "ソースネットワーク" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "宛先ポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "ソースポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "追加の許可されたポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "ゾーンの設定: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "TCPポート(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "UDPポート(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "RPCポート(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "IPプロトコル(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "マスカレードIPへの要求のリダイレクト" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "要求されたIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "要求されたポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "IPへのリダイレクト" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "ポートへのリダイレクト" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "マスカレードリダイレクトルールの追加" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "ルールの一致によるリダイレクト:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "ソースネットワーク(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "要求先IP (オプション)(&Q)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "要求されたポート(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "リダイレクト:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "マスカレードIPへのリダイレクト(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "ポートへのリダイレクト(オプション)(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "すべてログに記録する" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "重要なパケットのみログに記録する" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "ログに何も記録しない" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "受信したパケットをログに記録する(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "受信しなかったパケットをログに記録する(&O)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "ブロードキャストの環境設定" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "ブロードキャスト応答を受け取る" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "ゾーン" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "ネットワークから受信" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "追加(&A)..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "IPsecサポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "有効(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "詳細(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "オリジナルソースネットワークと同じゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "IPsecゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "IPsecを信頼する(&T)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "追加の許可ルール" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "ファイアウォールゾーン(&Z)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "新しい許可ルールを追加" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "発信元ネットワーク(&N)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "宛先ポート(任意)(&D)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "発信元ポート(任意)(&S)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "追加オプション（オプション）(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "概要を作成しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "詳細の表示(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCPポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "UDPポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "RPCサービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "IPプロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "ブロードキャストポート" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "割り当てられていないインタフェースは、このゾーンに割り当てられます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "現在は外部ゾーンでのみサポートされています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "不明なネットワークインタフェースです。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "このゾーンにインタフェースが割り当てられていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "開いているサービス、ポート、プロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "内部ゾーンは保護されていません。 すべてのポートが開いています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "ゾーンに開いているポートはありません。" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "%1 個のカスタムルールが設定されています" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source " -"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" -msgstr "" -"ネットワーク: <i>%1</i>, プロトコル: <i>%2</i>、宛先ポート: <i>%3</i>、発信元" -"ポート: <i>%4</i>、オプション: <i>%5</i>" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "ネットワーク: <i>%1</i>, プロトコル: <i>%2</i>、宛先ポート: <i>%3</i>、発信元ポート: <i>%4</i>、オプション: <i>%5</i>" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "すべて" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールの起動" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールの自動起動は <b>有効</b> です" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールの自動起動は <b>無効</b> です" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "設定を書き込んだ後、ファイアウォールを起動します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "設定を書き込んだ後、ファイアウォールを<b>起動</b>します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" msgstr "設定を書き込んだ後、ファイアウォールを<b>停止</b>します" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "設定を書き込んだ後もファイアウォールを起動しません" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "割り当てられていないインタフェース" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." -msgstr "" -"これらのインタフェースを経由するネットワークトラフィックは許可されません。" +msgstr "これらのインタフェースを経由するネットワークトラフィックは許可されません。" -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "ファイアウォールを起動しています..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "ファイアウォールを停止しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "ゾーンが割り当てられていません" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "カスタム文字列" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "ゾーンが割り当てられていません" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "ポート番号 %1 は無効です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "定義 %2 のポート番号 %1 は無効です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "無効なポート定義" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "ポート番号は1から %1 の間である必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "無効なポート範囲定義" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" "max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." -msgstr "" -"ポート範囲%1が無効です。これはmin_port_number:max_port_numberとして定義され、" -"max_port_numberは min_port_numberよりも大きくなければなりません。" +msgstr "ポート範囲%1が無効です。これはmin_port_number:max_port_numberとして定義され、max_port_numberは min_port_numberよりも大きくなければなりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "不明ポート名" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1359,13 +1269,13 @@ "まったく機能しない可能性があります。\n" "このポートを使用しますか?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "無効な追加サービス定義" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1375,35 +1285,31 @@ msgstr "" "追加サービス設定\n" "%1\n" -"が間違っているようです。エントリはコンマではなく、スペースで区切られる必要が" -"あります。\n" +"が間違っているようです。エントリはコンマではなく、スペースで区切られる必要があります。\n" "コンマは許可されていません。\n" "本当に現在の設定を使用しますか？" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"マスカレードには、少なくとも1つの外部インタフェースとその他のインタフェースが" -"1つ必要です。" +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "マスカレードには、少なくとも1つの外部インタフェースとその他のインタフェースが1つ必要です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "このエントリを完了する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "ポート定義が正しくありません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1413,18 +1319,18 @@ "このポート名のポート番号が見つかりません。\n" "ポート名の代わりにポート番号を使用してください。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "無効なIPの定義です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "受信しなかったブロードキャストパケットをログに記録する(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1436,655 +1342,655 @@ "\n" "設定書き込み後にファイアウォールを停止しますか?\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "ネットワーク設定が正しくありません '%1'" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "ポート範囲が正しくありません '%1'" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "ポート名または番号が正しくありません '%1'" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "UDP を利用するすべてのサービス" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "TCP を利用するすべてのサービス" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Samba 参照" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "SLP 参照" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "すべてのネットワーク" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "サブネット: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "ゾーン(&Z)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "ネットワーク(&N)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "サービス(&S)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "ユーザ定義サービス" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "ポート(&R)" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "削除する項目を選択してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "起動設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "既知のファイアウォールゾーン" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "ネットワークインタフェースの環境設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "許可されるサービス、ポート、プロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "ブロードキャストパケットの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "マスカレードの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "マスカレードIPへの要求のリダイレクト" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "ログの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "ファイアウォールの環境設定の概要" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールを有効にします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールを無効にします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "現在の設定を表示します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "ブートプロセスでファイアウォールを起動します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "ファイアウォールを手動で起動します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "設定エントリを表示する" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "ゾーンのショートネーム" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "新しいレコードを追加します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "レコードを削除します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "ネットワークインタフェースの環境設定名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "受信したパケットをログに記録します(all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "受信しなかったパケットをログに記録します(all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "ブロードキャストパケットをログに記録します(yes|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "値を設定します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "ポート名または番号。複数のポートはコンマで区切ります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "既知のファイアウォールサービス。複数のサービスはコンマで区切ります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCPポート名または番号。複数のポートはコンマで区切ります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDPポート名または番号。複数のポートはコンマで区切ります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPCポート名または番号。複数のポートはコンマで区切ります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IPプロトコル名。複数のプロトコルはコンマで区切ります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "ゾーン保護を設定します(yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "詳細情報" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "オプションを有効にします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "オプションを無効にします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "ソースネットワーク(0/0、145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0など)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "プロトコル(tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "要求された外部IP(オプション)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "要求されたポート名または番号" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "内部IPにリダイレクトします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "内部IP上のポートにリダイレクトします(オプション)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "レコード番号" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "ポート番号の代わりにポート名を使用してください" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "不明ゾーン %1 。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "パラメータ %1 を設定する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "既知のファイアウォールゾーンのリスト:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "ショートカット" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "ゾーン名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "概要:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "パラメータは1つしか指定できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "起動:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "ブートプロセスでファイアウォールを有効にしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "ブートプロセスからファイアウォールを削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "ブートプロセスでファイアウォールが有効になりました" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "ファイアウォールは手動で起動する必要があります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "ファイアウォールゾーン内のネットワークインタフェース:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "ファイアウォールの特別な文字列" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "インタフェース" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "特別な文字列 %1 をゾーン %2 に追加しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "インタフェース %1 をゾーン %2 に追加しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "特別な文字列 %1 をゾーン %2 から削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "インタフェース %1 をゾーン %2 から削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "すべてログに記録する" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "重要なパケットのみログに記録する" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "ログに何も記録しない" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "グローバルログ設定:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "ルールタイプ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "受信済み" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "未受信" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "ログへのブロードキャストパケットの記録:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "ログ機能が有効" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "ログ機能が無効" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "ショート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "ログステータス" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "値 %1 はオプション %2 に指定できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "許可されるブロードキャストポート:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "ポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "ここではアクションコマンドを1つしか使用できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "定義済みファイアウォールサービス:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "サービス名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCPポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDPポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPCポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IPプロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "ゾーン内で許可されるサービス:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "すべてのサービス" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "ゾーン全体が保護されない" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "サービスID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "追加の許可されたポート:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "すべてのポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "ゾーン内で許可される追加IPプロトコル:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "すべてのIPプロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IPプロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "不明サービス %1 。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "保護は内部ゾーンにしか設定できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "少なくとも1つの %1 を設定する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "%1 の中から少なくとも1つのアクションコマンドを設定する必要があります" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "マスカレードIPへの要求のリダイレクト:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "不明ポート名 %1 。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "マスカレードの設定:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "あらゆる場所" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "%1ゾーン内" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "マスカレードは %1 %2 です" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "初回起動設定" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" @@ -29,103 +29,99 @@ "設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを\n" "起動するには、ここで［初回起動手順を有効にする］をオンにします。\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "初回起動手順を有効にする" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを起動するには、［<b>初回起" -"動手順を有効にする</b>］をオンにします。</p>\n" -"<p>詳細については、yast2-firstbootモジュールのマニュアルを参照してください。" -"</p>\n" +"<p>設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを起動するには、［<b>初回起動手順を有効にする</b>］をオンにします。</p>\n" +"<p>詳細については、yast2-firstbootモジュールのマニュアルを参照してください。</p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "空" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "初期ブート環境設定" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "上へ(&U)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "下へ(&O)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "有効にする/無効にする(&L)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "ステップ" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "モジュール名" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -133,43 +129,42 @@ "次のリストから、使用する\n" "デスクトップ環境を選択してください。\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" "the desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><h3>デスクトップの選択</h3>\n" -"このシステムは複数のデスクトップ環境にインストールされています。 デスクトップ" -"を\n" +"このシステムは複数のデスクトップ環境にインストールされています。 デスクトップを\n" "選択して、デフォルトのデスクトップとして有効にします。</p>" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "デフォルトのデスクトップを選択する" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaSTコントロールセンターの起動(&S)" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "環境設定が完了しました" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>おめでとうございます!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" @@ -177,25 +172,25 @@ "<p>&product; のインストールが終了しました。\n" "［完了］をクリックすると、システムにログインできます。</p>\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" msgstr "<p>www.suse.comを参照してください。</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>お楽しみください!<br>SuSE開発チーム一同</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>システムが使用可能になりました。</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -203,8 +198,8 @@ "<p>［完了］をクリックすると、YaSTインストールを完了して、\n" "ログイン画面に進みます。</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -214,24 +209,21 @@ "KDE設定をハードウェアに合わせて調整できます。\n" "SuSEウェルカムダイアログにも注意してください。</p>\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " -"start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>必要であれば、この時点ですべてのSuSE環境設定モジュールを使用できます。\n" "［YaSTコントロールセンターの起動］を選択すると、［完了］の\n" "クリック後にコントロールセンターが起動されます。注意: コントロール\n" -"センターには、このインストールダイアログに戻るためのボタンはありません。\n" +"センターには、このインストールダイアログに戻るためのボタンはありません。</p>\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -243,26 +235,26 @@ "必要であれば、キーボードの設定を新しい言語に合わせることもできます。\n" "ログイン後にキーボードレイアウト設定ツールを使用してください。" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "言語とキーボードレイアウト" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列(&K)" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -270,13 +262,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"設定作業時、およびインストールされたシステムで使用する［<b>言語</b>］と［<b>" -"キーボードレイアウト</b>］を\n" +"設定作業時、およびインストールされたシステムで使用する［<b>言語</b>］と［<b>キーボードレイアウト</b>］を\n" "選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -286,8 +277,8 @@ "［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -299,33 +290,33 @@ "中止することができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "すべての追加パッケージをインストールするには容量が不足しています。" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "環境設定を更新する" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "最初のログイン用にシステムを準備する" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "設定を更新中..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "最初のログイン用にシステムを準備中..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -335,49 +326,49 @@ "システムの設定中です。しばらくお待ちください...\n" "</p>" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "システムの設定を完了中" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "使用可能なテキストはありません" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "初回起動設定が無効になっています" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "初回起動設定が有効になっています" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,483 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "geo-clusterの環境設定" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "ジオクラスタ" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "ジオクラスタ(&G)" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geoクラスタ設定" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Geoクラスタの概要" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "環境設定ファイル" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "転送" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "ポート" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "アービトレータ" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "サイト" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "チケット" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "キャンセル(&N)" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "セキュリティ認証を有効にする" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "認証ファイル" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "ファイルは/etc/boothに書き込まれます。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." -msgstr "" -"このファイルを別のディレクトリに書き込むには、絶対パスを入力してください。" +msgstr "このファイルを別のディレクトリに書き込むには、絶対パスを入力してください。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"新しく作成されたGeoクラスタでは、下のボタンをクリックして/etc/booth/<key>を生" -"成します。" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "新しく作成されたGeoクラスタでは、下のボタンをクリックして/etc/booth/<key>を生成します。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"既存のGeoクラスタに参加する場合は、他のノードから手動で/etc/booth/<key>をコ" -"ピーしてください。" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "既存のGeoクラスタに参加する場合は、他のノードから手動で/etc/booth/<key>をコピーしてください。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "認証キーファイルの生成" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "基本的" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "有効なIPアドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "チケットおよびタイムアウトの入力" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "タイムアウト" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "再試行" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "重み" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "有効期限" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "タイムアウトが無効です" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "期限切れが無効です" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafterが無効です" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "再試行が無効です" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "3未満の再試行は正しくありません" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "重みが無効です" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "チケットを指定する必要があります" -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "アービトレータのIPアドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "アービトレータのIPアドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "サイトのIPアドレスを入力してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "サイトのIPアドレスを編集してください" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "チケット名はすでに存在します。" -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "設定名を指定してください。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "重複する設定名を付けることはできません。" -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "ポートが無効です。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "トランスポートを入力する必要があります。" -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "アービトレータを入力する必要があります。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "サイトを入力する必要があります。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "チケットを入力する必要があります。" -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "認証ファイルの作成に失敗しました " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "認証ファイル" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " 正常に作成されました" -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "ジオクラスタの環境設定の選択" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "環境設定ファイルを選択してください:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "認証設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "グローバル環境設定を書き込めません。" -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "グローバル設定が書き込めません。" -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "グローバルチケット設定を書き込めません。" -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geoクラスタ設定を初期化しています" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込みます" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定の読み込み" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geoクラスタ設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall設定を書き込む" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定を書き込み中" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要 ..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "geo-clusterの環境設定を初期化しています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースを読み込みます" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "デバイスを検出します" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "デバイスを検出しています..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "データベース1を読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "データベース2を読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "geo-clusterの環境設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig を起動する" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfigを実行中..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "設定の概要 ..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,121 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "HTTPサーバ(Apache2)の環境設定" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "ホストの設定を変更する" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "Apache2サーバモジュールを設定する" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." msgstr "サーバが待ち受けるポートやネットワークアドレスを設定する" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "仮想ホストを設定する" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "ウィザードモードを有効化または無効化します。" -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "サーバ名(www.example.comなど)" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "サーバ管理者のメールアドレス" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "サーバの文書を保存するディレクトリ" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "設定するホストの名前。" -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "新しい待ち受けエントリを追加する([アドレス:]ポート)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "既存の待ち受けエントリを削除する([アドレス:]ポート)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "設定済みエントリを表示する" -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "有効にするモジュールのコンマ(,)区切りのリスト" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "無効にするモジュールのコンマ(,)区切りのリスト" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "新しい仮想ホストを作成する" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "既存の仮想ホストを削除する" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "選択した仮想ホストをデフォルトのホストとして設定する" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "ウィザードモードを［オン］または［オフ］に設定します。" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "設定済みのホストが指定されていません" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" msgstr "設定するホストとして既存のホストしか指定できません。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "サーバ名が無効です。" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "サーバ管理者が無効です。" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "検証エラー" -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -136,190 +136,183 @@ "状態 \tモジュール\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "リッスンステートメント:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "すべてのインタフェース" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "既存のインターフェースのみ使用できます" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "リッスンステートメント「%1」はすでに設定されています。" -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "既存のリスナのみ削除できます" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "ホストリスト:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "一部のパラメータが不足しています" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "引数として既存のホストのみ指定できます" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "このホストはすでにデフォルトです。" -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "デフォルトホストは削除できません。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "リスンポートとアドレスの設定" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "サーバモジュール" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "メインホスト" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "ホスト" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTPサーバの環境設定" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "ホスト「%1」の環境設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "設定済みホスト" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "新しいホストの情報" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "仮想ホストの詳細" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "「%1」のSSL設定" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "デフォルトホスト" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "証明書" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "サーバ証明書のインポート(&I)..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "共通のサーバ証明書の使用(&U)" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "「%1」のディレクトリ設定" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>\n" @@ -329,8 +322,8 @@ "<br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -338,8 +331,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -347,8 +340,8 @@ "<p><b><big>HTTPサーバ環境設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -358,61 +351,43 @@ "［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n" "処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。</p>\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Apache2がリッスンするポートを定義する「Port」値です。 デフォルトは80です。" -"</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Apache2がリッスンするポートを定義する「Port」値です。 デフォルトは80です。</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>「インターフェースをリッスンする」には、このホストに対して設定されたすべて" -"のIPアドレスのリストが含まれています。 この中には、Apache2がリッスンする確認" -"済みのIPアドレスが含まれます。 不明な場合、すべてを確認してください。</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "<p>「インターフェースをリッスンする」には、このホストに対して設定されたすべてのIPアドレスのリストが含まれています。 この中には、Apache2がリッスンする確認済みのIPアドレスが含まれます。 不明な場合、すべてを確認してください。</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、Apache2サーバがサポートするスクリプト言語を有効化します。</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、Apache2サーバがサポートするスクリプト言語を有効化します。</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>「完了」をクリックしたときに、Apache2設定ファイルに書き込まれた設定が環境" -"設定の概要に表示されます。</p>" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>「完了」をクリックしたときに、Apache2設定ファイルに書き込まれた設定が環境設定の概要に表示されます。</p>" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"</p>" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>［HTTPサーバーのエキスパート環境設定］ \n" "\t\tを選択して、設定を書き込む前に詳細な設定を作成します。</p>" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTPサーバモジュールの編集</big></b><br>\n" @@ -422,18 +397,17 @@ "ここでロードを指定されたモジュールがロードされます。\n" "最後の列には、モジュールの簡潔な説明が表示されます。</p>" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>モジュールの状態を変更するには、該当するエントリをリストから選択し、\n" "［ステータスの切替］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" @@ -441,20 +415,19 @@ "<p>一覧に表示されていないモジュールを追加する場合は、\n" "［モジュールの追加］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>HTTPサーバの設定</big></b><br>\n" "HTTPサーバを有効にするには［<b>有効</b>］を選択してください。\n" "無効にするには［<b>無効</b>］を選択してください。</p>\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -466,8 +439,8 @@ " ファイアウォールのインタフェースは、追加または削除されません。 \n" " このオプションは、ファイアウォールが有効な場合にのみ使用できます。</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" @@ -483,8 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>オプションのリストは\n" "サーバの環境設定のいくつかの部分を表します。 \n" -"［待ち受け］は、サーバが着信要求をリッスンするポートおよびIPアドレスのリスト" -"を含みます。 \n" +"［待ち受け］は、サーバが着信要求をリッスンするポートおよびIPアドレスのリストを含みます。 \n" " ［モジュール］を使用すると、サーバによってロードされるモジュールの\n" "環境設定ができます。\n" " ［デフォルトホスト］は、デフォルト(フォールバック)ホストとして使用される\n" @@ -493,27 +465,22 @@ "パスが表示されます。\n" " ［ホスト］は、サーバ用に設定されたホストのリストを含みます。</p>\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to " -"change settings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>一覧から適切なエントリを選択し、［編集］をクリックして設定を変更します。" +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>一覧から適切なエントリを選択し、［編集］をクリックして設定を変更します。</p>" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" msgstr "<p>［ログファイル］はサーバのログファイルを表示します。</p>" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -521,82 +488,63 @@ "設定済みのホストの一覧が表示されます。ホストのいずれかがデフォルトとして\n" "マークされます(サーバ名の横に「*」が表示されます)。デフォルトホストは、\n" "受け付けた要求と一致するホストがなかったときに使用されます。\n" -"ホストをデフォルトとして設定するには、［デフォルトに設定］をクリックします。" -"</p>\n" +"ホストをデフォルトとして設定するには、［デフォルトに設定］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ホストを変更するには、一覧からエントリを選択して［編集］をクリックします。" -"追加するには、\n" -"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +"<p>ホストを変更するには、一覧からエントリを選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ホスト設定</big></b><br>\n" -"ホストの設定を編集するには、一覧のオプションを選択して［編集］をクリックしま" -"す。\n" -"追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、選択して" -"［削除］をクリックします。</p>" +"ホストの設定を編集するには、一覧のオプションを選択して［編集］をクリックします。\n" +"追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>サーバの解決</b>］オプションでは、仮想ホストを使用する際のホスト解決" -"方法を指定することが\n" +"<p>［<b>サーバの解決</b>］オプションでは、仮想ホストを使用する際のホスト解決方法を指定することが\n" "\tできます。ただし、［<b>HTTPヘッダによる解決</b>］を選択すると、\n" -"\t名前ベースの仮想ホストのIPアドレス宛の要求は、デフォルトのサーバで処理され" -"なくなります。\n" -"\tSSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［<b>使用IPアドレスによる解決</b>］" -"を選択してください。</p>" +"\t名前ベースの仮想ホストのIPアドレス宛の要求は、デフォルトのサーバで処理されなくなります。\n" +"\tSSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［<b>使用IPアドレスによる解決</b>］を選択してください。</p>" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" -"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ホストの<i>待ち受け</i>設定</big></b><br>\n" "［待ち受け］ディレクティブを選択すると、HTTPサーバが要求を待ち受ける\n" "ポートやネットワークインタフェースを選択できます。</p>\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>エントリを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するに" -"は、\n" -"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +"<p>エントリを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -608,36 +556,30 @@ "表示されます。SSLを利用すると、暗号化によりホストと安全に\n" "通信できます。</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>一般的な動作はSSLオプションによって決定されます。 ホストは\n" -"SSLを全くサポートしない(<tt>SSLなし</tt>)か、非SSLおよびSSLアクセスの両方とも" -"許可する(<tt>許可</tt>)か、\n" +"SSLを全くサポートしない(<tt>SSLなし</tt>)か、非SSLおよびSSLアクセスの両方とも許可する(<tt>許可</tt>)か、\n" "またはSSLを経由して暗号化された接続のみ許可します(<tt>必要</tt>)。\n" " </p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and " -"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>オプションを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加する" -"には、\n" -"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +"<p>オプションを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。</p>" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" @@ -651,32 +593,29 @@ "［共通のサーバ証明書の使用］では、このホスト用に発行された\n" "共通の証明書を使用するように設定します。</p>\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>注意:</b> ホストに対してSSLの使用を有効にする場合は、<tt>mod_ssl \n" +"<p><b>注意:</b> ホストに対してSSLの使用を有効にする場合は、<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "モジュールがサーバによってロードされる必要があります。</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"</p>" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>新しいホスト</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでは、新しい仮想ホストに関する基本情報を入力できます。</p>" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -685,88 +624,71 @@ "<p>［サーバID］は新しい仮想ホストの内容および\n" "プレゼンテーション指定します。 ［サーバ名］は、サーバ応答のHTTPヘッダの\n" "一部として返されるDNS名です。 \n" -"［サーバのコンテンツルート］は、この仮想ホストによって提供されるすべてのド" -"キュメントを含む\n" +"［サーバのコンテンツルート］は、この仮想ホストによって提供されるすべてのドキュメントを含む\n" "ディレクトリへの絶対パスです。 ［管理者電子メール］を使用すると、\n" "このホストに関するフィードバック用の電子メールアドレスを設定できます。.</p>\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>サーバの解決</b></big><br>\n" "Apache2ではHTTP要求に応答する際、どの仮想ホストの設定を\n" "使用すべきかを決定できる必要があります。\n" -"これには2つの基本的な解決方法があります。1つ目の方法は要求内のHTTPヘッダを利" -"用し、\n" +"これには2つの基本的な解決方法があります。1つ目の方法は要求内のHTTPヘッダを利用し、\n" "その中に書かれているホスト名をサーバ内で探す方法です。\n" -"もう1つの方法は、サーバに接続する際に、クライアントが使用したIPアドレスによっ" -"て\n" +"もう1つの方法は、サーバに接続する際に、クライアントが使用したIPアドレスによって\n" "決定する方法です。\n" -"SSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［<b>使用IPアドレスによる解決</b>］を" -"選択してください。\n" +"SSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［<b>使用IPアドレスによる解決</b>］を選択してください。\n" "詳細については、Apache2のマニュアルを参照してください。</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host.</p>" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>仮想ホストの詳細</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでは、仮想ホストに関する追加情報を指定できます。</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>［CGIサポートを有効にする］</b>を選択して\n" -"実行します パスのCGIスクリプトは、 <b>CGIディレクトリパス</b>のエイリアス" -"<tt>/cgi-binを使用します。/</tt>.</p>" +"実行します パスのCGIスクリプトは、 <b>CGIディレクトリパス</b>のエイリアス<tt>/cgi-binを使用します。/</tt>.</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>この仮想ホストに対してHTTPSアクセスを行うには、［<b>この仮想ホストに対する" -"SSLのサポートを有効にする</b>］を選択します。\n" +"<p>この仮想ホストに対してHTTPSアクセスを行うには、［<b>この仮想ホストに対するSSLのサポートを有効にする</b>］を選択します。\n" "\n" "その後［<b>証明書ファイルのパス</b>］に証明書ファイルのパスを入力して\n" "ください。このオプションはIPベースの仮想ホストでのみ利用できます。</p>\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> <b>ディレクトリインデックス</b>に、ファイルのリストをスペースで区切って入" -"力すると、ディレクトリのURL( <tt>/</tt>で終わる)が要求された場合、Apacheが検" -"索し表示します。 検索されたファイルの内、最初に一致したものが表示されます。" -"</p>" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "<p> <b>ディレクトリインデックス</b>に、ファイルのリストをスペースで区切って入力すると、ディレクトリのURL( <tt>/</tt>で終わる)が要求された場合、Apacheが検索し表示します。 検索されたファイルの内、最初に一致したものが表示されます。</p>" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" "\n" @@ -774,140 +696,132 @@ msgstr "" "<p>［公開HTML］\n" "\n" -"を使用すると、すべてのユーザの<tt>.public_html</tt>ディレクトリにアクセスでき" -"ます。</p>" +"を使用すると、すべてのユーザの<tt>.public_html</tt>ディレクトリにアクセスできます。</p>" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "全アドレス" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "HTTPサーバウィザード(1/5)--ネットワークデバイスの選択" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "ネットワークデバイスの選択" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "HTTPサーバウィザード(2/5)--モジュール" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "モジュール" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "HTTPサーバウィザード(3/5)--デフォルトホスト" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "HTTPサーバウィザード(4/5)--仮想ホスト" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "HTTPサーバウィザード(5/5)--概要" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTPサーバの環境設定を初期化" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "環境をチェック" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Apache2の環境設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク環境設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "環境をチェック中..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Apache2の環境設定を読み込み中..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク環境設定を読み込み中..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>HTTPサーバを設定するには、パッケージ <b>%1</b> をインストールする必要があ" -"ります。</p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>HTTPサーバを設定するには、パッケージ <b>%1</b> をインストールする必要があります。</p>" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>今すぐインストールしますか?</p>" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -921,54 +835,54 @@ "\n" "設定を続行できません。" -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "環境設定ファイル「%1」がありません。" -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "このマシンで実行されているDNSサーバはありません。" -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTPサーバの環境設定の保存" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Apache2の設定を書き込む" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2サービスを有効にする" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Apache2サービスを無効にする" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2サービスを有効にします..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Apache2サービスを無効にします..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -980,18 +894,18 @@ "%1\n" "インストールしますか?\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "モジュール記述には名前が指定されていません。無視します。" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "自動インストールモジュールの不明な変更: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -999,251 +913,251 @@ "モジュール %1 のデフォルト値が一致しません。\n" "モジュールの環境設定に矛盾が生じるおそれがあります。" -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "ポート指定なしのListenステートメントが見つかりました。" -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>リッスン対象:</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>デフォルトのホスト</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " 、ルート: " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>仮想ホスト</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "ログファイル(&L)" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "アクセスログの表示(&A)" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "エラーログの表示(&E)" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "ドキュメントルート" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "サーバ管理者のメールアドレス" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "サーバの解決" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "HTTPヘッダで要求サーバを決定(&H)" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "サーバーのIPアドレスで要求サーバを決定(&A)" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "HTTPサービス(&S)" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "待ち受けポート:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "ネットワークアドレス" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "ポート" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "ステータスの切替(&T)" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "モジュールの追加(&A)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリ" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "ポート(&P):" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "インターフェースをリッスンする(&L)" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "ブート時にApache2サーバを起動する" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "Apache2サーバを手動で起動する" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "HTTPサーバエキスパート設定(&H)..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "サーバID" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "サーバ名(&N):" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "サーバコンテンツのルート(&C):" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "管理者のメールアドレス(&A):" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "仮想ホスト" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "仮想ホストIDの変更" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "CGIオプション" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "この仮想ホストのCGIを有効にする(&C)" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "CGIディレクトリパス(&D)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "SSLのサポート" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "この仮想ホストに対するSSLのサポートを有効にする(&S)" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "証明書ファイルのパス(&C)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルのパス(&C)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "ディレクトリオプション" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "ディレクトリインデックス(&D)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "公開HTML" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "公開HTMLを有効にする(&P)" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1251,61 +1165,59 @@ "このコンピュータでは、IPアドレスが\n" "設定されていません。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "IPアドレスが無効です。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "SSLのサポートを使用してデフォルトのホストを設定できません。" -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "サーバ名が定義されていない場合、代わりにホスト名が使用されます。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "サーバ名は必ず指定してください。" -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." msgstr "入力されたサーバ名は、既に別の仮想ホスト上で設定されています。" -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "このIPアドレスはすでに別の仮想ホスト上で設定されています" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "管理者のメールアドレスが無効です。" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "HTTPサーバのリロード(&R)" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "設定を保存してHTTPサーバを再起動(&S)" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1329,49 +1241,49 @@ "または、［キャンセル］をクリックして、デフォルト\n" "ホストの変更をキャンセルしてください。\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "サーバIPアドレス(&I):" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "選択されたホストを削除しますか?" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "デフォルトに設定(&F)" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "ドキュメントルートの選択" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "管理者のメールアドレスは必ず指定してください。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "全てのアドレス (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP アドレス" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "サーバー名" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "仮想ホストの ID を指定する必要があります。" -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1381,66 +1293,63 @@ "名前ベースの仮想ホストを利用するには、\n" "これら仮想ホストの要求を受け付けるIPアドレスを\n" "設定する必要があります。\n" -"すべてのアドレス宛の要求を受け付けるため、'*'または'*:(ポート番号)'を指定する" -"こともできます。" +"すべてのアドレス宛の要求を受け付けるため、'*'または'*:(ポート番号)'を指定することもできます。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "マスタゾーン %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "レコード%1はゾーン%2にすでに存在しています。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS設定" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "ゾーンに追加" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "ゾーン名" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "新しいゾーンの作成" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGIディレクトリ" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "証明書ファイルを選択" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "証明書ファイルを入力してください。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルの選択" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "鍵ファイルを入力してください。" -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "証明書の選択" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1448,65 +1357,62 @@ "証明書をインポートできません\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "ネットワークアドレス(&A):" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "無効なポート番号" -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "HTTPヘッダによる解決" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "使用IPアドレスによる解決" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "モジュールの依存関係の問題" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "必要" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." -msgstr "" -"必要なモジュールを有効化するか、もしくは最初に表示されたものを無効化してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "必要なモジュールを有効化するか、もしくは最初に表示されたものを無効化してください。" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "新しいモジュール名(&N):" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "追加するモジュール名が必要です。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "モジュールはすでにリストに含まれています。" -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "エントリ「%1」はすでに存在します。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1514,347 +1420,321 @@ "サーバが待ち受けるポートのリストは必ず指定\n" "してください。" -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "少なくとも1つのインターフェースを選択する必要があります。" -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "PHP5スクリプトを有効にする(&P)" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Perlスクリプトを有効にする(&E)" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Pythonスクリプトを有効にする(&Y)" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "仮想ホスト「%s」の鍵が正しくありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "内部エラー: データは%sではなく、アレイ参照である必要があります。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "不正なホストID。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "ホストIDは既に存在します" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "デフォルトのホストを削除できません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "ホストIDが見つかりません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "無効なポート" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "ファイアウォールルールの書き込みに失敗しました" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "削除するリッスン値が見つかりません" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "指定されたIDを使用するホストを取得できません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "PEM データが壊れています。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "このホストIDに対して設定された証明書キーファイルがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "キーファイルの解析が失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "このホストIDに対して設定されたCA証明書ファイルがありません。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "クライアントのホスト名またはIPアドレスなどを基にアクセス制御を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "メディア種類または要求されたメソッドを基にCGIスクリプトを実行する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"ドキュメントツリー内およびURLリダイレクト用のホストファイルシステムの異なる部" -"分をマップする" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "ドキュメントツリー内およびURLリダイレクト用のホストファイルシステムの異なる部分をマップする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "ベーシック認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "テキストファイルを使用したユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "ユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "テキストファイルを使用したグループ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "DBMファイルを使用したユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "Unixのlsコマンドのように自動的にディレクトリインデックスを生成する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "CGIスクリプトの実行" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"末尾のスラッシュの転送を行なったりディレクトリ一覧ファイルを提供したりする" +msgstr "末尾のスラッシュの転送を行なったりディレクトリ一覧ファイルを提供したりする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "CGIスクリプトやSSIページに渡す環境変数を変更する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "ユーザが指定した条件に従ってExpires(有効期限)のHTTP ヘッダを生成する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "サーバで解析されるHTML文書(SSI; サーバサイドインクルード)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "サーバへの要求を記録する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "ファイル名の拡張子をファイルの動作と内容情報に関連付ける" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "コンテンツネゴシエーション機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "要求の特性に基づいて環境変数の設定を行なう" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "サーバの動作およびパフォーマンスに関する情報を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "特定のユーザやグループでのCGIスクリプトの実行を行なう" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "ユーザ固有のディレクトリ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "独自のHTTPヘッダを含むファイルを送信する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "認証エリアへの「匿名(anonymous)」ユーザのアクセスを許可する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "MD5ダイジェスト認証によるユーザ認証" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"HTTPベーシック認証のデータベースを保存するためにLDAPディレクトリを使用する" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "HTTPベーシック認証のデータベースを保存するためにLDAPディレクトリを使用する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "URIをキーにしたコンテンツキャッシュ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "文字セットの変換または再コード化を指定する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) 機能" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "mod_davのファイルシステムプロバイダ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "クライアントに配信する前にコンテンツを圧縮する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "URIをキーにしたコンテンツキャッシュストレージマネージャ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "プロトコルモジュールを説明する単純なエコーサーバ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "クライアントに配信する前に応答本体を外部プログラムに渡す" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "ファイルの静的リストをメモリにキャッシュする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "HTTP要求と応答ヘッダのカスタマイズ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "サーバ側のイメージマップ処理" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "サーバ設定の網羅的な概要を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" msgstr "他のLDAPモジュール用のLDAP接続プールと結果キャッシュサービス" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "要求ごとの入出力バイト数のログ記録" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "コンテンツの数バイトを調べてMIMEタイプを決定する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1プロキシ/ゲートウェイサーバ" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy用のAJPサポートモジュール" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "CONNECT要求処理用のmod_proxy拡張" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy用のFTPサポートモジュール" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy用のHTTPサポートモジュール" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"要求されたURLをその場で書き直すことのできるルールベースの書き換えエンジンを提" -"供する" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "要求されたURLをその場で書き直すことのできるルールベースの書き換えエンジンを提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "ユーザが入力したURLの誤りの訂正を試みる" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"SSL(Secure Sockets Layer)とTLS (Transport Layer Security)プロトコルを使用した" -"強力な暗号化" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "SSL(Secure Sockets Layer)とTLS (Transport Layer Security)プロトコルを使用した強力な暗号化" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "要求ごとに固有の識別子を持つ環境変数を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "サイト内でのユーザの行動を記録する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "多数の仮想ホストを動的に設定する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "PHP5で動的に生成されたページをサポートする" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Perlでページを動的に生成する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Pythonでページを動的に生成する機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "Apache内でのAppArmorによるサブプロセス制限機能を提供する" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "subversionをサポートします" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "ホストが見つかりませんでした" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "不正な「%s」パラメータ" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "sslと「virtual by name」は組み合わせできません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,277 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの環境設定(xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "現在のシステムサービスのステータスを表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "一意な識別子" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "サービス名" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "サービスを無効にします" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "RPCサービスのRPCバージョン" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "ソケットタイプ" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "インターネット(IP)プロトコル" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "待機属性" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "サービスプロセスのuidを決定します" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "サービスプロセスのgidを決定します" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "実行するプログラムのパス名" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "サーバのパラメータ" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "ユーザコメント" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "サービスIDを指定する必要があります。" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "「サービス」オプションを使用してサービスを指定してください。" -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." -msgstr "" -"「id」オプションは、他のオプションと組み合わせて指定することはできません。" +msgstr "「id」オプションは、他のオプションと組み合わせて指定することはできません。" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "待機" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "ユーザ" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "オン" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "オフ" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd(&X)" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "書き込みプロセス中にパッケージ %1 がインストールされます。" -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ %1 がインストールされませんでした。サービスを編集することができま" -"せん。" +msgstr "パッケージ %1 がインストールされませんでした。サービスを編集することができません。" -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "パッケージ %1 は正常にインストールされました。" -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "全てのサービスを有効にする(&A)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "全てのサービスを無効にする(&D)" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "無効(&I)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "有効(&L)" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "現在使用できるサービス" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "変更" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "タイプ" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "サーバ / 引数" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "追加(&A)" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集(&E)" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "状態を変更する(オン/オフ)(&T)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "全てのサービスの状態(&S)" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "ネットワークサービスの環境設定(xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "新しいサービスエントリを追加する" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "サービスを削除できません。インストールされていません。" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "サービスを削除するには、メインダイアログで選択する必要があります" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"サービスを開始または中止するには、メインダイアログで選択する必要があります。" +msgstr "サービスを開始または中止するには、メインダイアログで選択する必要があります。" -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "サービスエントリを編集する" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "サービスを編集するには、メインダイアログで選択する必要があります" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -292,76 +288,76 @@ "全てのサービスに無効マーク(ロック済み)が付けられました。\n" "インターネットスーパサーバが無効になります。" -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "サービス(&S)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPCバージョン(&N)" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "サービスが有効です(&V)。" -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "ソケットタイプ(&Y)" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&P)" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "待機(&W)" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "ユーザ(&U)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "グループ(&G)" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "サーバ(&E)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "サーバの引数(&T)" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "コメント(&M)" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--デフォルト--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -369,28 +365,28 @@ "サービスが空欄です。\n" "有効な値を入力してください。\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "サービス名に「/」の文字を使用することはできません。" -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "ユーザ %1 は内部サーバプロセスのみに予約されています。" -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "パッケージが選択されていません。設定が中止されました。" -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "選択されたパッケージをインストールします。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -398,18 +394,17 @@ "<p><b><big>xinetdの環境設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" -"［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます。" -"</p>\n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -417,8 +412,8 @@ "<p><b><big>xinetdの環境設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -430,19 +425,18 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全かどうかが通知されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ネットワークサービスの環境設定</big></b><br>\n" -"スーパサーバの環境設定で管理されているネットワークサービスを有効にするには、" -"［有効］を\n" +"スーパサーバの環境設定で管理されているネットワークサービスを有効にするには、［有効］を\n" "クリックします。 スーパサーバを停止するには、［無効］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" @@ -452,31 +446,27 @@ "［変更］欄で［X］とマークされているサービスは、\n" "システム設定で変更されます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be " -"configured.</p>" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>サービスの状態:</big></b><br>\n" "［---］とマークされているサービスは無効です(ロック済み)。\n" "［オン］とマークされているサービスは有効です(ロック解除)。\n" -"［NI］とマークされているサービスは、まだインストールされていないため、設定で" -"きません。</p>" +"［NI］とマークされているサービスは、まだインストールされていないため、設定できません。</p>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or " -"Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>サービスの状態の変更:</big></b><br>\n" -"サービスを有効または無効にするには、選択してから［状態を変更する(オン/オフ)］" -"をクリックしてください。</p>\n" +"サービスを有効または無効にするには、選択してから［状態を変更する(オン/オフ)］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" @@ -484,7 +474,7 @@ "<p><b><big>サービスの編集:</big></b><br>\n" "編集するサービスを選択して、［編集］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" @@ -492,7 +482,7 @@ "<p><b><big>サービスの削除:</big></b><br>\n" "削除するサービスを選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" @@ -500,20 +490,19 @@ "<p><b><big>新しいエントリの追加:</big></b>\n" "［作成］をクリックして、フォームに入力してください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>設定をキャンセル:</big></b>\n" "設定をキャンセルするには <b>キャンセル</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "中止した場合、全ての変更内容が失われて元の設定状態に戻ります。</p>\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -523,7 +512,7 @@ "<p>スーパサーバ用に有効なエントリ(サービス)を作成するには、\n" "次の項目を入力します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -549,15 +538,11 @@ "<li>サーバプログラムの引数\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは概要のみを示します。 詳細は、「info xinetd.conf」を参照してくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>ここでは概要のみを示します。 詳細は、「info xinetd.conf」を参照してください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -565,34 +550,29 @@ "<p>［サービス］フィールドには有効なサービス名を入力してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" "transmission.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>「ソケットタイプ」には、stream、dgram、raw、またはseqpacketのいずれかを指" -"定します。\n" -"このソケットタイプは、サービスがストリームベースであるか、データグラムベース" -"であるか、\n" -"IPへの直接アクセスを必要とするか、または信頼性のあるシーケンシャルなデータグ" -"ラム転送を\n" +"<p>「ソケットタイプ」には、stream、dgram、raw、またはseqpacketのいずれかを指定します。\n" +"このソケットタイプは、サービスがストリームベースであるか、データグラムベースであるか、\n" +"IPへの直接アクセスを必要とするか、または信頼性のあるシーケンシャルなデータグラム転送を\n" "必要とするかによって決定します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［プロトコル］は/etc/protocolsに指定された有効なプロトコルでなくてはなりま" -"せん。\n" +"<p>［プロトコル］は/etc/protocolsに指定された有効なプロトコルでなくてはなりません。\n" "たとえば、tcp、udp、rpc/tcpやrpc/udpです。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -608,20 +588,16 @@ "normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［待機］エントリでは、サービスがシングルスレッドとマルチスレッドのどちら\n" -"であるか、およびxinetdまたはサーバプログラムのどちらが接続を受け入れるかを指" -"定します。\n" +"であるか、およびxinetdまたはサーバプログラムのどちらが接続を受け入れるかを指定します。\n" " 値が［はい］の場合、サービスはシングルスレッドです。\n" -" つまり、xinetdは、サーバを起動したら、そのサーバが停止するまではサービス要求" -"の\n" +" つまり、xinetdは、サーバを起動したら、そのサーバが停止するまではサービス要求の\n" "処理を行いません。また、接続を受け入れるのはサーバソフトウェアです。\n" " 値が［いいえ］の場合、サービスはマルチスレッドであり、\n" -"xinetdは新しいサービス要求を処理し続けます。また、接続を受け入れるのはxinetd" -"です。\n" -" udp/dgramサービスの場合は、udpがコネクション指向ではないため、通常は［はい］" -"を設定します。\n" +"xinetdは新しいサービス要求を処理し続けます。また、接続を受け入れるのはxinetdです。\n" +" udp/dgramサービスの場合は、udpがコネクション指向ではないため、通常は［はい］を設定します。\n" " tcp/streamサービスの場合、通常は［いいえ］を指定します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -633,7 +609,7 @@ "役立ちます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -647,81 +623,81 @@ "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Xinetdの環境設定" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetdの設定の初期化" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "設定を読み込む" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "設定を読み込み中..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "inetdの設定の保存" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "設定を書き込めません！" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>全てのサービスに停止マークが付きました。</i></ul></p>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "ネットワークサービス" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "%1 がネットワークサービスを管理します" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "このサービスを有効にします" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 のアップデート" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" @@ -513,14 +513,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "リリースノート(&L)..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -584,49 +584,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス契約" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列(&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します(&A)。" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "この製品をインストールするには、ライセンスに同意する必要があります" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "インストールしたシステムのEULAの場所: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "キーボードテスト(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "ライセンス翻訳(&T) ..." @@ -807,33 +807,33 @@ msgstr "イメージ展開用のハードディスク" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "利用可能なコントローラを検出中" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ディスクの有効化" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD ディスクの設定(&D)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCP ディスクの設定(&Z)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "FCoEインタフェースの設定(&F)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSIディスクの設定(&I)" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定(&W)..." @@ -864,17 +864,17 @@ msgstr "インストールを初期化しています..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "次の追加リポジトリ内にパッケージの更新が見つかりました:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャを起動し、更新を確認してインストールしますか?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "パッケージの更新の表示(&P)" @@ -1195,88 +1195,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "コンピュータを分析中" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB デバイスの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB デバイスを検出しています..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394) デバイスの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "ファイアワイヤデバイスを検出中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "フロッピーディスクデバイスの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "フロッピーディスクデバイスを検出中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラを検出中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラのカーネルモジュールのロード" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラのためのカーネルモジュールをロード中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "ハードディスクの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "ハードディスクを検出中..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "ファイルシステムの検索" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "システムファイルを検索しています..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャの初期化" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャを初期化しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "システム検出" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaSTはコンピュータのハードウェアとインストール済みシステムを検出しています。" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ "インストール時に特定のハードウェアドライバが必要な場合は、「drivers.suse.com」を参照してください。" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ "ハードウェアを確認してください。\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ "(特にs390やiSCSIシステムの場合)。\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1327,8 +1327,38 @@ "ソフトウエアリポジトリの初期化に失敗しました。\n" "インストールを中止します。" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +#| "or the default SUSE registration server." +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" +"リストから検出済みの登録サーバを選択するか、\n" +"デフォルトのSUSE登録サーバを選択します。" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1370,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1356,9 +1386,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1371,7 +1402,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1393,6 +1424,57 @@ "更新リポジトリへのアクセスにプロキシサーバが必要な場合、\n" "「proxy」ブートパラメータを使用してください\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "更新リポジトリ" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "パッケージをコピーする" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "再起動" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "AutoYastプロファイルの選択" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "サウンドの音量を更新しています..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "コントロールファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1446,8 +1528,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "変更(&C)..." @@ -1742,8 +1824,11 @@ msgstr "これらの設定をシステムに書き込んでも意味がありません。" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSHホスト鍵および設定のインポート" @@ -1820,26 +1905,26 @@ msgstr "インストールしたシステムへログファイルをコピー中..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "以前のインストール環境からSSH鍵をインポートする" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" msgstr "<p>SSHサーバはそれぞれ1つまたは複数の公開ホスト鍵によって識別されます。既存のLinuxインストール環境を選択し、そのSSHサーバのホスト鍵(つまりID)を再使用します。/etc/sshにある鍵ファイル(ホスト鍵につき1ペアのファイル)がインストール先の新しいシステムにコピーされます。</p><p><b></b>［SSH設定をインポート］をオンにすると、鍵の他に/etc/sshにあるその他のファイルもコピーされます。</p>" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} (%{device})" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "SSH設定のインポート" @@ -1864,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr "ユーザの要求によって、環境設定をスキップします" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1873,25 +1958,25 @@ "続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "現在の設定に沿うよう提案内容を調整しています..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "システムを分析中..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "エラー: 選択肢がありません" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1904,36 +1989,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "環境設定をスキップ(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "次の環境設定を使用(&U)" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "設定を変更するには、次の見出しをクリックするか、下にある［変更］メニューを使用します。" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "変更する場合は、ヘッドラインをクリックしてください。" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "デフォルトに戻す(&D)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "アップデート(&U)" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "インストールする(&I)" @@ -1968,7 +2053,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1981,7 +2066,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1993,7 +2078,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2005,7 +2090,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2017,7 +2102,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2028,12 +2113,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>UMLインストールの推奨設定</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2044,7 +2129,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "リモート管理を有効にしています..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "システムの役割を変更すると、実行した調節が元に戻る場合があります。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLBの環境設定" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "Iplb(&I)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "グローバルな設定" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "仮想サーバの環境設定" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLBの環境設定" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "IPLBの概要" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLBの環境設定1" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLBの環境設定2" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "グローバル設定(&G)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "仮想サーバの設定(&V)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "チェック間隔" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "チェックタイムアウト" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "失敗回数" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "ネゴシエートタイムアウト" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "フォールバック" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "コールバック" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "エキスパート(E)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "電子メールアラート" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "電子メールアラートの周期" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "電子メールアラートのステータス" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "自動再ロード" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "休止" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "フォーク" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "管理" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "ログファイル" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" @@ -174,151 +174,88 @@ "</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" "</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls " -"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"<b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"<i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "</p><p>Default: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/ or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,234 +265,130 @@ "</p><p>デフォルト: 10秒\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>チェックタイムアウト</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超" -"えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" -"</p><p>定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴ" -"シエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能" -"性があります。\n" -"</p><p>チェックタイムアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない" -"場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"</p><p>接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"</p><p>定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴシエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"</p><p>チェックタイムアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 5秒\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>失敗回数</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>チェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされ" -"ます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェッ" -"クが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>チェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェックが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>ネゴシエートタイムアウト</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>ネゴシエートチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" -"</p><p>定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムア" -"ウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" -"</p><p>ネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合" -"は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"</p><p>定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"</p><p>ネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 30秒\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>フォールバック</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>すべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサー" -"バ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>フォールバック</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>すべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサーバ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>ログファイル</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>このディレクティブで、代替のログファイルを指定できます。ログファイルの" -"先頭に「/」がない場合は、<b>syslog</a></b>(3)ファシ" -"リティ名が想定されます。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>ログファイル</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>このディレクティブで、代替のログファイルを指定できます。ログファイルの先頭に「/」がない場合は、<b>syslog</a></b>(3)ファシリティ名が想定されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: ファイル<i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>への直接ログ。\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関し" -"て、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するに" -"は、perl\n" -"module MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを" -"使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、" -"perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関して、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するには、perl\n" +"module MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラートの周期</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子" -"メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\n" -"アラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、" -"チェック間隔の環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\n" +"アラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、チェック間隔の環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n" "\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。" -"<b>all</b>は、\n" -"「<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>」を表しま" -"す。<b>none</b>を指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オ" -"プションは相互に使用されます。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。<b>all</b>は、\n" +"「<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>」を表します。<b>none</b>を指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オプションは相互に使用されます。\n" "\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: all\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>コールバック</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>このディレクティブが定義されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で" -"変更されると、<b>ldirectord</b>が実行ファイル<i>/path/to/callback</i>を自動的" -"に呼び出します。\n" -"これは、他のハートビートホスト上の<b>scp</b>を介して環境設定ファイルを更新す" -"る際に役立ちます。コールバックへの先頭の引数は、環境設定ファイルの名前で" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>このディレクティブが定義されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で変更されると、<b>ldirectord</b>が実行ファイル<i>/path/to/callback</i>を自動的に呼び出します。\n" +"これは、他のハートビートホスト上の<b>scp</b>を介して環境設定ファイルを更新する際に役立ちます。コールバックへの先頭の引数は、環境設定ファイルの名前です。\n" "\n" -"</p><p>このディレクティブは、ディスク上で環境設定ファイルが変更された後に" -"<b>ldirectord</b>を自動的に再起動するときにも使用できます。ただし、<b>自動再" -"ロード</b>が\n" -"「yes」に設定されている場合は、いずれにしても環境設定ファイルが再ロードされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>このディレクティブは、ディスク上で環境設定ファイルが変更された後に<b>ldirectord</b>を自動的に再起動するときにも使用できます。ただし、<b>自動再ロード</b>が\n" +"「yes」に設定されている場合は、いずれにしても環境設定ファイルが再ロードされます。\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>実行</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>このディレクティブを使用して、<i>configuration</i>という名前の" -"ldirectordのインスタンスを起動します。\n" +"</p><p>このディレクティブを使用して、<i>configuration</i>という名前のldirectordのインスタンスを起動します。\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>自動再ロード</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><ldirectord>が環境設定ファイルの変更を継続してチェックするかどう" -"かを定義します。これが「yes」に設定されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク" -"上で変更され、\n" -"その変更時刻(mtime)が以前のバージョンより新しい場合、環境設定は自動的に再ロー" -"ドされます。\n" +"</p><p><ldirectord>が環境設定ファイルの変更を継続してチェックするかどうかを定義します。これが「yes」に設定されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で変更され、\n" +"その変更時刻(mtime)が以前のバージョンより新しい場合、環境設定は自動的に再ロードされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: no\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>休止</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されて" -"も、カーネルの<small>LVS</small>テーブルから実際に削除されることはありませ" -"ん。\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されても、カーネルの<small>LVS</small>テーブルから実際に削除されることはありません。\n" "その重み付けは0に設定され、新規接続が許可されなくなります。\n" -"</p><p>これには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウ" -"トが切れるまで、\n" -"既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永" -"続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\n" +"</p><p>これには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウトが切れるまで、\n" +"既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\n" "</p><p>この副作用は、次を実行することによって回避できます。\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>procファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、<small>LVSサポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがない" -"ことが、\n" -"おそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、<small>LVSがカーネルにロードされます。\n" -"</p><p><i>no</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルの" -"<small>LVS</small>テーブルから削除されます。デフォルトは<i>yes</i>です。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>procファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、<small>LVS</small>サポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがないことが、\n" +"おそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、<small>LVS</small>がカーネルにロードされます。\n" +"</p><p><i>no</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルの<small>LVS</small>テーブルから削除されます。デフォルトは<i>yes</i>です。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>フォーク</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、ldirectordはすべての仮想サーバに対して子プロセスを生" -"成し、その子プロセスから実サーバに対してチェックを実行します。\n" -"これによって、多くの仮想サーバがある構成の場合、実サーバのステータスの変更に" -"対する応答時間が長くなります。また、メモリの使用量は少なく、\n" -"ldirectordの多くの個別のインスタンスが実行されます。子プロセスは、接続不能な" -"場合、自動的に再起動されます。\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、ldirectordはすべての仮想サーバに対して子プロセスを生成し、その子プロセスから実サーバに対してチェックを実行します。\n" +"これによって、多くの仮想サーバがある構成の場合、実サーバのステータスの変更に対する応答時間が長くなります。また、メモリの使用量は少なく、\n" +"ldirectordの多くの個別のインスタンスが実行されます。子プロセスは、接続不能な場合、自動的に再起動されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>管理</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、ldirectordはバックグラウンドモードに移行しません。す" -"べてのログメッセージは、ログファイルではなく、stdoutにリダイレクトされま" -"す。\n" -"これは、daemontoolsから管理される<b>ldirectord</b>を実行する際に役立ちます。" -"詳細は、http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a>またはhttp://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>を参照してください。\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、ldirectordはバックグラウンドモードに移行しません。すべてのログメッセージは、ログファイルではなく、stdoutにリダイレクトされます。\n" +"これは、daemontoolsから管理される<b>ldirectord</b>を実行する際に役立ちます。詳細は、http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a>またはhttp://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>を参照してください。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: <i>no</i>\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it " -"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -578,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -591,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" "</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the " -"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or " -"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> " -"request. In the\n" -"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , " -"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" "</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" "</p><p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -703,203 +497,116 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" "</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 1\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If " -"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>仮想サーバ</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>IPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)またはファイア" -"ウォールマークで仮想サービスを定義します。ファイアウォールマークは、\n" +"<p><b><big>仮想サーバ</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>IPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)またはファイアウォールマークで仮想サービスを定義します。ファイアウォールマークは、\n" "0より大きな整数です。\n" -"パケットマーキングの環境設定は、<b>ipchains</b>(8)に対して「<tt>-m</tt>」オプ" -"ションを使用して制御されます。すべての実サービスおよび仮想サービスのフラグ" -"は、\n" +"パケットマーキングの環境設定は、<b>ipchains</b>(8)に対して「<tt>-m</tt>」オプションを使用して制御されます。すべての実サービスおよび仮想サービスのフラグは、\n" "この行の直後にインデント付きで指定する必要があります。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>実サーバ</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|" -"hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" -"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>IPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)で実サービスを" -"定義します。ポートが省略された場合は、0が使用されます。これは主に、実サーバの" -"ポートが無視される\n" -"fwmarkサービス用です。必要に応じて、<small>IP</small>アドレスの範囲(または2つ" -"のホスト名)が指定されることがあります。この場合、範囲内の\n" -"各<small>IP</small>アドレスは、特定のポートを使用する実サーバとして処理されま" -"す。2番目の引数では転送方法を定義します。これは、\n" -"<b>gate</b>、<b>ipip</b>、または<b>masq</b>のいずれかです。3番目の引数はオプ" -"ションで、その実サーバの重み付けを定義します。指定を省略すると、重み付け1が使" -"用されます。\n" -"最後の2つの引数もオプションです。これらは、サーバが動作しているかどうかを" -"チェックするときに使用する、要求と受信のペアを定義します。これらは、仮想サー" -"バセクション内の要求と受信のペアを上書きします。\n" -"この2つの文字列は、引用符で囲む必要があります。要求文字列がhttp://...で始まる" -"場合、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートは上書きされます。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>実サーバ</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>IPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)で実サービスを定義します。ポートが省略された場合は、0が使用されます。これは主に、実サーバのポートが無視される\n" +"fwmarkサービス用です。必要に応じて、<small>IP</small>アドレスの範囲(または2つのホスト名)が指定されることがあります。この場合、範囲内の\n" +"各<small>IP</small>アドレスは、特定のポートを使用する実サーバとして処理されます。2番目の引数では転送方法を定義します。これは、\n" +"<b>gate</b>、<b>ipip</b>、または<b>masq</b>のいずれかです。3番目の引数はオプションで、その実サーバの重み付けを定義します。指定を省略すると、重み付け1が使用されます。\n" +"最後の2つの引数もオプションです。これらは、サーバが動作しているかどうかをチェックするときに使用する、要求と受信のペアを定義します。これらは、仮想サーバセクション内の要求と受信のペアを上書きします。\n" +"この2つの文字列は、引用符で囲む必要があります。要求文字列がhttp://...で始まる場合、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートは上書きされます。\n" "それ以外の場合は、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートが使用されます。\n" -"</p><p><small>TCP</small>および<small>UDP</small> (非fwmark)仮想サービスの場" -"合、転送方法がmasqで実サーバの<small>IP</small>アドレスが\n" -"ローカルでない(ldirectordが実行されているホスト上のインタフェースに存在しな" -"い)場合を除き、実サーバのポートは仮想サービスのポートに設定されます。\n" -"つまり、実サーバが別のマシンで、転送方法がmasqの場合のみ、ポートマッピングが" -"有効です。これは、基になる\n" +"</p><p><small>TCP</small>および<small>UDP</small> (非fwmark)仮想サービスの場合、転送方法がmasqで実サーバの<small>IP</small>アドレスが\n" +"ローカルでない(ldirectordが実行されているホスト上のインタフェースに存在しない)場合を除き、実サーバのポートは仮想サービスのポートに設定されます。\n" +"つまり、実サーバが別のマシンで、転送方法がmasqの場合のみ、ポートマッピングが有効です。これは、基になる\n" "カーネルの<small>LVS</small>コードの動作方法に起因します。\n" -"</p><p>これらのエントリのうち、複数のエントリが仮想セクション内に出現する可能" -"性があります。前に示したチェックタイムアウト(checktimeout)、ネゴシエートタイ" -"ムアウト(negotiatetimeout)、失敗回数(failurecount)、フォールバック" -"(fallback)、電子メールアラート(emailalert)、電子メールアラート周期" -"(emailalertfreq)、および\n" -"休止(quiescent)の各オプションも、仮想セクションに出現する可能性があり、その場" -"合、グローバル設定は上書きされます。\n" +"</p><p>これらのエントリのうち、複数のエントリが仮想セクション内に出現する可能性があります。前に示したチェックタイムアウト(checktimeout)、ネゴシエートタイムアウト(negotiatetimeout)、失敗回数(failurecount)、フォールバック(fallback)、電子メールアラート(emailalert)、電子メールアラート周期(emailalertfreq)、および\n" +"休止(quiescent)の各オプションも、仮想セクションに出現する可能性があり、その場合、グローバル設定は上書きされます。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>チェックタイプ</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|" -"<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N\n" -"</p><p>実行するチェックのタイプ。negotiateは要求を送信し、受信文字列を照合し" -"ます。connectは<small>TCP/IP</small>接続の確立のみを試行するため、\n" -"要求文字列と受信文字列は省略される可能性があります。チェックタイプが数字の場" -"合は、negotiateとconnectが組み合わされて、N回の接続試行ごとに1回のネゴシエー" -"ト\n" -"試行が実行されます。これは、サービスが応答するかどうかを頻繁にチェックする場" -"合およびネゴシエートチェックが長い間隔で行われる場合に役立ちます。\n" -"pingは、<small>ICMP</small> pingを使用して実サーバの可用性をテストすることを" -"指定します。pingは、<small>UDP</small>サービスの接続チェックとしても使用され" -"ます。\n" -"offは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバもフェールバックサーバも起動さ" -"れないことを指定します。onは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバが常に" -"起動されることを指定します。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>チェックタイプ</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>実行するチェックのタイプ。negotiateは要求を送信し、受信文字列を照合します。connectは<small>TCP/IP</small>接続の確立のみを試行するため、\n" +"要求文字列と受信文字列は省略される可能性があります。チェックタイプが数字の場合は、negotiateとconnectが組み合わされて、N回の接続試行ごとに1回のネゴシエート\n" +"試行が実行されます。これは、サービスが応答するかどうかを頻繁にチェックする場合およびネゴシエートチェックが長い間隔で行われる場合に役立ちます。\n" +"pingは、<small>ICMP</small> pingを使用して実サーバの可用性をテストすることを指定します。pingは、<small>UDP</small>サービスの接続チェックとしても使用されます。\n" +"offは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバもフェールバックサーバも起動されないことを指定します。onは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバが常に起動されることを指定します。\n" "デフォルトは<i>negotiate</i>です。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>サービス</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|" -"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|" -"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>チェックタイプがnegotiateのときに監視するサービスのタイプ。noneは、" -"サービスを監視しないことを指定します。\n" -"</p><p>simpletcpは、<b>要求</b>文字列をサーバに送信し、それを<b>受信regexpに対してテストします。他のタイプのチェックでは、指定されたプロトコル" -"を使用して\n" -"サーバに接続します。プロトコル固有の情報については、<b>要求</b>および<b>受信" -"</b>のセクションを参照してください。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>サービス</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>チェックタイプがnegotiateのときに監視するサービスのタイプ。noneは、サービスを監視しないことを指定します。\n" +"</p><p>simpletcpは、<b>要求</b>文字列をサーバに送信し、それを<b>受信</b>regexpに対してテストします。他のタイプのチェックでは、指定されたプロトコルを使用して\n" +"サーバに接続します。プロトコル固有の情報については、<b>要求</b>および<b>受信</b>のセクションを参照してください。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト:\n" "</p>

\n" "<dt>* 仮想サーバポートが21の場合: ftp\n" @@ -921,11 +628,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* その他の場合: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>チェックコマンド</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"\n" -"<p>この設定はチェックタイプがexternalの場合に使用されます。これは、実サーバの" -"ステータスをチェックするために実行されるコマンドです。すべてが正常な場合はス" -"テータス0で終了し、\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>チェックコマンド</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>この設定はチェックタイプがexternalの場合に使用されます。これは、実サーバのステータスをチェックするために実行されるコマンドです。すべてが正常な場合はステータス0で終了し、\n" "それ以外の場合は0以外の値で終了します。\n" "</p><p>スクリプトには4つのパラメータが渡されます。\n" "</p></dt><dt>* 仮想サーバIP/ファイアウォールマーク\n" @@ -936,95 +640,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>チェックポート</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>監視するポートの番号。チェックポートとサービスポートは異なる場合があり" -"ます。\n" +"</p><p>監視するポートの番号。チェックポートとサービスポートは異なる場合があります。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 各実サーバで指定されているポート\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>要求</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>このオブジェクトは、各実サーバ上でチェック間隔の秒数ごとに要求されま" -"す。文字列は引用符で囲む必要があります。この文字列は、オプションの実サーバ" -"ベースの\n" +"</p><p>このオブジェクトは、各実サーバ上でチェック間隔の秒数ごとに要求されます。文字列は引用符で囲む必要があります。この文字列は、オプションの実サーバベースの\n" "要求文字列ごとに上書きされる可能性があります。\n" -"</p><p><small>DNS</small>チェックの場合、これはAレコードの名前、または参照す" -"る<small>PTR</small>レコードのアドレスです。\n" -"</p><p>MySQL、Oracle、またはPostgeSQLチェックの場合、これは<small>SQL</small>" -"クエリです。応答が1行以上であれば、返されるデータはチェックされません。\n" +"</p><p><small>DNS</small>チェックの場合、これはAレコードの名前、または参照する<small>PTR</small>レコードのアドレスです。\n" +"</p><p>MySQL、Oracle、またはPostgeSQLチェックの場合、これは<small>SQL</small>クエリです。応答が1行以上であれば、返されるデータはチェックされません。\n" "これは必須の設定です。\n" -"</p><p>simpletcpチェックの場合、\\nが改行文字に置換される場合を除き、この文字" -"列はverbatimに送信されます。\n" +"</p><p>simpletcpチェックの場合、\\nが改行文字に置換される場合を除き、この文字列はverbatimに送信されます。\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>受信</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>要求された結果にこの<i>regexp to compare</i>が含まれる場合、実サーバは" -"動作していると見なされます。regexpは引用符で囲む必要があります。\n" -"regexpsはプレーンテキストの文字列ではなく、特殊文字をリテラルとして扱うにはエ" -"スケープ処理する必要があることに留意してください。このregexpは、\n" +"</p><p>要求された結果にこの<i>regexp to compare</i>が含まれる場合、実サーバは動作していると見なされます。regexpは引用符で囲む必要があります。\n" +"regexpsはプレーンテキストの文字列ではなく、特殊文字をリテラルとして扱うにはエスケープ処理する必要があることに留意してください。このregexpは、\n" "オプションの実サーバベースの受信regexpごとに上書きされる可能性があります。\n" -"</p><p><small>DNS</small>チェックの場合、これは、Aレコードのいずれかのアドレ" -"ス、または<small>PTR</small>レコードのいずれかの名前です。\n" +"</p><p><small>DNS</small>チェックの場合、これは、Aレコードのいずれかのアドレス、または<small>PTR</small>レコードのいずれかの名前です。\n" "</p><p>MySQLチェックの場合、受信設定は使用しません。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>httpメソッド</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n" -"</p><p>要求文字列で指定された<small>URI</small>のフェッチで使用される" -"<small>HTTP</small>メソッドを設定します。<small>GET</small>は、パラメータが指" -"定されなかった場合に使用されるメソッドです。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>httpメソッド</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>要求文字列で指定された<small>URI</small>のフェッチで使用される<small>HTTP</small>メソッドを設定します。<small>GET</small>は、パラメータが指定されなかった場合に使用されるメソッドです。\n" "<small>HEAD</small>が使用される場合、受信文字列は設定しません。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>仮想ホスト</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p><small>HTTP</small>または<small>HTTPS</small>でネゴシエートチェックを" -"使用する場合に使用されます。<small>HTTP</small>要求で使用するホストヘッダを設" -"定します。\n" -"<small>HTTPS</small>の場合、通常、<small>SSL</small>証明書の共通名と一致する" -"必要があります。設定されなかった場合、ホストヘッダは、実サーバがある場合はそ" -"の要求URLから求められます。\n" +"</p><p><small>HTTP</small>または<small>HTTPS</small>でネゴシエートチェックを使用する場合に使用されます。<small>HTTP</small>要求で使用するホストヘッダを設定します。\n" +"<small>HTTPS</small>の場合、通常、<small>SSL</small>証明書の共通名と一致する必要があります。設定されなかった場合、ホストヘッダは、実サーバがある場合はその要求URLから求められます。\n" "最後の手段として、実サーバの<small>IP</small>アドレスが使用されます。\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>ログイン</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p><small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、" -"Oracle、<small>POP</small>、およびPostgreSQLの場合、ログインに使用するユーザ" -"名。\n" +"</p><p><small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、<small>POP</small>、およびPostgreSQLの場合、ログインに使用するユーザ名。\n" "</p><p>Radiusの場合、ユーザ名属性でパスワードが使用されます。\n" -"</p><p><small>SIP</small>の場合、<small>OPTIONS</small>クエリの発信先および発" -"信元アドレスとしてユーザ名が使用されます。\n" +"</p><p><small>SIP</small>の場合、<small>OPTIONS</small>クエリの発信先および発信元アドレスとしてユーザ名が使用されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト:\n" "</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> 匿名。\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL OracleおよびPostgreSQL: 環境設定で指定する必要があります。\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>。ホスト名は次のパ" -"スワードオプションごとに求められます。\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>。ホスト名は次のパスワードオプションごとに求められます。\n" "</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。認証は行われません。\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>パスワード</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p><small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、" -"Oracle、<small>POP</small>、PostgreSQL、および\n" +"<p><small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、<small>POP</small>、PostgreSQL、および\n" "<small>SIP</small>サーバへのログインで使用するパスワード。\n" "</p><p>Radiusの場合、ユーザパスワード属性でパスワードを使用します。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>。ホスト名は、実" -"行時に評価される環境変数<small>HOSTNAME</small>、または\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>。ホスト名は、実行時に評価される環境変数<small>HOSTNAME</small>、または\n" "unameから求められます(設定されていない場合)。\n" -"</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、および" -"PostgreSQLの場合、これは認証が行われないことを表します。\n" +"</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLの場合、これは認証が行われないことを表します。\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><b><big>データベース名</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"<p>MySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLサーバで使用するデータベース。このデータ" -"ベースに対して、クエリ(［<b>受信</b>］で設定)が実行されます。\n" +"<p>MySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLサーバで使用するデータベース。このデータベースに対して、クエリ(［<b>受信</b>］で設定)が実行されます。\n" "これは必須の設定です。\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>radiusシークレット</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>Radiusサーバを使用するためのシークレット。これは、ユーザ名(［<b>ログイ" -"ン</b>］で設定)および\n" -"パスワード(［<b>パスワード</b>］で設定)でアクセス要求を実行する場合に使用する" -"シークレットです。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>radiusシークレット</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Radiusサーバを使用するためのシークレット。これは、ユーザ名(［<b>ログイン</b>］で設定)および\n" +"パスワード(［<b>パスワード</b>］で設定)でアクセス要求を実行する場合に使用するシークレットです。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 空の文字列\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -1037,233 +714,190 @@ "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>スケジューラ</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>負荷分散の目的で<small>LVS</small>が使用するスケジューラ。使用可能なス" -"ケジューラの詳細については、<b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8)マニュア" -"ルページを参照してください。\n" +"</p><p>負荷分散の目的で<small>LVS</small>が使用するスケジューラ。使用可能なスケジューラの詳細については、<b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8)マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>プロトコル</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>使用するプロトコル。仮想が<small>IP</small>アドレスとポートで指定され" -"ている場合は、tcpまたはudpのいずれかである必要があります。ファイアウォール" -"マークの場合、\n" +"</p><p>使用するプロトコル。仮想が<small>IP</small>アドレスとポートで指定されている場合は、tcpまたはudpのいずれかである必要があります。ファイアウォールマークの場合、\n" "プロトコルはfwmである必要があります。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* 仮想が<small>IP</small>アドレスとポートであり、ポートが53でな" -"い場合: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* 仮想が<small>IP</small>アドレスとポートであり、ポートが53の場合: " -"udp\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* 仮想が<small>IP</small>アドレスとポートであり、ポートが53でない場合: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想が<small>IP</small>アドレスとポートであり、ポートが53の場合: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* 仮想がファイアウォールマークの場合: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>チェックタイムアウト</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超" -"えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" -"</p><p>定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴ" -"シエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能" -"性があります。\n" -"</p><p>チェックアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合" -"は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"</p><p>接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"</p><p>定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴシエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"</p><p>チェックアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 5秒\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>ネゴシエートタイムアウト</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" "</p><p>ネゴシエートチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" -"</p><p>定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムア" -"ウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" -"</p><p>ネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合" -"は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"</p><p>定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"</p><p>ネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 30秒\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>失敗回数</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>チェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされ" -"ます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェッ" -"クが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>チェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェックが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 1\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"\n" -"</p><p>仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関し" -"て、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するに" -"は、perl\n" -"module MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを" -"使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、" -"perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関して、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するには、perl\n" +"module MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラートの周期</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子" -"メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\n" -"アラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、" -"チェック間隔の\n" +"</p><p>仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\n" +"アラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、チェック間隔の\n" "環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|" -"<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。" -"<b>all</b>は、\n" -"「<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>」を表しま" -"す。<b>none</b>を指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オ" -"プションは相互に使用されます。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。<b>all</b>は、\n" +"「<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>」を表します。<b>none</b>を指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オプションは相互に使用されます。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>フォールバック</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>すべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサー" -"バ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p><b><big>フォールバック</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>すべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサーバ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "\n" "</p><p><b><big>休止</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されて" -"も、カーネルの<small>LVS</small>テーブルから実際に削除されることはありませ" -"ん。\n" +"</p><p><i>yes</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されても、カーネルの<small>LVS</small>テーブルから実際に削除されることはありません。\n" "その重みは0に設定され、新規接続が許可されなくなります。\n" -"</p><p>これには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウ" -"トが切れるまで、\n" -"既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永" -"続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\n" +"</p><p>これには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウトが切れるまで、\n" +"既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\n" "</p><p>この副作用は、次を実行することによって回避できます。\n" "</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>procファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、<small>LVSサポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがない" -"ことが、\n" -"おそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、<small>LVSがカーネルにロードされます。\n" -"</p><p><i>no</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルの" -"<small>LVS</small>テーブルから削除されます。デフォルトは<i>yes</i>です。\n" -"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされま" -"す。\n" +"</p><p>procファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、<small>LVS</small>サポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがないことが、\n" +"おそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、<small>LVS</small>がカーネルにロードされます。\n" +"</p><p><i>no</i>の場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルの<small>LVS</small>テーブルから削除されます。デフォルトは<i>yes</i>です。\n" +"</p><p>仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" "</p><p>デフォルト: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "チェックタイプ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "チェックポート" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "チェックコマンド" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "httpメソッド" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "要求" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "受信" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "仮想ホスト" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "ログイン" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "データベース名" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Radiusシークレット" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "永続" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "ネットマスク" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "スケジューラ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "仮想サーバ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "仮想サーバ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "実サーバ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "チェックタイプ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "認証タイプ" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "その他" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1271,98 +905,98 @@ "IPv6を使用する場合、次のような形式にする必要があります。\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "実サーバのIPアドレス" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "転送方法" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "重み" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "IPアドレスが有効ではありません" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "新規実サーバの追加:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "実サーバの編集:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLBの環境設定の初期化" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "仮想ホスト設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "仮想ホスト設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLBの環境設定の保存" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig を起動する" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfigを実行中..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要 ..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,226 +14,225 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータの設定" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI設定の保存中..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータ" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータ(&I)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ブート時(&B)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "iSNSアドレス" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNSポート" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "イニシエータ名(&I)" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "オフロードカード(&D)" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "インタフェース" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "ポータルアドレス" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "ターゲット名" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "切断" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "接続済み" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "検出" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "接続" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "認証なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "受信認証" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "送信認証" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "スタートアップ" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "手動設定" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "起動時" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "自動" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "ポート" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "接続したターゲット" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "検出されたターゲット" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータの概要" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSIイニシエータ</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータの検出" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -241,8 +240,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSIイニシエータ設定を初期化中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -250,8 +249,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -259,8 +258,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSIイニシエータ設定を保存中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -272,8 +271,8 @@ " 処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" " </p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" @@ -281,8 +280,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSIイニシエータの設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここで、iSCSIイニシエータを設定します。<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -291,12 +290,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big></b><br>\n" "検出されたイニシエータのリストからiSCSIイニシエータを選択してください。\n" -" iSCSIイニシエータが検出されなかった場合は、［<b>その他(検出されない)</b>］を" -"使用します。\n" +" iSCSIイニシエータが検出されなかった場合は、［<b>その他(検出されない)</b>］を使用します。\n" "次に［<b>設定</b>］を押してください。</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -306,8 +304,8 @@ "［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加のダイアログボックスが\n" "開きます。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -317,8 +315,8 @@ "インストールされたiSCSIイニシエータの概要を取得します。 必要に応じて、\n" "設定内容を編集できます。<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" @@ -326,8 +324,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big></b><br>\n" "［<b>追加</b>］をクリックして、iSCSIイニシエータを設定します。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -335,98 +333,64 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>編集または削除</big></b><br>\n" "変更または削除するiSCSIイニシエータを選択します。\n" -" 次に、目的に応じて［<b>編集</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。\n" +" 次に、目的に応じて［<b>編集</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " -"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>現在のセッションのリスト。</p><p><b></b>［追加］ボタンを使用して追加のター" -"ゲットを取得します。新しいターゲットを検出するための検索が開始され、すでに接" -"続されているターゲットの起動モードは変更されません。<br><b></b>［切断］を使用" -"して接続をキャンセルし、これを使用してリストからターゲットを削除します。<br>" -"起動ステータスを変更するには、<b></b>［編集］を押します。</p>" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>現在のセッションのリスト。</p><p><b></b>［追加］ボタンを使用して追加のターゲットを取得します。新しいターゲットを検出するための検索が開始され、すでに接続されているターゲットの起動モードは変更されません。<br><b></b>［切断］を使用して接続をキャンセルし、これを使用してリストからターゲットを削除します。<br>起動ステータスを変更するには、<b></b>［編集］を押します。</p>" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>iSCSIデバイスに<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>でアクセスする場合、このアクセスが" -"排他アクセスになっていることを確認してください。 そうでない場合は、データ損傷" -"の危険性があります。</p>\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>iSCSIデバイスに<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>でアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他アクセスになっていることを確認してください。 そうでない場合は、データ損傷の危険性があります。</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>［イニシエータ名］は<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>からの値" -"です。\n" -"iBFTを使用している場合、この値はそこから追加され、BIOS設定でのみこの値を変更" -"できます。</p>" +"<p><b></b>［イニシエータ名］は<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>からの値です。\n" +"iBFTを使用している場合、この値はそこから追加され、BIOS設定でのみこの値を変更できます。</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"ターゲット検出を行う際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに <b>iSNS</b> " -"(Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" -" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 で" -"す。\n" +"ターゲット検出を行う際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" +" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 です。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> " -"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" "iSCSIターゲットサーバの<b></b>［IPアドレス］を入力します。\n" -"必要な場合は<b></b>［ポート］のみを変更します。認証が必要な場合、<b></b>" -"［ユーザ名］および<b></b>［パスワード］を使用します。認証が不要な場合、\n" +"必要な場合は<b></b>［ポート］のみを変更します。認証が必要な場合、<b></b>［ユーザ名］および<b></b>［パスワード］を使用します。認証が不要な場合、\n" "<b></b>［認証なし］を選択します。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"<b>Connect</b>. " -msgstr "" -"iSCSIターゲットにより示されるノードのリスト。 いずれかの項目を選択し、［接" -"続］をクリックします。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "iSCSIターゲットにより示されるノードのリスト。 いずれかの項目を選択し、［接続］をクリックします。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>スタートアップ</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>手動</b>］は、iSCSIターゲットをデフォルトで接続しない設定です。\n" @@ -434,113 +398,75 @@ "<p>［<b>起動時</b>］は、iSCSIターゲットをブート時に接続する設定です。\n" "ルートファイルシステムがiSCSIターゲット上にある場合などに使用します。\n" "そのため、initrdによって評価されます。</p>\n" -"<p>［<b>自動</b>］はiSCSIターゲットをiSCSIサービス自身の起動時に接続する設定" -"です。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>自動</b>］はiSCSIターゲットをiSCSIサービス自身の起動時に接続する設定です。</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>認証</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " -"<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " -"Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming " -"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " -"server side and the other way round.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでのデフォルト設定は、<i></i>［認証なし］です。セキュリティ上の理由に" -"より認証が必要な場合には、このチェックボックスをオフにしてください。［受信認" -"証］、［送信認証］、またはその両方に対して<b></b>［ユーザ名］および<b></b>" -"［パスワード］を入力します。</p><p><b></b>注意:<br>ここでの［受信認証］は" -"iSCSIターゲットサーバ側の［送信認証］と相関関係があり、その逆の関係もありま" -"す。</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでのデフォルト設定は、<i></i>［認証なし］です。セキュリティ上の理由により認証が必要な場合には、このチェックボックスをオフにしてください。［受信認証］、［送信認証］、またはその両方に対して<b></b>［ユーザ名］および<b></b>［パスワード］を入力します。</p><p><b></b>注意:<br>ここでの［受信認証］はiSCSIターゲットサーバ側の［送信認証］と相関関係があり、その逆の関係もあります。</p>" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " -"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." -"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note: Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " -"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>この画面は検出したターゲットのリストを表示します。</p><p><b></b>［検出］ボ" -"タンを使用して、IPアドレスで指定したサーバから使用可能なiSCSIターゲットを取得" -"します。<br><b></b>［接続］を使用してターゲットに接続し、接続を確立します。ロ" -"グインに成功すると、列<i></i>［接続済み］にステータス「True」が表示され、ター" -"ゲットが<i></i>［接続したターゲット］画面に表示されます。<br>ターゲットを削除" -"するには、<b></b>［削除］ボタンを使用します。<br> <b></b>ヒント: ターゲットの" -"削除は接続されていないターゲットに対してのみ可能です。必要に応じて、まず<i>［接続したターゲット］で<b></b>［切断］を使用します。</p><p><b></b>注意: " -"<b></b>［検出］を再び開始すると、ターゲットの再検出を行うことになり、すでに接" -"続したターゲットの起動モードが(デフォルトの［手動］)に変更されます。起動モー" -"ドを変更せずに新しいターゲットを追加する場合、<i></i>［接続したターゲット］画" -"面に切り替え、<b></b>［追加］ボタンを使用します。</p>" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "<p>この画面は検出したターゲットのリストを表示します。</p><p><b></b>［検出］ボタンを使用して、IPアドレスで指定したサーバから使用可能なiSCSIターゲットを取得します。<br><b></b>［接続］を使用してターゲットに接続し、接続を確立します。ログインに成功すると、列<i></i>［接続済み］にステータス「True」が表示され、ターゲットが<i></i>［接続したターゲット］画面に表示されます。<br>ターゲットを削除するには、<b></b>［削除］ボタンを使用します。<br> <b></b>ヒント: ターゲットの削除は接続されていないターゲットに対してのみ可能です。必要に応じて、まず<i></i>［接続したターゲット］で<b></b>［切断］を使用します。</p><p><b></b>注意: <b></b>［検出］を再び開始すると、ターゲットの再検出を行うことになり、すでに接続した� ��ーゲットの起動モードが(デフォルトの［手動］)に変更されます。起動モードを変更せずに新しいターゲットを追加する場合、<i></i>［接続したターゲット］画面に切り替え、<b></b>［追加］ボタンを使用します。</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "コマンドが時間切れになりました" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "ユーザ名を入力してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "パスワードを入力してください。" -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "iscsidへの接続時にエラーが発生しました" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "選択したターゲットからログアウトしますか?" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "選択したターゲットからログアウト中にエラーが発生しました。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "レコードが見つかりませんでした。" -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "IP アドレスが正しくありません。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "ポート項目を指定する必要があります。" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "不正なイニシエータ名" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -562,171 +488,162 @@ "\n" "この名前を使用しますか?\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IPアドレスを入力してください。" -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "IPアドレスとホスト名をそれぞれ確認してください。\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "ポートを入力してください。" -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "True" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "False" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"このターゲット名のターゲットにすでに接続しています。 データ損傷を防止するため" -"にマルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "このターゲット名のターゲットにすでに接続しています。 データ損傷を防止するためにマルチパスが有効になっていることを確認してください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "続行する" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "ターゲットはすでに接続しています。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータの設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>iSCSIイニシエータを設定するには、<b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必" -"要があります。</p>" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>iSCSIイニシエータを設定するには、<b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。</p>" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>インストールしますか？</p>" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータ設定の初期化中" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースを読み込みます" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込みます" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "デバイスを検出します" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "デバイスを検出しています..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータ設定を保存中" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "AutoYaST設定の書き込み" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "サービス状態の設定" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "デフォルト(ソフトウェア)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "すべての条件" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"iBFTと<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>でInitiatorNameが異なっていま" -"す。\n" +"iBFTと<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>でInitiatorNameが異なっています。\n" "古いイニシエータ名をiBFTの値に置き換えて、バックアップを作成します。\n" "別のイニシエータ名を使用する場合はBIOSで\n" "変更してください。\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "ターゲットの接続に失敗しました。\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,244 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "LIO 経由の iSCSI ターゲットの設定" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲット" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲット(&I)" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "グローバル" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "ターゲット" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "ターゲット" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "ポータルグループ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "IP アドレス" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "ポート番号" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "すべてのIPアドレスをバインド" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "認証を使用" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "パス" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "イニシエータ" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN マッピング" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "認証" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN の編集" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "認証の編集" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "コピー" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "認証なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "受信認証" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "送信認証" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ブート時(&B)" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "TPGステータス" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲットの概要" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ターゲット</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットの追加" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "iSCSIターゲットイニシエータのセットアップの変更" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲット LUN セットアップの変更" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットエキスパート設定" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -259,18 +259,17 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI LIO ターゲット設定を初期化中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>初期化の中止</big></b><br>\n" -"今すぐ［<b>中止</b>］をクリックすると設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。" -"</p>\n" +"今すぐ［<b>中止</b>］をクリックすると設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -278,8 +277,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI ターゲット設定を保存中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -291,7 +290,7 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが通知されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" @@ -299,8 +298,8 @@ "<p>［<b>保存</b>］ボタンにより、ターゲットに関する一部の情報が\n" "選択したファイルにエクスポートされます。</p>" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" @@ -308,8 +307,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI ターゲット設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここで iSCSI ターゲットを設定します。<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -317,13 +316,12 @@ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI ターゲットの追加</big></b><br>\n" -"検出された iSCSI ターゲットのリストから iSCSI ターゲットを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"検出された iSCSI ターゲットのリストから iSCSI ターゲットを選択してください。\n" "ターゲットが検出されない場合は、［<b>その他 (未検出)</b>］を使用します。\n" "次に［<b>設定</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -333,8 +331,8 @@ "［<b>編集</b>］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加の\n" "ダイアログボックスが開きます。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -344,8 +342,8 @@ "インストールされた iSCSI ターゲットの概要を取得します。必要に応じて、\n" "設定内容を編集できます。<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" @@ -353,8 +351,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSCSI ターゲットの追加</big></b><br>\n" "［<b>追加</b>］をクリックして iSCSI ターゲットを設定します。</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -362,11 +360,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>編集または削除</big></b><br>\n" "変更または削除する iSCSI ターゲットを選択します。\n" -"次に、目的に応じて［<b>編集</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。\n" +"次に、目的に応じて［<b>編集</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -376,10 +373,10 @@ "［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックして続行します。\n" " <br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -389,8 +386,8 @@ "選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。:-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -400,88 +397,55 @@ "［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックして続行します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of " -"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert " -"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "" -"認証のタイプを選択してください。［<b>認証なし</b>］、または［<b>受信</b>］お" -"よび［<b>送信</b>］のいずれか (両方を同時に選択することもできます) を使用しま" -"す。その後、［<b>ユーザ</b>］および［<b>パスワード</b>］を挿入します。" +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." +msgstr "認証のタイプを選択してください。［<b>認証なし</b>］、または［<b>受信</b>］および［<b>送信</b>］のいずれか (両方を同時に選択することもできます) を使用します。その後、［<b>ユーザ</b>］および［<b>パスワード</b>］を挿入します。" -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ターゲットポータルグループからインポートされたLUNへのイニシエータ(iSCSIク" -"ライアント)アクセスを\n" -"付与するには、［<b>追加</b>］を押してください。接続を許可するイニシエータを指" -"定します\n" -"(iSCSIイニシエータ上の 「/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi」にある" -"「InitiatorName」を使用してください)。 ［<b>削除</b>］を使用すると、LUNへのイ" -"ニシエータアクセスが削除されます。</p>" +"<p>ターゲットポータルグループからインポートされたLUNへのイニシエータ(iSCSIクライアント)アクセスを\n" +"付与するには、［<b>追加</b>］を押してください。接続を許可するイニシエータを指定します\n" +"(iSCSIイニシエータ上の 「/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi」にある「InitiatorName」を使用してください)。 ［<b>削除</b>］を使用すると、LUNへのイニシエータアクセスが削除されます。</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the " -"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both " -"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to " -"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b></b>LUNの編集］で、LUNマッピングを変更できます。LUNターゲット番号は一" -"意である必要があることに注意してください。<br>［<b></b>認証の編集］をクリック" -"し、認証の種類を選択します。［<b></b>受信］、［<b></b>送信］、または両方を同" -"時に使用します。その後、［<b></b>ユーザ］および［<b></b>パスワード］を挿入し" -"ます。受信認証と送信認証に異なるパスワードを設定してください。\n" -"前のダイアログで［<b></b>認証を使用］が無効な場合、ここでの［<b></b>認証の編" -"集］は無効です。</p>" +"<p>［<b></b>LUNの編集］で、LUNマッピングを変更できます。LUNターゲット番号は一意である必要があることに注意してください。<br>［<b></b>認証の編集］をクリックし、認証の種類を選択します。［<b></b>受信］、［<b></b>送信］、または両方を同時に使用します。その後、［<b></b>ユーザ］および［<b></b>パスワード］を挿入します。受信認証と送信認証に異なるパスワードを設定してください。\n" +"前のダイアログで［<b></b>認証を使用］が無効な場合、ここでの［<b></b>認証の編集］は無効です。</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>コピー</b>］を使用すると、LUNへの別のイニシエータアクセスを設定できま" -"す。</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>コピー</b>］を使用すると、LUNへの別のイニシエータアクセスを設定できます。</p>" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." msgstr "" -"提供されるターゲットおよびターゲットポータルグループのリスト。新しいターゲッ" -"トを作成するには、［<b>追加</b>］をクリックします。\n" -"アイテムを削除または変更するには、目的のアイテムを選択し、［<b>編集</b>］また" -"は［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。" +"提供されるターゲットおよびターゲットポータルグループのリスト。新しいターゲットを作成するには、［<b>追加</b>］をクリックします。\n" +"アイテムを削除または変更するには、目的のアイテムを選択し、［<b>編集</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］をクリックします。" -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ターゲットの IP/ポートおよび LUN のセットアップ</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"<b>LUN</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -491,34 +455,26 @@ "この名前はターゲットポータルグループ内で一意である必要があります。\n" "LUN の名前を指定しなかった場合、名前は自動的に生成されます。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " -"address\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>IP アドレス</b>］および［<b>ポート番号</b>］で、サービスを利用可能" -"な\n" -"アドレスとポートを指定します。ポート番号のデフォルトは 3260 です。指定でき" -"る\n" -"IP アドレスはいずれかのネットワークカードに割り当てられているアドレスのみで" -"す。" +"<p>［<b>IP アドレス</b>］および［<b>ポート番号</b>］で、サービスを利用可能な\n" +"アドレスとポートを指定します。ポート番号のデフォルトは 3260 です。指定できる\n" +"IP アドレスはいずれかのネットワークカードに割り当てられているアドレスのみです。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"新しいターゲットを作成します。テンプレートの値は正しい値に置き換えてくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "新しいターゲットを作成します。テンプレートの値は正しい値に置き換えてください。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -528,194 +484,184 @@ "この名前はターゲットポータルグループ内で固有である必要があります。\n" "LUN の名前を指定しなかった場合は自動的に生成されます。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"追加の設定オプションをすべて<b>追加</b>、<b>編集</b>、または<b>削除</b>するこ" -"とができます。" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "追加の設定オプションをすべて<b>追加</b>、<b>編集</b>、または<b>削除</b>することができます。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " -"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" -"必要に応じて<b>LUN</b>番号を編集し、［<b>タイプ</b>］を設定します(nullioはテ" -"スト用です)。 \n" -"「タイプ=fileio」の場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへの<b>パス</b>を設定" -"します。［<b>SCSI ID</b>］と［<b>セクタ</b>］の指定は省略することができます。" +"必要に応じて<b>LUN</b>番号を編集し、［<b>タイプ</b>］を設定します(nullioはテスト用です)。 \n" +"「タイプ=fileio」の場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへの<b>パス</b>を設定します。［<b>SCSI ID</b>］と［<b>セクタ</b>］の指定は省略することができます。" -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "認証を変更中に問題が発生しました" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "無効なユーザ名" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "無効なパスワードです。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "選択したLUNはすでに使用されています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "選択した名前はすでに使用されています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"選択したパスはブロックデバイスまたは標準ファイルのいずれかである必要がありま" -"す。" +msgstr "選択したパスはブロックデバイスまたは標準ファイルのいずれかである必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "選択したパスはすでに使用されています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "パス:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "参照" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "ファイルまたはデバイスを選択してください" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "イニシエータのLUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "ターゲット LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "変更:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "ターゲット LUN %1 は複数回使用されています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "少なくとも 1 つの認証を有効にする必要があります。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "イニシエータ名:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "TPG から LUN をインポート" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "イニシエータ名は空にしないでください。" -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "イニシエータ名はすでに存在します。" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "新しいイニシエータ名:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "選択済みの項目を削除しますか?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "TPG %2 でターゲット %1 を作成中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "ネットワークポータルを %1 に設定中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "LUN %1 を削除中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "LUN %1 (名前: %2) をパス %3 に設定中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "%1:%2 の認証を %3 に設定中に問題が発生しました" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "ターゲットを空にはできません。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "ターゲットポータルグループを空にはできません。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "ターゲットがすでに存在しています。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "受信" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "送信" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -729,98 +675,98 @@ "(イニシエータの/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsiを参照)。\n" "本当にイニシエータアクセスなしで続行しますか?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 のイニシエータ %3 の LUN %4 を削除中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 のイニシエータ %3 の LUN %4:%5 を追加中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "イニシエータ %3 を %1:%2 から削除中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 用のイニシエータ %3 を作成中に問題が発生しました" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "%1:%2 のイニシエータ %3 の認証を変更中に問題が発生しました" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲット設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "LIOの設定を保存できません" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "TCMの設定を保存できません" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "lio-utils パッケージをインストールしないままでは続行できません" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "サービス「%1」を開始できませんでした" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲット設定を初期化中" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースを読み込む" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込む" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "デバイスを検出する" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "デバイスを検出中..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -830,37 +776,37 @@ "設定が /etc/ietd.conf に存在する可能性があります。この\n" "モジュールで /etc/ietd.conf から LIO に設定をインポートしてみますか?" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "インポート中にエラーが発生しました。LIO の状態を確認してください。" -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO ターゲット設定を保存中" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "LIO環境設定を書き込む" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "LIO環境設定を書き込み中..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "isnsサービスの環境設定" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "iSCSI設定の保存中..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータ" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSIイニシエータ(&I)" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "iSCSIノード" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "検出ドメイン" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ブート時(&B)" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI ノード名" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "ノードタイプ" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "検出ドメイン名" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "検出ドメインの作成" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "検出ドメインメンバー" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "既存の iSCSI ノードの追加" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "iSCSI ノードメンバーの作成" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "isnsサービス" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>isnsサービス</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNSデーモン設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNS設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" @@ -164,148 +164,96 @@ "<p><b><big>iSNS設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここではiSNSサーバを設定することができます。<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>iSNS サービスに登録された全ての利用可能な iSCSI ノードの一覧が表示されてい" -"ます。</p> <p>ノードは iSCSI イニシエータと iSCSI ターゲットによって登録され" -"たものです。</p> <p> ここではそれらを <b>削除</b> することだけができます。" -"ノードから削除すると、 iSNS データベースからも削除されます。</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "<p>iSNS サービスに登録された全ての利用可能な iSCSI ノードの一覧が表示されています。</p> <p>ノードは iSCSI イニシエータと iSCSI ターゲットによって登録されたものです。</p> <p> ここではそれらを <b>削除</b> することだけができます。ノードから削除すると、 iSNS データベースからも削除されます。</p>" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"すべての検出ドメインのリストが表示されています。検出ドメインの［<b>作成</b>］" -"または［<b>削除</b>］が可能です。<p>ドメインを削除するとメンバーはドメインか" -"ら削除されますが、iSCSIノードメンバーは削除されません。</p>" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "すべての検出ドメインのリストが表示されています。検出ドメインの［<b>作成</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］が可能です。<p>ドメインを削除するとメンバーはドメインから削除されますが、iSCSIノードメンバーは削除されません。</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "" -"検出ドメインによって検出されたすべてのiSCSIノードのリストが表示されています。" -"他の検出ドメインを選択すると、リストがその検出ドメインのメンバーで更新されま" -"す。検出ドメインに対してiSCSIノードの［<b>追加</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］が可" -"能です。<p>ノードを削除すると、そのノードはドメインから削除されますが、iSCSI" -"ノードは削除されません。</p> <p>iSCSIノードを作成すると、未登録のノードを検出" -"ドメインのメンバーとして追加することができます。イニシエータまたはターゲット" -"がこのノードを登録すると、ノードはこのドメインの一部になります。</p> " -"<p>iSCSI イニシエータが検出要求を発信すると、iSNSサービスは同じ検出ドメインの" -"メンバーであるすべてのiSCSIノードを返します。</p> " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "検出ドメインによって検出されたすべてのiSCSIノードのリストが表示されています。他の検出ドメインを選択すると、リストがその検出ドメインのメンバーで更新されます。検出ドメインに対してiSCSIノードの［<b>追加</b>］または［<b>削除</b>］が可能です。<p>ノードを削除すると、そのノードはドメインから削除されますが、iSCSIノードは削除されません。</p> <p>iSCSIノードを作成すると、未登録のノードを検出ドメインのメンバーとして追加することができます。イニシエータまたはターゲットがこのノードを登録すると、ノードはこのドメインの一部になります。</p> <p>iSCSI イニシエータが検出要求を発信すると、iSNSサービスは同じ検出ドメインのメンバーであるすべてのiSCSIノードを返します。</p> " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"一番上にはすべての検出ドメインセットのリストが表示されています。検出ドメイン" -"は検出ドメインセットに属しています。<p>検出ドメインをアクティブにするには、検" -"出ドメインセットのメンバーになる必要があります。</p> <p>iSNSデータベース内で" -"は、検出ドメインセットには検出ドメインが含まれ、検出ドメインにはiSCSIノードメ" -"ンバーが含まれています。</p>" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "一番上にはすべての検出ドメインセットのリストが表示されています。検出ドメインは検出ドメインセットに属しています。<p>検出ドメインをアクティブにするには、検出ドメインセットのメンバーになる必要があります。</p> <p>iSNSデータベース内では、検出ドメインセットには検出ドメインが含まれ、検出ドメインにはiSCSIノードメンバーが含まれています。</p>" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>別の検出ドメインセットを選択すると、検出ドメインセットのメンバーのリストが" -"更新されます。</p>" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "<p>別の検出ドメインセットを選択すると、検出ドメインセットのメンバーのリストが更新されます。</p>" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "新しい検出ドメインの作成" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "検出ドメインにiSCSIノードを追加" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "追加することができるノード" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "ノードの追加" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "完了" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "ターゲットまたはイニシエータ" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "選択済みの項目を削除しますか?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "本当にこのドメインを削除しますか？" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "" -"iSNSサーバに接続できません。iSNSサーバが稼働中かどうか確認してください。" +msgstr "iSNSサーバに接続できません。iSNSサーバが稼働中かどうか確認してください。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "isnsデーモン設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"<p>isnsサービスを設定するためには、<b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要" -"があります。</p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>isnsサービスを設定するためには、<b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>インストールしますか？</p>" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "isnsデーモン設定を初期化しています" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns設定情報を保存しています" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "ジャーナルエントリ" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "次のテキストが含まれるエントリを表示しています" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "フィルタを変更..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "更新間隔" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "表示するエントリ" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "時間間隔" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "フィルタ" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "追加条件なし" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "システムのブート以降" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "前のブートから" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "%{since} と %{until} の間" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "これらの日付の間" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "システムのブート以降(%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "前のブートから(%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "ユニット" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "これらのsystemdユニットが対象" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "ファイル" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "これらのファイル(実行可能ファイルまたはデバイス)が対象" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先度" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "この優先度以上" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "時間" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "ソース" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "メッセージ" Added: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# Japanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Mike Fabian , 2000, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-09-24 20:04+02:00\n" +"Last-Translator: Mike Fabian \n" +"Language-Team: Japanese \n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "項目がありません。" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Matching the filter:" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "以下のフィルタに該当するもの:" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "更新間隔(F)" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ブライユ点字ディスプレイ" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "エントリが見つかりません" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "フィルタ:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "優先度" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "追加情報はありません" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "%s を登録中..." + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "再生時間" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "ソース" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "メッセージ" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,372 +14,344 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "Kdumpの設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "設定表示" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "起動設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "ダンプレベル数(0-31)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "ダンプイメージのダンプ形式(none/ELF/compressed/lzo)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" msgstr "ダンプの保存先にダンプイメージの保存先を含む" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"名前付けのスキーマは、/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]です。" -"「kernel_string」のみ入力してください。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "名前付けのスキーマは、/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]です。「kernel_string」のみ入力してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"KdumpコマンドラインはKdumpカーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "KdumpコマンドラインはKdumpカーネルに渡されるべきコマンドラインを指定します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトのコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい場合にのみ、この変数" -"を設定します。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "デフォルトのコマンドライン文字列に加えてさらに追加したい場合にのみ、この変数を設定します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdumpカーネルのコアを保存したあとすぐに再起動をします。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "カーネルをダンプディレクトリにコピーします。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"保存する古いダンプ数を指定します。0を指定するとすべて保存したままになります。" +msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数を指定します。0を指定するとすべて保存したままになります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "通知メッセージの送信に使用するSMTPサーバ。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "通知メッセージの送信に使用するSMTPユーザ名。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"通知メッセージの送信に使用するSMTPパスワード。パスワードを含むファイル(プレー" -"ンテキストファイル)のパス。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "通知メッセージの送信に使用するSMTPパスワード。パスワードを含むファイル(プレーンテキストファイル)のパス。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する先 (To) の電子メールアドレス" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "通知メッセージを送信する先 (CC) の電子メールアドレス" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "オプションを有効にします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "オプションを無効にします" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "現在のオプションのステータスを表示します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "割り当てられたメモリのサイズ(MB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "保存するページを含むダンプレベルの数" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "ダンプ形式には、none、ELF、compressed、またはlzoを指定できます" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"ダンプターゲットに以下からのターゲットのタイプを含む: ファイル(ローカルファイ" -"ルシステム)、ftp、ssh、sftp、nfs、cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "ダンプターゲットに以下からのターゲットのタイプを含む: ファイル(ローカルファイルシステム)、ftp、ssh、sftp、nfs、cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "サーバの名前" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "接続ポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリ" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "エクスポートされた共有" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "パスワードを含むファイルのパス(プレーンテキストファイル)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "RAWパーティションのudev_id" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"名前付けのスキーマは/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]で、 カーネルは" -"\"kernel_string\"の部分のみを指定します。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "名前付けのスキーマは/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]で、 カーネルは\"kernel_string\"の部分のみを指定します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "コマンドラインオプションを含める" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"kdumpカーネルをブートするランレベルのオプションです。値として1、2、3、5または" -"sのみを使用できます" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "kdumpカーネルをブートするランレベルのオプションです。値として1、2、3、5またはsのみを使用できます" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "ダンプの数を指定します。0を指定するとすべて保存したままになります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "ファームウェア支援ダンプの使用を処理します" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "設定表示:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdumpは有効です(起動オプション\"crashkernel\"を追加)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "kdumpに割り当てるメモリ(MB): %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "kdumpは無効です" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "ダンプレベル: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "ダンプ先設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "ターゲット: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "ファイルディレクトリ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "サーバ名: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "ポート: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "ユーザ名: 匿名接続を許可" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "ユーザ名: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "共有: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "空" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "カスタムKdumpカーネル: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdumpコマンドライン: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdumpコマンドラインに追加する文字列: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump後の即時再起動: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数: 古いものを削除せずすべてのダンプを保存" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP サーバ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP ユーザ: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP パスワード: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump 通知送信先 (To): %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump 通知送信先 (Cc): %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -387,393 +359,388 @@ "カーネルオプション「crashkernel」には、範囲や冗長な値が含まれます。\n" "このカーネルオプションは書き換えられます。" -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "変更を適用するには再起動が必要です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "使用したオプションが正しくありません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "ダンプレベルが設定されました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "オプションの値が誤っています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "ダンプ形式が設定されました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"オプションに指定できる値は、「none」、「ELF」、「compressed」、または「lzo」" -"のみです。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "オプションに指定できる値は、「none」、「ELF」、「compressed」、または「lzo」のみです。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル%1が存在しません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "\"dir\" (ディレクトリ)の値が設定されていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "\"server\" (サーバ名)の値が設定されていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "\"share\" (共有)の値が設定されていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "保存先の値が誤っています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "オプション\"no\"の値が誤っています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "オプション「server」の値が誤っています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "オプション「user」の値が誤っています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "「email」の値が誤っています。" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "ファームウェア支援ダンプ: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "オプションが定義されていません。" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "kdump 設定を保存しています..." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Kdump(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdumpの有効化/無効化" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Kdumpの有効化(&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "Kdumpの無効化(&D)" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "ダンプに含める" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "ゼロ充填のページ(&P)" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "ページのキャッシュ(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "プライベートページのキャッシュ(&T)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "ユーザデータページ(&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "フリーページ(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "ダンプ形式(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "ダンプなし(&N)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "ELF形式(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "圧縮フォーマット(&O)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "LZO圧縮形式(&L)" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "ターゲットを選択(&S)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP サーバ(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "通知先(To)(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "通知先(CC)(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "カスタムKdumpカーネル(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdumpコマンドライン(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdumpコマンドライン追加文字列(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "コア部分を保存後すぐに再起動(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "ダンプディレクトリへのカーネルのコピーを有効にする(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "古いダンプイメージの削除の有効化(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数(&U)" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdumpメモリ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump起動" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - ダンプフィルタ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "ダンプフィルタ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Kdumpイメージの保存先" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "ダンプ先" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP サーバ" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "通知電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "電子メール通知" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kdumpのカスタムカーネル" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "コマンドライン" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "ダンプの設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Kdumpエキスパート向け設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdumpの低メモリ[MiB] (&L)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdumpメモリ[MiB] (&Y)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "合計システムメモリ[MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "使用可能なメモリ[MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdumpの高メモリ[MiB] (&H)" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdumpの有効化/無効化</b><br>\n" -" kdumpの有効/無効を切り替えることができます。ブートオプションである" -"crashkernelパラメータが追加/削除されます。\n" +" kdumpの有効/無効を切り替えることができます。ブートオプションであるcrashkernelパラメータが追加/削除されます。\n" " 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。<br></p>\n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" @@ -781,27 +748,18 @@ "<p><b>Kdumpメモリ</b><br>\n" " kdumpカーネルへのメモリ割り当て。<br></p>\n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ファームウェア支援ダンプ</b><br>\n" -" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化されるまで生成されませんが、パーティ" -"ションの再起動時に実行されます。ファームウェア支援ダンプを実行すると、システ" -"ムメモリは凍結され、パーティションは再起動されます。その結果、オペレーティン" -"グシステムの新インスタンスは前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータをダンプできま" -"す。この機能は、システムのメモリが1.5GBを超える場合にのみ適しています。</p>" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化されるまで生成されませんが、パーティションの再起動時に実行されます。ファームウェア支援ダンプを実行すると、システムメモリは凍結され、パーティションは再起動されます。その結果、オペレーティングシステムの新インスタンスは前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータをダンプできます。この機能は、システムのメモリが1.5GBを超える場合にのみ適しています。</p>" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -813,76 +771,64 @@ " 指定された種類のページがダンプファイルにコピーされます。\n" " 以下の表内でマークされたページ種類がダンプに含まれます。<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -"<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -"<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ダンプ形式</b><br>\n" " <i>ダンプなし</i> - カーネルログのみを保存します。<br>\n" " <i>ELF形式</i> - ELF形式のダンプファイルを作成します。<br>\n" " <i>圧縮形式</i> - ダンプデータをページごとにgzipで圧縮します。<br>\n" -" <i>LZO圧縮形式</i> - ファイルは多少大きくなりますが、かなり高速になりま" -"す。<br>\n" +" <i>LZO圧縮形式</i> - ファイルは多少大きくなりますが、かなり高速になります。<br>\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps.<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdumpイメージの保存先</b><br>\n" -" Kdumpイメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する先のタイプを選択し" -"ます。<br></p>" +" Kdumpイメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する先のタイプを選択します。<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"<i>Browse</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ローカルファイルシステム</b> - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステム" -"に保存します。\n" -" <i>ダンプを保存するディレクトリ</i> - Kdumpイメージを保存するパスを指定し" -"ます。\n" -" <i>参照</i>ボタンを押すとkdumpを保存するディレクトリを選択することができ" -"ます。\n" +"<p><b>ローカルファイルシステム</b> - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" +" <i>ダンプを保存するディレクトリ</i> - Kdumpイメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" +" <i>参照</i>ボタンを押すとkdumpを保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" " <br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." -"<br></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FTP</b> - kdumpイメージをFTPプロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " <i>サーバ名</i> - FTPサーバの名前を指定します。\n" " <i>ポート</i> - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" -" <i>サーバ内のディレクトリ</i> - Kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定" -"します。\n" +" <i>サーバ内のディレクトリ</i> - Kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " <i>匿名FTP</i> サーバに対して匿名FTPで接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" -" <i>ユーザ名</i>と<i>パスワード</i> それぞれFTP接続の際に利用するユーザ名" -"とパスワードを指定します。<br></p>" +" <i>ユーザ名</i>と<i>パスワード</i> それぞれFTP接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -891,16 +837,15 @@ " <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" " <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>SSH - kdumpイメージをターゲットマシンのSSHおよび「dd」を利用して保" -"存します。\n" +"<p><b></b>SSH - kdumpイメージをターゲットマシンのSSHおよび「dd」を利用して保存します。\n" " <i></i>サーバ名 - サーバの名前。\n" " <i></i>ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号。\n" " <i></i>サーバ上のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するパス。\n" " <i></i>ユーザ名と<i></i>パスワード - それぞれSSH接続の際に利用する\n" "ユーザ名とパスワード。<br></p>\n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -916,7 +861,7 @@ " <i></i>ユーザ名と<i></i>パスワード - それぞれSSH接続の際に利用する\n" "ユーザ名とパスワード。<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -926,8 +871,8 @@ "［SFTP］を選択します。SLEサーバはデフォルトで両方をサポートします。\n" "</p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -935,11 +880,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>NFS</b> - kdumpイメージをNFSに保存します。\n" " <i>サーバ名</i> - NFS サーバの名前。\n" -" <i>サーバ内のディレクトリ</i> - kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定" -"します。<br></p>" +" <i>サーバ内のディレクトリ</i> - kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。<br></p>" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" @@ -951,14 +895,12 @@ "<p><b>CIFS</b> - kdumpイメージをCIFSプロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" " <i>サーバ名</i> - CIFSサーバの名前を指定します。\n" " <i>エクスポートした共有名</i> - Windows共有名を指定します。\n" -" <i>サーバ内のディレクトリ</i> - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指" -"定します。\n" +" <i>サーバ内のディレクトリ</i> - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" " <i>認証利用</i> サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" -" <i>ユーザ名</i>と<i>パスワード</i> それぞれCIFS接続の際に利用するユーザ名" -"とパスワードを指定します。<br></p>" +" <i>ユーザ名</i>と<i>パスワード</i> それぞれCIFS接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。<br></p>" -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" @@ -968,8 +910,8 @@ " たとえば <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>のうちの\n" " <i>kernel_string</i>の部分だけを入力してください。<br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" @@ -977,8 +919,8 @@ "<p><b>Kdumpコマンドライン</b>\n" " kexecに渡される追加の引数を指定します。 <br></p>" -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -986,14 +928,12 @@ " is set. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kdumpコマンドライン追加文字列</b>\n" -" このオプション設定では、デフォルトのコマンドライン文字列に「追加」する文" -"字列を\n" +" このオプション設定では、デフォルトのコマンドライン文字列に「追加」する文字列を\n" "指定します。\n" -" <i></i>［Kdumpコマンドライン］を設定した場合にのみ追加されます。<br>\n" +" <i></i>［Kdumpコマンドライン］を設定した場合にのみ追加されます。<br></p>\n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" @@ -1001,21 +941,19 @@ "<p><b>コア部分を保存後すぐに再起動</b> - \n" " kdumpのコアを保存したあと、すぐにシステムを再起動します。<br></p>" -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -"<br></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>古いダンプイメージの削除の有効化</b> - \n" -" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 <i>保存するダンプ数</i>を超えてダ" -"ンプファイル\n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 <i>保存するダンプ数</i>を超えてダンプファイル\n" " が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。<br></p>" -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1024,79 +962,59 @@ " everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>ダンプディレクトリへのカーネルのコピーを有効にする</b>］ - \n" -" このオプションを選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報(インストールされて" -"いる場合)\n" +" このオプションを選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報(インストールされている場合)\n" " をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" " デフォルト値は「オフ」です。マシン自身でデバッグを行う際に\n" " 有用な設定です。<br></p>\n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>SMTPサーバ</b>］ - ダンプを採取した際に、通知電子メールを送信するサー" -"バを指定します。</p>" +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>SMTPサーバ</b>］ - ダンプを採取した際に、通知電子メールを送信するサーバを指定します。</p>" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>ユーザ名</b>］ - <i></i>［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使" -"用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証なしの" -"SMTPを使用します。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>ユーザ名</b>］ - <i></i>［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証なしのSMTPを使用します。</p>\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>パスワード</b>］ - <i></i>［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で" -"使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" -" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証なしのSMTP" -"を使用します。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>パスワード</b>］ - <i></i>［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証なしのSMTPを使用します。</p>\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>通知先(To)</b>］ - ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先の電子" -"メールアドレスを指定します。</p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>［<b>通知先(To)</b>］ - ダンプが保存された際に、通知メールの送信先の電子メールアドレスを指定します。</p>\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>通知先(Cc)</b>］ - ダンプが保存された際に、通知電子メールをCcで送信す" -"る先の電子メールアドレスを\n" +"<p>［<b>通知先(Cc)</b>］ - ダンプが保存された際に、通知電子メールをCcで送信する先の電子メールアドレスを\n" "スペース区切りで指定します。</p>\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>保存する古いダンプ数</b> では、古いダンプを保持する数を指定します。 ダ" -"ンプファイルがこの数を超えると、\n" +"<p><b>保存する古いダンプ数</b> では、古いダンプを保持する数を指定します。 ダンプファイルがこの数を超えると、\n" "より古いダンプが削除されます。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1104,18 +1022,17 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump設定の初期化中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>［中止］</b>をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止する事ができま" -"す</p>\n" +"<b>［中止］</b>をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止する事ができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -1123,8 +1040,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1136,8 +1053,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" @@ -1145,8 +1062,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdump設定</big></b><br>\n" "Kdumpの設定を行ないます。<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1156,19 +1073,18 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdumpの追加:</big></b><br>\n" "検出されたkdumpのリストからkdumpを1つ選択します。\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>編集または削除:</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>［編集］</b>をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されま" -"す。</p>\n" +"<b>［編集］</b>をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1178,8 +1094,8 @@ "インストール済みのkdumpの概要が表示されます。ここから\n" "設定を編集することもできます。<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" @@ -1187,8 +1103,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Kdumpの追加:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>［追加］</b>ボタンを押すとKdumpを設定することができます。</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1198,103 +1114,102 @@ "編集または削除するkdumpを選び、\n" "<b>［編集］</b>または <b>［削除］</b>ボタンを押してください。</p>\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "ローカルファイルシステム" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "ダンプを保存するディレクトリ(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "参照(&R)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "サーバ名(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "ポート(&O)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "サーバ上のディレクトリ(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "匿名FTPの有効化(&Y)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH / SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "エクスポートされた共有(&R)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "ユーザ認証(&H)" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "「ダンプを保存するディレクトリ」を指定する必要があります" -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "「サーバ名」を指定する必要があります" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "「サーバ上のディレクトリ」を指定する必要があります" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "「ユーザ名」を指定する必要があります" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "「エクスポートされた共有」を指定する必要があります" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを選んでください" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"カーネルオプションには、複数の範囲や冗長な値が含まれます。書き換えますか?" +msgstr "カーネルオプションには、複数の範囲や冗長な値が含まれます。書き換えますか?" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "ファームウェア支援ダンプの使用(&F)" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1306,14 +1221,14 @@ "たとえば、一部の設定が正しく読み取られないため、\n" "行った設定が役に立たなくなる可能性があります。\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdumpはサポートされていません" -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1321,134 +1236,130 @@ "「%{cmd}」の呼び出し中にinitrdを更新できませんでした。\n" "詳細については、%{log} を参照してください。" -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump設定を初期化しています" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "カーネルブートオプションを読み取っています..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "メモリ制限を計算しています..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションを読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "使用可能なメモリを読み込んで、その使用方法を調整しています..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "設定ファイル/etc/sysconfig/kdumpを読み込めません" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "カーネルの起動オプションを読み込めません" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込めません" -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "起動オプションの更新" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "起動オプションを更新しています..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "ブートローダへcrashkernelパラメータを追加するのに失敗しました。" -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump の状態: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernelオプションの値: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ対象: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ数: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"警告! 空き容量が十分でない可能性があります。%{required} が必要です" -"が、%{available} しかありません。" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "警告! 空き容量が十分でない可能性があります。%{required} が必要ですが、%{available} しかありません。" -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "アフリカーンス語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "アラビア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "アストゥリア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "ブルガリア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "ベンガル語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "ボスニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "カタロニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "チェコ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "ウェールズ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "デンマーク語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "ドイツ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ギリシャ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英語 (英国)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英語 (米国)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "スペイン語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "エストニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "フィンランド語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "フランス語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "ガリシア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "グジャラーティー語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "ヘブライ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "ヒンディー語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "クロアチア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "ハンガリー語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "インドネシア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "イタリア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日本語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "グルジア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "クメール語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韓国語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "リトアニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "マケドニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "マラーティー語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "ノルウェー語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "オランダ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "ニーノシュク" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "パンジャブ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "ポーランド語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "ポルトガル語(ブラジル)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "ポルトガル語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "ルーマニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "ロシア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "シンハラ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "スロバキア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "スロベニア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "セルビア語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "スウェーデン語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "タミル語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "タジク語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "タイ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "トルコ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ウクライナ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "ベトナム語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "ワロン語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "ホサ語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "簡体字中国語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "ズールー" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,24 +14,22 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "LDAPサーバが実行中で、アクセスできることを確認してください。" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "TLS暗号化の確立に失敗しました。\n" -"正しいCA証明書がインストールされており、サーバ証明書が有効であることを確認し" -"てください。" +"正しいCA証明書がインストールされており、サーバ証明書が有効であることを確認してください。" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -39,8 +37,8 @@ "TLS暗号化の確立に失敗しました。\n" "サーバでStartTLSのサポートが有効になっていることを確認してください。" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -48,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "サーバがダウンしているか、到達できない可能性があります。\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -57,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "DNの値がないか、不正です。\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -66,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "属性タイプが見つかりません。\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -75,107 +73,105 @@ "\n" "オブジェクトクラスが見つかりません。\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "LDAPサ―バへの接続を確立できません。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAPサ―バへの接続時に問題が発生しました。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAPサ―バからデータを読み取り中に問題が発生しました。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "LDAPユーザを書き込み中に問題が発生しました。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "LDAPグループを書き込み中に問題が発生しました。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAPサーバにデータを書き込み中に問題が発生しました。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "LDAPサ―バからスキーマを読み取り中に問題が発生しました。" -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "不明なLDAPエラーが発生しました。" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "詳細の表示(&S)" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" -"不明なエラーです。「yast2-ldap」が使用不能になっている可能性があります。" +msgstr "不明なエラーです。「yast2-ldap」が使用不能になっている可能性があります。" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "この環境設定を本当に保存しますか?" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" -"接続失敗の原因としては、お使いのクライアントは TLS/SSL で設定しようとしたにも" -"関わらず、\n" +"接続失敗の原因としては、お使いのクライアントは TLS/SSL で設定しようとしたにも関わらず、\n" "サーバ側はそれをサポートしていなかったことが考えられます。\n" "\n" "TLS/SSL 無しで接続を再試行しますか？\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "バインドDN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "LDAPサ―バパスワード(&L)" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "サーバ: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "匿名アクセス(&A)" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -185,18 +181,17 @@ "存在しません。指定されたDNの\n" "オブジェクトを作成できません。\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" -"選択したDNのオブジェクトは存在しますが、これはテンプレートオブジェクトではあ" -"りません。\n" +"選択したDNのオブジェクトは存在しますが、これはテンプレートオブジェクトではありません。\n" "別のオブジェクトを選択してください。\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -204,19 +199,19 @@ "LDAPサーバにDN「%1」のエントリが\n" "ありません。作成しますか？\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "開く(&O)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" msgstr "<p>現在の属性の新しい値を設定してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -226,51 +221,50 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>属性に他の値もある場合は、［値の追加］で\n" -"新しいエントリを追加してください。<b></b> ボタンに、現在の属性で使用できる値" -"が\n" +"新しいエントリを追加してください。<b></b> ボタンに、現在の属性で使用できる値が\n" "一覧表示されることもあります。\n" " 編集した属性の値が識別名(DN)でなければならない場合は、\n" "［参照］でLDAPツリーから選択することができます。<b></b>\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" -#. or: -#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" msgstr "<p>属性「%1」の説明(英語のみ):<br></p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "「%1」属性の値(&V)" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "「%1」属性の値 (複数可)(&V)" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "値の追加(&A)" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "空の項目(&E)" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "参照(&W)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -278,28 +272,28 @@ "値「%1」はすでに存在します。\n" "他の値を選んでください。" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "ユーザ管理ツールの環境設定です" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "グループ管理ツールの環境設定です" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "新しいモジュールのオブジェクトクラス" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "新モジュール名(&N)(「cn」値)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -307,71 +301,62 @@ "入力された値はすでに存在します。\n" "他の値を選んでください。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "モジュール名を入力して下さい。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>ここでは、現在のテンプレートを使用してオブジェクトに\n" "属する属性の値を設定します。設定された値は、\n" "新しいオブジェクトが作成されるときのデフォルトとして使用されます。</p>\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template.</p> -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>既存の属性値から新しい属性値を作成する場合は、特殊な構文を\n" -"使用できます。例えば、式「%attr_name」には属性「attr_name」の値が代入されま" -"す。\n" +"使用できます。例えば、式「%attr_name」には属性「attr_name」の値が代入されます。\n" "この機能を使用すると、たとえば「homeDirectory」の値として\n" "「/home/%uid」を指定できます。</p>\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "属性名(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "属性値(&V)" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" msgstr "<p>ダイアログの左側で LDAP ツリーを参照してください。</p>" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ツリー表示内で LDAP オブジェクトを選択すると、表内にオブジェクトのデータが" -"表示されます。選択した属性の値を変更するには <b>編集</b> を押してください。変" -"更した値を保存するには <b>保存</b> を押してください。</p>" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ツリー表示内で LDAP オブジェクトを選択すると、表内にオブジェクトのデータが表示されます。選択した属性の値を変更するには <b>編集</b> を押してください。変更した値を保存するには <b>保存</b> を押してください。</p>" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -379,49 +364,49 @@ "現在のエントリには、保存されていない変更があります。\n" "これらの変更を破棄しますか?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "LDAPブラウザ" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "現在の LDAP クライアント設定" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "LDAP 接続" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP サーバ" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "管理者DN" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "LDAP TLS(&D)" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "匿名アクセス(&N)" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "新しい LDAP 接続の名称を入力してください" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -429,17 +414,17 @@ "「%1」属性は必須です。\n" "値を入力してください。" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "リロード(&R)" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "属性" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "メールの環境設定" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "メールの環境設定の概要" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ "［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止できます。\n" "</P>\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ "次のダイアログで、安全に中止できるかどうかが表示されます。\n" "</P>\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install.</p>" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ "<p>インストールするMTA (メール転送エージェント; Mail Transfer Agent)\n" "を選択してください。</p>" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -96,18 +96,16 @@ "メールが即時送信されませんが、sendmail -qを起動した\n" "後に送信されます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>接続なし</b>］を選択すると、メールサーバはコンピュータ内部での\n" -"配送のみを取り扱うよう設定され、起動します。 MTA にはローカルホストからのみ接" -"続できます。</p>\n" +"配送のみを取り扱うよう設定され、起動します。 MTA にはローカルホストからのみ接続できます。</p>\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" @@ -115,13 +113,12 @@ "\n" "<p>ここでは、各ユーザの送信者アドレスの変更を指定します。</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -129,32 +126,28 @@ "そのオプションを選択できます。認証が必要ない場合は、何も入力しないで\n" "ください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider." -"com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>通常、ダイヤルアップ接続の場合には、送信用メールサーバが必要です。\n" -"smtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力して" -"ください。</p>\n" +"smtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力してください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>［ユーザ名］フィールドには、プロバイダに指定されたユーザ名を入力してくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +"<p>［ユーザ名］フィールドには、プロバイダに指定されたユーザ名を入力してください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" @@ -162,8 +155,8 @@ "\n" "<p>［パスワード］フィールドにはパスワードを入力してください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -171,13 +164,12 @@ "They will not be lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>注意: 説明を単純にするために、このダイアログでは1つのサーバのみを表示して" -"います。\n" +"<p>注意: 説明を単純にするために、このダイアログでは1つのサーバのみを表示しています。\n" "環境設定ファイルに複数のサーバがある場合もありますが、\n" "それらが消えてしまうということはありません。</p>\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -187,22 +179,21 @@ "<p>fetchmailを使用してPOPまたはIMAPサーバからメールを\n" "ダウンロードするための引数があります。</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"</p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>ローカルに配信されたメールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。\n" "他のローカルユーザへ(特にrootなどのシステムアカウントで有用です)、\n" "リモートアドレスへ、またはアドレスのリストへ、リダイレクトできます。</p>\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -212,8 +203,8 @@ "<p>詳細な機能の説明は、「aliases(5)」のマニュアル\n" "を参照してください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -221,12 +212,11 @@ "part of the address.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>受信メールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。エイリアステーブルとは異な" -"り、\n" +"<p>受信メールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。エイリアステーブルとは異なり、\n" "アドレスのドメイン部分も利用します。</p>\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -236,9 +226,9 @@ "<p>1台のコンピュータで、多数の「仮想ドメイン」の\n" "ホスティングを可能にします。</p>\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -250,14 +240,14 @@ "続行すると設定はオンになり、Config Postfixによって\n" "手動での変更が上書きされます。\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -265,130 +255,129 @@ "YaSTではPostfixとSendmailしか設定できませんが、\n" "そのどちらもインストールされていません。" -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "環境設定が書き込まれます。\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "MTA (メール転送エージェント)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "一般的な設定" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "接続のタイプ" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "常時接続(&P)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "ダイヤルアップ(&D)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "接続していない(&C)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "Postfixをデーモンとして起動しない" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "送信メール" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "送信メールサーバに対してMX検索を実行しないでください。" -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS で暗号化する" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "使用する" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "強制する" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "マスカレード(&M)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "認証(&A)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "受信メール" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "詳細(&D)..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "fetchmailの開始(&F)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "手動設定" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "デーモン" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "ダウンロード(&D)" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "エイリアス(&A)..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "仮想ドメイン(&V)..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -397,11 +386,11 @@ "メールをローカルMTAに配信できるようにするには、\n" "%2 中の値 %1 を「%3」に設定してください。" -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -413,213 +402,213 @@ "アルファベットまたは「_」で始まる必要があります。\n" "再度入力してください。\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "送信者アドレスの変更" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "ローカルユーザ(&L)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "表示形式(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "このユーザのアドレスはすでに定義されています。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "メールアドレスの形式に誤りがあります。" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "マスカレード" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "ローカルドメインをマスカレードする(&L)" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "他のドメインをマスカレードする(&S)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "マスカレードするドメイン(&M)" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "表示形式" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "追加(&D)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集(&E)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "削除(&T)" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "ドメイン名に誤りがあります" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "送信サーバの認証" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "送信サーバ" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "メールのダウンロード" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "削除(&L)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "着信メールのリダイレクト" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "エイリアス(&A)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "あて先(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "エイリアスの形式に誤りがあります。" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "このエイリアスのあて先はすでに定義されています。" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "エイリアス" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "エイリアス" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "あて先" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "仮想ドメイン" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "電子メールの環境設定" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "送信用メールサーバ(&O)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -628,16 +617,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>通常、ダイヤルアップ接続の場合には、送信用メールサーバが必要です。\n" -"smtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力して" -"ください。</p>\n" +"smtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力してください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "「差出人」ヘッダのドメイン(&M)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -646,16 +634,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>送信メールの発信元をpc-042.company.comではなくcompany.comと\n" -"表示するには、このテキストボックスまたは詳細設定ダイアログを使用してくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +"表示するには、このテキストボックスまたは詳細設定ダイアログを使用してください。</p>\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "ローカルに配信されるメールのドメイン名(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -666,13 +653,13 @@ "<p>メールをローカルに配信するドメイン名を入力します。\n" "何も入力しないと、ローカルホスト名が設定されます。</p>\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "リモートのSMTP接続を許可する(&S)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -684,25 +671,24 @@ "fetchmailでPOPサーバまたはIMAPサーバから\n" "ダウンロードすることもできます。</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "ウィルススキャン(AMaViS)を有効にする(&E)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>AMaViSによるウィルススキャン</b>を有効にして、\n" "AMaViSで着信メールおよび送信メールを検査します。</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" "<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" @@ -714,8 +700,8 @@ "<p><b>DKIM</b>は、ドメインキーで署名された受信メールをチェックします</p>\n" "<p><b>Clamav</b>は、ソースウイルススキャナエンジンを開きます</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -725,13 +711,13 @@ "<p>まだAMaViSがインストールされていない場合には、\n" "自動的にインストールされます。</p>\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "送信メールにDKIM署名を有効にする(&E)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" @@ -739,41 +725,34 @@ "\n" "<p><b>送信メールにDKIM署名を有効にします。</b></p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>外部に発信する電子メールにDKIMの署名を追加するには、追加の作業が必要になり" -"ます。\n" +"<p>外部に発信する電子メールにDKIMの署名を追加するには、追加の作業が必要になります。\n" "SSL鍵をPostfix内の「mydomain」の値に対して生成するほか、新しいサービス\n" "である「submission」をPostfix内で設定します。これらの設定を完了すると、\n" -"「submission」のサービスから有効なSASL認証を利用し、「mynetworks」から電子" -"メールを\n" -"送信できるようになります。この新しいサービスを利用して送信した電子メールにの" -"み、\n" +"「submission」のサービスから有効なSASL認証を利用し、「mynetworks」から電子メールを\n" +"送信できるようになります。この新しいサービスを利用して送信した電子メールにのみ、\n" "ドメイン鍵の署名が付与されます。</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -781,45 +760,43 @@ "<p>DKIMの公開鍵は、ドメインネームサービス(DNS)を介して提供する必要が\n" "あります。公開鍵はDNSのTXTレコードとして\n" "<b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b>内に保存されるため、\n" -"ドメインネームサービスに対し、この公開鍵を展開するように設定する必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"ドメインネームサービスに対し、この公開鍵を展開するように設定する必要があります。\n" "同じサーバでネームサービスが動作していて、かつこのネームサービスが\n" "権威のある(Authoritative)サーバである場合、公開鍵は自動的にその\n" "ドメインゾーンにTXTレコードとして追加されます。</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "DKIMサポートを有効にすると、ウィルススキャナ(AMaViS)も有効になります。" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "サーバ(&S)" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&P)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "リモートユーザ名(&R)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "パスワード(&A)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "rootのメールの転送先(&F)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" @@ -827,86 +804,82 @@ "<p>システム管理者用にも通常のユーザアカウントを作成して、\n" "そこにrootのメールをリダイレクトすることをお勧めします。</p>" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "配信モード(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［ <b>配信モード</b>］は通常は［直接配信］です。ただし、rootのメールを転送" -"しなかったり、IMAP経由でメールにアクセスしたりする場合は除きます。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［ <b>配信モード</b>］は通常は［直接配信］です。ただし、rootのメールを転送しなかったり、IMAP経由でメールにアクセスしたりする場合は除きます。</p>" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "ユーザリストの読み込み(&U)" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "LDAPユーザ" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "NISユーザ" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "ホスト名に誤りがあります" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "ユーザ名の形式に誤りがあります。" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "rootのメールが転送されない場合、procmailは使用できません。" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "直接配信" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "procmail経由で配信" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "IMAPサーバへ配信" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AmaViSウィルススキャナをインストールします。\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -916,222 +889,221 @@ "利用して実際のスキャンを実行しますが、ClamAVが見つかりませんでした。\n" "スキャナを手動で設定してください。" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "fetchmailメールダウンロードユーティリティをインストールします。\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Dovecot IMAPサーバをインストールします。\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "電子メールの環境設定の初期化" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "MTA (Mail Transport Agent)を検出しています" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "一般的な設定を読み込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "マスカレードの設定を読み込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "ダウンロードの設定を読み込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "エイリアステーブルを読み込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "認証の設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" "%2" msgstr "" "ファイル %1 の読み取りでエラーが発生しました。\n" -"YaSTによって読み取るには、ファイルを既定の形式にする必要があります。詳細" -"は、\n" +"YaSTによって読み取るには、ファイルを既定の形式にする必要があります。詳細は、\n" "「%2」を参照してください。" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "fetchmailの環境設定の書き込みでエラーが発生しました。" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "ファイル %1 の書き込みでエラーが発生しました" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "config.postfixを実行中にエラーが発生しました" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "サービス %1 の起動でエラーが発生しました。" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "一般的な設定を書き込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "マスカレードの設定を書き込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "エイリアステーブルを書き込んでいます" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "ダウンロードの設定を書き込んでいます" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "認証の設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "環境設定ファイルの書き込みを終了しています" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Config Postfixを実行しています" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "サービスを再起動しています" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "メールの環境設定の保存" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "その他" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "常時" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "ダイヤルアップ" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "接続のタイプ" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "送信用メールサーバ" -#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "「差出人:」ヘッダ" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "ローカルドメイン" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "他のドメインをマスカレードする" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "ユーザをマスカレードする" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "リモートのSMTP接続を許可する" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "AMaViSを使用する" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "DKIMを使用" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "仮想ユーザ" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,191 +14,181 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "マルチパスの設定" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "マルチパスの設定" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "マルチパスを使用しない(&N)" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "マルチパスを使用する(&U)" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "ブラックリスト" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Item" msgstr "項目" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "ブラックリストの例外" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "デフォルト" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 msgid "Devices" msgstr "デバイス" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "vendor" msgstr "ベンダー" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "product" msgstr "製品" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "マルチパス" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 msgid "alias" msgstr "エイリアス" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "既定値の設定" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "デバイスの設定" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "ブラックリストの設定" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "ブラックリストの例外設定" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "状況" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "設定" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "不正なパラメータ:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "設定が重複しています。" -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "詳細の表示" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "不正なパラメータ:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "不正なパラメータ:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "項目" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "設定が重複しています。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "/sbin/multipath が見つかりません" -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "マルチパスの使用に失敗しました:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* multipathdを有効化できません。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* multipathdを起動できません。" -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "マルチパスの使用解除に失敗しました:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* マルチパスを停止できません。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* multipathdを無効化できません。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -206,8 +196,8 @@ "<p><b><big>マルチパス設定を初期化しています</big></b>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -215,343 +205,271 @@ "<p><b><big>マルチパス設定を保存しています</big></b>\n" "</p>\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " -"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>マルチパスの状態</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tmultipathd の開始や停止、およびマルチパス情報の確認を行うことができま" -"す。<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd の開始や停止、およびマルチパス情報の確認を行うことができます。<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>multipathd の開始と停止</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tmultipathd を開始するには［<b>\"マルチパスを使用する\"</b>］を押してく" -"ださい。 multipathd を停止するには［<b>\"マルチパスを使用しない\"</b>］を押し" -"てください。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tマルチパスの状態は multipathd が停止している場合でも表示されます。" -"<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd を開始するには［<b>\"マルチパスを使用する\"</b>］を押してください。 multipathd を停止するには［<b>\"マルチパスを使用しない\"</b>］を押してください。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tマルチパスの状態は multipathd が停止している場合でも表示されます。<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>マルチパスの設定</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tマルチパスの設定を行うには［<b>設定</b>］タブを選択してください。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tマルチパスの設定を行うには［<b>設定</b>］タブを選択してください。<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " -"settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " -"settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." -"<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>設定</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tここでは/etc/multipath.conf内のすべての項目を設定できます。環境設定ファ" -"イルには次の4つのセクションがあります。\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>、<b>defaults</b>、<b>blacklist</b>、" -"<b>blacklist_exception</b>、および<b>devices</b>です。<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t［<b>マルチパス</b>］: マルチパスに関する最小単位の設定リストです。" -"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tここでは/etc/multipath.conf内のすべての項目を設定できます。環境設定ファイルには次の4つのセクションがあります。\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>、<b>defaults</b>、<b>blacklist</b>、<b>blacklist_exception</b>、および<b>devices</b>です。<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t［<b>マルチパス</b>］: マルチパスに関する最小単位の設定リストです。<br>\n" "\t\t\t［<b>デフォルト</b>］: multipath-toolsのデフォルトの設定です。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tデフォルト値を設定するには、［<b>既定値の設定</b>］をクリックしてくださ" -"い。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t［<b>ブラックリスト</b>］: マルチパスの候補から除外するデバイス名のリス" -"トです。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tブラックリストを設定するには、［<b>ブラックリストの設定</b>］ボタンをク" -"リックしてください。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t［<b>ブラックリストの例外</b>］: ブラックリストから除外するデバイス名の" -"リストです。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tblacklist_exceptionsを設定するには、［<b>ブラックリストの例外設定</b>］" -"ボタンをクリックしてください。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t［<b>デバイス</b>］: ストレージコントローラの設定リストです。デフォルト" -"の設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。" -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tデバイスを設定するには、［<b>デバイスの設定</b>］ボタンをクリックしてく" -"ださい。<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t設定を保存して更新するには、［<b>完了</b>］ボタンをクリックしてくださ" -"い。<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tデフォルト値を設定するには、［<b>既定値の設定</b>］をクリックしてください。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t［<b>ブラックリスト</b>］: マルチパスの候補から除外するデバイス名のリストです。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tブラックリストを設定するには、［<b>ブラックリストの設定</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t［<b>ブラックリストの例外</b>］: ブラックリストから除外するデバイス名のリストです。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tblacklist_exceptionsを設定するには、［<b>ブラックリストの例外設定</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t［<b>デバイス</b>］: ストレージコントローラの設定リストです。デフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tデバイスを設定するには、［<b>デバイスの設定</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t設定を保存して更新するには、［<b>完了</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。<br><br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>既定値の設定</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tここではグローバルな既定値設定を行うことができます。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tそれぞれの既定値設定は関連する詳細な設定が上書きしない限り、全てのマル" -"チパス設定に適用されます。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tここで既定値の設定を行うと、マルチパスは既定の設定として受け入れます。" -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tそれぞれの既定値設定は関連する詳細な設定が上書きしない限り、全てのマルチパス設定に適用されます。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tここで既定値の設定を行うと、マルチパスは既定の設定として受け入れます。<br></p>\n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -"<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ブラックリストの設定</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tここに表示されているデバイス名は、いずれもマルチパス候補からは除外され" -"るものです。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: <b>wwid</b>、<b>デバ" -"イスノード</b>、<b>デバイス</b><br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一とな" -"る識別子です。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>デバイスノード</b>: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイ" -"スを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名として" -"は cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>デバイス</b>: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別す" -"るために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tここに表示されているデバイス名は、いずれもマルチパス候補からは除外されるものです。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: <b>wwid</b>、<b>デバイスノード</b>、<b>デバイス</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>デバイスノード</b>: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>デバイス</b>: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " -"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ブラックリスト例外の設定</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tここで指定したデバイスはブラックリストから除外されます。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: <b>wwid</b>、<b>デバ" -"イスノード</b>、<b>デバイス</b><br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一とな" -"る識別子です。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>デバイスノード</b>: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイ" -"スを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名として" -"は cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>デバイス</b>: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別す" -"るために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: <b>wwid</b>、<b>デバイスノード</b>、<b>デバイス</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>デバイスノード</b>: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>デバイス</b>: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。<br>\n" "</p>" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." -"<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>デバイス設定</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tここにはストレージコントローラごとの設定のリストが表示されています。こ" -"れらの設定はデフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によっ" -"て上書きされます。<br>\n" -"\t\t\tそれぞれのデバイスは［<b>ベンダ</b>］と［<b>製品</b>］の名前で識別しま" -"す。<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tここにはストレージコントローラごとの設定のリストが表示されています。これらの設定はデフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。<br>\n" +"\t\t\tそれぞれのデバイスは［<b>ベンダ</b>］と［<b>製品</b>］の名前で識別します。<br></p>\n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "10 進の数字でなければなりません" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "不正な値" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "0 より大きい値である必要があります" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "不正な 10 進数" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "空白を指定することはできません" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "マルチパス設定内のmultipathセクションを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "マルチパス設定内のdefaultsセクションを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "マルチパス設定内のblacklistセクションを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." msgstr "マルチパス設定内のblacklist_exceptionsセクションを読み込めません。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "マルチパス設定内のdevicesセクションを読み込めません。" -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "マルチパス設定を初期化しています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "設定の読み込み" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "サービス状態の読み込み" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "デバイスの検出" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "サービス状態を読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "デバイスを検出しています..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "デバイスを検出できません。" -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "マルチパス設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "multipathd の再起動" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "multipathd を再起動しています..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "設定を書き込むことができません。" -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "multipathdの再起動に失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "変更した設定を無視しますか?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション(O)" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "警告: 暗号化は使用されません。" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "変更してください。" @@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "デバイスの型(&D)" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "環境設定名(&C)" @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "トンネルのグループ" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "ブリッジされたデバイス" @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス(&I)" @@ -1306,62 +1306,61 @@ "すでに使用されているIPアドレスが検出されました。\n" "続行しますか。\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "一般(&G)" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "デバイスの起動" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "ファイアウォールゾーン" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "最大転送単位 (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>詳細なネットワークカードの設定をここで行います。</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス(&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>IPアドレスを設定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ハードウェア(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ボンドスレーブ(&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ワイヤレス(&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugdの優先度" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,12 +1375,12 @@ "します。</p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP で既定のルートを変更する" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1781,7 +1780,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1789,7 +1788,7 @@ "<p>［<b>デバイスの型</b>］。ここには、さまざまなデバイスの種類が用意されています。\n" "必要に応じて適切なものを選択してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1799,7 +1798,7 @@ "バスIDを元にしてデバイス名(例: eth1、wlan0)を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\n" "デバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1810,7 +1809,7 @@ "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1821,7 +1820,7 @@ "多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" @@ -1831,12 +1830,12 @@ "指定することができます。この値は<i>option</i>=<i>value</i>の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って入力します。たとえば<i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>のようになります。<b>注:</b> 2つのネットワークカードが\n" "同じモジュール名を使用するように設定されている場合、オプション設定は保存する際に1つにまとめられます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>［<b>Ethtoolオプション</b>］に何らかのオプションを指定すると、ifupはこの値でethtoolを呼び出します。</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1846,7 +1845,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@ "/etc/modprobe.confまたは/etc/chandev.confに書き込まれます。</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1864,62 +1863,62 @@ "に指定されている形式で記述する必要があります。</p>" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA(&P)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "USB(&U)" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "カーネルモジュール(&K)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "モジュール名(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udevルール" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "変更" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "表示可能なポートIDを表示する" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "点滅" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtoolオプション" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "手動によるネットワークカードの選択" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1929,27 +1928,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード(&N)" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索(&S)" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "設定名 %1 はすでに存在します。\n" "他の名前を選んでください。" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"設定名 %1 はすでに存在します。\n" +"他の名前を選んでください。" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390ネットワークカードの環境設定" @@ -1957,131 +1972,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390デバイスの設定" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "ポート名(&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA Takeoverを有効にする(&E)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "レイヤ2サポートを有効にする(&L)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "レイヤ2 MACアドレス(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "読み取りチャネル" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "書き込みチャネル" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "コントロールチャネル" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの［ポート名］を入力してください(大文字小文字は区別されます)。</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの追加オプションをスペースで区切って入力してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースに対してIPアドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする場合は、［IPA Takeoverを有効にする］を選択してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>カードがレイヤ2サポートにより設定されている場合、<b>[レイヤ2サポートを有効にする]</b>を選択します。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>カードがレイヤ2サポートにより設定されている場合、<b>[レイヤ2 MACアドレス]</b>を入力します。</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号(&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMDタイムアウト(&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの［ポート名］を選択してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの<b>[LANCMDタイムアウト]</b>を指定してください。</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "互換モード" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "拡張モード" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTCベースのTTY(Linux同士の接続)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390およびz/OSに対する互換モード" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの［プロトコル］を選択してください。</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "ピア名(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2089,7 +2104,7 @@ "<p>IUCVピアの名前(たとえば、接続するz/VMユーザ名)\n" "を入力してください。大文字小文字は区別されます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2099,7 +2114,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "ハードウェアダイアログ" @@ -2753,29 +2768,29 @@ "ついては、同じディレクトリのファイル「wierless」を参照してください。</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4アドレスラベル(&A)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク(&M)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "ラベルが長すぎます。" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IPアドレスが無効です。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "サブネットマスクが無効です。" @@ -3412,7 +3427,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3421,26 +3436,26 @@ "完全に無効化されています。YaSTでいくつかのオプションを設定できません。" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "ネットワークカード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "モデム" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDNカード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSLデバイス" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "すべてのネットワークデバイス" @@ -4379,79 +4394,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "起動時に自動的に開始する" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManagerによる管理" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "開始しない" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "手動で開始する" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "以下のものを使用して IP アドレスを割り当てる " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPアドレス: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IPアドレス: %s、サブネットマスク %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "まだ設定されていません" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "デバイス名: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "ボンディングスレーブ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "%s でスレーブ化" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "ボンディングマスター" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "接続されていません" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "ハードウェア情報がありません" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "カーネルデバイス(eth0、wlan0)が存在しないため、ネットワークカードを設定できません。多くの場合、ファームウェア(wlanデバイス用)がないことが原因です。詳細については、dmesg出力を参照してください。" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4459,11 +4474,11 @@ "デバイスが設定されていません。［<b>編集</b>］\n" "をクリックして設定してください。\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "必要なファームウエア" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,107 +14,107 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "NFSクライアントの環境設定" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "環境設定されたNFSマウントを表示します" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "NFSマウントを追加します" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "NFSマウントを編集します" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "NFSマウントを削除します" -#. host:path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "リモートファイルシステム(「host:path」の形式)" -#. path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "ローカルマウントポイント" -#. a list? -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "マウントオプション" -#. nfs or nfs4 -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "nfsまたはnfs4でファイルシステムIDを指定します。デフォルト値はnfsです。" -#. CLI action handler. -#. Print summary in command line -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "リモートファイルシステム" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "オプション「種類」に対する値が不明です。" -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "NFSマウントが指定されていません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "条件に一致するNFSマウントが見つかりません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "条件に一致するNFSマウントが複数見つかりました。" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ "正しい IPv6: %2\n" "正しいドメイン: %3" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ "fstabにはマウントポイント「%1」のエントリが\n" "すでに含まれています。" -#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ "70文字以内で、\n" "先頭にスラッシュ(/)を付ける必要があります。" -#. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "<p>The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" @@ -158,127 +158,117 @@ "<p>表にはリモートのサーバからエクスポートされ、このコンピュータで\n" "マウントされている全ての NFS 共有が表示されています。</p>" -#. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" -"<p>それぞれの NFS 共有はリモートの NFS サーバのアドレスとエクスポートされた" -"ディレクトリ、\n" +"<p>それぞれの NFS 共有はリモートの NFS サーバのアドレスとエクスポートされたディレクトリ、\n" "およびリモートのディレクトリをマウントしたローカル側のディレクトリ、\n" -"さらに NFS 種類 (通常の nfs か nfsv4 か) とマウントオプションによって識別する" -"ことができます。\n" -" NFS マウントとマウントオプションについての詳細は <tt>man nfs</tt> を参照して" -"ください。</p>" +"さらに NFS 種類 (通常の nfs か nfsv4 か) とマウントオプションによって識別することができます。\n" +" NFS マウントとマウントオプションについての詳細は <tt>man nfs</tt> を参照してください。</p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいNFS共有をマウントするには、［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックしてくださ" -"い。現在マウントされている共有\n" -"について設定を変更するには、［<b>編集</b>］をクリックしてください。共有のマウ" -"ントを解除して一覧から削除するには、\n" +"<p>新しいNFS共有をマウントするには、［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。現在マウントされている共有\n" +"について設定を変更するには、［<b>編集</b>］をクリックしてください。共有のマウントを解除して一覧から削除するには、\n" "［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>NFSv4 (NFSプロトコルの新しいバージョン)の共有にアクセスする\n" "場合は、［<b>NFSv4を有効にする</b>］オプションをオンにします。この場合、\n" -"固有の［<b>NFSv4ドメイン名</b>］を指定する必要があります。これはファイルと" -"ディレクトリのアクセス権を\n" +"固有の［<b>NFSv4ドメイン名</b>］を指定する必要があります。これはファイルとディレクトリのアクセス権を\n" "正しく設定するのに必要です。</p>\n" -#. selection box label -#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows -#. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFSサーバ(&N)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "エクスポートディレクトリ(&E)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "NFSサーバホスト名(&N)" -#. pushbutton label -#. choose a host from a list -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "選択(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "リモートディレクトリ(&R)" -#. pushbutton label, -#. select from a list of remote filesystems -#. make it short -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "選択(&S)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFSv4共有(&V)" -#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "マウントポイント(ローカル)(&M)" -#. button label -#. browse directories to select a mount point -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "参照(&B)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "オプション(&P)" -#. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "LANでホストをスキャンしています..." -#. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "ネットワーク上にNFSサーバが見つかりませんでした。" -#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -288,19 +278,19 @@ "実行中のSuSEfirewall2によって、\n" "ネットワークのスキャンがブロックされた可能性があります。" -#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "「%1」のディレクトリリストを取得しています..." -#. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイントを選択します" -#. help text 1/4 -#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" "<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" @@ -310,9 +300,9 @@ "ローカルネットワーク上のNFSサーバの\n" "一覧を参照します。</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -324,23 +314,21 @@ " ［選択］を使用して、\n" "サーバによってエクスポートされたもののいずれかを選択します。 </p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"［マウントポイント］に、ディレクトリをマウントするローカルファイルシステム内" -"のパスを入力します。 ［参照］を使用して、\n" +"［マウントポイント］に、ディレクトリをマウントするローカルファイルシステム内のパスを入力します。 ［参照］を使用して、\n" "マウントポイントを対話的に\n" "選択します。</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" "read the man page mount(8).</p>" @@ -348,58 +336,58 @@ "<p>［オプション］の一覧については、\n" "「man page mount(8)」を参照してください。</p>" -#. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "リモートディレクトリ" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS 種類" -#. #211570 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4を有効にする" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4 ドメイン名" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "GSSセキュリティを有効にする(&G)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "NFS共有(&N)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NFS設定(&S)" -#. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 を削除しますか?" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFSクライアントの環境設定" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "ディレクトリ「%1」を作成できません。" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -409,77 +397,77 @@ "NFSクライアントの環境設定は\n" "変更されません。\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFSの環境設定を書き込んでいます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "サービスを停止する" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "サービスを開始する" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "サービスを停止しています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了しました" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFSクライアントの設定を書き込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "/etc/fstabからNFSエントリをマウントできません。" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFSエントリ" -#. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 エントリが設定されました" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "空のオプション文字列は許可されません。" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "オプション「%{key}」の予期しない値「%{value}」" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "不明なオプション: 「%{key}」" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "無効なオプション: 「%{opt}」" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "空白値を持つオプション: 「%{key}」" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 msgid "Configuration of NFS server" msgstr "NFSサーバの環境設定" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 msgid "NFS server configuration summary" msgstr "NFSサーバの環境設定の概要" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 msgid "Start NFS server" msgstr "NFSサーバを起動します" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 msgid "Stop NFS server" msgstr "NFSサーバを停止します" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 msgid "Add a directory to export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリを追加します" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 msgid "Delete a directory from export" msgstr "ディレクトリをエクスポートの対象から除外します" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." msgstr "domain、security 、およびenablev4のパラメータを設定してください。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 msgid "Directory to export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリ" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" msgstr "ディレクトリアクセスを設定するためのホストのワイルドカード" -#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" msgstr "エクスポートオプション(「man exports」を参照)" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"NFSv4 IDマッピング用のドメイン指定。「localdomain」や「abc.com」のように指定" -"してください。" +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "NFSv4 IDマッピング用のドメイン指定。「localdomain」や「abc.com」のように指定してください。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." msgstr "NFSv4サポートの有効化/無効化のYes/No設定。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." msgstr "Secure NFSの有効化/無効化のYes/No設定。" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFSサーバは有効です" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFSサーバは無効です" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "必要なパッケージ(%1) がインストールされていません。" -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "マウントポイントが指定されていません。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -102,27 +98,20 @@ "このディレクトリは、すでに\n" "exportsテーブルに含まれています。" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"NFSv4を有効化せずにドメインを設定することはできません。「set enablev4」コマン" -"ドを利用してください。" +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "NFSv4を有効化せずにドメインを設定することはできません。「set enablev4」コマンドを利用してください。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"コマンドセットは「set option=value」のように指定しなければなりません。利用可" -"能なオプションについては「set help」を参照してください。" +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "コマンドセットは「set option=value」のように指定しなければなりません。利用可能なオプションについては「set help」を参照してください。" -#. Then no need to check for conflict. -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 msgid "" "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" @@ -130,13 +119,13 @@ "%3 と %4 は両方とも、同じクライアント「%1」(「%2 中」)に対して\n" "オプション「fsid=0」でエクスポートされました。" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 msgid "Dire&ctories" msgstr "ディレクトリ(&C)" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 msgid "" "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" @@ -146,8 +135,8 @@ "70文字以内で入力し、\n" "スペースは含めないでください。\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 msgid "" "Invalid option.\n" "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." @@ -155,18 +144,18 @@ "無効なオプションです。\n" "使用できるのは半角英数字および記号(=/.:,_-)のみです。" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" msgstr "オプションに誤りがあります: 「%1」" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" msgstr "無効なオプション: '%1'" -#. %1 is a list of exported paths -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 msgid "" "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" "for %1.\n" @@ -176,49 +165,49 @@ "\n" "環境設定ファイル内に不要なスペースが混入している可能性があります。\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリ(&D)" -#. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "参照(&B)..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "エクスポートパスを入力してください。 例: /exports" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "エクスポートテーブルには、すでにこのディレクトリが含まれています。" -#. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "ディレクトリが存在しません。 作成しますか?" -#. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリの選択" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "ホストのワイルドカード(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "オプション(&P)" -#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue -#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). -#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -226,8 +215,8 @@ "「fsid=0」を指定するには、NFSv4を有効\n" "にする必要があります(1つ前のページ)。\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -235,18 +224,14 @@ "このワイルドカードのオプションは\n" "すでに設定されています。" -#. Opening NFS server dialog -#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"/etc/idmapd.conf ファイルを読み込めません。ドメインは既定値の 'localdomain' " -"になります。" +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "/etc/idmapd.conf ファイルを読み込めません。ドメインは既定値の 'localdomain' になります。" -#. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -254,82 +239,73 @@ "<P>ここでは、NFSサーバをコンピュータで起動し、\n" "一部のディレクトリを他にエクスポートするかどうかを選択します。</P>" -#. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>［NFSサーバを起動する］を選択した場合、［次へ］をクリックすると設定ダイア" -"ログが開き、\n" +"<P>［NFSサーバを起動する］を選択した場合、［次へ］をクリックすると設定ダイアログが開き、\n" "エクスポートするディレクトリを指定することができます。</P>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>このサーバがNFSv4クライアントとの通信を行う必要がある場合は、［<b>NFSv4を" -"有効にする</b>］\n" -"をオンにしてから、IDマッピングデーモンが使用するNFSv4ドメインをテキストボック" -"スに入力してください。\n" -"よくわからない場合は「localdomain」のままにしておくか、idmapdとidmapd.confの" -"マニュアルページを参照してください。</P>\n" +"<P>このサーバがNFSv4クライアントとの通信を行う必要がある場合は、［<b>NFSv4を有効にする</b>］\n" +"をオンにしてから、IDマッピングデーモンが使用するNFSv4ドメインをテキストボックスに入力してください。\n" +"よくわからない場合は「localdomain」のままにしておくか、idmapdとidmapd.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。</P>\n" -#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>サーバとクライアントの間でGSSライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、" -"［<b>GSSセキュリティを有効にする</b>］\n" -"チェックボックスをオンにしてください。GSS APIを利用するには、Kerberosと" -"gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)をインストールする必要があります。</P>\n" +"<P>サーバとクライアントの間でGSSライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、［<b>GSSセキュリティを有効にする</b>］\n" +"チェックボックスをオンにしてください。GSS APIを利用するには、Kerberosとgssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)をインストールする必要があります。</P>\n" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS サーバ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "開始(&S)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "起動しない(&N)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4を有効にする" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "NFSv4を有効にする(&V)" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "NFSv4ドメイン名を入力してください(&M):" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "GSSセキュリティを有効にする(&G)" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFSサーバの環境設定" -#. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -339,79 +315,74 @@ "ディレクトリを選択すると、このディレクトリをマウントできるホストが\n" "下のボックスに表示されます。</P>\n" -#. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>［ホストのワイルドカード］では、選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホスト" -"を設定します。\n" +"<P>［ホストのワイルドカード］では、選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホストを設定します。\n" "単一のホスト、グループ、ワイルドカード、または\n" "IPネットワークを指定できます。</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>アスタリスク (<tt>*</tt>) を入力するとすべてのホストを指定の意味になりま" -"す。</p>" +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>アスタリスク (<tt>*</tt>) を入力するとすべてのホストを指定の意味になります。</p>" -#. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "<P>詳細については、「<tt>man exports</tt>」を参照してください。</P>\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの追加(&D)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集(&E)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "削除(&L)" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "ホストのワイルドカード (H)" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "ホストの追加(&H)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "編集(&I)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "削除(&T)" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "エクスポートするディレクトリ" -#. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -419,8 +390,8 @@ "必要なディレクトリを作成できません:\n" "%1" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -430,65 +401,61 @@ "エクスポートされるディレクトリは\n" "変更されません。\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFSサーバの環境設定を書き込んでいます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "/etc/exportsを保存する" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "サービスを再起動する" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "/etc/exportsを保存しています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "サービスを再起動しています..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了しました" -#. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFSサーバの設定を書き込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." -#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "idmapd.confに書き込めません。" -#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"svcgssdを起動できません。Kerberosとgssapi (nfs-utils)が正しく設定されているこ" -"とを確認してください。" +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "svcgssdを起動できません。Kerberosとgssapi (nfs-utils)が正しく設定されていることを確認してください。" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "「svcgssd」サービスを再開できません。" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "「svcgssd」は動作中です。 停止できません。" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -496,12 +463,12 @@ "NFSサーバを再起動できません。\n" "変更は再起動後に有効になります。\n" -#. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFSエクスポート" -#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "idmap 用の NFSv4 ドメインは %1 です。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "NISクライアントの環境設定モジュールです。" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "NISクライアントとして設定します" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "NISクライアントの機能を無効にします" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "NISクライアントの環境設定の概要を表示します" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "NISクライアントのグローバル設定を変更します" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "指定したドメインに対して使用可能なNISサーバを表示します" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "NISサーバ名もしくはアドレスを表示します" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NISドメイン" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "オートマウンタを起動または停止します" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "ブロードキャスト検索を設定または解除します" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "オートマウンタが使用可能" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -95,11 +95,10 @@ msgstr "" "<p>［ブロードキャスト］オプションを使用すると、\n" "指定されたサーバからの応答がない場合に、すべてのローカルネットワーク上の\n" -"サーバを検索できます。ただし、セキュリティ上の問題が生じる可能性があります。" -"</p>\n" +"サーバを検索できます。ただし、セキュリティ上の問題が生じる可能性があります。</p>\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.</p>\n" @@ -107,49 +106,46 @@ "<p>［エキスパート］では、より詳細な\n" "オプションを設定できます。</p>\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "すべてを選択(&A)" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "選択解除(&N)" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "LAN上のドメイン %1 でNISサーバを探しています..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "ドメイン %1 のNISサーバ(&N)" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ファイアウォールの設定</b><br>\n" "リモートコンピュータから「ypbind」サービスにアクセスできるように\n" -"ファイアウォールを開く場合、［ファイアウォールでポートを開く］を設定しま" -"す。\n" -"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、［ファイアウォールの詳細］をクリッ" -"クします。\n" +"ファイアウォールを開く場合、［ファイアウォールでポートを開く］を設定します。\n" +"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、［ファイアウォールの詳細］をクリックします。\n" "このオプションはファイアウォールが設定されているときのみ有効です。</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" @@ -157,42 +153,33 @@ "<p>NISドメイン(たとえばexample.com)とNISサーバの\n" "アドレス(たとえばnis.example.comまたは10.20.1.1)を入力してください。</p>\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>NIS設定をどのような方法で変更するかを指定してください。通常はnetconfigスク" -"リプトで\n" +"<p>NIS設定をどのような方法で変更するかを指定してください。通常はnetconfigスクリプトで\n" "静的に定義したデータと、動的に取得したデータ(たとえばDHCPクライアント機能や\n" "NetworkManagerなどから)をマージします。これはデフォルトのポリシーで、\n" "ほとんどの場合はこれで十分です。\n" -"［手動でのみ変更］オプションを選択することで、netconfigは設定を修正すること" -"が\n" -"できなくなります。この場合は手動編集します。［カスタムポリシー］オプション" -"を\n" -"選択すると、個別の設定を行うこともできます。この設定はカンマ区切りのリスト" -"で、\n" +"［手動でのみ変更］オプションを選択することで、netconfigは設定を修正することが\n" +"できなくなります。この場合は手動編集します。［カスタムポリシー］オプションを\n" +"選択すると、個別の設定を行うこともできます。この設定はカンマ区切りのリストで、\n" "インタフェース名(ワイルドカードも使用できます)のほか、\n" "STATICまたはSTATIC_FALLBACK\n" -"として特別な値を指定することもできます。詳細については、<i>netconfig</i>のマ" -"ニュアルページを参照してください。</p>\n" +"として特別な値を指定することもできます。詳細については、<i>netconfig</i>のマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" @@ -200,8 +187,8 @@ "<p>複数のサーバを指定する場合は、\n" "アドレスをスペースで区切ってください。</p>\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -213,132 +200,126 @@ "automounterの設定ファイル(auto.*)は、\n" "ローカルコンピュータまたはNIS上に存在する必要があります。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button." -msgstr "" -"<p>automounterをどのように動作させるのかに関するNFS設定は、NFSクライアントで" -"設定することができます。［<b>NFS設定</b>］ボタンをクリックして設定してくださ" -"い。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>automounterをどのように動作させるのかに関するNFS設定は、NFSクライアントで設定することができます。［<b>NFS設定</b>］ボタンをクリックして設定してください。</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "(ネットワークマネージャとDHCPによる)自動セットアップ(&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "自動設定(DHCPを介して)(&T)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NISクライアント" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "netconfig DNSポリシー(&P)" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "手動でのみ変更" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "既定のポリシー" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシー" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシー(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "NISドメイン(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "NISサーバのアドレス(&A)" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト(&B)" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "検索(&D)" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "追加のNISドメイン" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集(&E)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" msgstr "NISを使用しない(&N)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "NISを使用する(&U)" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "エキスパート(&X)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS設定..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "オートマウンタを起動(&M)" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "NISクライアントの環境設定" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "サーバの検索は、ドメインが既知の場合にのみ有効です。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -348,90 +329,77 @@ "LDAPからユーザデータを取得できません。\n" "続けますか?" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " -"host.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>通常は、クライアントがどのサーバを使用しているかを、すべてのホストが問い合" -"わせできます。 ［リモートホストに応答する］を無効にすると、ローカルホストのみ" -"問い合わせ可能になります。</p>" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "<p>通常は、クライアントがどのサーバを使用しているかを、すべてのホストが問い合わせできます。 ［リモートホストに応答する］を無効にすると、ローカルホストのみ問い合わせ可能になります。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>特権のないポートを使用しているサーバからの応答を受け入れるには、［ブローク" -"ンサーバ］を選択してください。しかし、セキュリティ上の問題が生じる可能性があ" -"るので、そのようなサーバは交換することをお勧めします。</p>" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>特権のないポートを使用しているサーバからの応答を受け入れるには、［ブロークンサーバ］を選択してください。しかし、セキュリティ上の問題が生じる可能性があるので、そのようなサーバは交換することをお勧めします。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>他のオプションの詳細については、「man ypbind」を参照してください。</p>" +msgstr "<p>他のオプションの詳細については、「man ypbind」を参照してください。</p>" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "リモートホストに応答する(&W)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "ブロークンサーバ(&O)" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "その他のypbindのオプション（&Y）" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "サーバ(カンマ','またはスペース' 'で区切られます)(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "SLP(&S)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "ドメインの設定" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "ドメイン名(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "このドメインは、すでに定義されています。" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "サーバアドレス「%1」のフォーマットに誤りがあります。" -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -439,65 +407,62 @@ "ブロードキャストオプションとSLPオプションを両方指定\n" "することはできません。どちらか1つを選択してください。" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" msgstr "<p>追加のドメインのサーバを指定してください。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サービスロケーションプロトコル(SLP)は、NISサーバの検索に使用できます。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>サービスロケーションプロトコル(SLP)は、NISサーバの検索に使用できます。</p>" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "追加のドメイン" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "ドメイン" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "サーバ" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "追加(&D)" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "本当にこのドメインを削除しますか？" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NISが使用可能になっています。" -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -507,8 +472,8 @@ "ドメイン名は使用できません。\n" "ドメイン名は最長で64文字です。\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -518,100 +483,100 @@ "IPアドレスのみ使用できます。\n" "\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "オートマウンタパッケージをインストールします。\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "DHCPを使用" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "NISクライアントが使用可能" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NISドメイン" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "NISサーバ" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "その他のドメイン" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "ローカルホストにのみ応答する" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "ブロークンサーバ" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "ypbindのオプション" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "クライアントが使用可能" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "NISの環境設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "サービスを停止する" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "サービスを開始する" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "サービスを停止しています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了しました" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "NISクライアントの設定を書き込んでいます" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "ypclientの実行中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NISサーバが見つかりません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "NISサーバ環境設定モジュール。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "NISサーバの環境設定の概要を表示します" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "NISサーバを停止します" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "NISマスタサーバを設定します" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "NISスレーブサーバを設定します" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NISドメイン" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "NISマスタサーバのIPアドレス" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "yppasswdサービスを開始または停止します" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "YPのソースディレクトリ" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "サーバから配布されたマップ" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "サーバへの問い合わせ許可のあるホスト(「netmask:network」)" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "設定されたNISサーバがありません。" -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "NISマスタサーバが設定されています。" -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "NISスレーブサーバが設定されています。" -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NISドメイン" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "YPのソースディレクトリ: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "使用可能なマップ: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "NISマスタサーバ: " -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "サーバへの問い合わせ許可のあるホスト(netmask:network):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "必要なパッケージ(%1)がインストールされていません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "%1 は無効なネットマスクです。\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "%1 は無効なネットワークです。\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "次のマップはサポートされていません。\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "NISマスタサーバのIPが指定されていません。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" @@ -157,79 +157,74 @@ "<p>NISサーバのソースディレクトリを変更できます\n" "(通常は、[/etc]です)。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow\n" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" "file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>お使いのシステムで <i>passwd</i> ファイルと <i>shadow</i> をマージすべきか" -"どうか\n" -"を選択してください ( <i>shadow</i> ファイルが存在する場合にのみ可能です) 。 " -"</p>\n" +"<p>お使いのシステムで <i>passwd</i> ファイルと <i>shadow</i> をマージすべきかどうか\n" +"を選択してください ( <i>shadow</i> ファイルが存在する場合にのみ可能です) 。 </p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" msgstr "<p>最小ユーザIDとグループIDも調整できます。</p>" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "最小ユーザID(&U)" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "最小グループID(&G)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "YPのソースディレクトリ(&Y)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "パスワードをマージする(&S)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "NISマスタサーバの詳細セットアップ" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは、どのマップが使用可能か調整します。</p>" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "マップ(&M)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "NISサーバのマップのセットアップ" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>NISドメインを入力してください。このホストがサーバでもあり、NISクライアント" -"でもある場合は、\n" +"<p>NISドメインを入力してください。このホストがサーバでもあり、NISクライアントでもある場合は、\n" "対応するオプションをチェックしてください。</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" @@ -241,134 +236,127 @@ "[高速マップ配布]<i> </i>を選択すると、\n" "マップのスレーブへの転送が速くなります。</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>[パスワードの変更を許可する]を選択すると、NISを使用してユーザが自分のパス" -"ワードを変更できます。\n" -"ログインシェルまたはGECOSエントリ(姓名や関連情報)を変更するためのボタンを使用" -"して、\n" +"<p>[パスワードの変更を許可する]を選択すると、NISを使用してユーザが自分のパスワードを変更できます。\n" +"ログインシェルまたはGECOSエントリ(姓名や関連情報)を変更するためのボタンを使用して、\n" "このような詳細なオプションをセットアップします。</p>\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "GECOSフィールドの変更を許可する(&G)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "ログインシェルの変更を許可する(&S)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "パスワードの変更を許可する(&P)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "このホストはNISクライアントでもあります(&C)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "NISドメイン名(&D)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "アクティブなNISスレーブサーバが存在する(&E)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "高速マップ配布(rpc.ypxfrd)(&F)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "パスワードの変更" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "その他のグローバル設定(&O)..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "マスタサーバのセットアップ" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"このコンピュータは、DHCP経由でNISドメイン名が変更されるようにセットアップされ" -"ています。\n" -"これにより、今入力したドメイン名は置き換えられる可能性があります。設定を確認" -"し、\n" +"このコンピュータは、DHCP経由でNISドメイン名が変更されるようにセットアップされています。\n" +"これにより、今入力したドメイン名は置き換えられる可能性があります。設定を確認し、\n" "NISサーバでDHCPクライアントを実行しないような設定を検討してください。\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>[ファイアウォールの設定]<br>\n" "リモートコンピュータからNISサーバにアクセスできるように\n" -"ファイアウォールのポートを開く場合、[ファイアウォールでポートを開く]を設定し" -"ます。\n" -"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、[ファイアウォールの詳細]をクリック" -"します。\n" +"ファイアウォールのポートを開く場合、[ファイアウォールでポートを開く]を設定します。\n" +"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、[ファイアウォールの詳細]をクリックします。\n" "このオプションはファイアウォールが設定されているときのみ有効です。</p>\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "ネットマスクとネットワークの編集" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク(&M)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "ネットワーク(&W)" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "ネットマスクが正しくありません！\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "ネットワークが正しくありません！\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>NISサーバへ問い合わせできるホストを入力してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" "to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -376,144 +364,127 @@ "<p>ホストのアドレスは、[ネットワーク]の設定が、ホストアドレス\n" "と[ネットマスク]のビット単位ANDに一致する場合に許可されます。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>ローカルホストからの接続を許可するには、[ネットマスク]<tt>255.0.0.0</tt>" -"と\n" -"[ネットワーク]<tt>127.0.0.0</tt>のエントリーが存在しなければなりません。\n" +"<p>ローカルホストからの接続を許可するには、[ネットマスク]<tt>255.0.0.0</tt>と\n" +"[ネットワーク]<tt>127.0.0.0</tt>のエントリーが存在しなければなりません。</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>[ネットマスク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>と\n" -"[ネットワーク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>\"を入力すると、すべてのホストにアクセスできる" -"ようになります。</p>" +"[ネットワーク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>\"を入力すると、すべてのホストにアクセスできるようになります。</p>" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "ネットマスク" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "ネットワーク" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "NISサーバの問い合わせホストのセットアップ" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the " -"master NIS server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>NIS<b>ドメイン</b>とIP<b>アドレス</b>またはマスタNISサーバのホスト名を入力" -"します。</p>" +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p>NIS<b>ドメイン</b>とIP<b>アドレス</b>またはマスタNISサーバのホスト名を入力します。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このホストがNISクライアントであり、サーバとしても使用する場合は、対応する" -"オプションをチェックしてください。</p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このホストがNISクライアントであり、サーバとしても使用する場合は、対応するオプションをチェックしてください。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "NISドメイン名(&I):" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "NISマスタサーバ(&M):" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "スレーブサーバのセットアップ" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "リモートホスト(&R)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "スレーブのホスト名(&S)" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "スレーブの編集" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "LAN上でホストをスキャンしています..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"<i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and " -"<i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここで、NISサーバのスレーブとして環境設定するホストの名前を入力します。新" -"規のホストを追加するときは[追加]、既存のエントリを変更するときは[編集]、エン" -"トリを削除するときは[削除]を使用してください。</p>" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここで、NISサーバのスレーブとして環境設定するホストの名前を入力します。新規のホストを追加するときは[追加]、既存のエントリを変更するときは[編集]、エントリを削除するときは[削除]を使用してください。</p>" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "スレーブ(&S)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "NISマスタサーバのスレーブのセットアップ" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完了" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "環境設定を本当に保存しますか？" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "終了" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "本当に編集結果を保存しないで終了しますか？" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "エラーの詳細" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -521,13 +492,13 @@ "環境設定で次のエラーが発生しました:\n" " %1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" "<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" @@ -535,8 +506,8 @@ "<p>NISサーバを[マスタ]または[スレーブ]として設定するか、\n" "NISサーバの環境設定を行わないか選択してください。</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" "configure it.</p>" @@ -544,210 +515,210 @@ "<p>NISサーバを環境設定する場合は、まずNISサーバのパッケージを\n" "インストールします。</p>" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "NISソフトウェアがインストールされていません。" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NISマスタサーバをインストールおよびセットアップする(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NISスレーブサーバをインストールおよびセットアップする(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "何もしないでセットアップを中止する(&D)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "NISソフトウェアがインストールされています。" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "マスタ" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "スレーブ" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "NIS %1 サーバが設定されています。" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NISマスタサーバを再度設定する(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NISマスタサーバに変更する(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NISスレーブサーバを再度設定する(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NISスレーブサーバに変更する(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "すべてのNISサーバの環境設定を無効にする(&D)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "NISマスタサーバを作成する(&M)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "NISスレーブサーバを作成する(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "現在のステータス:" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "ご希望の項目を選んでください" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "Network Information Service (NIS)サーバのセットアップ" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "NISサーバの環境設定" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化しています..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>環境設定を読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください。</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "NISサーバのセットアップの初期化" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "「%1」ファイルを読み込む" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "実行中のサービスを検出する" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "サーバタイプを検出する" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を読み込む" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "「%1」を読み込んでいます..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "実行中のサービスを検出しています..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "サーバタイプを検出しています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "終了しました。" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" msgstr "<p>環境設定を保存しています。しばらくお待ちください。</p>" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "NISサーバのセットアップの保存" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を保存する" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を保存しています..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "%1 の削除中にエラーが発生しました\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "ディレクトリ %1 を作成できません。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "マップの一覧を取得できません。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "%1 マップをマスタから抽出しているときに、エラーが発生しました。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "スレーブでの一覧を取得できませんでした。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -755,165 +726,165 @@ "このホストのホスト名 (%1) は\n" "マスタのリストに含まれていません。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "ファイル %1 の保存でエラーが発生しました\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "ドメイン名のセットアップでエラーが発生しました\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "変数 %1 のセットアップでエラーが発生しました\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "%1 デーモンの停止中にエラーが発生しました\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "%1 デーモンの起動中にエラーが発生しました\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "空のユーザデータベースを作成しているときに、エラーが発生しました。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "ypserversマップの作成中にエラーが発生しました。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "データベースの作成中にエラーが発生しました。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "クライアントの環境設定中にエラーが発生しました。\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "/var/yp/%1 を削除する" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "/var/yp/%1 を削除しています" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "実行しているデーモンを停止する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "実行しているデーモンを停止しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "マスタからマップを取得する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "マスタからマップを取得しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "サーバへ問い合わせできるホストを保存する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "サーバへ問い合わせできるホストを保存しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "設定の変数を設定する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "設定の変数を設定しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "デーモンを起動する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "デーモンを起動しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "スレーブを保存する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "スレーブを保存しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "デーモンを起動する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "デーモンを起動する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "初期データベースを作成する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "データベースを作成しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "NISクライアントを起動する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "NISクライアントを起動しています。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "NISクライアントを停止する。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NISクライアントを停止しています。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,86 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "NTP の設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>今すぐ同期</b>を押し、選択したNTPサーバを使用して正しいシステム時間を設" -"定します。NTPを永続的に使用するには、<b>NTP設定の保存</b>オプションを有効にし" -"ます</p>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>今すぐ同期</b>を押し、選択したNTPサーバを使用して正しいシステム時間を設定します。NTPを永続的に使用するには、<b>NTP設定の保存</b>オプションを有効にします</p>" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>NTPをデーモンとして実行する</b>］オプションを有効にすると、NTPサービ" -"スはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定" -"期的に同期されます。デフォルトでは15分おきに同期を行います。<b>yast2 ntp-" -"client</b>モジュールを実行してインストールを行うと、同期間隔を設定することが" -"できるようになります。</p>" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>NTPをデーモンとして実行する</b>］オプションを有効にすると、NTPサービスはデーモンとして起動するようになります。有効にしない場合、システム時刻は定期的に同期されます。デフォルトでは15分おきに同期を行います。<b>yast2 ntp-client</b>モジュールを実行してインストールを行うと、同期間隔を設定することができるようになります。</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>設定</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、NTPの詳細な設定を開くことができま" -"す。</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>設定</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、NTPの詳細な設定を開くことができます。</p>" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定するこ" -"とができます。</p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "<p> NTP サーバとの時刻同期はネットワークが設定されている場合にのみ指定することができます。</p>" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "NTP サーバのホスト名 %1 が正しくありません。" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTPサーバのアドレス(&N)" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTPをデーモンとして実行する(&R)" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP設定を保存する(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "今すぐ同期(&Y)" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "設定(&C)..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -101,492 +78,489 @@ "パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\n" "NTPサーバとの同期を行うことができません。" -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "NTP サーバと同期しています..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "選択したNTPサーバへの接続に失敗しました。" -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" "サーバ「%1」へのクエリのテストに失敗しました。\n" -"まだサーバにアクセスできない場合、またはネットワークが設定されていない場" -"合、\n" +"まだサーバにアクセスできない場合、またはネットワークが設定されていない場合、\n" "［いいえ］をクリックして無視してください。NTPサーバ設定に再アクセスしますか?" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG Audio Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "Generic Reference Driver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "EES M201 MSF Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "TrueTime generic receivers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datum Precision Time System" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS Clock Discipline" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Arcron MSF Receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "Shared Memory Driver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "Dumb Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "JJY Receivers" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTPクライアントの環境設定モジュールです。" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTPデーモンのステータスを出力します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "環境設定されているすべての同期リレーションシップを表示します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTPデーモンを有効にします" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTPデーモンを無効にします" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "新しい同期リレーションシップを追加します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "既存の同期リレーションシップを編集します" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "同期リレーションシップを削除します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "サーバのアドレスです" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "ピアのアドレスです" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャストするアドレスです" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "ブロードキャストを受け取るアドレスです" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "リレーションシップのオプションです" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "クロックドライバ調整のオプションです" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "このサーバを初期同期に使用します" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "このサーバを初期同期に使用しません" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "同期したピアが指定されていません。" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "指定された同期ピアが見つかりません。" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTPデーモンは有効です。" -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTPデーモンは無効です。" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "サーバ" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "ピア" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "ブロードキャストを受け取る" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "ユニット番号: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "ローカルラジオクロック" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "設定の読み込みに失敗しました。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTPサーバの設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP環境設定" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "一般的な設定" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "セキュリティの設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "高度なNTP設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "新規同期" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "サーバの設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTPサーバ" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "ローカルNTPサーバ(N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "公開NTPサーバ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTPピア" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "ローカル参照クロック" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "送信ブロードキャスト" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "受信ブロードキャスト" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "リファレンスID(&R)" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "Stratum(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "調整オフセット1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "調整オフセット2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "フラグ1(&1)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "フラグ2(&2)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "フラグ3(&3)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "フラグ4(&4)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "クロックドライバの調整" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -594,8 +568,8 @@ "<p><b><big>NTPクライアントの環境設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -603,8 +577,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止できます。</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -612,8 +586,8 @@ "<p><b><big>NTPクライアントの環境設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -623,25 +597,23 @@ "［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" "次のダイアログで、安全に中止できるかどうかが表示されます。</p>" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NTPデーモンを起動する</big></b><br>\n" "NTPデーモンを今すぐ起動するか、システム起動時に毎回起動するかを選択します。\n" -"<b></b>［デーモンを使用せずに同期する］を選択すると、NTPデーモンは有効になら" -"ず、\n" +"<b></b>［デーモンを使用せずに同期する］を選択すると、NTPデーモンは有効にならず、\n" "システム時間は<i></i>cronスクリプトによって定期的に設定されます。\n" "その間隔は設定可能で、デフォルトでは %d 分です。" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -650,31 +622,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "chroot jailの内部でNTPデーモンを実行するには、\n" -"［NTPデーモンをChroot Jailで実行する］を設定します。chroot jail内のすべての" -"デーモンを起動すると\n" +"［NTPデーモンをChroot Jailで実行する］を設定します。chroot jail内のすべてのデーモンを起動すると\n" "安全性が高まるので、強くお勧めします。</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NTPのセキュリティ設定</big></b><br>\n" -"［<b>NTPサービスを設定したサーバに制限する</b>］オプションを選択すると、コン" -"ピュータのNTP設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n" -"禁止することができます。NTPのサービスは<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>に記述されたサーバ" -"とローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。<br> \n" -"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセス制御フラグを設定すること" -"ができます。このオプションはNTPをDHCP経由で設定した場合には利用できません。\n" +"［<b>NTPサービスを設定したサーバに制限する</b>］オプションを選択すると、コンピュータのNTP設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n" +"禁止することができます。NTPのサービスは<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>に記述されたサーバとローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。<br> \n" +"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセス制御フラグを設定することができます。このオプションはNTPをDHCP経由で設定した場合には利用できません。</p>\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -688,48 +652,43 @@ "DHCPサーバからNTPサーバの情報を取得できるかどうかは、\n" "ネットワーク管理者に確認してください。</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>設定されたサーバ</big></b><br>\n" -"NTPサーバ、ピア、ローカルクロック、およびNTPブロードキャストを調整するに" -"は、\n" -"適切な行を選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。新しい同期ピアを追加するに" -"は、\n" +"NTPサーバ、ピア、ローカルクロック、およびNTPブロードキャストを調整するには、\n" +"適切な行を選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。新しい同期ピアを追加するには、\n" "［追加］をクリックしてください。既存の同期ピアを削除するには、\n" "項目を選択してから［削除］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ログの表示</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>NTP デーモンのログを新しいウィンドウに表示するには <b>ログの表示</b> ボタ" -"ンを押してください。</p>\n" +"<p>NTP デーモンのログを新しいウィンドウに表示するには <b>ログの表示</b> ボタンを押してください。</p>\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>高度な設定</big></b><br>\n" "このホストを設定して複数のリモートホストまたは\n" "ローカルに接続されたクロックの同期を取るには、<b>高度な設定</b>を使用します。" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -737,8 +696,8 @@ "<p><b><big>クロックタイプ</big></b><br>\n" "設定するクロックのドライバを選択してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -748,12 +707,11 @@ "同じタイプのクロックが複数ある場合は、\n" "［ユニット番号］を設定する必要があります。</p>" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -761,16 +719,13 @@ "it must be created manually.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>デバイス</big></b><br>\n" -"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボ" -"リックリンクを\n" -"作成する必要があります。 それには、［Symlinkの作成］をオンにし、［デバイス］" -"を設定します。 デバイスを参照するには、\n" -"［参照］をクリックします。 クロックタイプによっては、シンボリックリンクを作成" -"する必要がない場合や、\n" +"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボリックリンクを\n" +"作成する必要があります。 それには、［Symlinkの作成］をオンにし、［デバイス］を設定します。 デバイスを参照するには、\n" +"［参照］をクリックします。 クロックタイプによっては、シンボリックリンクを作成する必要がない場合や、\n" "手動で作成する必要があります。</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -778,8 +733,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ドライバの調整</big></b><br>\n" "クロックドライバを調整するには、［ドライバの調整］をクリックします。</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -791,8 +746,8 @@ "NTPサーバを見つけるには、ネットワーク管理者またはインターネットプロバイダに\n" "お問い合わせください。</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -804,8 +759,8 @@ "NTPサーバを選択するには、［選択］をクリックし、\n" "［ローカルNTPサーバ］および［公開NTPサーバ］から選択します。</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -815,8 +770,8 @@ "選択したサーバが起動し正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、\n" "［テスト］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -826,8 +781,8 @@ "相互に同期するホストのアドレスを設定するには、\n" "［アドレス］を使用してください。</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -837,8 +792,8 @@ "ブロードキャストするアドレスを設定するには、\n" "［アドレス］を使用してください。</p>" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -848,13 +803,12 @@ "ブロードキャストを受け取るアドレスを設定するには、\n" "［アドレス］を使用してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -863,32 +817,26 @@ "オプションを入力してください。詳細については、\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>を参照してください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" "<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>アクセスコントロールオプション</big></b><br>\n" -"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i> 内の " -"<b><i>restrict</i></b> \n" -"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションに" -"は、このサーバが\n" -"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行うことができるのかを指定しま" -"す。既定では\n" -" <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i> が設定されます。このオプションは <b>セキュリ" -"ティ設定</b> \n" -" にて <b>NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する</b> オプションを選択した場合" -"にのみ\n" +"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i> 内の <b><i>restrict</i></b> \n" +"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションには、このサーバが\n" +"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行うことができるのかを指定します。既定では\n" +" <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i> が設定されます。このオプションは <b>セキュリティ設定</b> \n" +" にて <b>NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する</b> オプションを選択した場合にのみ\n" "利用できます。</p>\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -896,8 +844,8 @@ "<p><b><big>同期ピアのタイプ</big></b><br>\n" "ここでは、追加する同期ピアの種類を選択してください。</p>" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -905,8 +853,8 @@ "<p>同期するNTPサーバを追加するには、［サーバ］を選んで\n" "ください。</p>" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -914,8 +862,8 @@ "<p>相互同期するNTPピアを追加するには、［ピア］を\n" "選んでください。</p>" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -923,8 +871,8 @@ "<p>使用するコンピュータに直接接続するローカルクロックを設定するには、\n" "［ラジオクロック］を選んでください。</p>" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -932,19 +880,17 @@ "<p>ネットワークを介して時間情報をブロードキャストするには、\n" "［送信ブロードキャスト］を選択します。</p>" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ネットワーク上の他のホストによってブロードキャストされた任意のNTPパケット" -"を受け取り、\n" -"それらを使用してローカルタイムを設定するには、［受信ブロードキャスト］<b><b>" -"を選択します。</p>" +"<p>ネットワーク上の他のホストによってブロードキャストされた任意のNTPパケットを受け取り、\n" +"それらを使用してローカルタイムを設定するには、［受信ブロードキャスト］<b><b>を選択します。</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -954,8 +900,8 @@ "ローカルネットワークからNTPサーバを探したり、既知のNTPサーバのリストから\n" "NTPサーバを選択したりする場合に、選択します。</p>" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -969,20 +915,19 @@ "ロケーションプロトコル(SLP)で検索するには、［検索］をクリックしてください。\n" "見つかったサーバの一覧からサーバを選択できます。</p>" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>公開NTPサーバの選択</b></big><br>\n" "［公開NTPサーバ］のリストから、使用するNTPサーバを選択します。\n" "特定の国のNTPサーバを表示するには、［国］の中で選択します。</p>" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -997,70 +942,59 @@ "一覧に表示されているNTPサーバは、すべての国からアクセス可能とは限りません。\n" "特定の国や地域からのみ利用できることもあります。\n" "この一覧に表示されているNTPサーバを利用する前に、より近いところに\n" -"NTPサーバがないかシステム管理者やインターネットサービスプロバイダに確認してみ" -"てください。\n" +"NTPサーバがないかシステム管理者やインターネットサービスプロバイダに確認してみてください。\n" "http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "も、近隣のNTPサーバを見つけるのに役立つことがあります。</p>" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>サーバの動作確認</b></big><br>\n" -"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、［テスト］をクリックし" -"てください。</p>" +"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、［テスト］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>ランダムサーバの使用</b></big><br>\n" -"このサービスはpool.ntp.orgによって提供されます。このオプションを選択する" -"と、\n" +"このサービスはpool.ntp.orgによって提供されます。このオプションを選択すると、\n" "設定に3つの異なるサーバが追加されます。 このサーバの名前は\n" "永続的ですが、DNSレコード(IP)は毎時間ごとに変わります。 つまり、\n" -"ユーザのNTPクライアントは毎時間ごとに異なるサーバと同期することを意味します。" -"</p>\n" +"ユーザのNTPクライアントは毎時間ごとに異なるサーバと同期することを意味します。</p>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>クロックドライバの調整</b></big><br>\n" -"クロックドライバには調整が必要なことがあります。このダイアログでは、さまざま" -"な調整オプション\n" +"クロックドライバには調整が必要なことがあります。このダイアログでは、さまざまな調整オプション\n" "を設定できます。特定のオプションの意味は、ドライバによって異なります。\n" "すべてのオプションが必要なわけではありません。</p>" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "それぞれのオプションの意味についての情報を知るには、パッケージ\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i>をインストールのうえ、<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/" -"refclock.htm</i>ファイルを参照してください。</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i>をインストールのうえ、<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>ファイルを参照してください。</p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1068,18 +1002,18 @@ "本当に終了しますか？\n" "変更内容はすべて失われます。" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTPデーモンを再起動する" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "設定を保存してNTPデーモンを再起動する" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1093,8 +1027,8 @@ "NTPデーモンを起動するのに長時間かかるため、\n" "NTPデーモンが正しく作動しない場合があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1102,8 +1036,8 @@ "NTPサーバ「%1」のホスト名、\n" "完全修飾ホスト名、IPv4アドレス、またはIPv6アドレスは有効ではありません。" -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1115,45 +1049,45 @@ " \n" " 現在のNTPサーバを置き換えますか?" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "デバイスを選んでください" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "公開NTPサーバ(&S)" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "NTPサーバを選択してください。" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "すべての国" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "国(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "ネットワーク上のNTPサーバをスキャンしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1163,304 +1097,304 @@ "実行中のSuSEfirewall2によって、\n" "ネットワークのスキャンがブロックされた可能性があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "ネットワーク上にNTPサーバが見つかりませんでした。" -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "アドレス" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "サーバが選択されていません。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "アドレス(&D)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "詳細な環境設定(&V)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "ドライバの調整(&D)" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "同期間隔(分)(&I)" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP デーモンを起動する" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "手動でのみ起動(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "デーモンを使用せずに同期する(&S)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "今すぐおよびブート時(&B)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "NTPデーモンをChroot Jailで実行する(&J)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する(&R)" -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手動設定" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "自動" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "カスタム設定" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "ランタイム設定ポリシー(&R)" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "カスタムポリシー(&C)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "pool.ntp.orgからランダムサーバを使用する(&U)" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス(&A)" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "選択(&S)..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "テスト(&T)" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "同期タイプ" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "ログの表示(L)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "クロックタイプ(&T)" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "ユニット番号(&N)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Symlinkの作成(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "アクセス制御オプション" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "サーバ(&S)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "ピア(&P)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "ラジオクロック(&R)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "送信ブロードキャスト(&O)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "受信ブロードキャスト(&I)" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "ローカルネットワーク(&A)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "公開NTPサーバ(&P)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTPサーバの場所" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "検索(&L)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTPクライアントの環境設定" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化しています..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "システムの起動時にNTPデーモンを起動します。" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTPデーモンは自動的に起動しません。" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "サーバ: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "ラジオクロック: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "ピア: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "時間情報を次のアドレスリストにブロードキャストする: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "次のアドレスリストからブロードキャストされた時間情報を受け取る: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "固定設定と DHCP 設定の組み合わせ" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "固定設定のみ" -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "カスタムな設定ポリシー" -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTPサーバをテストしています..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "サーバは到達可能で正しく応答しています。" -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "サーバは到達不可能か、正しく応答していません。" -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1468,65 +1402,65 @@ "パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\n" "ローカルネットワーク内のNTPサーバを検索することができません。\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTPクライアントの環境設定の初期化" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "ネットワークの環境設定を読み込む" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "NTPの設定を読み込む" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワークの環境設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "NTPの設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTPクライアントの環境設定の保存" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTPの設定を書き込む" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTPデーモンを再起動する" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTPデーモンを再起動しています..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "動的設定ポリシーを更新することができません。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTPデーモンを再起動できません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "オンライン更新設定モジュールのヘルプ" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "登録モジュールが利用できません。" -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "yast2-registration パッケージをインストールし、再度実行してください。" -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "オンラインアップデートの設定" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(既定)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(なし)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "更新リポジトリ" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "自動オンラインアップデート" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "デフォルトの設定" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "拡張" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "分類によるフィルタ" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "修正の分類" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "ソフトウェアリポジトリの編集" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "サポートと更新リポジトリ取得のための登録" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "smolt プロジェクトにハードウェア情報を送信" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "間隔" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "インタラクティブパッチをスキップする" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "ライセンスに同意する" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "推奨パッケージを含む" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "delta rpmを使用する" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "現在の更新リポジトリ:" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,93 +125,77 @@ "デフォルトのアップデートリポジトリを追加するには、\n" "この製品を登録する必要があります。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "登録を今すぐ行いますか?" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> 内には現在の更新リポジトリが表示されています。</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>%1</b> ボタンを押すと既定の更新リポジトリを使用するよう設定します。 " +msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> ボタンを押すと既定の更新リポジトリを使用するよう設定します。 </p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>関連する操作については［<b>%1</b>］メニューをご覧ください。</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> では自動オンライン更新を設定します。</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>更新間隔と、対話作業の必要な修正を無視するかどうか、およびライセンス表示に" -"自動的に同意するかどうかをそれぞれ設定します。</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "<p>更新間隔と、対話作業の必要な修正を無視するかどうか、およびライセンス表示に自動的に同意するかどうかをそれぞれ設定します。</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>%1</b> を有効にすると、更新パッケージが推奨するすべてのパッケージをイン" -"ストールします。</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>%1</b> を有効にすると、更新パッケージが推奨するすべてのパッケージをインストールします。</p>" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>修正に対する分類フィルタは、<b>%1</b> セクションで設定することができます。" -"ここで指定した分類の修正のみをインストールし、それ以外はインストールを行なわ" -"ず、飛ばします。</p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "<p>修正に対する分類フィルタは、<b>%1</b> セクションで設定することができます。ここで指定した分類の修正のみをインストールし、それ以外はインストールを行なわず、飛ばします。</p>" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "毎日" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "毎週" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "毎月" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "パッケージマネージャおよびYaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "セキュリティ" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "推奨" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "オプション" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "ドキュメント" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "その他" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,109 +14,102 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "使用許諾契約に同意しますか?" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" msgstr "" -"再起動を必要とするアプリケーションがアップデートされました。システムはここか" -"ら\n" +"再起動を必要とするアプリケーションがアップデートされました。システムはここから\n" "再起動し、インストールはその後に再開されます。\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "オンラインアップデートのヘルプ" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "修正 CD によるアップデートを開始する" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "シンプルなパッケージ選択方法を利用する" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "修正 CD の URL (既定値は '%1')" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "修正 CD 上の修正データのディレクトリ (既定値は '%1')" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>システムはインストールまたはアップデートリポジトリを初期化しています。ソフ" -"トウェアリポジトリは <b>インストール元</b> モジュールで変更することができま" -"す。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>システムはインストールまたはアップデートリポジトリを初期化しています。ソフトウェアリポジトリは <b>インストール元</b> モジュールで変更することができます。<b></b></p>" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "ターゲットシステムを初期化します" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "ソフトウェアリポジトリのアップデート" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "利用可能なアップデートの確認" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "ターゲットシステムを初期化しています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "ソフトウェアリポジトリをアップデートしています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "利用可能なアップデートを確認しています..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "CD アップデートを初期化しています" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "オンラインアップデートを初期化しています" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -124,30 +117,30 @@ "更新リポジトリが設定されていません。\n" "今すぐ設定手順を開始しますか？" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "アップデートリポジトリがまだ設定されていません。" -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "進行状況の記録" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "パッケージ進行中" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "全体の進行状況" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -155,68 +148,63 @@ msgstr "" "<p>更新サーバに接続後、\n" "YaST2は選択されたすべてのパッチをダウンロードします。\n" -"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細は［ログ］ウィンドウに表" -"示されます。</p>" +"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細は［ログ］ウィンドウに表示されます。</p>" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>アップデート情報の中に表示すべき何らかのメッセージが書かれている場合、それ" -"らはインストールする段階で表示されます。</p>\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>アップデート情報の中に表示すべき何らかのメッセージが書かれている場合、それらはインストールする段階で表示されます。</p>\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "パッチのダウンロードとインストール" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "インストールが完了しました。\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "修正のインストールが完了しました。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "パッチの処理が失敗しました。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "CDアップデートのために初期化しています..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -224,9 +212,9 @@ "初期化に失敗しました。挿入したCDが\n" "正しいかどうか確かめてください。\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -234,18 +222,17 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "オンラインの更新リポジトリを設定することができません" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"インストールされたアップデートの中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがあ" -"ります。\n" +"インストールされたアップデートの中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがあります。\n" "できる限り速やかにシステムにログインし直してください。\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -253,18 +240,17 @@ "パッケージ管理用のパッケージが更新されました。\n" "今すぐYaSTを終了して再起動してください。" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"インストールされているアップデートの中に、アップデートを有効にするのにリブー" -"トが\n" +"インストールされているアップデートの中に、アップデートを有効にするのにリブートが\n" "必要なものがあります。システムをリブートしてください。" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -278,11 +264,10 @@ "\n" "できるだけ早くシステムをリブートしてください。" -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -290,85 +275,84 @@ "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" "YaST の再スタートを必要とするパッケージ管理システムの修正が利用できます。\n" -"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にイン" -"ストールすべきものです。\n" +"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にインストールすべきものです。\n" "\n" "現在はその他の修正のみをインストールするよう選択しています。\n" "\n" "選択した修正をインストールしますか？" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "%1 を取得中..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "パッケージダウンロード中" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "削除中" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "インストール中" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "パッケージインストール中" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "正常" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "デルタRPM %1 をダウンロードしています" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "デルタRPMダウンロード中" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "デルタRPMのダウンロードに失敗しました: %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "デルタRPMを適用しています: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "デルタRPMアプリケーション起動中" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "デルタRPMの適用に失敗しました: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "スクリプト実行の進行" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "スクリプト %1 を開始する" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -376,73 +360,72 @@ "パッチ %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "リポジトリの初期化の際にエラーが発生しました。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "詳細情報を取得できません。" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "詳細(&D)<<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "詳細(&D)>>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "再試行" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "パッチをスキップする" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "すべてをスキップする" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "アップデートを中止する" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -450,8 +433,8 @@ "ここでインストールを中止すると、パッチはインストールされず、\n" "既存のインストールは変更されません。\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -461,8 +444,8 @@ "今インストールを中止すると、アップデートは不完全になります。必要な場合は、\n" "再度アップデートおよびダウンロードを実行してください。\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -472,62 +455,62 @@ "パッチが正しくインストールされません。\n" "再度、アップデートを実行する必要があります。" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "本当にYaSTオンラインアップデートを中止しますか？" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "アップデートを中止する(&A)" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "アップデートを続行する(&C)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "パッチ: %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "概要: %1<br>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" msgstr "<b>パッケージ:</b>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "パッチに関する詳細(&D)<<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "パッチに関する詳細(&D)>>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "パッチをインストールする" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "これらのパッチはインストール後に再起動が必要です" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "すべてスキップ(&S)" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." msgstr "再起動が必要なパッチの選択を解除できませんでした。" -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" @@ -540,8 +523,7 @@ "これらの製品の一般サポートは終了しているため、\n" "今後新しいアップデートは提供されません。\n" "\n" -"ご利用のサブスクリプションに拡張サポートが含まれている場合は、拡張機能が有効" -"になっていることを確認してください。\n" +"ご利用のサブスクリプションに拡張サポートが含まれている場合は、拡張機能が有効になっていることを確認してください。\n" "\n" "\n" "さらにサポートが必要な場合は、弊社までお問い合わせください。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "CDまたはDVDメディアの整合性をチェックします" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "「次回からは表示しない」のエディター" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ "［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" "現在の設定からすぐに削除することができます。</p>\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "ポップアップIdent。" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "追加情報" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "パッケージ情報を読み込めませんでした。" -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 msgid "" "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" @@ -68,11 +68,10 @@ msgstr "" "GNOMEは電子メールプログラムとしてEvolutionを、\n" "ブラウザとしてFirefoxを、\n" -"ファイルマネージャとしてNautilusを使用した強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境で" -"す。\n" +"ファイルマネージャとしてNautilusを使用した強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境です。\n" -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" @@ -84,8 +83,8 @@ "ブラウザとしてFirefoxとKonquerorの両方を使用した\n" "強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境です。\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\n" "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" @@ -97,8 +96,8 @@ "魅力的なグラフィカルインタフェースと、\n" "独自に作成した完全に統合されたアプリケーションを組み合わせたものです。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\n" "environment installs a broad set of the\n" @@ -110,8 +109,8 @@ "広範なデスクトップアプリケーションをインストール\n" "します。</p>" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\n" "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" @@ -121,29 +120,29 @@ "ウィンドウマネージャ付きの最小限のグラフィカルシステムを\n" "インストールできます。</p>" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 msgid "&KDE" msgstr "KDE(&K)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 msgid "&GNOME" msgstr "GNOME(&G)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" msgstr "その他(&O)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "デスクトップの選択" -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 msgid "" "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" "desktop to install." @@ -151,33 +150,32 @@ "デスクトップが選択されませんでした。 インストールする\n" "デスクトップを選択してください。" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" msgstr "最小限のグラフィカルシステム(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "テキストモード(&T)" -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" -"%1 のバックアップに失敗しました。詳細については、%2 を参照してください。" +msgstr "%1 のバックアップに失敗しました。詳細については、%2 を参照してください。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "インストールメディアのコピー" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -187,102 +185,101 @@ "インストール CD の内容をコピーしてリポジトリを\n" "作成しています。</p>\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "登録済みリポジトリ" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "CDの内容をローカルディレクトリにコピーしています..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの設定を中止しています" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "設定を中断してもよろしいですか？" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "ネットワークは設定されていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要で" -"す。\n" +"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n" "\n" "設定してよろしいですか？" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定を確認" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧をダウンロード" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定を確認しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧をダウンロードしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "リポジトリマネージャの初期化" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "リポジトリマネージャを初期化しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧を読み出しています" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" @@ -290,8 +287,8 @@ "<p>パッケージャを初期化し、Webからダウンロードしたサーバの\n" "リストを処理しています。しばらくお待ちください。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -299,8 +296,8 @@ "リポジトリの一覧をダウンロードすることができません。\n" "ネットワークが設定されていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -308,8 +305,8 @@ "リポジトリのリストをダウンロードするための\n" "製品URLが定義されていません。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -317,26 +314,26 @@ "リポジトリの一覧をダウンロードできないか、\n" "何もリポジトリが設定されていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>推奨:</b> %1<br>" -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -354,30 +351,29 @@ "%5\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリの一覧" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "フィルタ(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリの一覧(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "リポジトリの説明" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" @@ -385,88 +381,79 @@ "<p>ここには、デフォルトのオンラインリポジトリが表示されています。\n" "詳細については、それぞれのリポジトリをクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>使用するオンラインリポジトリを選択し、［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックしてくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>使用するオンラインリポジトリを選択し、［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>使用するオンラインリポジトリを選択し、［<b>完了</b>］をクリックしてくださ" -"い。</p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>使用するオンラインリポジトリを選択し、［<b>完了</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "<p>使用中のリポジトリを削除するには、単に選択解除します。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリ一覧の書き出し" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>リポジトリマネージャがリポジトリの詳細をダウンロードしています...</p>" +msgstr "<p>リポジトリマネージャがリポジトリの詳細をダウンロードしています...</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "リポジトリ %1 の追加に失敗しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "選択を外したリポジトリの削除" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "選択を外したリポジトリを削除しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "選択したオンラインリポジトリを追加" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "選択されたオンラインリポジトリを追加しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "リポジトリの追加: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "リポジトリを追加しています: %1 ..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -485,46 +472,40 @@ " %d MiB未満のシステムメモリは推奨されません。\n" "\n" "追加のパッケージデータが大量のメモリを\n" -"必要とする場合に、インストーラがクラッシュまたはフリーズする可能性がありま" -"す。\n" +"必要とする場合に、インストーラがクラッシュまたはフリーズする可能性があります。\n" "\n" -"この場合、インストール済みのシステムで後でオンラインリポジトリを使用すること" -"が\n" +"この場合、インストール済みのシステムで後でオンラインリポジトリを使用することが\n" "推奨されます。" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "ターゲットディレクトリの初期化に失敗しました。" -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストール中..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "インストール用の %1 パッケージの選択に失敗しました。" -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "パターンを設定できません： %1" -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。AutoYaSTプロファイルのソフトウェアセク" -"ションを確認してください。" +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。AutoYaSTプロファイルのソフトウェアセクションを確認してください。" -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -540,223 +521,219 @@ "\n" "パッケージのインストールを中止します。\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "パッケージ情報を読み込んでいます..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "無効なインストールメディア" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "インストールメディア" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "メディア(&M)" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "優先度(&P)" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインタフェースをサ" -"ポートしていません。代わりに「%1」を使用してください。" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインタフェースをサポートしていません。代わりに「%1」を使用してください。" -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "デフォルト" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "不明な名前" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "Raw URL: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "不明なリポジトリ名" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "カテゴリ: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "サービス: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "すべてのリポジトリ" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "すべてのサービス" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "サービス「%1」" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "サービスによって提供されないリポジトリのみ" -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "表示" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "優先度" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "自動更新" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "サービス" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "置換(&R)..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "選択したものを更新(&F)" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "有効化/無効化(&O)" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "更新可否(&S)" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "名前を設定(&N)..." -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "プロパティ" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "有効(&E)" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "自動的に更新する(&R)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "GPG 鍵(&G)" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "更新" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "自動更新対象をすべて更新(&E)" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "有効なものをすべて更新(&E)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "設定されたソフトウェアリポジトリ" -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -764,37 +741,26 @@ "<p>\n" "ソフトウェアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。</p>\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "" -"<P><B>サービス</B>または<B>リポジトリインデックスサービス(RIS)</B>はパッケー" -"ジリポジトリ管理のプロトコルです。Aサービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更" -"できる1つまたは複数のソフトウェアリポジトリを提供できます。</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>サービス</B>または<B>リポジトリインデックスサービス(RIS)</B>はパッケージリポジトリ管理のプロトコルです。Aサービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更できる1つまたは複数のソフトウェアリポジトリを提供できます。</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加</b><br>\n" -"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックしてリポジトリ" -"やサービスを指定します。\n" -"YaSTは指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的" -"に検出します。\n" +"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックしてリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\n" +"YaSTは指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -806,8 +772,8 @@ "CD セットまたは DVD を指定する必要があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -827,76 +793,52 @@ "各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b> リポジトリまたはサービスの状態の変更 </b><br>\n" -"リポジトリの場所を変更するには<b>編集</b>ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを" -"削除\n" -"するには、<b>削除</b>ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを有効あるいは無効にし" -"たり初期化時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェック" -"ボックスを使用してください。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を変更するには<b>編集</b>ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\n" +"するには、<b>削除</b>ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを有効あるいは無効にしたり初期化時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスを使用してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><b>リポジトリの優先度</b><BR>\n" -"リポジトリの優先度は、整数で0 (最も高い優先度)から200 (最も低い優先度)の間で" -"指定します。デフォルトの優先度は99です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つ" -"かった場合、より高い優先度のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。</P>\n" +"リポジトリの優先度は、整数で0 (最も高い優先度)から200 (最も低い優先度)の間で指定します。デフォルトの優先度は99です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先度のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。</P>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>リポジトリ内やサービス内をナビゲートするには、ウィンドウの上部にあるオプ" -"ションを選択してください。</P>" +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>リポジトリ内やサービス内をナビゲートするには、ウィンドウの上部にあるオプションを選択してください。</P>" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><b>ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存</b><BR>このオプションをオンにする" -"と、\n" -"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッ" -"シュに\n" -"保存することができます。オフにすると、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインス" -"トール後に削除されます。</P>" +"<P><b>ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存</b><BR>このオプションをオンにすると、\n" +"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n" +"保存することができます。オフにすると、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>デフォルトのローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ<b>/var/cache/zypp/" -"packages</b>にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は<b>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</b>" -"ファイルから変更することができます。</P>" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>デフォルトのローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ<b>/var/cache/zypp/packages</b>にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は<b>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</b>ファイルから変更することができます。</P>" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -904,28 +846,28 @@ "リポジトリ設定の変更を\n" "保存できませんでした。" -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細: " -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "もう一度試してみますか?" -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "リポジトリ設定の中止" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -933,8 +875,8 @@ "リポジトリの設定を中止しますか？\n" "全ての変更内容は破棄されます。" -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -942,41 +884,41 @@ "以下の URL にはサービスがありません:\n" "%1" -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリを更新しています" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "サービスの更新中" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "リポジトリの更新" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "サービスの更新" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を更新しています..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "サービス %1 を更新しています..." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "一覧からリポジトリを削除しますか？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -984,8 +926,8 @@ "サービス %1 \n" "とそのリポジトリを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -993,8 +935,8 @@ "選択したリポジトリに自動確認を設定する\n" "ことはできません。" -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1006,67 +948,60 @@ "\n" "リポジトリをもう一度追加しますか?" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>リポジトリ設定を復元する際にエラーが発生しました。</p>\n" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "ソフトウェアの提案は既定値にリセットされます。" -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "依存関係を自動的に解決できません。 手動で解決する必要があります。" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Software" msgstr "ソフトウェア" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 msgid "&Software" msgstr "ソフトウェア(&S)" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"ソフトウェアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインタフェースをサ" -"ポートしていません。代わりに「%1」を使用してください。" +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "ソフトウェアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインタフェースをサポートしていません。代わりに「%1」を使用してください。" -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "エラー: パッケージ %1 を一時リポジトリにコピーできません。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できません。パッケージをインストールできませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できません。パッケージをインストールできません。" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "エラー: パッケージファイル %1 に問い合わせできません。" -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -1078,17 +1013,17 @@ "詳細:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "パッケージ %1 はメディアに見つかりませんでした。" -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "リポジトリを初期化中にエラーが発生しました。" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -1096,27 +1031,27 @@ "リポジトリが定義されていません。\n" "インストール済みのパッケージのみが表示されます。" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "ターゲットシステムを初期化します" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "設定済みリポジトリの読み込み" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "ターゲットシステムを %1 に再設定" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャを開始しています" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -1126,8 +1061,8 @@ "いくつかのパッケージをインストールできませんでした。\n" "これらを今すぐインストールしますか?\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1135,7 +1070,7 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "オンラインの更新リポジトリを設定することができません" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1143,8 +1078,8 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "オンラインのリポジトリでパッケージを検索することができません" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1152,109 +1087,97 @@ "次のパッケージがメディア内に見つかりません:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" msgstr "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>メディア: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>サイズ: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>結果: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、ISOファイルシステムが破損しています。" +msgstr "ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、ISOファイルシステムが破損しています。" -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "<B>OK</B> -- メディアは正しく確認できました。" -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"<B>エラー</B> -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません<BR>このメディアは使用できませ" -"ん。" +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "<B>エラー</B> -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません<BR>このメディアは使用できません。" -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "<B>不明</B>--メディアの正しいMD5サムは不明です。" -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "最初にインストールするメディアを挿入してください。" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "メディアチェック" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>メディアチェック</B></P>" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n" -" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合はメディアが破損していない" -"かどうか確認\n" +" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合はメディアが破損していないかどうか確認\n" "してください。</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " msgstr "" "<P>ドライブを選択し、そのドライブにメディアを入れて <B>チェック開始</B>\n" -" を押すか、 <B>ISO ファイルの確認</B> を押して ISO ファイルを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +" を押すか、 <B>ISO ファイルの確認</B> を押して ISO ファイルを選択してください。\n" "ドライブの速度とメディアのサイズによりますが、しばらくの時間がかかります。\n" "この確認では MD5 チェックサムを検証します。</P> " -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>メディアの確認に失敗した場合は、インストールを続行すべきではありません。\n" -"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れ" -"たメディアは使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行ってください。\n" +"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れたメディアは使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行ってください。</P>\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -1262,87 +1185,75 @@ "確認が完了したら、次のメディアを挿入して手順を繰り返してください。\n" "どのような順番で挿入してもかまいません。\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>注意:</B> システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできま" -"せん。</P>" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>注意:</B> システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできません。</P>" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、ブートメニュー内にある" -"［メディアチェック］項目を使用してください。</P>" +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "<P>インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、ブートメニュー内にある［メディアチェック］項目を使用してください。</P>" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>自分でメディアに書き込む場合は、書き込みソフトウェアで\n" -"<b></b>「パディング」を有効にしてください。チェック時にメディアの終わり部分で" -"読み込みエラーが発生する問題を回避することができます。</P>\n" +"<b></b>「パディング」を有効にしてください。チェック時にメディアの終わり部分で読み込みエラーが発生する問題を回避することができます。</P>\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、すべての\n" -"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順をスキップするには" -"［次へ］をクリックしてください。" +"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順をスキップするには［次へ］をクリックしてください。" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "CDまたはDVDドライブ(&C)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "チェック開始(&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "取り出す(&E)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "ISO ファイルの確認..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "ステータス情報" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "進行状況: " -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "確認する ISO ファイルの選択" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "ドライブ %1 内のメディアを読み込めません。" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -1354,84 +1265,83 @@ "\n" "メディアの読み取り可否のみをチェックします。\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" msgstr "<B>キャンセルされました</B>" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "名前: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "フィンガープリント: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "作成日時: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1</font> (The key is expired.)" -msgstr "" -"期限切れ日時: %1</font> (この鍵の期限が切れています)" +msgstr "期限切れ日時: %1</font> (この鍵の期限が切れています)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "この鍵には期限切れ日時が設定されていません。" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "期限切れ日時: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "鍵名: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 鍵を選択してください" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 鍵のプロパティ" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "鍵 ID: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "名前(M):" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "フィンガープリント: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "作成日時: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "期限切れ日時: " -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "GPG 公開鍵の追加" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" @@ -1439,7 +1349,7 @@ "<p>\n" "既知のGPG公開鍵を管理します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1451,22 +1361,22 @@ "新しいGPG鍵を追加するには、鍵ファイルへのパスを指定します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "インポートする GPG 鍵の選択" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "ファイル名を入力してください" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "GPG 公開鍵管理" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1475,12 +1385,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>新しい GPG 鍵の追加</b><br>\n" -"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してく" -"ださい。\n" +"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" "</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" @@ -1490,18 +1399,17 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>GPG 鍵の状態を更新する</b>\n" -"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには <b>編集</b> を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除す" -"るには \n" +"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには <b>編集</b> を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除するには \n" "<b>削除</b> を押してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "キーID" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -1509,44 +1417,44 @@ "鍵 '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？\n" "'%2'" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "新規リポジトリの追加" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "リポジトリの種類の確認" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "リポジトリの追加" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "リポジトリのライセンスの読み込み" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "リポジトリの種類を確認しています" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "リポジトリを追加しています" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "リポジトリのライセンスを読み込んでいます" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "レポジトリ" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1560,10 +1468,10 @@ "指定した場所にあるRPMパッケージを、パッケージ選択で選べるようにするには\n" "そのまま続行してください。\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1571,8 +1479,8 @@ "URL '%1' からリポジトリを\n" "作成できませんでした。" -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1580,13 +1488,13 @@ "ftpまたはhttpプロトコル経由でISOイメージを使用することはできません。\n" "プロトコルを変更するか、サーバ側でISOイメージを展開してください。" -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "URLを変更してもう一度実行しますか?" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1594,31 +1502,31 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "SLPリポジトリを検索することができません。\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャ設定を保存しています..." -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "インストールシステムの準備中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "メディアに制御ファイル%1がありません。" -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1626,75 +1534,74 @@ "パッケージ「%s」がインストールされていません。\n" "アドオン製品を登録できません。" -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "リリースノート(&L)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "追加の製品を使用することができません。" -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1、URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1、パス: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "追加の製品" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "インストールリポジトリには、リストにある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" "使用するものを選択してください。\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "選択する追加のリポジトリ" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "選択した製品の追加(&P)" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "アドオン %1 のメディアを挿入してください" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "%1 の %2 メディアを挿入してください" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "製品 %s を追加することができません。" -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1702,8 +1609,8 @@ "ファイル「%1」\n" "には有効なGPG鍵が含まれていません。\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1713,341 +1620,299 @@ "'%2'\n" "は既に登録されています。再度登録することはできません。" -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "鍵を一時ディレクトリにコピーすることができませんでした。" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "失敗したパッケージリストの表示(&S)" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "ログ全体の表示(&S)" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "いくつかのパッケージのインストールに失敗しました" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "ユーザ操作によりインストール作業を中止しました。" -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "メディア %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "終了しました。" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "次: %1 -- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "次: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "合計" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 をダウンロードしています(ダウンロードサイズ %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (残り: %1%2 パッケージ)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをダウンロードしています..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1/%2 個のパッケージをダウンロード済み)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 を削除中" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 をインストールしています (インストール済みサイズ %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "デルタRPMを適用しています: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"このコンピュータは64ビットのx86-64システムですが、32ビット用のディストリ" -"ビューションをインストールしようとしています。" +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "このコンピュータは64ビットのx86-64システムですが、32ビット用のディストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>パターン一覧の状態はシステムのインストール後に利用できるようになります。" +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>パターン一覧の状態はシステムのインストール後に利用できるようになります。</P>" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時" -"ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示さ" -"れたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、" -"25% (またはおおよそ300MB)程度の空き領域を確保しておくことをお勧めします。</P>" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "<P>提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、25% (またはおおよそ300MB)程度の空き領域を確保しておくことをお勧めします。</P>" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>合計「ダウンロードサイズ」で示されているサイズは、リモート(ネットワーク)\n" -"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かっ" -"たりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。</P>\n" +"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。</P>\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>ソフトウェアの提案</B></P>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "製品: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "システム種類: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "パターン:<br>" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "インストールするパッケージのサイズ: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "リモートリポジトリの一覧をダウンロードしています: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "次のアドオン製品は自動削除の対象としてマークされています: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"これらのアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて、新しいインストールメディアを提供し" -"てもらってください。" +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "これらのアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて、新しいインストールメディアを提供してもらってください。" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"アドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて、新しいインストールメディアを提供してもらっ" -"てください。" +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "アドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて、新しいインストールメディアを提供してもらってください。" -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2)の空き容量を確認できません。インス" -"トールを開始することができません。" +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2)の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始することができません。" -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "警告: ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2)の空き容量を確認できません。" -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "ディスクスペースが足りません。" -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"ディスクの使用可能な領域が不足しています。1回に選択するパッケージを減らしてく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "ディスクの使用可能な領域が不足しています。1回に選択するパッケージを減らしてください。" -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "パーティション %3 には、%1(%2%%)のフリースペースしかありません。" -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "新しい製品 <b>%s</b> がインストールされます" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "製品 <b>%s</b> がアップデートされます" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" -msgstr "" -"製品 <b>%{old_product}</b> が <b>%{new_product}</b> にアップデートされます" +msgstr "製品 <b>%{old_product}</b> が <b>%{new_product}</b> にアップデートされます" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "製品 <b>%s</b> はインストールされたままになります" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>警告:</b> 製品 <b>%s</b> は削除されます。" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>エラー:</b> 製品 <b>%s</b> は自動的に削除されます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li><b>いくつかの製品に自動削除対象のマークが付いています。次のいずれかを" -"行ってください。</b></li>\n" -"<ul><li>削除されるアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて新しいインストールメディア" -"を\n" -"提供してもらう</li><li>登録ステップで適切なオンライン拡張機能またはモジュール" -"を\n" +"<ul><li><b>いくつかの製品に自動削除対象のマークが付いています。次のいずれかを行ってください。</b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>削除されるアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて新しいインストールメディアを\n" +"提供してもらう</li><li>登録ステップで適切なオンライン拡張機能またはモジュールを\n" "選択する</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続行してソフトウェアの選択に進み、\n" "製品に削除対象のマークを付ける(リリースパッケージ)\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1' にはリポジトリが見つかりませんでした。" -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに" -"含まれています。\n" +"<p><b>初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\n" "インターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\n" -"SUSE LinuxのWebサーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができま" -"す。</b></p>\n" +"SUSE LinuxのWebサーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。</b></p>\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "ブートされたメディアを統合しています..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "サービスパックリポジトリの統合に失敗しました。" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリを初期化しています..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1を挿入する" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD1が見つかりませんでした" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2055,8 +1920,8 @@ "パッケージ記述の初期化中にエラーが発生しました。\n" "詳細はログファイル %1 で確認してください。" -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2064,13 +1929,13 @@ "ソフトウエアの選択が外部から変更されました。\n" "ソフトウエアの提案処理が再度呼び出されます。" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "パッケージ選択を検証中..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2078,34 +1943,30 @@ "デフォルトの製品パターン %{pattern_name} を選択できませんでした。\n" "パターンが見つかりませんでした。" -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ライセンスファイル %1 を読み込めません" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディア" -"のルートディレクトリにlicense.tar.gzファイルを配置してください。" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディレクトリにlicense.tar.gzファイルを配置してください。" -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します(&A)。" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2113,9 +1974,9 @@ "このEULAはディレクトリ \n" "%s にあります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2123,8 +1984,8 @@ "このEULAを印刷する場合は、 1枚目のメディア\n" "にあるファイル %s をご覧ください" -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2134,23 +1995,23 @@ "選択してください。ライセンスに同意できない場合は、\n" "設定は中止されます。</p>\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス契約" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してよろしいですか？" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2158,19 +2019,19 @@ "ライセンス同意を拒否すると、アドオン製品のインストールが\n" "キャンセルされます。本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "システムをチャットダウンしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s ライセンス契約" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2178,8 +2039,8 @@ "このEULAを印刷したい場合、次のURLからダウンロードできます。\n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2187,18 +2048,18 @@ "本当にインストールを\n" "中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "中止されました" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "スクリプト %1 を開始する" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2206,8 +2067,8 @@ "パッチ %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2215,8 +2076,8 @@ "パーティション %1 の容量は残りわずかです。\n" "インストールを続行しますか？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2224,113 +2085,111 @@ "ディスクの空き領域は残りわずかです。\n" "インストールを続行しますか?" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "デルタRPM %1 をダウンロードしています(ダウンロードサイズ %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "デルタRPMのダウンロードに失敗しました: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "デルタRPMの適用に失敗しました: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "SLPを使用したスキャン(&S)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "コミュニティリポジトリ(&I)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "登録サーバからの拡張機能とモジュール(&E)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "URLの指定(&U)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP(&F)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP(&H)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NFS(&S)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD(&C)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD(&D)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "ハードディスク(&H)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "USB大容量ディスク(USBスティック、ディスク等)(&U)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ(&L)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "ローカル ISO イメージ(&L)..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "リポジトリの説明をダウンロード(&D)" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ロケーションが、メディアのISOイメージを持つファイルの場合、<b>ISOイメージ" -"</b>をセットします。</p>" +msgstr "<p>ロケーションが、メディアのISOイメージを持つファイルの場合、<b>ISOイメージ</b>をセットします。</p>" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2338,151 +2197,146 @@ "<p>リポジトリが複数のメディアから成り立っている場合、\n" "それらのうちの 1 枚目の場所を指定してください。</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名(&S)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "ディレクトリまたはISOイメージへのパス(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISOイメージ(&I)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4プロトコル(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプション" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(既定)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "リポジトリの URL" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&R)" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "リポジトリのURL(&U)" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "リポジトリ URL" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS サーバ" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CDまたはDVDメディア" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスク" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB スティックまたはディスク" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ローカルディレクトリ" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ローカル ISO イメージ" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "サーバとディレクトリ" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "リポジトリの名前を入力する必要があります。" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "リポジトリ名(&R)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>リポジトリ名</b></big><br>\n" -"<b>リポジトリ名</b> にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジ" -"トリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。</p>\n" +"<b>リポジトリ名</b> にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "サービス名(&S)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>サービス名</b></big><br>\n" -"<b>サービス名</b> にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はYaSTはサー" -"ビスのURLの一部を名前として採用します。</p>\n" +"<b>サービス名</b> にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はYaSTはサービスのURLの一部を名前として採用します。</p>\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URLは必ず指定してください。" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2490,20 +2344,20 @@ "<p><big><b>リポジトリ URL</b></big><br>\n" "<b>URL</b> にはリポジトリの URL を指定します。</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL を部分的に編集" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "URL 全体を編集" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2513,47 +2367,43 @@ "<b>サーバ名</b> と <b>ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス</b>\n" "では、それぞれ NFS サーバのホスト名とパスを指定します。</p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>マウントオプション</b></big><br>\n" -"ここでは、NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に使用する追加オプションを指定するこ" -"とができます。\n" -"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めしま" -"す。詳細と\n" +"ここでは、NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に使用する追加オプションを指定することができます。\n" +"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めします。詳細と\n" "対応するオプションの一覧については、<b>man 5 nfs</b> をお読みください。" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>CDまたはDVDメディア</b></big><br>\n" -"<b>CD-ROM</b>または<b>DVD-ROM</b>をセットして、メディアのタイプを指定します。" -"</p>" +"<b>CD-ROM</b>または<b>DVD-ROM</b>をセットして、メディアのタイプを指定します。</p>" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISOイメージファイル" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2561,8 +2411,8 @@ "指定したパスはディレクトリではないか、\n" "もしくはディレクトリが存在しません。\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2570,8 +2420,8 @@ "指定したパスはファイルでないか、\n" "もしくはファイルが存在しません。\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2581,18 +2431,18 @@ "は ISO イメージではないように思われます。\n" "このファイルを本当に使いますか？\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリパス(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2603,25 +2453,24 @@ "<p><big><b>ローカルディレクトリ</b></big><br>\n" "［<b>ディレクトリへのパス</b>］を使用してディレクトリへのパスを\n" "指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\n" -"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［<b>RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\n" +"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［<b>RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ</b>］\n" "をオンにしてください。</p>\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB大容量記憶域デバイス(&U)" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "ファイルシステム(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ディレクトリ(&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2633,17 +2482,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>USBメモリまたはディスク</b></big><br>\n" "リポジトリが配置されているUSBデバイスを選択してください。\n" -"リポジトリの場所を指定するには［<b>ディレクトリへのパス</b>］を使用してくださ" -"い。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を指定するには［<b>ディレクトリへのパス</b>］を使用してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\n" -"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［<b>RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\n" +"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［<b>RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ</b>］\n" "をオンにしてください。</p>\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2653,12 +2500,12 @@ "ファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、または特定の\n" "ファイルシステムを使用する場合は、リストから選択してください。</p>\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "ディスクデバイス(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2670,21 +2517,19 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>ディスク</b></big><br>\n" "リポジトリが配置されているディスクを選択してください。\n" -"リポジトリの場所を指定するには［<b>ディレクトリへのパス</b>を使用してくださ" -"い。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を指定するには［<b>ディレクトリへのパス</b>を使用してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\n" -"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［<b>RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\n" +"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［<b>RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ</b>］\n" "をオンにしてください。</p>\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISOイメージへのパス(&P)" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2694,72 +2539,72 @@ "<b>ISO イメージへのパス</b> を利用して ISO イメージへのパス\n" "を指定します。</p>" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "サーバ名(&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "共用(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISOイメージ(&I)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "サーバ上のディレクトリ(&D)" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "認証(&T)" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "匿名(&A)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン(&W)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP(&F)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP(&T)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS(&P)" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2767,8 +2612,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2777,40 +2621,35 @@ "<b>サーバ名</b> と <b>ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス</b>\n" "では NFS サーバのホスト名とサーバ内でのパスを指定します。\n" "ユーザ認証が必要な場合は <b>匿名</b> のチェックを外し、\n" -"<b>ユーザ名</b> と <b>パスワード</b> の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。\n" +"<b>ユーザ名</b> と <b>パスワード</b> の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 <b>共有</b> 名と <b>ディレクトリまた" -"は\n" +"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 <b>共有</b> 名と <b>ディレクトリまたは\n" "ISO イメージへのパス</b> をそれぞれ指定します。\n" -"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 <b>ISO イメージ\n" +"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 <b>ISO イメージ</b>\n" "を設定してください。</p>\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 <b>ポート</b> 番号を指定することが" -"できます。\n" +"<p>HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 <b>ポート</b> 番号を指定することができます。\n" "既定のポートを使用する場合は何も入力する必要はありません。</p>\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "追加のアドオン製品をインストールする(&K)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定(&W)..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2820,8 +2659,8 @@ "ソフトウェアリポジトリは CD やネットワークサーバ、もしくはハードディスク\n" "上に設定可能です。</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2831,8 +2670,8 @@ "<b>CD</b>または<b>DVD</b>を追加するには、\n" "製品版CDをセットするか、DVDを利用可能にします。</p>" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2842,13 +2681,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "製品のCDは、ハードディスクにコピーすることもできます。\n" -"たとえば/data1/<b>CD1</b>のように、1枚目のCDが存在するパスを指定してくださ" -"い。\n" +"たとえば/data1/<b>CD1</b>のように、1枚目のCDが存在するパスを指定してください。\n" "すべてのCDを1つのディレクトリ以下にコピーした場合は、\n" "各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。</p>\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2860,209 +2698,206 @@ "たとえば/data1/CD1のように、1枚目のCDがあるディレクトリ\n" "を指定してください。</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "メディアの種類を選択してください" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "アドオン製品のCDを挿入してください" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "アドオン製品のDVDを挿入してください" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "USB ディスクは検出されませんでした" -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ファイルのダウンロード</b><br>\n" -"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を記述するための記述ファイルがありま" -"す。\n" -"［<b>リポジトリの説明をダウンロード</b>］をオンにすると、このYaSTモジュール" -"を\n" +"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を記述するための記述ファイルがあります。\n" +"［<b>リポジトリの説明をダウンロード</b>］をオンにすると、このYaSTモジュールを\n" "閉じたタイミングで、ファイルをダウンロードします。オフにした場合は、\n" "YaSTは必要時に後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "メディアタイプ" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "アドオン製品" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "URLスキーマ「%s」は有効ではありません。" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリを初期化しています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "設定済みのリポジトリの読み込み" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "SLP を通じて利用可能なリポジトリを検出" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "設定済みのリポジトリを読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリを検出しています..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "リポジトリを読み込むことができません" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "利用可能なリポジトリを検出できません" -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "リポジトリ設定の変更を保存できませんでした。\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "リポジトリ設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "リポジトリ設定の書き込み" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書込み中です..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "リポジトリを追加しています..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "オン" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "オフ" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "設定済みのリポジトリ" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "排出のための駆動(&D)" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "SLP検索" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "インストールサービスのためにネットワークをスキャンしています..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "フィルタフォーム" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "SLP リポジトリの選択" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "インストールできる製品(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "詳細(&D)..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "使用できる詳細はありません。" -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "リポジトリの詳細" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -3070,8 +2905,8 @@ "表示されているオプションの中から1つを選択してください。\n" "この製品には利用可能なリポジトリがさらに存在します。\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -3079,13 +2914,13 @@ "内部エラーが発生しました。\n" "選択したリポジトリには URL がありません。" -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "見つかった %1 サービスの情報を収集しています..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3095,18 +2930,18 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 がネットワークへのアクセスを妨げている\n" "可能性があります。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "ネットワーク上には SLP カタログが見つかりませんでした。" -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "パーティション「%1」は、あと %2 のディスク容量が必要です。" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3114,7 +2949,7 @@ "システムをアップデートする前にパッケージの選択を一部解除するか、\n" "必要のないデータや一時ファイルを削除してください。\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージを選択解除してください。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,82 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "プリンタの設定" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "エラー: /etc/cups/cupsd.confを書き込めませんでした" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "エラー: /etc/cups/client.confを書き込めませんでした" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "警告: %1 を読み込めません(ファイルが存在しない可能性があります)。" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "エラー: %1 を読み込めません(ファイルが空の可能性があります)。" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "警告: %1 を %1.yast2save としてバックアップできませんでした" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "警告: %1 を %1.yast2orig としてバックアップできませんでした" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"印刷を設定できません(必要なパッケージカップクライアントがインストールされてい" -"ません)。" +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "印刷を設定できません(必要なパッケージカップクライアントがインストールされていません)。" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"ローカルプリンタを設定できません(必要なパッケージカップがインストールされてい" -"ません)。" +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "ローカルプリンタを設定できません(必要なパッケージカップがインストールされていません)。" -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"ローカルプリンタにアクセスできません(印刷にリモートCUPSサーバ '%1' を使用)。" +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "ローカルプリンタにアクセスできません(印刷にリモートCUPSサーバ '%1' を使用)。" -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -97,17 +89,17 @@ "CUPSデーモンを起動しました。\n" "操作できるようになるまで30秒ほどお待ちください...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -115,635 +107,600 @@ "CUPSデーモンの準備ができるのを待っています。\n" "操作できるようになるまで1分ほどお待ちください..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." msgstr "ローカルプリンタを設定できません(ローカルcupsdにアクセス不可)。" -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "プリンタが見つかりません。" -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "新しいプリンタ設定を作成しています" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "システム内にまだ新しいプリンタ設定が保存されていません" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "プリンタの設定が壊れる可能性があります。" -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "既存の設定が見つかりました" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "作成された設定" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "ローカルプリンタが設定されていません。" -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "プリンタ" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "プリンタ(&P)" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "今すぐローカル接続プリンタを自動設定する(&D)" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "USBプリンタを接続した際、自動での設定を行うかどうかを指定します" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"udev-configure-printerパッケージを使用してUSBプリンタを自動設定する(&U)" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "udev-configure-printerパッケージを使用してUSBプリンタを自動設定する(&U)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "リモートCUPSサーバ「%1」の無効化" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムのプリンタ自動設定と矛盾していま" -"す。" +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムのプリンタ自動設定と矛盾しています。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"/etc/cups/client.conf から「ServerName」の項目を削除するのに失敗しました。" +msgstr "/etc/cups/client.conf から「ServerName」の項目を削除するのに失敗しました。" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "udev-configure-printerをインストールできませんでした。" -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "udev-configure-printerを削除できませんでした。" -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "プリンタの自動設定が正常に機能しませんでした。" -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "プリンタの自動設定の結果" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "全てのモデル" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "新しいプリンタ設定の追加" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "プリンタの型式を入力してください。" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "接続の指定" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "他を検出(&D)" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "接続ウィザード(&W)" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "モデル" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "接続" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "ドライバの検索と割り当て" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "検索(&S):" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "他を検索(&F)" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "ドライバパッケージ(&P)" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "ドライバを選択してください。" -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" msgstr "デフォルトの用紙サイズ(プリンタとドライバが対応している場合)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "任意の名前の設定(&N)" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "デフォルトとして使用する(&U)" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "HPプリンタの代替設定:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "hp-setupの起動(&H)" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "hp-setupでは英語のみの表示になります" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "選択されませんでした" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "接続を選択し、ドライバを割り当ててください。" -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "接続を選択していません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "接続を選択してください。" -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "ドライバを選択していません" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "キュー名がありません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "キュー名を入力してください。" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "キュー名が正しくありません。" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"キュー名には文字(A～Zおよびa～z)、数字(0～9)、アンダースコア「_」のみを使用す" -"ることができます。" +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "キュー名には文字(A～Zおよびa～z)、数字(0～9)、アンダースコア「_」のみを使用することができます。" -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "検証済みキュー名の確認" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "" -"'%1' は無効であるか、既に存在しています。 '%2' を代わりに使用しますか？" +msgstr "'%1' は無効であるか、既に存在しています。 '%2' を代わりに使用しますか？" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"次のダイアログに必要な新しいプリンタの設定が表示されない場合は、しばらく待っ" -"てから［一覧を更新］ボタンをクリックしてください。" +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "次のダイアログに必要な新しいプリンタの設定が表示されない場合は、しばらく待ってから［一覧を更新］ボタンをクリックしてください。" -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "hp-setup の起動に失敗しました。" -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "変更 %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "現在のドライバに対する全てのオプション(&O)" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "現在のドライバにおける既定の紙サイズ" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "現在の接続" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"ドライバは使われていません (「未加工の」キューであるか、もしくは「System V ス" -"タイルのインターフェーススクリプト」が使用されています)" +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "ドライバは使われていません (「未加工の」キューであるか、もしくは「System V スタイルのインターフェーススクリプト」が使用されています)" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "現在のドライバ" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "現在のドライバのオプションを調整するか、異なるドライバを割り当てる" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "説明文(&T)" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "場所(&L)" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "印刷ジョブの受け付け(&J)" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "印刷を有効にする(&E)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "%1 の修正に失敗しました。" -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "プリンタ設定を変更しています" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "変更済みプリンタ設定がシステムに保存されていません" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"次のダイアログに必要な変更が表示ない場合は、しばらく待ってから［一覧を更新］" -"ボタンをクリックしてください。" +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "次のダイアログに必要な変更が表示ない場合は、しばらく待ってから［一覧を更新］ボタンをクリックしてください。" -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "利用可能なドライバオプションはありません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"考えられる原因: 何も選択していない、もしくはリモートのキューであるなどが考え" -"られます。" +msgstr "考えられる原因: 何も選択していない、もしくはリモートのキューであるなどが考えられます。" -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "プリンタモデルの保持または別のメーカーの選択(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"「rawキュー」を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの型番を保持するかプリンタの製造元" -"を選択する(&M)" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "「rawキュー」を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの型番を保持するかプリンタの製造元を選択する(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "プリンタメーカーの選択(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." msgstr "「rawキュー」を設定する場合を除き、プリンタの製造元を選択する(&M)" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IPアドレスまたはホスト名(&I)" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "IPアドレスまたはホスト名[パーセント記号でエンコード](&I)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "検索" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "すべてのホストを検索" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"オプションの「option=value」パラメータ(通常は何も指定しません) [パーセント記" -"号でエンコード]" +msgstr "オプションの「option=value」パラメータ(通常は何も指定しません) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "接続のテスト(&T)" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -751,69 +708,66 @@ "HPデバイスに「hp」バックエンドからアクセスするには、\n" "RPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "RPMパッケージhplipはインストールされていません。" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "シリアルデバイス(&S)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "ボーレート(&B)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "データビット数(&D)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "パリティチェック(&P)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "フロー制御(&F)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "ストップビット(&T)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Bluetoothプリンタにアクセスするには、RPMパッケージbluez-cupsをインストールす" -"る必要があります。" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Bluetoothプリンタにアクセスするには、RPMパッケージbluez-cupsをインストールする必要があります。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "RPMパッケージbluez-cupsはインストールされていません。" -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -823,343 +777,332 @@ "「hcitool scan」を実行してBluetoothのデバイスIDを取得し、\n" "コロン(:)を入れずにIDを入力してください(例: 「1A2B3C4D5E6F」)。" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "BluetoothデバイスIDを取り出しています..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "BluetoothデバイスIDのリストを取得できませんでした。" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "BluetoothデバイスID(&B)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "現在利用可能なBluetoothデバイスID" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "直接ソケットサーバの検索" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "TCP ポート番号" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "LPD サーバの検索" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "キュー名 (プリンタのマニュアルをお読みください)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI (プリンタのマニュアルを参照してください) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" +msgstr "URI (プリンタのマニュアルを参照してください) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"SMBプリンタ共有にアクセスするには、RPMパッケージsamba-clientをインストールす" -"る必要があります。" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "SMBプリンタ共有にアクセスするには、RPMパッケージsamba-clientをインストールする必要があります。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "RPMパッケージsamba-clientはインストールされていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "サーバ(NetBIOSホスト名)(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "プリンタ(共有名)(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "ワークグループ(ドメイン名)(&W)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "認証(必要な場合)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "固定のユーザ名/パスワードを使用する" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "ユーザ(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "パスワード(&W)" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Active Directory(R)のサポート(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "キュー名" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "IPP サーバのスキャン" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "IPP ブロードキャストのスキャン" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"IPXプリントキューにアクセスするには、RPMパッケージncpfsをインストールする必要" -"があります。" +msgstr "IPXプリントキューにアクセスするには、RPMパッケージncpfsをインストールする必要があります。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "RPMパッケージncpfsはインストールされていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IPアドレスまたはホスト名" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "次のユーザとして認証:" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "ユーザ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"「パイプ」を利用して印刷するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールす" -"る必要があります。" +msgstr "「パイプ」を利用して印刷するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "RPMパッケージcups-backendsはインストールされていません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "プログラム(/path/to/command?option=value) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"「beh」を使用するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があり" -"ます。" +msgstr "「beh」を使用するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "デバイスURI (「beh」を適用する先) [パーセント記号でエンコード]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "キューを決して無効化しない" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "再試行回数 (「0」は無制限に再試行する意味になります)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "再試行の間の待機時間 (秒)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "特定の接続タイプを選択します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "接続種類(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "直接接続されているデバイス" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB ポート" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP デバイス (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "以下を介してネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバにアクセス" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP ポート (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "ラインプリンタデーモン (LPD) プロトコル" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "インターネット印刷プロトコル (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "プリントサーバマシン経由で印刷する" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows(R)またはSamba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "従来のUNIXサーバ(LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPSサーバ(IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "特殊" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "任意のデバイス URI を指定" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する (パイプ)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "デイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理 (beh)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "接続の設定" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "接続ウィザード" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "CUPSバージョン1.5でSCSIプリンタのサポートは削除されました。" -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1169,16 +1112,16 @@ "cupsd.conf内で「FileDevice Yes」を設定することで、\n" "「file:/dev/sg...」のようなデバイスURIを利用することができます。" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "接続を選択してください" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1188,13 +1131,13 @@ "介してデバイスにアクセスすることができないことを示しています。\n" "常にプリンタが接続されていて、電源がオンになっていますか?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "有効な接続を選択してください" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1204,97 +1147,91 @@ "この接続を介してデバイスにアクセスすることはできません。\n" "プリンタが接続されていて、電源がオンになっていますか?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "シリアルデバイスとボーレートを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "" -"「スペース」パリティチェックはデータビット数が7の場合にのみサポートされていま" -"す。" +msgstr "「スペース」パリティチェックはデータビット数が7の場合にのみサポートされています。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"「マーク」パリティチェックはデータビット数が7、ストップビットが1の場合にのみ" -"サポートされています。" +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "「マーク」パリティチェックはデータビット数が7、ストップビットが1の場合にのみサポートされています。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "BluetoothデバイスIDを指定する必要があります。" -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URIを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "サーバ名とプリンタを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "ユーザ名とパスワードの両方を指定する必要があります。" -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "サーバ名を指定する必要があります。" -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "サーバ名とキュー名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"デバイスURI 、再試行回数、および待機時間をそれぞれ指定する必要があります。" +msgstr "デバイスURI 、再試行回数、および待機時間をそれぞれ指定する必要があります。" -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "何らかを指定する必要があります。" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "製造元または「rawキュー」を選択してください。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "ローカルネットワーク内にあるすべてのホストを検索" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1302,64 +1239,63 @@ "お待ちください...\n" "しばらく時間がかかります。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "TCPポート %1 を介してアクセス可能なホストをスキャン" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Samba (SMB)を介してアクセス可能なホストをスキャン" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "ポート515 (LPD/LPR)を介してアクセス可能なホストをスキャン" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "ポート631 (CUPS/IPP)を介してアクセス可能なホストをスキャン" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" msgstr "" "ネットワーク内のスキャンではホストが見つかりませんでした。\n" -"(ネットワークに問題があるか、ファイアウォールがアクティブになっている可能性が" -"あります。)" +"(ネットワークに問題があるか、ファイアウォールがアクティブになっている可能性があります。)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト「%2」のポート「%1」でアクセステストが失敗しました。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト「%2」のキュー「%1」でアクセステストが失敗しました。" -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1371,253 +1307,243 @@ "Active Directory(R)を介して印刷テストを行う場合、対象のユーザが\n" "ログインできて印刷できるかどうかを、GnomeやKDEから直接確認してください。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト「%2」上の共有「%1」に対する汎用テストが失敗を報告しました。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "ホスト「%2」の共有「%1」でアクセステストが失敗しました。" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "テストOK" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Active Directory(R)をサポートするには、RPMパッケージsamba-krb-printingをイン" -"ストールする必要があります。" +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Active Directory(R)をサポートするには、RPMパッケージsamba-krb-printingをインストールする必要があります。" -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Active Directory(R)のサポートは、すべてのSMBプリントキューに対して無効化され" -"ます。" +msgstr "Active Directory(R)のサポートは、すべてのSMBプリントキューに対して無効化されます。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "プリンタ設定" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "ネットワーク経由で印刷する" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "プリンタの共有" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "ポリシー" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "自動設定" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "AutoYaSTプリンタ設定" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "AutoYaSTネットワーク経由印刷の設定" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "検出したプリンタ" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "AutoYaSTネットワーク経由CUPS印刷の設定" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "ドライバパッケージ" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "プリンタドライバパッケージのインストールまたは削除" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Ghostscriptドライバ向けのプリンタ定義ファイル(PPD)" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "PCLプリンタ向けのプリンタ定義ファイル(PPD)" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "PostScript プリンタ向けのプリンタ定義ファイル (PPD)" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print ドライバ" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "HPプリンタ/HPオールインワンデバイス向けのドライバ" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "製造元のPostScriptプリンタ定義ファイル" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "JBIGを使用しないSPLプリンタ向けのSpliXドライバ" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Epson ESC/P-Rインクジェットプリンタドライバ" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "利用可能なプリンタ定義ファイル (PPD) の作成" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルの名前とフルパス(&F)" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "参照(&B)" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルの選択" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "'%1' にアクセスすることができません" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルが仕様に準拠していません。" -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "エラーを無視してプリンタ定義ファイルを使用しますか？" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"仕様に準拠していないプリンタ定義ファイルを使用すると予測できないエラーが発生" -"する可能性があります。" +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "仕様に準拠していないプリンタ定義ファイルを使用すると予測できないエラーが発生する可能性があります。" -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "プリンタ定義ファイルを利用可能にすることができませんでした" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "キュー %1 のドライバオプション" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "キュー %1 に対してドライバオプションを設定するのに失敗しました。" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1627,8 +1553,8 @@ "<b><big>プリンタ設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1638,39 +1564,35 @@ "<b><big>プリンタ設定を完了しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device.<br>\n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "［<b><big>プリントキューの概要</big></b>］<br>\n" -"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。" -"<br>\n" +"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。<br>\n" "さまざまなアプリケーションプログラムが同時にプリントジョブを送信した場合、\n" "それらのジョブはキューに入れられ、プリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。<br>\n" -"同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできま" -"す。\n" +"同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできます。\n" "たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、\n" "モノクロ印刷を行う2番目のキューを作成したり、\n" "PostScriptとPCLの両方に対応したプリンタに対して、\n" "それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1684,8 +1606,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>リモートキューの使用:</big></b><br>\n" -"遠隔(リモート)キューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているた" -"め、\n" +"遠隔(リモート)キューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているため、\n" "ここから変更することはできません。<br>\n" "ここに表示されたリモートのキューは、このホスト内で既知のものであり、\n" "通常はアプリケーション側から直接使用することができます。\n" @@ -1693,8 +1614,8 @@ "ローカルキューを設定する必要はありません。<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1703,12 +1624,11 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>プリンタの設定:</big></b><br>\n" -"［<b>追加</b>］ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定するこ" -"とができます。\n" +"［<b>追加</b>］ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定することができます。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1720,8 +1640,8 @@ "ローカルキューを選択し［<b>編集</b>］ボタンを押してください。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1733,8 +1653,8 @@ "ローカルキューを選択し［<b>削除</b>］ボタンを押してください。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1746,8 +1666,8 @@ "キューを選択し、［<b>テストページの印刷</b>］を押してください。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1769,8 +1689,8 @@ "［<b>一覧を更新</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1784,48 +1704,39 @@ "ローカルのプリントキューに対しては、AutoYaSTのサポートはありません。\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -"<br>\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>プリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定</big></b><br>\n" -"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。" -"<br>\n" +"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。<br>\n" "さまざまなアプリケーションプログラムが同時にプリントジョブを送信した場合、\n" "それらのジョブはキューに入れられてプリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。<br>\n" -"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することも" -"できます。\n" -"たとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場" -"合、\n" +"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできます。\n" +"たとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場合、\n" "複数のキューを作成する必要が発生する場合があります。\n" "たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して\n" "モノクロ印刷を行う2番目のキューを作成したり、\n" "PostScriptとPCLの両方に対応したプリンタに対して、\n" -"それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。これは、PCLドライバの方がより" -"高速であるためです(ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" +"それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。これは、PCLドライバの方がより高速であるためです(ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new queue:<br>\n" @@ -1841,12 +1752,11 @@ "他とは被らない唯一のキュー名を設定します。\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device.<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1854,16 +1764,13 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"［<b>接続</b>］では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決" -"定します。<br>\n" +"［<b>接続</b>］では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。<br>\n" "間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず、\n" "印刷出力が行われなくなります。<br>\n" "2つ以上の方法でプリンタデバイスにアクセスできる場合は、\n" @@ -1872,20 +1779,18 @@ "\n" "後者の方法はHPドライバパッケージ「hplip」が提供している方法です。\n" "単純な印刷であればいずれの接続であっても動作しますが、それ以外の機能\n" -"(たとえば「hp-toolbox」を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HPオールインワン" -"デバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" +"(たとえば「hp-toolbox」を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HPオールインワンデバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" "については「hp:/...」接続を使用する必要があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1910,8 +1815,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1931,15 +1835,11 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b></b>「ドライバ」は特定のプリンタの型式に対して正しいデータを生成するため" -"の\n" +"<b></b>「ドライバ」は特定のプリンタの型式に対して正しいデータを生成するための\n" "ものです。<br>\n" -"間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力される" -"こと\n" -"になるため、見栄えの悪い出力になったり乱れた出力になったり、場合によっては全" -"く出力されないこともあります。<br>\n" -"初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されてい" -"る\n" +"間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力されること\n" +"になるため、見栄えの悪い出力になったり乱れた出力になったり、場合によっては全く出力されないこともあります。<br>\n" +"初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されている\n" "モデル名が入力されています。\n" "これにより、ドライバの説明文に記載されているモデル名を検索して\n" "該当するドライバを表示しています。<br>\n" @@ -1961,22 +1861,18 @@ "そのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\n" "お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、\n" "必要に応じて設定を調整してください。<br>\n" -"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合で" -"も、\n" +"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、\n" "その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" "自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n" "異なる場合もあるということです。\n" "そのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\n" -"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。" -"<br>\n" +"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。<br>\n" "なお、通常はデフォルトのドライバオプション設定は適切に設定され、\n" "プリンタで動作するようになっています。\n" -"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、プリンタに正しく一致していなければならな" -"い場合もあります。\n" +"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、プリンタに正しく一致していなければならない場合もあります。\n" "特にドライバでのデフォルトの用紙サイズの設定については、\n" "お使いのプリンタに設置されているものと正しく一致していなければなりません。\n" -"A4またはレターサイズをデフォルトの用紙サイズとして設定することもできます" -"し、\n" +"A4またはレターサイズをデフォルトの用紙サイズとして設定することもできますし、\n" "ドライバがA4にもレターサイズにも対応していない場合など、\n" "何も選択しないままでドライバ内蔵のデフォルトの用紙サイズを使用する\n" "よう設定することもできます\n" @@ -1986,8 +1882,8 @@ "［編集/変更］ダイアログからすべてのドライバオプションを設定してください。\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -2000,12 +1896,11 @@ "アプリケーションプログラムは実際のプリンタデバイスを表示しませんが、\n" "その代わりに関連付けられた<b></b>「キュー名」を表示します。<br>\n" "キュー名については文字(a～zおよびA～Z)、数字(0～9)、アンダースコア「_」\n" -"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の1文字はアルファベットにする必要が" -"あります。\n" +"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の1文字はアルファベットにする必要があります。\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p>\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2022,27 +1917,21 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"いずれか1つのプリントキューを<b></b>「デフォルトで使用する」ことができます。" -"<br>\n" -"ユーザ側で特に何もプリントキューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラム" -"はここで設定した\n" +"いずれか1つのプリントキューを<b></b>「デフォルトで使用する」ことができます。<br>\n" +"ユーザ側で特に何もプリントキューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはここで設定した\n" "システムのデフォルトのプリントキューを利用して印刷します。\n" "ただし「唯一無二」のデフォルトキューはありません。\n" -"システムのデフォルトキューが存在するだけでなく、ユーザ側でも独自のデフォルト" -"値を\n" +"システムのデフォルトキューが存在するだけでなく、ユーザ側でも独自のデフォルト値を\n" "設定することができるほか、任意のアプリケーションプログラムが\n" -"独自の方法でデフォルトのプリントキューを判断する場合もあります(たとえば、アプ" -"リケーションが直前に使用した\n" +"独自の方法でデフォルトのプリントキューを判断する場合もあります(たとえば、アプリケーションが直前に使用した\n" "プリントキューを記憶するなど)。<br>\n" -"詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語)" -"または\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS(英語)にあるopenSUSEサポー" -"トデータベース記事を参照してください。<br>\n" +"詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語)または\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS(英語)にあるopenSUSEサポートデータベース記事を参照してください。<br>\n" "\n" "</p>" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p>\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" @@ -2060,28 +1949,22 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"HPデバイスを設定するためのもう1つの方法として、<b></b>「hp-setupの起動」があ" -"ります。<br>\n" -"HP独自のツールである「hp-setup」は、特にHP社製のプリンタおよびオールインワン" -"デバイスに対して\n" +"HPデバイスを設定するためのもう1つの方法として、<b></b>「hp-setupの起動」があります。<br>\n" +"HP独自のツールである「hp-setup」は、特にHP社製のプリンタおよびオールインワンデバイスに対して\n" "専用ドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実施を行う\n" "セットアップサポートを提供します。\n" "\n" -"また、「hp-setup」はHP社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワーク" -"デバイスに対しても、\n" -"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これはHP独自のツールではHPネットワー" -"クデバイスについて\n" +"また、「hp-setup」はHP社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワークデバイスに対しても、\n" +"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これはHP独自のツールではHPネットワークデバイスについて\n" "特別な処理を行うことができるためです。\n" "<br>\n" -"詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本" -"語)または\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語)にあるopenSUSEサ" -"ポートデータベース記事\n" +"詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本語)または\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語)にあるopenSUSEサポートデータベース記事\n" "「HP社製プリンタの設定方法」を参照してください。<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2093,12 +1976,11 @@ "キューを修正するには、変更したいキューのみを選択してください。<br>\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2106,10 +1988,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2139,20 +2019,16 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b></b>「接続」はプリンタデバイスに対してデータを送信する方法を設定します。" -"<br>\n" -"誤った接続を選択してしまうと、データをデバイスに送信することができないた" -"め、\n" +"<b></b>「接続」はプリンタデバイスに対してデータを送信する方法を設定します。<br>\n" +"誤った接続を選択してしまうと、データをデバイスに送信することができないため、\n" "印刷が全く出力されなくなります。<br>\n" "また、プリンタデバイスへの接続方法が2種類以上存在する場合は、\n" "それぞれの接続方法が表示されます。<br>\n" "特にHPデバイスの場合は、「usb:/...」接続と\n" "「hp:/...」接続の両方が表示されます。\n" "後者はHPドライバパッケージ「hplip」で提供されるものです。\n" -"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ" -"以外の場合\n" -"(たとえばデバイスの状態を「hp-toolbox」で表示させたり、HPのオールインワンデバ" -"イスでスキャンする場合など)\n" +"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ以外の場合\n" +"(たとえばデバイスの状態を「hp-toolbox」で表示させたり、HPのオールインワンデバイスでスキャンする場合など)\n" "は「hp:/...」の接続方法を使用する必要があります。<br>\n" "接続方法を一方のものから他方のものに変更する場合は、\n" "ドライバの検索文字列の項目は\n" @@ -2170,34 +2046,27 @@ "場合によっては、自動的に選択されたドライバが\n" "お使いのプリンタ型式で全く動かない場合もあります。\n" "理由としては、ドライバの自動選択を\n" -"文字列の比較で行う(自動検出した型式とドライバの説明文)ものであるため、お使い" -"のプリンタの型式に対して最も適切だと思われる\n" +"文字列の比較で行う(自動検出した型式とドライバの説明文)ものであるため、お使いのプリンタの型式に対して最も適切だと思われる\n" "ドライバを探し出すだけであるためです。<br>\n" "そのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\n" -"お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、必要に応じて設定を調整してく" -"ださい。<br>\n" -"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合で" -"も、その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" +"お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、必要に応じて設定を調整してください。<br>\n" +"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" "自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n" "異なる場合もあるということです。\n" "そのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\n" -"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。" -"<br>\n" +"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model.<br>\n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -"<br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -"<br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" @@ -2206,8 +2075,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -"<br>\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2215,8 +2083,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again.<br>\n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2226,18 +2093,13 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b></b>「ドライバ」では特定のプリンタ型番に対して正しいデータを生成する方法" -"を\n" +"<b></b>「ドライバ」では特定のプリンタ型番に対して正しいデータを生成する方法を\n" "指定します。<br>\n" "間違ったドライバを割り当てるとプリンタに対して間違ったデータが送信され、\n" -"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、乱れた出力になったり、全く出力されなかったりしま" -"す。<br>\n" -"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりする" -"ことができますし、\n" -"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更す" -"ることもできます。<br>\n" -"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなけれ" -"ばならないものもあります。\n" +"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、乱れた出力になったり、全く出力されなかったりします。<br>\n" +"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりすることができますし、\n" +"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更することもできます。<br>\n" +"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなければならないものもあります。\n" "たとえばドライバに対するデフォルトの紙サイズの設定は\n" "プリンタに取り付けられている紙に適合しなければなりません。<br>\n" "その他のドライバオプション設定は自由に変更できます。\n" @@ -2245,37 +2107,30 @@ "それぞれのドライバで問題なく動作するはずです。\n" "ドライバ側で対応していない高い解像度で印刷しようとした場合は、\n" "うまくいかない場合もあります。たとえばレーザープリンタを使用している場合に\n" -"高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などがこれに該当" -"します。<br>\n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などがこれに該当します。<br>\n" "現在使用中のドライバを別のものに入れ替えた場合は、\n" "まず最初にその変更をプリントキューに適用して\n" "キューが新しいドライバを使用するよう設定し\n" "(手順の最初でこのダイアログを完了しなければならない、という意味です)、\n" -"次の手順としてこのダイアログを再度使用し、必要なすべてのドライバオプション" -"を\n" +"次の手順としてこのダイアログを再度使用し、必要なすべてのドライバオプションを\n" "設定する、という流れになります。<br>\n" -"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に" -"対して、\n" +"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に対して、\n" "現在使用中のドライバの説明が入力されています。\n" "これにより、一般に1つのドライバのみが該当することになるため、\n" "検索文字列をより短く指定して\n" "別のドライバを参照するか、もしくは［他を検索］ボタンを使用してください。\n" -"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないとい" -"う\n" +"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないという\n" "ことになります。\n" -"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになってい" -"て、これによりすべてのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" +"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになっていて、これによりすべてのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" "</p>" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and " -"<b>location</b>.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2290,10 +2145,8 @@ "<p>\n" "正しいものを選択しなければならない接続とドライバに比べ、\n" "<b></b>「説明」と<b></b>「場所」については自由に入力することができます。\n" -"アプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合がありま" -"す。\n" -"これらの文字列をさまざまなユーザのさまざまなアプリケーションの言語環境で表示" -"できるようにするため、\n" +"アプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合があります。\n" +"これらの文字列をさまざまなユーザのさまざまなアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるようにするため、\n" "\n" "特別な文字を使用しないASCII文字(つまり文字(a～zおよびA～Z)、数字(0～9)、\n" "およびスペース)\n" @@ -2304,8 +2157,8 @@ "(たとえば「Room 123」や「Front Desk」)を入力します。\n" "</p>" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2322,16 +2175,15 @@ "<b><big>ドライバオプションの設定</big></b><br>\n" "通常の印刷ではデフォルトの設定が最も適切であるため、この欄は\n" "ドライバのデフォルト値そのままの状態にしておくのが最適です。<br>\n" -"場合によっては、通常のアプリケーションプログラム内に表示される印刷ダイアログ" -"が、\n" +"場合によっては、通常のアプリケーションプログラム内に表示される印刷ダイアログが、\n" "ドライバオプションを併せて表示することもあります。これは個別の印刷に対して\n" "ドライバオプションを設定できるようにしているためです。<br>\n" "プリンタで実際にデフォルトで使用される紙のサイズについては、\n" "いずれの場合でも確認してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2343,8 +2195,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"デフォルトでない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果に" -"なる場合があります。<br>\n" +"デフォルトでない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場合があります。<br>\n" "たとえばレーザープリンタを使用している場合に、\n" "高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などが\n" "これに該当します。<br>\n" @@ -2352,8 +2203,8 @@ "あります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "<p>\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2368,17 +2219,15 @@ "<p>\n" "一方、プリンタの機能を完全に利用するために、ある特定の条件でプリンタ\n" "固有のドライバ設定を設定しなければならないことがあります。<br>\n" -"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの用紙フィーダなどのオプショ" -"ン機器が\n" +"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの用紙フィーダなどのオプション機器が\n" "搭載されている場合、適切なドライバ設定を選択して設定する必要があります。\n" "<br>\n" -"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを「installed (インストール済み)」や「true " -"(はい)」\n" +"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを「installed (インストール済み)」や「true (はい)」\n" "に設定しないと、両面印刷の設定を無視して印刷してしまうかもしれません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2400,8 +2249,8 @@ "必要としているものがないことを確認したうえで実行してください。<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2440,8 +2289,7 @@ "そのため、システムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場合は、\n" "PPDファイルのフルパスを指定して/usr/share/cups/modelディレクトリに\n" "インストールする必要があります。<br>\n" -"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してくださ" -"い。<br>\n" +"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してください。<br>\n" "非PostScriptプリンタの場合、プリンタ設定を行って正しく動作させるためには\n" "PPDファイルだけでは足りません。\n" "特に非PostScriptプリンタでPPDファイルだけをインターネットから\n" @@ -2460,49 +2308,42 @@ "プリンタドライバを参照しているためです。<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" -"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device." -"<br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>接続方法の指定</big></b><br>\n" -"<b></b>「接続」ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定" -"します。<br>\n" +"<b></b>「接続」ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。<br>\n" "間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず\n" "印刷出力が行われなくなります。<br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -"<br>\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='.<br>\n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "Some examples:<br>\n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" @@ -2527,31 +2368,26 @@ "したがって、URIコンポーネントの値に含まれるスペース文字は\n" "「%20」にエンコードされます(20はスペース文字の16進数値)。<br>\n" "URIのコンポーネントは、予約済みの特殊文字\n" -"(コロン「:」、スラッシュ「/」、疑問符「?」、アンパサンド「&」、等号記号" -"「=」など)で区切られます。<br>\n" -"最後に、「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」という形式" -"の\n" +"(コロン「:」、スラッシュ「/」、疑問符「?」、アンパサンド「&」、等号記号「=」など)で区切られます。<br>\n" +"最後に、「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」という形式の\n" "オプションのパラメータ(疑問符区切り)を指定できます。\n" "たとえば、完全なデバイスURIを次のように指定できます:<br>\n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" "次に例をいくつか示します。<br>\n" "「ACME」によって製造された\n" -"シリアル番号「A1B2C3」のUSBプリンタのモデル「Fun Printer 1000+」には次のよう" -"なデバイスURIを指定できます。<br>\n" +"シリアル番号「A1B2C3」のUSBプリンタのモデル「Fun Printer 1000+」には次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。<br>\n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" "ポート9100を利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.1を持つ\n" "ネットワークプリンタには次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。<br>\n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" "「LPT1」というリモートLPDキュー名を\n" -"持つLPDプロトコルを利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.2を持つネットワークプ" -"リンタには\n" +"持つLPDプロトコルを利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.2を持つネットワークプリンタには\n" "次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。<br>\n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2658,19 +2494,16 @@ "(パーセント記号でのエンコードは行っていない場合)\n" "であるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドに\n" "そのまま入力しなければなりません。\n" -"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果「Foo%2520Bar」がURI内のパスワード" -"項目に\n" +"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果「Foo%2520Bar」がURI内のパスワード項目に\n" "入力されるようになっています。<br>\n" "逆に、ダイアログ内の入力フィールドがURIの単一コンポーネントに対して\n" -"複数の入力を許している場合(「option1=value1&option2=value2&" -"option3=value3」\n" +"複数の入力を許している場合(「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」\n" "またはURI全体の入力を1つの項目で行う場合)は、\n" "自動でのパーセント記号によるエンコードが行われないため、\n" "それぞれをエンコードして指定する必要があります。\n" "たとえばオプションパラメータを「option=value」\n" "のような形で指定する場合、値が「this&that」という形であれば、\n" -"オプションパラメータは「option=this&that」のように指定することになりま" -"す。\n" +"オプションパラメータは「option=this&that」のように指定することになります。\n" "ただし、もともとの「&」記号はそれぞれのオプションパラメータを\n" "区切る記号であるため、「option=this&that」のように入力してしまうと、\n" "1つ目のオプションが「option=this」で、2つ目のオプションが「that」\n" @@ -2700,13 +2533,12 @@ "アットマーク「@」は%40のようにエンコード<br>\n" "開き角括弧「[」は%5Bのようにエンコード<br>\n" "閉じ角括弧「]」は%5Dのようにエンコード<br>\n" -"詳細については、次のサイトにある「Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic " -"Syntax」を参照してください。<br>\n" +"詳細については、次のサイトにある「Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax」を参照してください。<br>\n" "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "</p>" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2720,12 +2552,11 @@ "自動検出され、適切なデバイスURIが自動生成されます。\n" "例:<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2762,14 +2593,12 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>ネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバ" -"イスURI</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>ネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイスURI</big></b><br>\n" "プリントサーバボックスとは、USBやパラレルポートに接続されたプリンタと\n" "ネットワークとを接続する小さな箱状のデバイスです。\n" "ネットワークプリンタには同種の機能が内蔵されています。\n" "アクセスするには3つの異なるプロトコルのいずれかを使用します。\n" -"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、ネットワークプリ" -"ンタまたは\n" +"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、ネットワークプリンタまたは\n" "プリントサーバのマニュアルを参照してください:<br>\n" "<b>TCPポート(AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n" "アクセスするにはIPアドレスとポート番号の指定が必要です。\n" @@ -2788,11 +2617,9 @@ "デバイスURIは次のようになります。<br>\n" "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n" "<b>インターネット印刷プロトコル(IPP)</b><br>\n" -"IPPはプリントサーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作" -"する\n" +"IPPはプリントサーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作する\n" "CUPSでのネイティブなプロトコルです。\n" -"プリントサーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュ" -"メント内で\n" +"プリントサーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメント内で\n" "公式に対応していると表明している場合にのみ使うべきものです。\n" "デバイスURIは次のようになります。<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>\n" @@ -2802,8 +2629,8 @@ "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "</p>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2813,8 +2640,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network:<br>\n" "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" @@ -2857,8 +2683,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" @@ -2886,20 +2711,16 @@ "どのプリントサーバマシンがお使いのネットワークで\n" "提供されるかについてはネットワーク管理者に問い合わせてください:<br>\n" "<b></b>Windows(R)またはSamba (SMB/CIFS)<br>\n" -"SMBプリンタ共有にアクセスするには、RPMパッケージsamba-clientをインストールす" -"る必要があります。\n" +"SMBプリンタ共有にアクセスするには、RPMパッケージsamba-clientをインストールする必要があります。\n" "このパッケージは、実際にデータをSMBプリンタ共有\n" "に送信する<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>プログラムへのリンク\n" "であるCUPSバックエンド「smb」を提供します。<br>\n" -"これにアクセスするには、サーバ名、プリンタ共有名、およびオプションでワークグ" -"ループ名\n" +"これにアクセスするには、サーバ名、プリンタ共有名、およびオプションでワークグループ名\n" "が必要です。\n" -"さらに、アクセスするためにユーザ名およびパスワードを要求される場合がありま" -"す。\n" +"さらに、アクセスするためにユーザ名およびパスワードを要求される場合があります。\n" "これらの値にスペースおよび特殊文字を使用する際には\n" "パーセントエンコードする必要があります(上記を参照)。<br>\n" -"デフォルトでは、CUPSはユーザ「lp」としてバックエンド(ここではsmbspool)を実行" -"します。\n" +"デフォルトでは、CUPSはユーザ「lp」としてバックエンド(ここではsmbspool)を実行します。\n" "Active Directory(R)環境(AD)で印刷する場合、\n" "ユーザ「lp」はこの環境での印刷を許可されていないため、\n" "ユーザ「lp」としてsmbspoolを利用して印刷する従来の方法は\n" @@ -2911,19 +2732,16 @@ "としてsmbspoolを実行するラッパーである<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" "に変更されます。\n" "AD環境での認証にKerberosプロトコル\n" -"が使用される場合、ユーザは、GnomeデスクトップまたはKDEデスクトップでログイン" -"中に\n" +"が使用される場合、ユーザは、GnomeデスクトップまたはKDEデスクトップでログイン中に\n" "ディスプレイマネージャを経由してチケット許可チケット(TGT)を取得します。\n" "smbspoolは、該当の印刷ジョブを\n" -"送信した元のユーザとして稼働している場合、Kerberos認証を使用するAD環境であっ" -"ても、\n" +"送信した元のユーザとして稼働している場合、Kerberos認証を使用するAD環境であっても、\n" "このユーザのTGTにアクセスし、これを使用して印刷データを\n" "SMBプリンタ共有に渡すことができます。\n" "この場合、固定ユーザ名も固定パスワードも\n" "認証のために指定する必要はありません。\n" "事前条件は、該当の印刷ジョブを送信した\n" -"ユーザがログインしている同じホストでget_printing_ticketが実行されることで" -"す。\n" +"ユーザがログインしている同じホストでget_printing_ticketが実行されることです。\n" "つまり、そのような印刷ジョブを送信する特定の\n" "ユーザ用にワークステーションで設定し、\n" "そのユーザのワークステーションが印刷データをAD環境のSMBプリンタ共有に\n" @@ -2933,14 +2751,11 @@ "従来の方法では、対応するフルデバイスURIは次のとおりです。<br>\n" "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n" "たとえば、「John Doe」のパスワードが「@home!」の場合、\n" -"次のようなデバイスURIを使用して「Fun Printer 1000+」共有にアクセスします。" -"<br>\n" +"次のようなデバイスURIを使用して「Fun Printer 1000+」共有にアクセスします。<br>\n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" "<b></b>詳細については、「<tt>man smbspool</tt>」および<br>\n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Shareを" -"参照してください。<br>\n" -"「Windows」および「Active Directory」はMicrosoft Corporationの米国およびその" -"他の国における\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Shareを参照してください。<br>\n" +"「Windows」および「Active Directory」はMicrosoft Corporationの米国およびその他の国における\n" "登録商標です。<br>\n" "<b></b>従来のUNIXサーバ(LPR)<br>\n" "ラインプリンタデーモン(LPD)は従来のサーバ上で動作し、\n" @@ -2953,15 +2768,14 @@ "CUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスしないでください。代わりに、\n" "<b></b>［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］ダイアログで設定してください。\n" "ローカル印刷キューを設定して\n" -"CUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスする必要があることを確信している場合の" -"み続行してください。<br>\n" +"CUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスする必要があることを確信している場合のみ続行してください。<br>\n" "IPPは、サーバ上で動作するCUPS用ネイティブプロトコルです。\n" "IPPの公式IANAポートは631です。\n" "対応するデバイスURI:<br>\n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" @@ -2994,12 +2808,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" "Example:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost.<br>\n" -"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3009,21 +2821,18 @@ "該当のケースに対して正しいデバイスURIがわかっている場合、\n" "または特別な方法で既存のデバイスを変更する場合に使用します。<br>\n" "<b></b>他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する(パイプ)<br>\n" -"これを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"これを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります。\n" "このパッケージは、ここで指定したプログラム\n" "を実行するCUPSバックエンド「パイプ」を提供します。\n" "対応するデバイスURI:<br>\n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" "<b></b>デイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理(beh)<br>\n" -"これを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要がありま" -"す\n" +"これを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります\n" "このパッケージはCUPSバックエンド「beh」を提供します。<br>\n" "バックエンド「beh」は通常のバックエンドのラッパーで、\n" "behによって呼び出されます。\n" "こうすることによって、behは設定に応じて\n" -"バックエンドの呼び出しを繰り返すか、または単純にバックエンドのエラーステータ" -"ス\n" +"バックエンドの呼び出しを繰り返すか、または単純にバックエンドのエラーステータス\n" "をCUPSデーモンで表示されないようにします。\n" "対応するデバイスURI:<br>\n" "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" @@ -3038,20 +2847,18 @@ "例:<br>\n" "beh:/1/3/5/ソケット://IPアドレス:ポート番号<br>\n" "behバックエンドは、ネットワークプリンタに3回アクセスしようとし、\n" -"その試行の間の遅延は5秒です。それでもアクセスに失敗すると、キューは無効になら" -"ず、\n" +"その試行の間の遅延は5秒です。それでもアクセスに失敗すると、キューは無効にならず、\n" "印刷ジョブが失われます。<br>\n" "<b></b>詳細は、「<tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt>」および<br>\n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" "を参照してください。</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -"<br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3086,26 +2893,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>ネットワーク経由での印刷</big></b><br>\n" -"通常はCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使" -"用します。<br>\n" +"通常はCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使用します。<br>\n" "デフォルトではCUPSは「参照」と呼ばれるモードを使用して\n" "ネットワーク内の利用可能なプリンタ検出します。<br>\n" "この場合はリモートのCUPSサーバがプリンタを公開していなければならず、\n" "さらにお使いのコンピュータ上のCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)が\n" -"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報をリスンするための状態である必要があ" -"ります。<br>\n" +"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報をリスンするための状態である必要があります。<br>\n" "CUPS参照情報はUDPポート631を介して受信できます。<br>\n" "ファイアウォールについて:<br>\n" "プリンタが公開されているネットワークのネットワークゾーンに\n" "ついて、ファイアウォールが有効かどうかを確認してください。\n" -"デフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に割り当てたネットワークインタ" -"フェースからの\n" +"デフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に割り当てたネットワークインタフェースからの\n" "すべての入力情報を許可します。\n" "これは、デフォルトではこのゾーンは信頼済みであるためです。<br>\n" "信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に設定した\n" "ネットワークインタフェースを介して印刷を行っても、意味がありません\n" -"(安全のため、ネットワークインタフェースのデフォルト値は後者(「外部ゾーン」)に" -"設定されています)。\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインタフェースのデフォルト値は後者(「外部ゾーン」)に設定されています)。\n" "特に、信頼できない「外部ゾーン」に対して、CUPS\n" " (IPP向けのTCPポート631とUDPポート631)\n" "のファイアウォール保護を外さないでください。\n" @@ -3120,12 +2923,11 @@ "場合は、さらなるファイアウォール設定は不要です。<br>\n" "詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事\n" "「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」<br>\n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してくださ" -"い。\n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3145,25 +2947,21 @@ "それらのサーバがネットワーク経由でプリンタ情報を公開していない場合や、\n" "公開されたプリンタに対する情報を受け入れることができない場合\n" "(たとえばプリンタが公開されているネットワークゾーンに対して、\n" -"ファイアウォール保護を行わなければならない場合)は、CUPSサーバに対してプリンタ" -"情報を\n" -"要求することができます(CUPSサーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります)。" -"<br>\n" +"ファイアウォール保護を行わなければならない場合)は、CUPSサーバに対してプリンタ情報を\n" +"要求することができます(CUPSサーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります)。<br>\n" "CUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)は、要求先のそれぞれのCUPSサーバに対して\n" "cups-polldプロセスを起動します。\n" "デフォルトでは、それぞれのcups-polldはリモートのCUPSサーバに対し、\n" "30秒間隔でプリンタ情報をポールします。\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -"<br>\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3173,24 +2971,19 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ネットワーク経由の印刷しか行わず、かつ単一のCUPSサーバしか使用しない場合" -"は、\n" -"CUPS参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、CUPSデーモンをホスト上で動作させる必要" -"もありません。\n" +"ネットワーク経由の印刷しか行わず、かつ単一のCUPSサーバしか使用しない場合は、\n" +"CUPS参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、CUPSデーモンをホスト上で動作させる必要もありません。\n" "その代わり、CUPSサーバの場所を指定して直接アクセスするのが便利です。<br>\n" -"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムがCUPSサーバにアクセスしよ" -"うとする際、\n" -"それが利用できない場合(たとえばラップトップで移動中など)にしばらく(時間切れに" -"なるまで)\n" +"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムがCUPSサーバにアクセスしようとする際、\n" +"それが利用できない場合(たとえばラップトップで移動中など)にしばらく(時間切れになるまで)\n" "待たされてしまう点です。\n" "通常はホスト名の解決(DNS)の時間切れによって待たされることになるため、\n" -"/etc/hostsファイル内にCUPSサーバのエントリをハードコーディングしておくのが便" -"利\n" +"/etc/hostsファイル内にCUPSサーバのエントリをハードコーディングしておくのが便利\n" "です。\n" "</p>" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3214,16 +3007,15 @@ "\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "</p>" @@ -3232,49 +3024,41 @@ "<b><big>プリントキューの共有とネットワーク経由での公開</big></b><br>\n" "一般的にCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)は「参照」モードと呼ばれる\n" "方法を使用して設定し、ネットワーク経由で利用可能にする必要があります。<br>\n" -"この場合、CUPSサーバは自身の持つローカルのプリントキューをネットワーク経由で" -"公開\n" +"この場合、CUPSサーバは自身の持つローカルのプリントキューをネットワーク経由で公開\n" "するため、CUPSクライアントではCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)を起動して\n" "プリンタの情報を受け取ることになります。<br>\n" "CUPS参照情報はUDPポート631を介して受信します。\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "<p>\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -"<br>\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"まず何よりも先にCUPSクライアントシステムでCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可する必" -"要があります。\n" +"まず何よりも先にCUPSクライアントシステムでCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。\n" "その後クライアントに対してプリンタを公開するかどうかを指定します。\n" -"ローカルネットワーク内では、CUPS参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在す" -"る\n" -"すべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対し" -"て\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内では、CUPS参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在する\n" +"すべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対して\n" "プリンタを公開します。<br>\n" "どのような場合でも、少なくともプリンタを公開する必要はありません。\n" "単一のCUPSサーバしかない場合は、CUPS参照を使用する必要はありません。\n" "その代わり、クライアントシステム側でCUPSサーバを指定させるのが簡単です\n" -"(［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］を使用します)。これにより、クライアントはサー" -"バに直接アクセスします。\n" +"(［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］を使用します)。これにより、クライアントはサーバに直接アクセスします。\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "<p>\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3296,10 +3080,8 @@ "どのリモートホストからCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可するのかについては、\n" "さまざまな方法が存在しています。<br>\n" "ローカルネットワーク内のコンピュータに対してリモートアクセスを許可すると、\n" -"ローカルネットワーク内に存在するすべてのホストから印刷できるようになりま" -"す。\n" -"ローカルネットワーク内のリモートホストとは、CUPSサーバと同じネットワーク内" -"の\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内に存在するすべてのホストから印刷できるようになります。\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内のリモートホストとは、CUPSサーバと同じネットワーク内の\n" "IPアドレスが割り当てられているマシンのことで、ホストのネットワーク接続が\n" "PPPインタフェース以外(IFF_POINTOPOINTフラグが設定されていない)\n" "の手段で接続されているものを指します。<br>\n" @@ -3310,8 +3092,8 @@ "\n" "</p>" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Regarding firewall:<br>\n" @@ -3353,8 +3135,7 @@ "(外部のネットワークからの印刷は誰も行うことができない場合)\n" "であれば、通常ユーザは印刷結果を取りに行くために物理的なアクセスを\n" "必要とします。<br>\n" -"デフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に属するネットワークインタフェー" -"ス\n" +"デフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に属するネットワークインタフェース\n" "経由での任意のネットワークトラフィックは、問題なく通過するように\n" "設定されています。これはこのゾーンが信頼されているものであるためです。<br>\n" "信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に設定した\n" @@ -3375,12 +3156,11 @@ "場合は、さらなるファイアウォール設定は不要です。<br>\n" "詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事\n" "「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」<br>\n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してくださ" -"い。\n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3393,14 +3173,13 @@ "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS 操作ポリシー</big></b><br>\n" "操作ポリシーはそれぞれの CUPS 操作に対するルールとして使用します。\n" -"操作には下記のようなものがあります: 「何らかの印刷」、「印刷のキャンセ" -"ル」、\n" +"操作には下記のようなものがあります: 「何らかの印刷」、「印刷のキャンセル」、\n" "「プリンタの設定」、「プリンタ設定の修正や削除」、\n" "「印刷の許可や禁止」\n" "</p>" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3420,24 +3199,21 @@ "<br>\n" "The following error policies exist:<br>\n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default).<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b></b><big>CUPSエラーポリシー</big><br>\n" "エラーポリシーは、\n" -"CUPSがプリンタデバイスへの印刷ジョブの送信に失敗した場合に使用するデフォルト" -"のポリシーを定義します。<br>\n" +"CUPSがプリンタデバイスへの印刷ジョブの送信に失敗した場合に使用するデフォルトのポリシーを定義します。<br>\n" "プリンタの接続方法\n" "(「USB」、「ソケット」、「lpd」、「ipp」など)\n" "および実際のエラーの種類に応じて、\n" "プリンタにデータを実際に送信するCUPSバックエンド\n" "はデフォルトのエラーポリシーを上書きし、別のエラーポリシーを\n" "強制設定できます(「<tt>man backend</tt>」を参照)。\n" -"たとえば、デフォルトのエラーポリシーがジョブを再試行することになっている場合" -"でも、\n" +"たとえば、デフォルトのエラーポリシーがジョブを再試行することになっている場合でも、\n" "その後の印刷試行を停止できます。\n" "これは、プリンタとの通信を確立する\n" "試行が成功しないため、\n" @@ -3449,8 +3225,8 @@ "ジョブを中止して削除し、次のジョブに進む。\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3468,8 +3244,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>ローカル接続されているプリンタに対して自動設定を実施する</big><br>\n" +"<b><big>ローカル接続されているプリンタに対して自動設定を実施する</big></b><br>\n" "ローカルホストに接続されているプリンタに対して、YaSTの自動設定を動作させる\n" "場合にオンにしてください。<br>\n" "自動検出されたプリンタに対しては、まずYaST側で設定済みかどうかが\n" @@ -3483,8 +3258,8 @@ "\n" "</p>" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" @@ -3522,111 +3297,107 @@ "を手動で編集する場合を除いて設定を行うことはできません。\n" "</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "表示" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "ローカル(&L)" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "リモート(&R)" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "環境設定" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "場所" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "デフォルト" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "状況" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "一覧を更新(&F)" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "テストページを印刷する(&T)" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"ローカルで動作するCUPSデーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われま" -"す。\n" -"「lpstat -h localhost -r」コマンドを入力して、ローカルのcupsdにアクセスできる" -"かどうか確認してください。\n" -"cupsdにアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生しま" -"す。\n" +"ローカルで動作するCUPSデーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われます。\n" +"「lpstat -h localhost -r」コマンドを入力して、ローカルのcupsdにアクセスできるかどうか確認してください。\n" +"cupsdにアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生します。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3639,20 +3410,18 @@ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" "CUPSデーモンは公式のIANA IPPポート(631)をリスンしていない可能性があります。\n" -"「netstat -nap | grep cupsd」コマンドを入力し、cupsdがリスンしているかどうか" -"確認してください。\n" +"「netstat -nap | grep cupsd」コマンドを入力し、cupsdがリスンしているかどうか確認してください。\n" "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf内で「Listen ...:1234」や「Port 1234」の設定\n" "(ここで、「1234」は公式の631番ポートではない任意の番号を意味しています)\n" "を行っていたり、「BrowsePort 1234」を設定していたりすると発生します。\n" "YaSTプリンタモジュールはこのような非公式ポートはサポートしていません。\n" -"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続け" -"ます。\n" +"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続けます。\n" "どうしても非公式のポートを使用する場合は、\n" "YaSTプリンタモジュールを使用できません。\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3660,602 +3429,567 @@ "CUPSサーバにアクセスできるかどうか、いくつかのテストを実施しています...\n" "(しばらく時間がかかります)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "アクセスできないCUPSサーバ「%1」を使用しないように設定しますか?" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "続行するには、「%1」を使用しないように選択する必要があります。" -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でも時間がかかったり、うま" -"く行かなかったりする場合があります。" +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でも時間がかかったり、うまく行かなかったりする場合があります。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS サーバ %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "CUPSサーバにアクセスできるかどうかテストしています..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "エントリを選択してください。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "削除不可" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "これはリモート設定です。ローカル設定のみを削除できます。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "削除の確認" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "設定はすぐに削除され、元に戻すことはできません。" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "設定 %1 を削除" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "削除を行わない" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "クラスの削除の確認" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "このツールでは、削除したクラスを再作成することはできません。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "印刷ジョブの拒否" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "印刷ジョブが拒否されたため、テストページを印刷することができません。" -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "印刷禁止" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "印刷が禁止されているため、テストページを印刷することができません。" -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"テストページを印刷する前に削除すべきかもしれない、待機中の印刷ジョブが存在し" -"ます。" +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "テストページを印刷する前に削除すべきかもしれない、待機中の印刷ジョブが存在します。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "%1 向けの待機中のプリントジョブを削除" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "テストページの印刷前にこれらを削除" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "他のジョブが終了してからテストページを印刷" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "%1 で待機中の全ての印刷ジョブを削除するのに失敗しました。" -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "テスト印刷" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"1ページだけのテストか、両面印刷をテストする場合などの2ページのテストを行いま" -"す" +msgstr "1ページだけのテストか、両面印刷をテストする場合などの2ページのテストを行います" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "単一のテストページ" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "2ページ分のテストページ" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "%1 でのテストページの印刷に失敗しました。" -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "テストページの印刷が完了するまでお待ちください" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "%1 にテストページを送信しました。まもなく出力されます。" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "テストページの印刷が成功しました" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "テストページの印刷に失敗しました" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "今すぐ削除すべきかもしれない待機中の印刷ジョブが存在します。" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "すべての保留中のジョブを削除" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "削除を行わない" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"完全なログを確認したい場合は、/var/log/cups/error_logファイルを参照してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "完全なログを確認したい場合は、/var/log/cups/error_logファイルを参照してください。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "%1 向けにテストページを処理した際のCUPSログ情報(英語のみ)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"CUPSのログ情報を確認したい場合は、/var/log/cups/error_logファイルを参照してく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "CUPSのログ情報を確認したい場合は、/var/log/cups/error_logファイルを参照してください。" -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"リモートシステム経由での印刷がうまくいかない場合は、リモートシステムの管理者" -"に問い合わせてください。" +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "リモートシステム経由での印刷がうまくいかない場合は、リモートシステムの管理者に問い合わせてください。" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"印刷キューを追加するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" +msgstr "印刷キューを追加するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "修正できません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "これはリモート設定です。ローカル設定のみを修正できます。" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "プリンタを停止して次回の印刷時までジョブを保持する" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "しばらく待機した後ジョブを再送信する" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "ジョブを中止して削除し、次のジョブへ進む" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "エラーポリシーを指定する(&E)" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "このエラーポリシーを全てのローカルプリンタ設定に適用する(&A)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "操作ポリシーを指定する(&O)" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "この操作ポリシーを全てのローカルプリンタ設定に適用する(&P)" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムの設定ポリシーと矛盾しています。" +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "リモートの CUPS サーバ設定はローカルシステムの設定ポリシーと矛盾しています。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "ポリシーを '%1' に設定できませんでした" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で「DefaultPolicy %1」 の設定に失敗しました" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.conf で 「ErrorPolicy %1」の設定に失敗しました" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "システムに対して設定を反映することができませんでした。" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "いかなるプリンタ通知も受け付けない" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "任意の場所からのすべての通知を受け付ける" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "ローカルネットワーク内のすべてのホストからのアクセスを受け入れる" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "次に指定したアドレスからのアクセスだけを受け入れる" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "ネットワーク経由での印刷に CUPS を使用" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "CUPSサーバからのプリンタ通知を受け取る(&A)" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "一般設定(&G)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"追加のIPドレスまたはネットワーク/ネットマスク(半角スペースで区切る)(&N)" +msgstr "追加のIPドレスまたはネットワーク/ネットマスク(半角スペースで区切る)(&N)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "CUPSサーバにプリンタ情報を要求する(&R)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "ポールされたCUPSサーバ名またはIPアドレス(半角スペースで区切る)(&I)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "単一のCUPSサーバを介してすべての印刷を直接処理する(&D)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "単一のCUPSサーバまたはIPアドレス(&O)" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "サーバのテスト(&T)" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "他のプリントサーバを使用するか、ネットワークプリンタに直接出力する" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"ファイアウォールがCUPSサーバからのプリンタ通知を拒否する可能性があります" +msgstr "ファイアウォールがCUPSサーバからのプリンタ通知を拒否する可能性があります" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"ファイアウォールの詳細については、このダイアログのヘルプテキストを参照してく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "ファイアウォールの詳細については、このダイアログのヘルプテキストを参照してください。" -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "有効なCUPSサーバ名を入力する必要があります。" -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "「%1」にはアクセスできないまま続行しますか？" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でもうまく行かない場合があ" -"ります。" +msgstr "サーバにアクセスできないまま進めてしまうと、その先でもうまく行かない場合があります。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/client.confに「ServerName %1」を設定しようとしました。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/client.confに「ServerName %1」を設定できませんでした。" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"1台のCUPSサーバ経由ですべての印刷を行うチェックボックスは、無効化されていま" -"す。" +msgstr "1台のCUPSサーバ経由ですべての印刷を行うチェックボックスは、無効化されています。" -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confに「Browsing On」を設定できませんでした。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confでBrowseAllowの値を「%1」に設定できませんでした。" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「BrowseAllow none」に設定できませんでした。" -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "少なくとも1つのCUPSサーバ名を設定する必要があります。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confでBrowsePollの値を「%1」に設定できませんでした" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「BrowsePoll none」に設定できませんでした" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4263,181 +3997,167 @@ "［CUPSサーバにプリンタ情報を要求する］を無効に設定した場合、\n" "すでに受信した情報が見えなくなるまでおよそ5分ほどかかります..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "サーバ「%1」はポート 631 (IPP/CUPS) 経由でアクセス可能です。" -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "リモートアクセスを拒否(&D)" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "リモートアクセスを許可(&A)" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"リモートホストへのアクセス許可を指定するには、さまざまな方法があります:" +msgstr "リモートホストへのアクセス許可を指定するには、さまざまな方法があります:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "ローカルネットワーク内のコンピュータ向け(&L)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "ローカルネットワーク内にプリンタを公開(&P)" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "ネットワークインタフェース経由" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "インタフェース" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "このインタフェース経由でプリンタを公開" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "追加(&A)" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集(&E)" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "指定のIPアドレスまたはネットワーク" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"これらのIPアドレスまたはネットワーク/ネットマスクからのアクセスを許可(半角ス" -"ペースで区切る)(&N)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "これらのIPアドレスまたはネットワーク/ネットマスクからのアクセスを許可(半角スペースで区切る)(&N)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"これらのIPアドレスまたはネットワークブロードキャストアドレスに公開(半角スペー" -"スで区切る)(&B)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "これらのIPアドレスまたはネットワークブロードキャストアドレスに公開(半角スペースで区切る)(&B)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "既定ではこのインターフェース経由でプリンタを公開する(&P)" -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "利用可能なインターフェース(&I):" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "ファイアウォールがリモートアクセスを拒否する可能性があります" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confに「Listen localhost」だけを設定できませんでした。" -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「Allow」エントリを削除できませんでした。" -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「BrowseAddress」エントリを削除できませんでした。" +msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「BrowseAddress」エントリを削除できませんでした。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「Allow」の値を「%1」に設定できませんでした。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「BrowseAddress」の値を「%1」に設定できませんでした。" +msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confで「BrowseAddress」の値を「%1」に設定できませんでした。" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "/etc/cups/cupsd.confに「Listen *:631」を設定できませんでした。" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"ローカルのプリンタ設定を共有するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾" -"しています。" +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "ローカルのプリンタ設定を共有するにあたり、リモートの CUPS サーバの設定が矛盾しています。" -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "プリンタ環境設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" @@ -4449,15 +4169,15 @@ "ローカルのプリントキューに対しては、AutoYaSTはサポートしていません。\n" "</p>" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "プリンタドライバ情報を取り出しています..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4465,265 +4185,263 @@ "プリンタドライバ情報を取り出しています...\n" "(しばらく時間がかかります)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "PPD データベースの作成に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル %1 が存在しません。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "%1 の読み込みに失敗しました。" -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "取得したプリンタドライバ情報" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "プリンタを検出しています..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "プリンタを自動で検出することができませんでした。" -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "プリンタの検出が完了しました" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "印刷キューの検出に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "キュー %1 に対するドライバオプションを判別することができませんでした。" -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "プリンタの環境設定の初期化" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "インストールされているパッケージをチェックします" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "インストールされているパッケージをチェック中..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了しました" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "プリンタ設定がまもなく完了します" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "プリンタ設定の完了" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "プリンタ設定がまもなく完了します..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." msgstr "印刷キューを表示できません (印刷キューの検出に失敗しました) 。" -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "ローカル" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "クラス" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "リモート" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "準備完了" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "印刷禁止" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "印刷ジョブを拒否して印刷を禁止する" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "印刷ジョブの拒否" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "印刷キューがありません。" -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "プリンタの自動検出に失敗しました。" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "接続がありません。" -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "［他を検出］を試すか、「接続ウィザード」を使用してください。" -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "プリンタドライバのデータベースを作成することができませんでした。" -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "接続方法を選んでください。該当するドライバが表示されます。" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "該当するプリンタドライバを判別しています..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"該当するドライバが見つかりません。検索文字列を変更するか、［他を検索］を試し" -"てみてください。" +msgstr "該当するドライバが見つかりません。検索文字列を変更するか、［他を検索］を試してみてください。" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "多数のプリンタドライバを処理しています。しばらくお待ちください..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "キュー %1 の追加に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "設定 %1 の削除に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "ドライバオプションを判別できませんでした。" -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "新しい値" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "保存済みの値" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "サーバ「" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4731,17 +4449,15 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することが" -"できません。\n" +"GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することができません。\n" "このエラーはYaSTがテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" "YaSTを実行したユーザがDISPLAY環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生します。\n" "また、GUI画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" -"この場合は、ユーザ「root」で直接hp-setupを実行し、手動で設定する必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"この場合は、ユーザ「root」で直接hp-setupを実行し、手動で設定する必要があります。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4751,133 +4467,121 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup が実行ファイルでないか、\n" "もしくは存在していません。\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setupを起動しました。\n" "プリンタを設定するにはhp-setupでの作業を完了する必要があります。\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." msgstr "" -"hp-setupを実行するには、RPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"hp-setupを実行するには、RPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要があります。\n" "インストールを行うには、［ドライバパッケージ］を使用してください。" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジト" -"リも見つかりません。" +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジトリも見つかりません。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストール" -"できるリポジトリも見つかりません。" +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストールできるリポジトリも見つかりません。" -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 のインストールに失敗しました。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "パッケージ %1 を削除しますか?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "パッケージ %1 を削除すると、依存関係を壊してしまいます。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" msgstr "依存関係を無視して %1 を削除しますか？" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"依存関係を壊してしまうと、予知できない何らかの問題が発生する可能性がありま" -"す。" +msgstr "依存関係を壊してしまうと、予知できない何らかの問題が発生する可能性があります。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "パッケージ %1 の削除に失敗しました。" -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "ローカルでCUPSデーモンを起動する" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "ローカルでCUPSデーモンを実行する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "CUPS デーモンを開始することができませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "ローカルで実行中のCUPSデーモンはありません。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"システム起動時に CUPS デーモンを開始するように設定することができませんでした" +msgstr "システム起動時に CUPS デーモンを開始するように設定することができませんでした" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "ローカルで実行中のCUPSデーモンを再起動しています..." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "再起動すると、現在アクティブなプリントジョブが消去されます。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "CUPS デーモンを再起動することができませんでした。" -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4885,44 +4589,44 @@ "CUPSデーモンを再起動しました。\n" "操作できるようになるまで30秒ほどお待ちください...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "システム起動時の CUPS デーモンの自動開始を有効にする" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." msgstr "現在、システム起動時には CUPS デーモンは起動しません。" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "ローカルで実行中のCUPSデーモンを停止" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "停止すると、現在アクティブなプリントジョブがすべて消去されます。" -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "ローカルで実行中のCUPSデーモンには今もアクセスできる状態です。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "CUPSサーバ「%1」にアクセスできません。" -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "環境設定ファイルを更新しています..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "待機処理をスキップ(&S)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "イメージ作成ツールの設定" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,207 +32,207 @@ "必要なパッケージのインストールに\n" "失敗しました。" -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Kiwi の設定" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "製品作成ツールの設定" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "既存の環境設定の印刷" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "インストールISOイメージの作成" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "新しい製品設定を作成する" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "既存の設定を削除する" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "既存の設定を編集する" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "選択した設定の概要を表示する" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "環境設定の名前" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "ソースの署名には、GPGパスフレーズが必要です。" -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "ソースに署名するのに必要なGPGパスフレーズのファイル" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "設定ファイルのパス (既定は %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリへのパス" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "出力先はディレクトリツリーではなく ISO イメージにする" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "出力するISOイメージの名前" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "ディスク容量を節約するため必要なファイルのみコピー" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイルへのパス" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイルをCDイメージにコピーする" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "isolinux.cfgファイルへのパス" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "製品に署名する際のGPGキーID" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "パッケージリポジトリのリスト(カンマ区切り)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "設定名がありません。" -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "設定%1がありません。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "出力ディレクトリのパスが見つかりません。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "パッケージリポジトリのリストが空です。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイルへのパスがありません。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル%1が存在しません。" -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "環境設定 %1 をロードしています..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "環境設定 %1 をロードできません。" -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "ISOイメージ %1 を作成できません。" -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "ISOイメージ %1 が書き込まれました。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "設定名を指定してください。" -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "パッケージソース" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイル%1を使用しています" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "ISOイメージ%1/%2を作成しています" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "ディレクトリツリーを%1%2に作成しています" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "メディアにGPGキー%1%2でデジタル署名します" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "このメディアはデジタル署名されません" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -244,83 +244,83 @@ "\n" "kiwi では異なるアーキテクチャに対するイメージを作成することはできません。" -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "製品クリエータの環境設定の概要" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "製品" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "イメージ" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "GPGキー" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Xenイメージ" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "仮想ディスクイメージ" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "ライブISOイメージ" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "製品の作成(&C)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "ISOイメージ" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "ディレクトリツリー" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "KIWIを使用したイメージの作成(&A)..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" " \n" @@ -328,109 +328,108 @@ "<P>新しいISOイメージのディレクトリ構造を作成しています。</P>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" msgstr "<p>ISOファイルを作成するには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "共通ファイルでスケルトンを作成" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "追加ファイルおよびカスタマイズファイルのコピー" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "選択されたパッケージのコピー" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "必須ファイルでスケルトンを作成" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"追加ファイルおよびカスタマイズファイルをディレクトリツリーにコピー中..." +msgstr "追加ファイルおよびカスタマイズファイルをディレクトリツリーにコピー中..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "選択されたパッケージをコピー中です" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "GPGキーを使ってソースに署名" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "GPGキーを使ってソースに署名しています..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "linuxrcの署名の確認を無効化" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "linuxrcの署名の確認を無効化しています..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "ISOイメージディレクトリを作成中..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "スケルトン作成時にエラーが発生しました。" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "ISOイメージディレクトリの準備完了" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "CDイメージを作成中..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "しばらく時間がかかる場合があります。" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ISOの概要" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "パッケージ" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "不足パッケージ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" @@ -438,12 +437,12 @@ "<p>［概要］ボックス内のデータが正しいかどうかを確認し、\n" "［完了］をクリックしてメインダイアログに戻ってください。</p>\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "カスタムCD" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" " </p>\n" @@ -453,7 +452,7 @@ " </p>\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" @@ -463,168 +462,158 @@ "問題を修正して再び実行してください。</p>\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "パッケージソースの設定" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "パッケージリストの作成" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "パッケージが利用可能か確認" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "コピー先のチェック" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "パッケージソースを設定中..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "パッケージリストを作成中..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "パッケージが利用可能か確認中..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "コピー先をチェック中..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "ISOイメージのデータの確認" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "ソースを有効にしています..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "パッケージを選択しています..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "パッケージをチェックしています..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "宛先ディレクトリを検証しています..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しいイメージ設定の作成を開始するには、［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてくだ" -"さい。</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しいイメージ設定の作成を開始するには、［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>編集</b>］を使用して、選択されたイメージの環境設定を変更するかまたは" -"イメージを作成します。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>編集</b>］を使用して、選択されたイメージの環境設定を変更するかまたはイメージを作成します。</p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>選択した設定でディレクトリを削除するには、［<b>削除</b>］をクリックしてく" -"ださい。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>選択した設定でディレクトリを削除するには、［<b>削除</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "<p>全てのイメージ設定は <tt>%1</tt> ディレクトリ内に保存されます。</p>" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Image Creatorの環境設定の概要" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "環境設定 %1 (%2)を削除してよろしいですか?" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "オン" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "オフ" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "製品クリエータの環境設定" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "プロファイルの位置(&T):" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "ファイルの選択(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "プロファイルをCDイメージにコピー(&M)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "パッケージマネージャ(&K)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "AutoYaSTコントロールファイル(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "環境設定名(&C):" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "設定名を入力して下さい。" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -632,86 +621,86 @@ "この名前の設定はすでに存在します。\n" " 新しい名前を選択してください。\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "ファイル「%1」は存在しません。正しいファイルを選択してください。" -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "Select File" msgstr "ファイルの選択" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "出力:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "生成されたディレクトリツリーのパス(&P):" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択(&S)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "ISOイメージファイルの生成(&G)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "ISOイメージファイル(&I):" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "ディレクトリツリーのみ作成(&T)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "その他のオプション" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "ディスク容量を節約するため必要なファイルのみコピー" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "CD発行者名:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "CDデータ作成者名:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "生成されたディレクトリツリーのパスが見つかりません。" -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "ターゲットアーキテクチャ" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -721,56 +710,56 @@ "は現在のターゲットアーキテクチャ (%2) に対応していません。\n" "ターゲットアーキテクチャを変更しますか？\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "ソースの選択" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Selected" msgstr "選択済" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "ターゲットアーキテクチャ: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "新規作成(&E)..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "ターゲットアーキテクチャ: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "少なくとも1つのソースを選択して下さい。" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -784,80 +773,78 @@ "異なるリポジトリを選択するか、または\n" "ターゲットアーキテクチャを変更してください。\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "新しいターゲットアーキテクチャを選択してください。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "基本ソースの選択" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "選択した基本ソース" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "ファイルの内容: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Load File" msgstr "ファイルのロード" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "パッケージデータベースのデータを読み込み中..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "しばらくお待ちください..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "パッケージデータベースを読み込み中..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"次の<b>基本</b>選択のいずれかを選んでください。さらに<b>アドオン</b>選択や" -"パッケージを\n" +"次の<b>基本</b>選択のいずれかを選んでください。さらに<b>アドオン</b>選択やパッケージを\n" "追加するには、［詳細］<i><i>をクリックしてください。\n" "</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -867,91 +854,83 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "メディア上の製品にデジタル署名(&D)" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>署名</b></big><br>\n" "GPG 鍵を利用し、作成した製品を利用者側で検証してもらうことができます。\n" "この鍵は製品のリポジトリとして追加した場合に確認されます。</p>" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>製品が署名されていない場合、YaSTは自動的にlinuxrcの環境設定ファイルに対し" -"て、\n" -"「Insecure: 1」を追加します。これを行わないと、linuxrcの起動時に、インストー" -"ルシステムのロードが拒否されるためです。詳細については、http://ja.opensuse." -"org/Linuxrcを参照してください。</P>" +"<P>製品が署名されていない場合、YaSTは自動的にlinuxrcの環境設定ファイルに対して、\n" +"「Insecure: 1」を追加します。これを行わないと、linuxrcの起動時に、インストールシステムのロードが拒否されるためです。詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/Linuxrcを参照してください。</P>" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "メディア上の製品に署名中" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "環境設定の概要" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "選択された %1 パッケージ" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリ" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "<b> %1/%2 </b> にディレクトリツリーを作成中" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 msgid "Signing" msgstr "署名中" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "メディアにGPG鍵 <b>%1</b>%2 でデジタル署名" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>概要のデータが正しいことを確認し、［次へ］をクリックして続行してくださ" -"い。\n" +"<p>概要のデータが正しいことを確認し、［次へ］をクリックして続行してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -961,25 +940,23 @@ "ブートオプション付きのブートメニューエントリを追加することができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>たとえば、\n" "自動的にインストールするようCDを設定し、インストールソースの場所を指定\n" -"できます。わからない場合は、ファイルに手を加えなければ、元のまま使用できま" -"す。</p>\n" +"できます。わからない場合は、ファイルに手を加えなければ、元のまま使用できます。</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>設定を初期化しています</big></b></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -987,13 +964,13 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>「中止」</b>をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "<p><b><big>設定を保存しています</big></b></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -1005,8 +982,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止しても安全かどうかが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -1016,8 +993,8 @@ "使用可能な設定の概要が表示されます。ここから\n" "設定を編集することもできます。<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" @@ -1025,8 +1002,8 @@ "<p><b><big>環境設定の追加:</big></b><br>\n" "［追加］をクリックすると、新しい設定を追加できます。</p>" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1036,30 +1013,26 @@ "変更または削除する設定を選択し、必要に応じて［<b>編集</b>］\n" "または［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>製品の作成</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、設定した製品を基にISOイメージ" -"や\n" +"<p>［<b>製品の作成</b>］ボタンをクリックすると、設定した製品を基にISOイメージや\n" "インストールリポジトリディレクトリを作成します。</p>" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system.</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>KIWIイメージシステムを使用して、ライブメディアまたはXenイメージなどの\n" -"さまざまなタイプのイメージの追加的な環境設定を行うには、［<b>KIWIを使用したイ" -"メージの作成</b>］を押します。</p>" +"さまざまなタイプのイメージの追加的な環境設定を行うには、［<b>KIWIを使用したイメージの作成</b>］を押します。</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1069,20 +1042,19 @@ "環境設定名と、ISOイメージに追加するパッケージを選択する方法を\n" "選択してください。<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>AutoYaSTプロファイル</b><p>\n" -"ソフトウェアの環境設定が記述されたAutoYaSTのプロファイルを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +"ソフトウェアの環境設定が記述されたAutoYaSTのプロファイルを選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1092,17 +1064,14 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<b>ソフトウェアマネージャ</b><p>\n" -"ソフトウェアマネージャは、事前に何もパッケージを選択していない状態で始まりま" -"す。\n" -"インストールの際に自動的に選択されるパッケージであっても、それらパッケージの" -"すべては、\n" -"CDを作成するハードウェアやアーキテクチャに応じて、手動で選択する必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"ソフトウェアマネージャは、事前に何もパッケージを選択していない状態で始まります。\n" +"インストールの際に自動的に選択されるパッケージであっても、それらパッケージのすべては、\n" +"CDを作成するハードウェアやアーキテクチャに応じて、手動で選択する必要があります。\n" "\n" "</p>\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" "Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" @@ -1110,29 +1079,25 @@ "<p>［<b><big>パッケージソースの選択</big></b>］<br>\n" "少なくとも1つのパッケージソースを選択します。<br></p>\n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ターゲットアーキテクチャ</big></b><br>\n" "このマシンとは異なるアーキテクチャに対する製品を作成することができます。\n" -"選択したすべてのリポジトリが、ターゲットとなるアーキテクチャをサポートしてい" -"なければなりません。<br>\n" +"選択したすべてのリポジトリが、ターゲットとなるアーキテクチャをサポートしていなければなりません。<br>\n" "<b>注:</b> kiwiは別のアーキテクチャには対応していません。\n" "現在の設定からkiwiイメージを作成する場合は、アーキテクチャを変更しないで\n" "ください。</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1142,13 +1107,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ISOディレクトリとイメージ</big></b><br>\n" "スケルトンディレクトリを作成する場所を入力してください。必要なすべての\n" -"ファイルはこのディレクトリにコピーされます。ディスクの空き容量が十分にある場" -"所を\n" +"ファイルはこのディレクトリにコピーされます。ディスクの空き容量が十分にある場所を\n" "選択してください。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1158,8 +1122,8 @@ "ディレクトリを作成するかを選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" @@ -1169,40 +1133,31 @@ "ファイルのみコピー］を選択してください。 \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>基本製品</b></p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>設定したリポジトリのうち、いずれかを基本製品としてマークしなければなりませ" -"ん。\n" -"基本製品のリポジトリは、新たに作成した製品が起動可能になるよう、単独で起動で" -"きる\n" +"<p>設定したリポジトリのうち、いずれかを基本製品としてマークしなければなりません。\n" +"基本製品のリポジトリは、新たに作成した製品が起動可能になるよう、単独で起動できる\n" "ものでなければなりません。</p>\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." -msgstr "" -"<p>それ以外のリポジトリは基本リポジトリに対する追加(アドオン)として利用するこ" -"とになります。</p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +msgstr "<p>それ以外のリポジトリは基本リポジトリに対する追加(アドオン)として利用することになります。</p>" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1210,43 +1165,43 @@ "行います。もしも提示された値が誤っている場合は、正しい基本リポジトリを\n" "リストから選択してください。</p>\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "イメージ化するパッケージ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "ブートストラップ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Xen固有のパッケージ" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "パターン" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "無視されるソフトウェア(&I)" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "ブートイメージに含めるパッケージ" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1256,73 +1211,73 @@ "削除する一覧にも含まれています。\n" "続行してよろしいですか?" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "削除するパッケージ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "テストしています" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "イメージ、プロファイル %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "ブートイメージに含める" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "新しいユーザの追加" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "ログイン名(&N)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "フルネーム(&F)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "UID(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "グループ名(&R)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "GID(&G)" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "ユーザの編集" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "ユーザ名を入力してください。" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1330,118 +1285,111 @@ "パスワードが一致しません。\n" "再度入力してください。" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "インポートするディレクトリ" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "インポートするスクリプト" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "ルートディレクトリへのパス" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "環境設定ディレクトリへのパス" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "%1 ファイルのパス" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "images.shファイルへのパス" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "機能がまだ実装されていません。" -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "利用可能なパッケージを確認しています..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "不足パッケージ" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>セクション「%1」からの次のパッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内に存在していま" -"せん。</p>\n" +"<p>セクション「%1」からの次のパッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内に存在していません。</p>\n" "<p>%2</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"これらのパッケージをこのセクションから削除できるほか、詳細なパッケージ選択に" -"ついて確認したり、その状況を無視したりすることができます。</p>\n" +"これらのパッケージをこのセクションから削除できるほか、詳細なパッケージ選択について確認したり、その状況を無視したりすることができます。</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"詳細なパッケージ選択に移動して特に変更を行わずに完了すると、問題のあるパッ" -"ケージはセクションから削除されます。\n" +"詳細なパッケージ選択に移動して特に変更を行わずに完了すると、問題のあるパッケージはセクションから削除されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "パッケージの削除" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "パッケージ選択の確認" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "無視する" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "ISOイメージを今すぐ作成しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "Xenイメージを今すぐ作成しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "仮想ディスクイメージを今すぐ作成しますか?" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1451,8 +1399,8 @@ "%1\n" " に正常に作成されました。" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1462,8 +1410,8 @@ "%1\n" " に正常に作成されました。\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1473,15 +1421,15 @@ "%1\n" " に正常に作成されました。" -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "イメージを今すぐ作成しますか?" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1491,573 +1439,483 @@ "%1\n" " に正常に作成されました。" -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "現在のイメージの環境設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "イメージの環境設定" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "インストールされているソフトウェア" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "ロケール設定" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "ユーザ" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "スクリプト" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"下記のファイルの編集は、Studio からの設定インポートにあたって無効化されます。" +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "下記のファイルの編集は、Studio からの設定インポートにあたって無効化されます。" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "ディレクトリ" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "圧縮方法(&M)" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>イメージを圧縮する方法を［<b>圧縮方法</b>］で選択してください。\n" -"この設定を変更すると、イメージ種類の<i></i>「フラグ」が変更されます。利用可能" -"な値の意味については、kiwiのマニュアルを参照してください。</p>" +"この設定を変更すると、イメージ種類の<i></i>「フラグ」が変更されます。利用可能な値の意味については、kiwiのマニュアルを参照してください。</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択(&F)" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "変更(&A)..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>［<b>変更</b>］を使用して、ソフトウェアの選択に適応させます。</p>" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>無視されるソフトウェア</b>］には、「smtp_daemon」などのように1行ごと" -"に1つのエントリを入力します。</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>無視されるソフトウェア</b>］には、「smtp_daemon」などのように1行ごとに1つのエントリを入力します。</p>" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "削除するパッケージ(&D)" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>削除するパッケージ</b>］の各エントリは、ターゲットイメージからアンイ" -"ンストールされる1つのパッケージ名です。</p>" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>削除するパッケージ</b>］の各エントリは、ターゲットイメージからアンインストールされる1つのパッケージ名です。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "バージョン(&V)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>イメージの環境設定の［<b>バージョン</b>］を入力します。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "サイズ(&S)" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>指定した<b>単位</b>で<b>サイズ</b>を設定してください。\n" -"［<b>加法による計算</b>］にチェックを入れると、 <b>サイズ</b>の意味が変化しま" -"す: イメージ上での最小空き容量を意味するようになります。</p>" +"［<b>加法による計算</b>］にチェックを入れると、 <b>サイズ</b>の意味が変化します: イメージ上での最小空き容量を意味するようになります。</p>" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "ユニット(&U)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "加法による計算" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "LUKSで画像を暗号化" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " -"and enter the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>暗号化されたファイルシステムを作成するには、［<b>LUKSを利用したイメージ暗" -"号化</b>］を選択して、パスワードを入力してください。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p>暗号化されたファイルシステムを作成するには、［<b>LUKSを利用したイメージ暗号化</b>］を選択して、パスワードを入力してください。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "暗号化された画像のLUKSパスワード" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、イメージを構築する際に使用するスクリプトを編集します。</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、イメージを構築する際に使用するスクリプトを編集します。</p>" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、イメージを構築する際に使用する設定ディレクトリを指定します。</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、イメージを構築する際に使用する設定ディレクトリを指定します。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "システム環境設定のディレクトリ(&A)" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>システム設定のあるディレクトリ</b>へのパスを定義します(<tt>root</tt>" -"ディレクトリ)。ディレクトリ全体が、<tt>cp -a</tt>を使用してイメージツリーの" -"ルートにコピーされます。</p>" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>システム設定のあるディレクトリ</b>へのパスを定義します(<tt>root</tt>ディレクトリ)。ディレクトリ全体が、<tt>cp -a</tt>を使用してイメージツリーのルートにコピーされます。</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "システム環境設定のディレクトリ" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリへのパス" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>システム環境設定のディレクトリ</b>］(<tt>ルートディレクトリ)を" -"設定します。 <tt>cp -a</tt>を使用して、ディレクトリ全体がイメージツリーのルー" -"トにコピーされます。</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>システム環境設定のディレクトリ</b>］(<tt>ルートディレクトリ)を設定します。 <tt>cp -a</tt>を使用して、ディレクトリ全体がイメージツリーのルートにコピーされます。</p>" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "スクリプトのあるディレクトリ" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "ファイルへのパス" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>スクリプトのあるディレクトリ</b>］(<tt>環境設定</tt>ディレクトリ)を設" -"定します。 ここには、すべてのイメージパッケージがインストールされた後に実行さ" -"れるスクリプトが含まれています。</p>" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>スクリプトのあるディレクトリ</b>］(<tt>環境設定</tt>ディレクトリ)を設定します。 ここには、すべてのイメージパッケージがインストールされた後に実行されるスクリプトが含まれています。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "Studio カスタムビルドスクリプト" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "インポート(&I)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "イメージの環境設定スクリプト(&M)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><tt>config.sh</tt>という名前の［<b>イメージの環境設定スクリプト</b>］を編" -"集します。 パッケージのスクリプトが実行される前に、このスクリプトがインス" -"トールの最後で実行されます。</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "<p><tt>config.sh</tt>という名前の［<b>イメージの環境設定スクリプト</b>］を編集します。 パッケージのスクリプトが実行される前に、このスクリプトがインストールの最後で実行されます。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "スクリプトのあるディレクトリへのパス(&T)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>オプションの［<b>スクリプトのあるディレクトリ</b>］(<tt>環境設定</tt>ディ" -"レクトリ)には、すべてのイメージパッケージがインストールされた後に実行されるス" -"クリプトが含まれています。</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>オプションの［<b>スクリプトのあるディレクトリ</b>］(<tt>環境設定</tt>ディレクトリ)には、すべてのイメージパッケージがインストールされた後に実行されるスクリプトが含まれています。</p>" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "参照(&O)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "クリーンアップスクリプト(&L)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>クリーンアップスクリプト</b>］(<tt>images.sh</tt>)を編集します。 この" -"スクリプトはイメージの作成プロセスの最初に実行されます。</p>" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>クリーンアップスクリプト</b>］(<tt>images.sh</tt>)を編集します。 このスクリプトはイメージの作成プロセスの最初に実行されます。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "インポート(&P)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "作成者(&A)" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>イメージの［<b>作成者</b>］、［<b>連絡先の情報］、およびイメージの" -"［<b>仕様</b>］の値を設定します。</p>" +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>イメージの［<b>作成者</b>］、［<b>連絡先の情報］、およびイメージの［<b>仕様</b>］の値を設定します。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "連絡先(&O)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "仕様(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "ローカル(&L)" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>ロケール設定</b></p>" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>ロケール</b>の値(たとえば<tt>en_US</tt>)は、<t>/etc/sysconfig/" -"language</tt>内のRC_LANG変数のコンテンツを定義する項目です。</p>" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>ロケール</b>の値(たとえば<tt>en_US</tt>)は、<t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>内のRC_LANG変数のコンテンツを定義する項目です。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列(&K)" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>キーボード配列</b>］では、使用するコンソールキーマップの名前を指定し" -"ます。<tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>内にあるマップファイルから指定してくださ" -"い。</p>" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>キーボード配列</b>］では、使用するコンソールキーマップの名前を指定します。<tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>内にあるマップファイルから指定してください。</p>" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン(&T)" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>特定の［<b>タイムゾーン</b>］を設定することもできます。利用可能な時間帯に" -"ついては、<tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>ディレクトリ内を参照してください。</p>" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>特定の［<b>タイムゾーン</b>］を設定することもできます。利用可能な時間帯については、<tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>ディレクトリ内を参照してください。</p>" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは、ターゲットシステムに作成するユーザを設定します。</p>" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "ログイン名" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "氏名" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "グループ" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " -"Directory</b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>それぞれのユーザに対して <b>名前</b>、<b>パスワード</b>、<b>ホームディレク" -"トリ</b>、およびユーザの所属先グループ\n" +"<p>それぞれのユーザに対して <b>名前</b>、<b>パスワード</b>、<b>ホームディレクトリ</b>、およびユーザの所属先グループ\n" "を指定してください。</p>\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "ライブCDの環境設定" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Xenイメージの環境設定" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "ISOの作成(&C)" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "Xenイメージの作成(&C)" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "仮想ディスクイメージの作成(&C)" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." -msgstr "" -"<p>イメージの環境設定の名前を入力してください。 新しい環境設定は、リストのテ" -"ンプレート、または既存の環境設定があるディレクトリを基にします。" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>イメージの環境設定の名前を入力してください。 新しい環境設定は、リストのテンプレート、または既存の環境設定があるディレクトリを基にします。" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>カスタム環境設定テンプレートをディレクトリ <tt>%1</tt> に配置します。</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p>カスタム環境設定テンプレートをディレクトリ <tt>%1</tt> に配置します。</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>作成する［<b>イメージタイプ</b>］を選択してください。</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" msgstr "<p>作成されたイメージの［<b>出力ディレクトリ</b>］を選択します。</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " -"system repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>イメージを作成するために利用する <b>パッケージリポジトリ</b> の一覧を修正" -"してください。現在のシステムのリポジトリを追加するには、［<b>システムから追加" -"</b>］を押してください。</p>" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>イメージを作成するために利用する <b>パッケージリポジトリ</b> の一覧を修正してください。現在のシステムのリポジトリを追加するには、［<b>システムから追加</b>］を押してください。</p>" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックして設定を続行してください。</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "ネットワークのブートイメージ" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "OEMイメージ" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"選択したディレクトリには、システム設定についての有効な説明がありません。" +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "選択したディレクトリには、システム設定についての有効な説明がありません。" -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリをインポートしています..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1、バージョン %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "32ビットアーキテクチャイメージ(&3)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "ターゲットはi586のみ" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Kiwiの設定(&K)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "何もない状態から作成" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "テンプレートを基にする" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "既存の環境設定を基にする" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "選択(&C)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "イメージタイプ(&M)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "出力先ディレクトリ(&O)" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "パッケージリポジトリ" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "システムから追加(&D)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "イメージの準備" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2065,13 +1923,13 @@ "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" "SLPリポジトリを検索することができません。\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "出力ディレクトリへのパス" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2079,18 +1937,18 @@ "\"%1\" という名前の環境設定はすでに存在しています。\n" "異なる環境設定名を選択してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "出力ディレクトリへのパスを入力してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "少なくとも1つのパッケージリポジトリを指定してください。" -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2104,22 +1962,22 @@ "\n" "続行してよろしいですか？" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "ログファイルを保存するディレクトリのパス" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "標準出力ファイル名" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "エラー出力ファイル名" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2127,106 +1985,106 @@ "ファイル %1 はすでに存在します。\n" "上書きしますか?" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "古いchrootディレクトリの削除に失敗しました。" -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "イメージの作成の準備" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "ログを保存" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "イメージの作成に失敗しました。" -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "イメージを作成しています" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "イメージを正常に作成しました。" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "イメージの作成がキャンセルされました。" -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "製品作成ツールの設定を初期化しています" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "環境設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込み中..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "環境設定を読み込めません。" -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "製品作成ツールの設定を保存しています" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "設定の書き込み中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "設定の概要 ..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 msgid "No Files" msgstr "ファイルがありません" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2234,14 +2092,14 @@ "ソース %2 からディレクトリ %1\n" " を読み込めません。" -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "コントロールファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2249,8 +2107,8 @@ "GPGキー %1 をinitrd\n" "%2 に追加できませんでした。\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2258,8 +2116,8 @@ "エラー: ソースにデジタル署名できませんでした。\n" "再度実行しますか?\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2267,18 +2125,18 @@ "次のソースが見つかりませんでした:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "宛先ディレクトリ %1 を削除しますか?" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "宛先 %1 はすでに存在しています。" -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2286,25 +2144,25 @@ "作成先のディレクトリがすでに存在するか、ディレクトリではなくファイルです。\n" "ディレクトリ %1 を削除しますか?" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "利用可能なパッケージをチェック中..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 パッケージが使用可能ではありません" -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "%1 をコピー中です。" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2170,7 @@ "パッケージ %1\n" " をソース %2 からダウンロードできません。\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "詳細情報を取得できません。" -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "詳細(&D)<<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "詳細(&D)>>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "不明なエラーコード" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "%1 プロキシテスト中にエラーが発生しました。\n" "プロキシの戻りコード: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,57 +57,52 @@ "%1 プロキシテスト中に不明なエラーが発生しました。\n" "プロキシの戻りコード: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "現在のプロキシの設定を変更しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "HTTPプロキシテスト中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "HTTPSプロキシテスト中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "FTPプロキシテスト中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "プロキシが正しく設定されました。" -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "プロキシ設定" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、ネットワークのプロキシ(キャッシュ)を設定することができます。\n" +"<p>ここでは、ネットワークのプロキシ(キャッシュ)を設定することができます。</p>\n" "<p><b>注:</b> 設定を有効にするためにログインし直すことをお勧めしますが、\n" -"アプリケーションによっては新しい設定をすぐに取り込むことができるものもありま" -"す。\n" -"使用しているアプリケーション(Webブラウザ、ftpクライアントなど)でのサポートを" -"確認してください。</p>" +"アプリケーションによっては新しい設定をすぐに取り込むことができるものもあります。\n" +"使用しているアプリケーション(Webブラウザ、ftpクライアントなど)でのサポートを確認してください。</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" @@ -115,23 +110,22 @@ "<p>［HTTPプロキシURL］には、はワールドワイドウェブ(WWW)にアクセスするための\n" "プロキシサーバの名前を指定します。</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［HTTPSプロキシURL］は、World Wide Web (WWW)に安全にアクセスするための、\n" "プロキシサーバの名前です。</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" msgstr "<p>例: http://proxy.example.com:3128/</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" @@ -139,20 +133,19 @@ "<p>［FTPプロキシURL］には、ファイル転送サービス(FTP)にアクセスするための\n" "プロキシサーバの名前を指定します。</p>" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>すべてのプロトコルに同じプロキシを使用</b>］をオンにすると、\n" -"［HTTPプロキシURL］の項目を指定するだけで、残りのすべてのプロトコル(HTTP、" -"HTTPS、FTP) \n" +"［HTTPプロキシURL］の項目を指定するだけで、残りのすべてのプロトコル(HTTP、HTTPS、FTP) \n" "に対して同じサーバを使うように設定できます。\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -162,21 +155,19 @@ "要求を直接送信する必要のあるドメインをコンマで区切って指定します。\n" "たとえば、%1 のように指定します。</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>認証が必要なプロキシサーバを使用している場合は、\n" -"［<b>プロキシユーザ名</b>］と［<b>プロキシパスワード</b>］を入力してくださ" -"い。\n" +"［<b>プロキシユーザ名</b>］と［<b>プロキシパスワード</b>］を入力してください。\n" "ユーザ名は引用符(\")を除く表示可能な文字だけで設定します。</p>\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" @@ -185,61 +176,61 @@ "HTTP、HTTPS、およびFTPプロキシの現在の設定をテストします。</p>\n" " \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "プロキシを有効にする(&E)" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "プロキシの設定" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTPプロキシURL(&H)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTPSプロキシURL(&S)" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "FTPプロキシURL(&T)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "すべてのプロトコルに同じプロキシを使用(&E)" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "プロキシを使用しないドメイン(&D)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "プロキシ認証" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "プロキシユーザ名(&U)" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "プロキシパスワード(&P)" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "プロキシの設定のテスト(&O)" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -247,7 +238,7 @@ "プロキシは有効になっていますが、プロキシのURLが指定されていません。\n" "これらの設定を使用しますか?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -259,43 +250,43 @@ "暗号化されないテキストファイル内に保存されます。\n" "よろしいですか?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "パスワードを入力する場合は、ユーザ名を指定してください。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTPプロキシURLが無効です。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTPプロキシURLには、スキーム指定(http)が必要です。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTPSプロキシURLが無効です。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTPSプロキシURLには、スキーム指定(http)が必要です。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "FTPプロキシURLが無効です。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTPプロキシURLには、スキーム指定(http)が必要です。" -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -311,141 +302,140 @@ "* 完全修飾ホスト名\n" "* 次の接頭子の付いたドメイン名 '.'" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "プロキシ環境設定の状態" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "プロキシの設定を有効にする" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "プロキシの設定を無効にする" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "現在のプロキシの設定を変更する" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "プロキシの認証を設定する" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "現在の設定の概要を表示する" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "HTTPプロキシを設定する" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "HTTPSプロキシを設定する" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "FTPプロキシを設定する" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "一覧に表示されたすべてのオプションをクリア" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "プロキシの設定を使用しないドメインを設定する" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "プロキシ認証に使用するユーザ名" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "プロキシ認証に使用するパスワード" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "パスワード:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "プロキシの環境設定は正常に保存されました" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"新しいプロキシの設定を有効にするため、ログインし直すことをお勧めします。" +msgstr "新しいプロキシの設定を有効にするため、ログインし直すことをお勧めします。" -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "プロキシ設定の更新" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "プロキシ設定の保存" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "プロキシの設定を保存しています..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "プロキシは無効です。" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "プロキシは有効です。" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPプロキシ: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPSプロキシ: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTPプロキシ: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -15,205 +15,205 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "登録サーバに問い合わせ" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "登録" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "このYaSTモジュールではなく、「%s」を使用します。" -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "正常に登録されました。" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLPディスカバリが失敗し、サーバが見つかりませんでした" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL証明書をダウンロードしています" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL証明書をインポートしています" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "%s を登録中..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "製品の登録" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "自動インストール時に登録を実行する" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "自動インストール時に登録をスキップする" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "登録設定" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "電子メールアドレス: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "登録コードは設定済みです" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "利用可能なアップデートのインストール" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "登録サーバ" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "サーバのURL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "SLP検出の使用" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "SSLサーバ証明書のURL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "SSL証明書の指紋: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "拡張機能とモジュール" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "セキュア接続エラー" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "失敗した証明書の詳細" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "発行先" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "共通名(CN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "組織(O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "組織単位(OU): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "発行者" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "有効性" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "発行日: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "警告: この証明書はまだ有効ではありません。" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "有効期限: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "警告: この証明書は期限切れです。" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "シリアル番号: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1の指紋: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256の指紋: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "接続タイムアウト。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ "登録サーバが到達可能であり接続の信頼性が高いことを\n" "確認してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "このシステムが登録サーバに認識されていることを確認してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,24 +247,24 @@ "ログイン後数分待ってから、もう一度アップグレードを\n" "実行してください。" -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "登録サーバへの接続に失敗しました。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "登録クライアントエラー。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -272,20 +272,20 @@ "登録サーバエラー。\n" "後で再試行してください。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "受信したSSL証明書が予期した証明書に一致しません。" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "詳細: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -299,23 +299,23 @@ "証明書の問題は手動で修正してください。サーバに安全に接続\n" "できることを確認し、YaSTモジュールをもう一度起動します。" -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL証明書をインポートしています" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "「%s」証明書をインポートしています..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "セキュア接続エラー: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ "新しい登録プロトコルをサポートする最新の製品が\n" "サーバにインストールされていることを確認してください。" -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "無効なURL。" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -343,17 +343,17 @@ "ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバにアクセスできません。\n" "ネットワークを設定しますか?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "ネットワークエラーです。ネットワーク環境設定を確認してください。" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "登録設定を保存しています..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ "基本製品が見つかりませんでした。\n" "システムを確認してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -370,65 +370,64 @@ "インストールメディアまたはインストーラそのものに重大な損傷があります。\n" "%s でバグをレポートしてください。" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "製品がインストールされていて、/etc/products.d/baseproductが\n" -"基本製品の.prodファイルを指すシンボリックリンクになってることを確認してくださ" -"い。" +"基本製品の.prodファイルを指すシンボリックリンクになってることを確認してください。" -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "システムを登録中..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "%s にアップデートしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "製品を同期しています..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "利用可能な拡張機能とモジュールをロードしています..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "マイグレーション製品をロードしています..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "拡張機能とモジュールの登録" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>拡張機能とモジュールを登録しています。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -436,8 +435,8 @@ "登録サーバはアップデートリポジトリを提供しています。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -445,9 +444,9 @@ "最新のアップデートを受信するため、\n" "インストール中にこれらのリポジトリを有効にしますか。" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -455,15 +454,15 @@ "最新のアップデートを受信するため、\n" "アップグレード中にこれらのリポジトリを有効にしますか。" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "証明書:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -475,42 +474,42 @@ "\n" "リポジトリをスキップするか、中止しますか?" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "不明な製品" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "リポジトリ環境設定の保存に失敗しました。" -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス「%s」の更新に失敗しました。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス「%s」の追加に失敗しました。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス「%s」の保存に失敗しました。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "サービス「%s」のリフレッシュに失敗しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -518,30 +517,30 @@ "リモート製品 %s が見つかりません。\n" "製品を登録できません。" -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "本当に中止してもよろしいですか?" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス契約" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "ライセンスをダウンロードしています..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "ライセンス契約をダウンロードしています..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -551,317 +550,287 @@ "%s\n" "。" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s のライセンス契約" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "拡張機能とモジュールの登録コード" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>要求された拡張機能またはモジュールの登録コードを入力します。</p>\n" -"<p>正常に登録するには登録コードが必要です。登録コードを入力できない場合は、前" -"に戻って各拡張機能またはモジュールを選択解除してください。</p>" +"<p>正常に登録するには登録コードが必要です。登録コードを入力できない場合は、前に戻って各拡張機能またはモジュールを選択解除してください。</p>" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "選択した拡張機能には別個の登録コードが必要です。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "次のフィールドに登録コードを入力してください。" -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "ベータバージョンをフィルタして除去する(&F)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細情報" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "ここでは詳細情報を表示する拡張機能またはモジュールを選択します" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (利用不可)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaSTでは最大 %s の拡張機能またはモジュールを選択できます。" -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "" -"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>拡張機能やモジュールの中には特定の登録コードが必要なものもあるので注意して" -"ください。</p>" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" +msgstr "<p>拡張機能やモジュールの中には特定の登録コードが必要なものもあるので注意してください。</p>" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>拡張機能またはモジュールを削除する場合、SUSEカスタマーセンターにログイン" -"し、そこで手動で削除する必要があります。</p>" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "<p>拡張機能またはモジュールを削除する場合、SUSEカスタマーセンターにログインし、そこで手動で削除する必要があります。</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "拡張機能とモジュールの選択" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、システムで利用可能な拡張機能とモジュールを選択できます。</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、システムで利用可能な拡張機能とモジュールを選択できます。</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "利用可能な拡張機能とモジュール" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "拡張機能とモジュールの再登録" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここでは再登録する拡張機能およびモジュールを選択できます。</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "登録済みの拡張機能とモジュール" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、基本製品と同時に登録する拡張機能またはモジュールを選択できます。" -"</p>" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、基本製品と同時に登録する拡張機能またはモジュールを選択できます。</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "オプションの拡張機能またはモジュールの登録" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "ID" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "リリースタイプ" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "登録コード" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "利用可能な拡張機能のダウンロード..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "本当に「%s」を削除しますか?" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "拡張機能またはモジュールのID(&I)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "バージョン(&V)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ(&A)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "リリースタイプ(&R)" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "登録コード(&C)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " -"Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>製品を登録すると、ご利用の製品がSUSEカスタマーセンターデータベースに登録さ" -"れ、\n" +"<p>製品を登録すると、ご利用の製品がSUSEカスタマーセンターデータベースに登録され、\n" "オンラインアップデートおよびテクニカルサポートを利用できるようになります。\n" -"インストール時に自動的に登録するには、［<b>製品の登録の実行</b>］を選択しま" -"す。</p>" +"インストール時に自動的に登録するには、［<b>製品の登録の実行</b>］を選択します。</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " -"Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ネットワークにカスタムの登録サーバが展開されている場合は、サーバの正しい" -"URL\n" +"<p>ネットワークにカスタムの登録サーバが展開されている場合は、サーバの正しいURL\n" "およびSMT証明書の場所を［<b>SMTサーバの設定</b>］に設定します。\n" "詳細については、SMTのマニュアルを参照してください。</p>" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "製品を登録する" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス(&E)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "利用可能なアップデートをアップデートリポジトリからインストールする" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "サーバの設定" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "SLPディスカバリを使用して登録サーバを検索する" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "デフォルトではなく特定のサーバURLを使用する" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "オプションのSSLサーバ証明書のURL" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "オプションのSSLサーバ証明書の指紋" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "none" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL証明書の指紋" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "拡張機能またはモジュールの登録..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "%s を使用してシステムを登録する" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "ローカルSMTサーバを使用してシステムを登録する" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ローカル登録サーバのURL(&L)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "登録をスキップする(&S)" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "拡張機能またはモジュールの再登録(&R)" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "システムは登録済みです。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "希望する登録方法を選択してください。" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"システムを登録してアップデートや拡張機能を入手するには、ここでSUSEカスタマー" -"センターの資格情報を入力します。" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "システムを登録してアップデートや拡張機能を入手するには、ここでSUSEカスタマーセンターの資格情報を入力します。" -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -875,87 +844,66 @@ "インストール後に登録できます。または、カスタマーセンターにアクセスして\n" "オンライン登録できます。" -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定(&W)..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "証明書が期限切れです" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "自己署名証明書" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "証明書チェーン内の自己署名証明書" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "信頼してインポートする(&T)" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>セキュア接続(HTTPSなど)では、SSL証明書を使用して、サーバの信頼性を検証し、" -"転送中のデータを暗号化します。</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "<p>セキュア接続(HTTPSなど)では、SSL証明書を使用して、サーバの信頼性を検証し、転送中のデータを暗号化します。</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " -"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>既知の認証局(CA)のリストに証明書をインポートできます。これは、不明な証明書" -"の件名と発行者を信頼することを意味します。</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>既知の認証局(CA)のリストに証明書をインポートできます。これは、不明な証明書の件名と発行者を信頼することを意味します。</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " -"certificate.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>証明書をインポートすると、自己署名証明書などを使用できるようになります。" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgstr "<p>証明書をインポートすると、自己署名証明書などを使用できるようになります。</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of " -"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>重要:</b> 必ずインポートした証明書の指紋を検証して、本物であることを確" -"認してください。</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>重要:</b> 必ずインポートした証明書の指紋を検証して、本物であることを確認してください。</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>検証を行わずに不明な証明書をインポートすることは、大きなセキュリティリ" -"スクです。</b></p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>検証を行わずに不明な証明書をインポートすることは、大きなセキュリティリスクです。</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "内部エラー: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -963,46 +911,40 @@ "「%s」アドオンを登録するには基本システムを登録する必要があります。\n" "基本システムおよびアドオンの登録をスキップしますか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "マイグレーションで使用されるリポジトリ" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このダイアログでは、オンラインマイグレーションに使用するリポジトリを手動で" -"選択できます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリにある最新のバージョンにアップ" -"グレードされます。</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このダイアログでは、オンラインマイグレーションに使用するリポジトリを手動で選択できます。パッケージは、選択したリポジトリにある最新のバージョンにアップグレードされます。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "マイグレーションで使用されるリポジトリを選択してください" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリの管理..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "優先度: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -1012,117 +954,103 @@ "オンラインマイグレーションを実行するには、\n" "まずシステムを登録する必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "インストール済みの製品が見つかりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "マイグレーション製品が見つかりません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "マイグレーションリポジトリを準備しています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "マイグレーションターゲットの選択" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここではマイグレーションターゲット製品を選択できます。登録サーバにより、新" -"製品へのマイグレーション方法として選択可能な方法が複数提供される場合がありま" -"す。</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここではマイグレーションターゲット製品を選択できます。登録サーバにより、新製品へのマイグレーション方法として選択可能な方法が複数提供される場合があります。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>リストから選択できるマイグレーションターゲットは1つだけです。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>後でマイグレーションリポジトリを手動で選択すには、<b></b>［%s］チェック" -"ボックスを使用します。</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" +msgstr "<p>後でマイグレーションリポジトリを手動で選択すには、<b></b>［%s］チェックボックスを使用します。</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "マイグレーションリポジトリの手動選択" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "ターゲットマイグレーションを選択します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "マイグレーションリポジトリの手動調整" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "選択可能なマイグレーションターゲット" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "マイグレーションの概要" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 製品 <b>%{product}</b> が登録サーバ(%{url})で利用できません。このマイ" -"グレーションを使用するには、製品を利用可能にしてください。" +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "エラー: 製品 <b>%{product}</b> が登録サーバ(%{url})で利用できません。このマイグレーションを使用するには、製品を利用可能にしてください。" -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b></b>が「インストール」されます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b></b>は「変更されません」。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." -msgstr "" -"%{old_product} は %{new_product}> <b></b>に「アップグレード」されます。" +msgstr "%{old_product} は %{new_product}> <b></b>に「アップグレード」されます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} は %{new_product} <b></b>に「ダウングレード」されます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1136,47 +1064,39 @@ "別のマイグレーションターゲットを選択するか、存在しない製品\n" "を登録サーバで利用可能にしてください。" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>システムはすでに登録済みです。</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>再登録することも、システムの機能を拡張する追加の拡張機能またはモジュールを" -"登録することもできます。</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>再登録することも、システムの機能を拡張する追加の拡張機能またはモジュールを登録することもできます。</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>システムを登録解除する場合は、SUSEカスタマーセンターにログインし、そこでシ" -"ステムを手動で削除する必要があります。</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "<p>システムを登録解除する場合は、SUSEカスタマーセンターにログインし、そこでシステムを手動で削除する必要があります。</p>" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "拡張機能の選択" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "もう一度登録する" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "登録を更新しています..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "以前の登録を更新しています。" -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1184,18 +1104,18 @@ "登録の自動アップグレードに失敗しました。\n" "最初から手動でシステムを登録できます。" -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "検索中..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ローカル登録サーバを検索中..." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "サービスの選択" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "検出したサービスをリストから選択してください。" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "サービスが選択されませんでした。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "移設サーバの設定" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "本当に終了しますか？\n" "変更内容はすべて失われます。" -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "SSL鍵ファイルを選択する" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "SSL証明書ファイルを選択する" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "新しいポートを追加する" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "現在のポートを編集する" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "ポート(&P)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "ポート番号を空にする必要があります。" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "ポート番号が範囲外です。" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "ポート番号がすでに存在します。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "グローバル設定" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "移設アドレス:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "許可されたホスト:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "SSLをデフォルトとして使用する" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "非SSLサーバ" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "ポート:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "有効にする" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "SSLサーバ" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "SSL鍵ファイル:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "SSL証明書ファイル:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォール" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "トンネル化マイグレーション" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "トンネル化マイグレーションが機能することを確認する" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "プレーン移行" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "プレーンマイグレーションが機能することを確認する" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCPポート" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "ポート" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "追加(&A)..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "編集(&E)..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "デフォルトポート範囲を含める" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -189,18 +189,17 @@ "<p><b><big>移設サーバ設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" -"今すぐ［<b>中止</b>］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止すること" -"ができます</p>\n" +"今すぐ［<b>中止</b>］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>移設サーバ設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -221,182 +220,167 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" "<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.</p>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>移設アドレス</b><br>\n" "アドレスxendは移設ソケット接続でリスンする必要があります</p>\n" "<p><b>許可されているホスト</b><br>\n" -"移設ポートとの通信が許可されたホスト。これが空の場合、すべての接続が許可され" -"ます。それ以外の場合、これは正規表現をスペースで区切ったものであることが必要" -"です。完全修飾ドメイン名またはこれらの正規表現の1つと一致するIPアドレスをもつ" -"ホストが受諾されます。</p>\n" +"移設ポートとの通信が許可されたホスト。これが空の場合、すべての接続が許可されます。それ以外の場合、これは正規表現をスペースで区切ったものであることが必要です。完全修飾ドメイン名またはこれらの正規表現の1つと一致するIPアドレスをもつホストが受諾されます。</p>\n" "<p><b>SSL鍵ファイル/SSL証明書ファイル</b><br>\n" "SSL移設インタフェースに使用するSSL鍵と証明書</p>" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.</p>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>トンネル化マイグレーション</big></b><br>\n" -"ソースのホストlibvirtdは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホスト" -"libvirtdへの直接接続を開きます。これにより、データストリームの暗号化のオプ" -"ションが許可されます。</p>\n" +"ソースのホストlibvirtdは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストlibvirtdへの直接接続を開きます。これにより、データストリームの暗号化のオプションが許可されます。</p>\n" "<p><b><big>プレーンマイグレーション</big></b><br>\n" -"ソースホストVMは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストへの暗号化" -"されていない直接TCP接続を開きます。ポートが手動で指定されない限り、libvirtは" -"デフォルト範囲内でマイグレーションポートを選択します。</p>" +"ソースホストVMは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストへの暗号化されていない直接TCP接続を開きます。ポートが手動で指定されない限り、libvirtはデフォルト範囲内でマイグレーションポートを選択します。</p>" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "Xend(&X)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "KVM(&K)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "Xen Libxl(&X)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "移設サーバの設定" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "移設サーバの環境設定の初期化" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "現在のxend設定を読込む" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "現在のxend状態を読み込む" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込む" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "現在のxend設定を読込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "現在のxend状態を読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "現在のlibvirtd/sshd状態を読み込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "現在のlibvirtd/sshd状態を読み込んでいます..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "現在のXend状態を読み込むことができません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込めません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "現在のlibvirtd/sshd状態を読み込むことができません。" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "移設サーバ設定の保存中" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Xend設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Xendサービスを調整する" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を書き込む" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Xend設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Xendサービスを調整中..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を書込み中..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "libvirtd/sshdサービスを調整する" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "libvirtd/sshdサービスを調整しています" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "xend設定を書き込むことができません。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を書き込むことができません。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rpm-groups.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rpm-groups.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rpm-groups.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,173 +14,170 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "DASDの環境設定" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "DASDディスクは検出されませんでした" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "DASD(&D)" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "S/390ダンプデバイスの作成" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "IUCVターミナルサーバの設定" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "IUCVターミナルの設定" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "OnPanicの設定" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "利用可能なコントローラを検出中" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "S/390 ディスクコントローラの設定" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASDディスクの設定(&D)" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCPディスクの設定(&Z)" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "ZFCPの設定" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "zFCPデバイスは設定されていません" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "zFCP(&Z)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "有効化(&A)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "無効化(&D)" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "DIAGオン(&N)" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "DISGオフ(&F)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "フォーマット(&F)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "フォーマット有効" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "フォーマット無効" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "&パラレルフォーマットされたディスク" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "ディスクが選択されていません。" -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" -msgstr "" -"デバイス %1 がフォーマットされていません。デバイスをフォーマットしますか?" +msgstr "デバイス %1 がフォーマットされていません。デバイスをフォーマットしますか?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" -msgstr "" -"フォーマットされていないデバイスが %1 台あります。フォーマットしますか?" +msgstr "フォーマットされていないデバイスが %1 台あります。フォーマットしますか?" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "チャネル %1 のデバイスが見つかりませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "ディスク「%1」はアクティブではありません。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "ディスク「%1」に書き込みアクセスできません。" -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n" "Really format the following disks?<br>\n" @@ -190,120 +187,120 @@ "ディスクをフォーマットしますか?<br>\n" " %1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD ディスク管理" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "チャネルID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "フォーマットする" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "DIAG を使用" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "アクセスタイプ" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "初期化済" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "パーティション情報" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "チャネルIDの最小値(&N)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "チャネルIDの最大値(&X)" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "フィルタ(&F)" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "アクションの実行(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "すべてを選択(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "全てを解除する(&D)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "チャネルIDのフィルタが無効です。" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "新しい DASD ディスクの追加" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "チャネルID(&C)" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "ディスクを初期化する" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "DIAGを使用する(&D)" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -311,23 +308,23 @@ "DASDディスクの設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか?\n" "すべての変更が失われます。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "チャネルIDが無効です。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "デバイスはすでに存在します。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -335,9 +332,9 @@ "<p><b><big>コントローラ設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -345,8 +342,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -354,9 +351,9 @@ "<p><b><big>コントローラ設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -366,9 +363,9 @@ "［<b>中止</b>］ボタンをクリックすると保存を中止できます。</p>\n" "安全に中止できるかどうかのダイアログが表示されます。</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>" @@ -376,26 +373,23 @@ "<p><b><big>設定済みの DASD ディスク:</big></b></br>\n" "このダイアログで、システムにある DASD ディスクを管理できます。</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n" "the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>表示したいディスクをフィルタするには、［<b>チャネルIDの最小値</b>］と\n" -"［<b>チャネルIDの最大値</b>］を設定して［<b>フィルタ</b>］をクリックしてくだ" -"さい。</p>\n" +"［<b>チャネルIDの最大値</b>］を設定して［<b>フィルタ</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しい DASD ディスクを設定するには、<b>「追加」</b>をクリックしてください" -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しい DASD ディスクを設定するには、<b>「追加」</b>をクリックしてください</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -403,31 +397,26 @@ "<p>設定された DASD ディスクを削除するには、\n" "ディスクを選択して<b>「削除」</b>をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>複数のディスクに対して一度にアクションを実行するには、目的のディスクをマー" -"クします。表示されているディスク(場合によってはフィルタの適用後)をすべて選択" -"するには、\n" -"［<b>すべてを選択</b>］または［<b>全てを解除する</b>］をクリックします。\n" +"<p>複数のディスクに対して一度にアクションを実行するには、目的のディスクをマークします。表示されているディスク(場合によってはフィルタの適用後)をすべて選択するには、\n" +"［<b>すべてを選択</b>］または［<b>全てを解除する</b>］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>選択されたディスクに対してアクションを実行するには<b>「アクションを実行」" -"</b>を使用してください。\n" +"<p>選択されたディスクに対してアクションを実行するには<b>「アクションを実行」</b>を使用してください。\n" "アクションは即時に実行されます。</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n" "To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -437,8 +426,8 @@ "ディスクを追加するには、識別子としてDASDディスクの［<b>チャネルID</b>］\n" "を入力してください。</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n" @@ -446,214 +435,166 @@ "<p>ディスクをフォーマットする場合は、\n" "［<b>ディスクを初期化する</b>］を使用してください。</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>DIAGモードを使用するには、［<b>DIAGを使用する</b>］を選択してください。\n" +msgstr "<p>DIAGモードを使用するには、［<b>DIAGを使用する</b>］を選択してください。</p>\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "コントローラの設定" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "ダンプデバイスの作成" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>>S/390ダンプデバイスとして使用する1つ以上のボリュームを準備してくださ" -"い。</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>>S/390ダンプデバイスとして使用する1つ以上のボリュームを準備してください。</b></p>" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サポートされているデバイスはECKD DASDおよびZFCPディスクで、複数ボリューム" -"はDASDに限定されます。<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>" +msgstr "<p>サポートされているデバイスはECKD DASDおよびZFCPディスクで、複数ボリュームはDASDに限定されます。<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk.</p>" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"パーティション単位ではなく、ディスク全体のみを選択することができます。デバイ" -"スが\n" -"互換性のあるフォーマットやパーティションでない場合は、［<b>ディスクの上書きを" -"強制</b>］を選択してください。</p>" +"パーティション単位ではなく、ディスク全体のみを選択することができます。デバイスが\n" +"互換性のあるフォーマットやパーティションでない場合は、［<b>ディスクの上書きを強制</b>］を選択してください。</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog.<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>DASDとZFCPデバイスを使用するには、それぞれYaST DASDまたはZFCPダイアログで" -"有効化する必要があります。<br>" +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>" +msgstr "<p>DASDとZFCPデバイスを使用するには、それぞれYaST DASDまたはZFCPダイアログで有効化する必要があります。<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>" msgstr "使用中またはパーティションをマウントしたデバイスは表示されません。</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>ディスクの後にある［<b>ダンプデバイス</b>］は、\n" -"現時点で利用可能なダンプデバイスを示しています。マルチボリュームのダンプデバ" -"イスについては、DASD IDのリストに表示されています。</p>" +"現時点で利用可能なダンプデバイスを示しています。マルチボリュームのダンプデバイスについては、DASD IDのリストに表示されています。</p>" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>" msgstr "<p>ZFCP列: デバイス、サイズ、ID、WWPN、LUN、ダンプ<br>" -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>" msgstr "DASD列: デバイス、サイズ、ID、ダンプ</p>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "ZFCP(&Z)" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "ディスクの上書きを強制(&F)" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "いずれのデバイスも選択していません。" -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"ディスク%1はダンプデバイスとしてフォーマットされます。このデバイスのすべての" -"データが失われます。続行しますか?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "ディスク%1はダンプデバイスとしてフォーマットされます。このデバイスのすべてのデータが失われます。続行しますか?" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "操作が成功しました。別のダンプデバイスを初期化しますか?" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>z/VM ID</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" "<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>IUCVターミナルサーバを設定するには、使用すべきz/VM IDを指定する必要があり" -"ます。\n" +"<p>IUCVターミナルサーバを設定するには、使用すべきz/VM IDを指定する必要があります。\n" "<br>これらは1行に1つずつ指定してください。</p>\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-シェル</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>TS-Shellでは、それぞれのTS-Shellユーザとグループに対して、［<b>権限</b>］" -"を設定することができます。グループに対して設定した権限は、それらのメンバーに" -"継承されます。</p>" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>" +msgstr "<p>TS-Shellでは、それぞれのTS-Shellユーザとグループに対して、［<b>権限</b>］を設定することができます。グループに対して設定した権限は、それらのメンバーに継承されます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, " -"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>許可するz/VM IDは、［<b>選択</b>］で手動で選択することができるほか、" -"［<b>Regex</b>］を指定して選択したり、1行に1つずつ記述された複数のz/VM IDを" -"［<b>ファイル</b>］からロードすることもできます。</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>" +msgstr "<p>許可するz/VM IDは、［<b>選択</b>］で手動で選択することができるほか、［<b>Regex</b>］を指定して選択したり、1行に1つずつ記述された複数のz/VM IDを［<b>ファイル</b>］からロードすることもできます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n" "User</b> to remove users.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>新規ユーザ</b>］ボタンをクリックすることで新規のTS-Shellユーザを作成" -"することができるほか、\n" +"<p>［<b>新規ユーザ</b>］ボタンをクリックすることで新規のTS-Shellユーザを作成することができるほか、\n" "［<b>ユーザの削除</b>］を使用することで削除できます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>TS-Shellの権限表にグループを追加したり削除したりする場合や、\n" -"それらのメンバー設定を変更するには、［<b>グループの管理</b>］を使用してくださ" -"い。</p>" +"それらのメンバー設定を変更するには、［<b>グループの管理</b>］を使用してください。</p>" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>また、［<b>監査ID</b>］を使用すると、処理内容を収集すべきz/VM IDを指定する" -"ことができます。</p>" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>" +msgstr "<p>また、［<b>監査ID</b>］を使用すると、処理内容を収集すべきz/VM IDを指定することができます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>新規TS-シェルユーザ</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> " -"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" -"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting " -"them on the right.</p>" +"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n" +"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいTS-シェルユーザを作成するには、<b>ユーザ名</b>、<b>ホームディレクト" -"リ</b>、および<b>パスワード</b>を指定する必要があります。\n" -"\t<br>右側で［<b>追加グループ</b>］を選択することにより指定することもできま" -"す。</p>" +"<p>新しいTS-シェルユーザを作成するには、<b>ユーザ名</b>、<b>ホームディレクトリ</b>、および<b>パスワード</b>を指定する必要があります。\n" +"\t<br>右側で［<b>追加グループ</b>］を選択することにより指定することもできます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>初回ログイン後にユーザに各自のパスワードを変更させるには、［<b>パスワード" -"変更を強制する</b>］を有効にしてください。</p>" +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>初回ログイン後にユーザに各自のパスワードを変更させるには、［<b>パスワード変更を強制する</b>］を有効にしてください。</p>" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there.</p>" @@ -661,12 +602,12 @@ "<p>保存用に使用しない場合は、それぞれのTS-Shellユーザに対して、\n" "同じホームディレクトリを設定することもできます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-認証のためのグループを管理する</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>" @@ -674,20 +615,17 @@ "<p>このグループ内の各TS-Shellメンバーに対して、同じ権限を継承させる場合は、\n" "グループ単位でTS-Shell権限を定義してください。</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or " -"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>TS-Shellの権限から、既存のグループを追加したり削除したりすることができま" -"す。\n" -"テーブルでそれらを選択して［<b>選択/解除</b>］をクリックしてください。現在の" -"状態は、［<b>TS-Auth</b>］の列に表示されます。</p>" +"<p>TS-Shellの権限から、既存のグループを追加したり削除したりすることができます。\n" +"テーブルでそれらを選択して［<b>選択/解除</b>］をクリックしてください。現在の状態は、［<b>TS-Auth</b>］の列に表示されます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n" "selection.</p>" @@ -695,654 +633,565 @@ "<p>選択したグループのTS-Shellメンバーは、［<b>TS-メンバー</b>］内の選択で\n" "変更することができます。</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> " -"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" -"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has " -"to be used.</p>" +"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n" +"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいグループは［<b>新規グループ</b>］入力フィールドに名前を入力し、［<b>" -"作成</b>］で確認することによって作成することができます。\n" -"\t<br>前に作成したグループを削除するには、［<b>YaSTユーザ</b>］ダイアログを使" -"用してください。</p>" +"<p>新しいグループは［<b>新規グループ</b>］入力フィールドに名前を入力し、［<b>作成</b>］で確認することによって作成することができます。\n" +"\t<br>前に作成したグループを削除するには、［<b>YaSTユーザ</b>］ダイアログを使用してください。</p>" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このダイアログ内での変更は、［<b>戻る</b>］ボタンをクリックすることで元に" -"戻すことができます。</p>" +msgstr "<p>このダイアログ内での変更は、［<b>戻る</b>］ボタンをクリックすることで元に戻すことができます。</p>" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>ログオン時のIUCVConn</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"<p>［ログイン時のIUCVConn］では、各z/VM IDにつき1個のユーザが必要です。これら" -"のユーザを作成するには、<b>パスワード</b>と<b>ホームディレクトリ</b>を指定す" -"る必要があります。" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided." +msgstr "<p>［ログイン時のIUCVConn］では、各z/VM IDにつき1個のユーザが必要です。これらのユーザを作成するには、<b>パスワード</b>と<b>ホームディレクトリ</b>を指定する必要があります。" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or " -"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is " -"enabled. </p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>同期</b>］をクリックするか、［<b>ログイン時のIUCVConn</b>］が有効に" -"なっている間に［<b>OK</b>］をクリックして変更を確認するだけで、ユーザは同期を" -"手動で行うことができます。</p>" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>同期</b>］をクリックするか、［<b>ログイン時のIUCVConn</b>］が有効になっている間に［<b>OK</b>］をクリックして変更を確認するだけで、ユーザは同期を手動で行うことができます。</p>" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "ユーザ" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "グループ" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "z/VM ID (自動でソートされます)(&V)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "TS-シェルを有効にする(&E)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "認証" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "グループ/メンバー" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "新規ユーザ(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "ユーザの削除(&D)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "グループの管理(&M)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "許可されたz/VM ID" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "選択(&S)" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "Regex(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "ファイル(&F)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "参照(&W)" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "監査ID(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "ログイン時にIUCVConnを有効にする(&E)" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "ログイン" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "Home" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "シェル" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "新規ユーザの設定" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "パスワードの確認(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ(&H)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "参照(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "同期(&S)" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "パスワード変更を強制する(&F)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "追加のグループ(&A)" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS-認証" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-メンバー" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "選択/解除(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "作成(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "新しいグループ(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-メンバー(&M)" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "z/VM ID(&Z)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "TS-シェル(&T)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "IUCVConn(&I)" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "パスワードが一致しないか、無効です。" -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "ユーザ名は無効です。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "ホームディレクトリを指定してください。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "ユーザの追加が失敗しました。" -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "IUCV端末サーバの設定 " -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "新規TS-シェルユーザ" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "TS-認証のグループの管理" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." msgstr "行%2のz/VM ID「%1」が間違っています。文字と数値のみが許可されます。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "行%2のz/VM ID「%1」が間違っています。先頭には数字を使用できません。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"行%2のz/VM ID「%1」が間違っています。8文字を超える文字は使用できません。" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "行%2のz/VM ID「%1」が間違っています。8文字を超える文字は使用できません。" -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." msgstr "行%2のz/VM ID「%1」が間違っています。少なくとも1文字が必要です。" -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." msgstr "IUCVConnユーザを同期するために正しく入力したパスワードが必要です。" -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "指定したIUCVConnホームディレクトリが無効です。" -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "グループ名は無効です。" -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "有効なz/VM IDなしでターミナルサーバを設定することはできません。" -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"入力が間違っています。小文字、数字、および区切りのためのカンマのみを使用でき" -"ます。" +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "入力が間違っています。小文字、数字、および区切りのためのカンマのみを使用できます。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "カンマは区切り文字にすぎません。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "z/VM IDを8文字以上にすることはできません。" -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "間違ったIUCV IDです。小文字のみを使用してください。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "IUCV IDを %1 文字より長くすることはできません。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>" msgstr "<p><h2>ローカル端末システム設定</h2></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance." -"<br>" -msgstr "" -"<p>複数の［<b>IUVCttyインスタンス</b>］を実行し、複数のターミナルデバイスを提" -"供することができます。インスタンスは、［<b>端末IDプレフィクス</b>］とそれに続" -"く番号から構成される、端末IDで区別されます。<br>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>" +msgstr "<p>複数の［<b>IUVCttyインスタンス</b>］を実行し、複数のターミナルデバイスを提供することができます。インスタンスは、［<b>端末IDプレフィクス</b>］とそれに続く番号から構成される、端末IDで区別されます。<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are " -"available.</p>" -msgstr "" -"たとえば、プレフィックス「<i>lxterm</i>」を使用して10個のインスタンスを定義し" -"た場合、<i>lxterm0</i>から<i>lxterm9</i>の端末IDを利用できます。</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>" +msgstr "たとえば、プレフィックス「<i>lxterm</i>」を使用して10個のインスタンスを定義した場合、<i>lxterm0</i>から<i>lxterm9</i>の端末IDを利用できます。</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>z/VM IUCV HVCデバイスドライバはカーネルモジュールであり、gettyやログインプ" -"ログラムと通信できるHVCターミナルデバイスとして、最大8個までのデバイスノード" -"を使用します。</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>" +msgstr "<p>z/VM IUCV HVCデバイスドライバはカーネルモジュールであり、gettyやログインプログラムと通信できるHVCターミナルデバイスとして、最大8個までのデバイスノードを使用します。</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain " -"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>アクセスの制限</b>］を使用すると、特定の［<b>ターミナルサーバ</b>］か" -"らの接続のみを許可します。</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>アクセスの制限</b>］を使用すると、特定の［<b>ターミナルサーバ</b>］からの接続のみを許可します。</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>また、エミュレーションをすべてのインスタンスに対して一括で定義できるほか、" -"各デバイスに対して個別に設定することもできます。</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>また、エミュレーションをすべてのインスタンスに対して一括で定義できるほか、各デバイスに対して個別に設定することもできます。</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>hvc0へのカーネルメッセージをルート</b>］を有効にすると、カーネルメッ" -"セージは\n" +"<p>［<b>hvc0へのカーネルメッセージをルート</b>］を有効にすると、カーネルメッセージは\n" "ttyS0ではなくhvc0にルーティングされます。<br>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"ttyS0に対してもカーネルメッセージを表示させたい場合は、［<b>YaSTブートローダ" -"モジュール</b>］を利用して、ブートに使用しているセクションのカーネルパラメー" -"タに対し、手動で<b>console=ttyS0</b>を追加してください。</p>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "ttyS0に対してもカーネルメッセージを表示させたい場合は、［<b>YaSTブートローダモジュール</b>］を利用して、ブートに使用しているセクションのカーネルパラメータに対し、手動で<b>console=ttyS0</b>を追加してください。</p>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>警告: HVC端末はショートカットを通じて手動ログアウトせずに、ログアウトされ" -"たままになります: ctrl _ d</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>警告: HVC端末はショートカットを通じて手動ログアウトせずに、ログアウトされたままになります: ctrl _ d</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "ＩＵＣＶtty(&I)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "端末IDプレフィックス(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "IUCVttyインスタンス(&U)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "HVCインスタンス(&V)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "制限アクセス(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "許可されている端末サーバ(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "HVC0へのカーネルメッセージをルート(&K)" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "保存しないで終了しますか?" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "IUCV IDは無効です。" -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "端末サーバは有効ではありません。" -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "変更を有効にするには、システムを再起動する必要があります。" -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "VMCMDに対しては %1 行だけが許可されます。" -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "On Panic設定" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>カーネルパニックが発生した場合にとられるアクションを設定してください</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>カーネルパニックが発生した場合にとられるアクションを設定してください</b></p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>カーネルパニック中の動作に影響させるために、<b>Dumpconf</b>デーモンを有効" -"にする必要があります。</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>" +msgstr "<p>カーネルパニック中の動作に影響させるために、<b>Dumpconf</b>デーモンを有効にする必要があります。</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>" msgstr "<p>以下の<b>パニックアクション</b>が可能です:<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>" msgstr "<b>stop</b> Linux停止(デフォルト)。<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>" msgstr "<b>dump</b> Linuxをダンプし、システムを停止します。<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>" msgstr "<b>reipl</b> Linuxを再起動します。<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>" msgstr "" "<b>dump_reipl</b> - Linuxのダンプ出力を行い、システムを再起動します。\n" -"このオプションはz9 (r)マシン以上のLPAR、かつz/VMバージョン5.3以上でのみ利用で" -"きます。<br>" +"このオプションはz9 (r)マシン以上のLPAR、かつz/VMバージョン5.3以上でのみ利用できます。<br>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>" msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> 指定されたCPコマンドを実行し、システムを停止します。</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." -msgstr "" -"<p><b>遅延分数</b>で定義された時間は、ループを回避するために新しく開始したシ" -"ステムに指定したパニックアクションのアクティブ化を遅延します。所定時間が経過" -"する前にシステムがクラッシュした場合、デフォルトのアクション（stop）が実行さ" -"れます。</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>遅延分数</b>で定義された時間は、ループを回避するために新しく開始したシステムに指定したパニックアクションのアクティブ化を遅延します。所定時間が経過する前にシステムがクラッシュした場合、デフォルトのアクション（stop）が実行されます。</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> " -"dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>メモリをダンプするデバイスは、［<b>デバイスのダンプ</b>］で設定できます。" -"デバイスが何も示されない場合、［<b>YaSTダンプデバイス</b>］ダイアログで新しい" -"ものを作成してください。</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>メモリをダンプするデバイスは、［<b>デバイスのダンプ</b>］で設定できます。デバイスが何も示されない場合、［<b>YaSTダンプデバイス</b>］ダイアログで新しいものを作成してください。</p>" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>VMCMD</b>］では、Linuxシステムが停止する前に実行するCPコマンドを指定" -"することができます。%1 行以内、かつ %2 文字までを指定できます。</p>" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>VMCMD</b>］では、Linuxシステムが停止する前に実行するCPコマンドを指定することができます。%1 行以内、かつ %2 文字までを指定できます。</p>" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Dumpconfを起動しない(&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "Dumpconfを起動する(&S)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "パニックアクション(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "遅延分数(&M)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "VMCMD(&V)" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "ダンプデバイスなしでは、ダンプ処理を有効にできません。" -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "少なくとも1つのコマンドを定義しないで、vmcmdを使用できません。" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "設定済みのZFCPデバイス" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1350,51 +1199,48 @@ "ZFCPデバイスの環境設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか?\n" "すべての変更が失われます。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "新しいZFCPデバイスの追加" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "WWPNの取得" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "WWPN(&W)" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "LUNの取得" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "LUN(&L)" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "" -"WWPNもLUNも定義されていないと、システムはallow_lun_scanを使用しようとします。" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "WWPNもLUNも定義されていないと、システムはallow_lun_scanを使用しようとします。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "入力したWWPNは無効です。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "入力したLUNが無効です。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1402,8 +1248,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ZFCPデバイスの設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1411,8 +1257,8 @@ "<p><b><big>ZFCPデバイスの設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n" @@ -1420,15 +1266,13 @@ "<p><b><big>設定済みのZFCPデバイス</big></b><br>\n" "このダイアログでシステムのZFCPデバイスを管理することができます。</p>\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しいZFCPデバイスを設定するには、［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。" -"</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しいZFCPデバイスを設定するには、［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "<b>Delete</b>.</p>" @@ -1436,25 +1280,24 @@ "<p>設定したZFCPデバイスを削除するには、\n" "削除するデバイスを選んで［<b>削除</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>ZFCPデバイスに\n" -"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>でアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他アクセスになっ" -"ていることを確認してください。\n" +"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>でアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他アクセスになっていることを確認してください。\n" " そうでない場合は、データ損傷の危険性があります。</p>" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1466,220 +1309,208 @@ "ZFCPコントローラの［<b>チャネルID</b>］、［ワールドワイドポート番号］ \n" "(<b>WWPN</b>)、および［<b>LUN</b>］番号を入力してください。</p>\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n" -"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN " -"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan.</p>" +"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>チャネルID</b>］はsysfsに適合した小文字表記「0.0.<devno>」で入" -"力してください。\n" +"<p>［<b>チャネルID</b>］はsysfsに適合した小文字表記「0.0.<devno>」で入力してください。\n" "たとえば<tt>0.0.5c51</tt>のようになります。</p>\n" "<p>WWPNは16文字の16進数小文字表記で入力してください。\n" "たとえば<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>のようになります。</p>\n" "<p>LUNは16文字の16進数小文字表記で入力してください。\n" -"たとえば<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>のようになります。</p><p>WWPN<b></b>もLUN" -"も定義されていない場合、システムはallow_lun_scanを使用しようとします。</p>" +"たとえば<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>のようになります。</p><p>WWPN<b></b>もLUNも定義されていない場合、システムはallow_lun_scanを使用しようとします。</p>" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "mkinitrdを実行しています。" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "チャネルID: %1、フォーマット: %2、DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "チャネルID: %1、デバイス: %2、DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "設定された DASD ディスクを読み込んでいます" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs がマウントされていません。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: <オンライン>の無効なステータス。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: <ccwid>のデバイスが見つかりませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: デバイスの状態を変更できませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: デバイスはDASDではありません" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: モジュールをロードできませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: DASDを有効化できませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASDはフォーマットされていません。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: 不明なエラー %2。" -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "%1 をフォーマットしています:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "ディスクのフォーマットに失敗しました。終了コード: %1。" -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "「%1」を初期化中 : %3 のうち %2 シリンダ終了" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "ディスクをチェックしています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "DASDディスクをチェックしています" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "ZFCPディスクをチェックしています" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "DASDディスクをチェック中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "ZFCPディスクをチェック中..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "ダンプデバイスを作成しています" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "デンプデバイスを作成しています" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"ダンプデバイスを作成しています。このプロセスは数分かかる場合があります。" +msgstr "ダンプデバイスを作成しています。このプロセスは数分かかる場合があります。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "無効または使用可能でないディスクです(致命的)。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." -msgstr "" -"互換性のないフォーマットまたはパーティションです。強制指定で修正してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "互換性のないフォーマットまたはパーティションです。強制指定で修正してください。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "サポートプログラムがありません。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "パラメータがないか、間違っています。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "アクセスの問題" -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "サポートプログラムからのエラーコード: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1687,195 +1518,195 @@ "ダンプデバイス %1 を作成できません:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "IUCVの端末設定をロードしています" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "IUCVttyエントリをチェック" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "HVCエントリをチェック" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "カーネルパラメータの読み込み" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "IUCVttyエントリをチェック中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "HVCエントリをチェック中..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "カーネルパラメータを読み込んでいます..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "IUCV端末設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "IUCVtty設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "HVC設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "カーネルパラメータの書き込み" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "IUCVtty設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "HVC設定を書込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "カーネルパラメータを書き込んでいます..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<すべて>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "IUCV端末サーバ設定をロードしています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "ユーザ/グループ設定をロードする" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "ユーザ/グループ設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "IUCV端末サーバ設定を保存" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "設定ファイルを書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定を更新する" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "環境設定ファイルを書き込んでいます..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "ユーザ設定を更新中..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Dumpconf設定を読み込んでいます" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "ダンプデバイスをチェックしています" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "設定を読み込んでいます" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "ダンプデバイスをチェック中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "設定を読み込み中..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Dumpconf設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "サービスを再起動する" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "サービスを再起動しています..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "チャネルID: %1、WWPN: %2、LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "チャネルID: %1, WWPN: %2、LUN: %3、デバイス: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1883,62 +1714,62 @@ "ZFCPコントローラを評価できません(LPAR内にある場合など)。\n" "手動で設定する必要があります。" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "設定済みのZFCPデバイスを読み込んでいます" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPNが不正です。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: アダプタ%1用のWWPNをアクティブにできません。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1:ZFCPデバイスを有効にできません。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: SCSIディスクを無効にできませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: LUNを登録解除できませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: WWPNを登録解除できませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: デバイス<ccwid>は存在しません。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: モジュールzfcpはロードできませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: アダプタのステータスを変更できませんでした。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: WWPNポートは依然として有効です。" -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: このホストアダプタはallow_lun_scanをサポートしています。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "Sambaクライアント設定モジュール。\n" "詳しくはSambaのマニュアルを参照してください。" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Winbindサービス(winbindd)を有効または無効にする" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "このマシンがドメインのメンバーか確認する" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "このマシンをドメインに参加させる" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Sambaのグローバル設定を変更する" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "サービスを有効にする" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "サービスを無効にする" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "参加するドメインの名前" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,190 +67,186 @@ "ドメインの参加に使用するユーザ名。省略した場合、YaSTは\n" "ユーザ名やパスワードなしで参加しようとします。\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "ドメインに参加するユーザのパスワード" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "マシンアカウント" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "ワークグループ名" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "ドメイン名を入力してください。" -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "ドメインメンバーシップをテストできません。" -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "このマシンは %1 のメンバーです。" -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "このマシンは %1 のメンバーではありません。" -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "ドメイン %1 への参加に成功しました。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "UID(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "プライマリグループ名(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "セカンダリグループ名(&S)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "GID(&G)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名(&S)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "リモートのパス(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント(&M)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "オプション(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Samba ユーザとグループ ID の <b>範囲</b> を指定してください (<tt>winbind " -"uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)。</p>" +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Samba ユーザとグループ ID の <b>範囲</b> を指定してください (<tt>winbind uid</tt> と <tt>winbind gid</tt> の値)。</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "UID範囲(&U)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小限(&M)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "最大値(&X)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "GID範囲(&G)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "最小値(&I)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "最大(&A)" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "許可されているグループ" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "グループ名またはSID" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "Kerberosメソッド(&K)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "サーバディレクトリのマウント" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "サーバ名" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "リモートのパス" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "ローカルマウントポイント" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "User Name" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -258,116 +254,116 @@ "範囲の最大値を超える最小値を\n" "設定することはできません。\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Windowsドメインメンバーシップ" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "AD ドメインメンバーシップを検証しています..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "脱退(&L)" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "現在、このドメインのメンバーです" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "Linuxの認証にSMBの情報を使用する(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成(&C)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "参加の設定" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "マシンアカウントOU (&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "Active Directoryサーバ" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "NTP の設定(&T)..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "ネームサービスキャッシュを無効にする" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "ファイル変更モニタを起動する" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 msgid "Membership" msgstr "メンバーシップ" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "ドメイン(&D)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "ドメインまたはワークグループ(&D)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "オフライン認証(&L)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "SSH向けのシングルサインオン(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "エキスパート設定(&E)..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -375,13 +371,13 @@ "Linux認証に、ワークグループ\n" "「%1」を使用できません。" -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "有効なドメインを入力してください。" -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -389,12 +385,11 @@ "ドメインを入力するか、\n" "Linux認証でのSMBの使用を無効にしてください。" -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -402,10 +397,10 @@ "smb.conf中の次の設定がデフォルト値にリセットされます:\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -413,8 +408,8 @@ "ホストは、SMBを使用するLinux認証ドメインの\n" "メンバーである必要があります。" -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -422,13 +417,13 @@ "ドメインに参加するか、Linux認証でのSMBの使用を\n" "無効にしてください。" -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "Sambaは有効になりました。" -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -438,20 +433,19 @@ "DHCPによるホスト名変更は問題を発生させる可能性があります。\n" "DHCPでのホスト名変更を無効にしてよろしいですか？" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"この変更は、新しく作成されたプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサー" -"ビスには反映されません。\n" +"この変更は、新しく作成されたプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n" " すべてのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n" "手動で再起動するか、またはマシンを再起動してください。\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -459,8 +453,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sambaクライアントの設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" @@ -468,8 +462,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -477,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sambaクライアントの設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -490,66 +484,55 @@ "処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Windowsドメインメンバーシップを選択する</big></b></p>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Linuxクライアントは、NTドメインやActive Directoryドメインのメンバーとして" -"設定することができます。\n" +"<p>Linuxクライアントは、NTドメインやActive Directoryドメインのメンバーとして設定することができます。\n" "ここではメンバーシップの名前を指定することができます。</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>Linuxの認証にSMBの情報を使用する</b>］を選択すると、\n" -"NTサーバやKerberosサーバ(Active Directory使用時)でパスワードの確認を行うこと" -"ができるようになります。</p>\n" +"NTサーバやKerberosサーバ(Active Directory使用時)でパスワードの確認を行うことができるようになります。</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、［<b>プライマリ " -"DNS サフィックスの変更</b>］\n" -"を選択してください。このオプションは、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわ" -"れている場合にのみ利用できます。</p>" +"<p>お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、［<b>プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更</b>］\n" +"を選択してください。このオプションは、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれている場合にのみ利用できます。</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.</p>\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>OK</b>］をクリックするとメンバーシップの検証を行います。\n" -"NTドメインまたはActive Directoryドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加" -"できるようになります。</p>\n" +"NTドメインまたはActive Directoryドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加できるようになります。</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。\n" +msgstr "<p>NT ドメインまたは Active Directory ドメインの名前を入力してください。</p>\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" @@ -557,73 +540,42 @@ "<p>［次へ］をクリックすると、ドメインが検証され、\n" "このホストのドメインへの参加が可能になります。</p>\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home " -"directories created on the first login.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は" -"［<b>ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する</b>］を選択してください。</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>初回のログイン時にこのコンピュータ上でホームディレクトリを作成する場合は［<b>ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する</b>］を選択してください。</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>オフライン認証</b>］を利用すると、ドメインコントローラに接続していな" -"い場合でも、ログインすることができます。 このオプションを利用するには、1回以" -"上ドメインにログインしていなければなりません。 ログインすると、ユーザの資格認" -"定情報が暗号化され、コンピュータに保存されます。ドメインコントローラとの接続" -"を確立できない場合は、ドメインにログインするために、この情報が再使用されま" -"す。 このオプションは、モバイルユーザなどに役立ちます。" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p>［<b>オフライン認証</b>］を利用すると、ドメインコントローラに接続していない場合でも、ログインすることができます。 このオプションを利用するには、1回以上ドメインにログインしていなければなりません。 ログインすると、ユーザの資格認定情報が暗号化され、コンピュータに保存されます。ドメインコントローラとの接続を確立できない場合は、ドメインにログインするために、この情報が再使用されます。 このオプションは、モバイルユーザなどに役立ちます。" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." -msgstr "" -"<p>WINSオプションやActive Directoryドメインのホームディレクトリのマウントな" -"ど、高度な機能については［<b>エキスパート設定</b>］をクリックしてください。" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>WINSオプションやActive Directoryドメインのホームディレクトリのマウントなど、高度な機能については［<b>エキスパート設定</b>］をクリックしてください。</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>参加の設定</b></p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、［<b>ユーザ名</b>］" -"と\n" -"［<b>パスワード</b>］を入力してください。ただし、パスワードは暗号化されず、平" -"文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。</p>" +"<p>自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、［<b>ユーザ名</b>］と\n" +"［<b>パスワード</b>］を入力してください。ただし、パスワードは暗号化されず、平文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Active Directoryドメインへの参加に使用する［Active Directoryサーバ］を指定" -"します。 これは、Kerberosの設定でKDCの値としても使用されます。</p>" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Active Directoryドメインへの参加に使用する［Active Directoryサーバ］を指定します。 これは、Kerberosの設定でKDCの値としても使用されます。</p>" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -631,27 +583,26 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"時刻をNTPサーバと同期するには、使用しているコンピュータをNTPクライアントとし" -"て\n" +"時刻をNTPサーバと同期するには、使用しているコンピュータをNTPクライアントとして\n" "設定する必要があります。「NTPの設定」で、設定してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(既定)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "マシンアカウントOU(&M)" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "一覧の取得(&B)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -659,36 +610,36 @@ "マシンアカウントの一覧を取得するためには\n" "ユーザ名とパスワードの入力が必要です。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "マシンアカウント(&M)" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "ワークグループのメンバーシップを検証中..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "ドメイン %1 から脱退するため、ユーザ名とパスワードを入力してください。" -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "設定はクラスタノード全体に配布されます。" -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "ドメイン %1 に参加するため、ユーザ名とパスワードを入力してください。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "ドメインに匿名で参加する場合は、これらの項目を入力しないでください。\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -696,8 +647,8 @@ "このホストがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n" "自動判定できません。" -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -705,12 +656,12 @@ "このホストはドメイン %1 のメンバー\n" "ではありません。" -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "ドメイン %1 に参加しますか?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -718,7 +669,7 @@ "このクラスタがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n" "自動判定できません。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -726,298 +677,253 @@ "このクラスタはドメイン %1 のメンバー\n" "ではありません。" -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。 共有を維持しますか、それとも削除しますか?" +msgstr "ユーザ共有はすでに存在しています。 共有を維持しますか、それとも削除しますか?" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "維持(&K)" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除(&D)" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "他のWindows共有サービスは利用できます。 これらも停止しますか?" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "ホスト名の解決にWINSを使用する(&U)" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用す" -"る場合は、［<b>ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する</b>］を選択してください。</p>" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>名前解決に Microsoft Windows インターネットネームサービス (WINS) を使用する場合は、［<b>ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する</b>］を選択してください。</p>" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "DHCPでWINSサーバのアドレスを取得(&D)" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、［<b>DHCP で WINS サー" -"バのアドレスを取得</b>］を選択してください。</p>" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "<p> WINS サーバの情報が DHCP サーバから提供される場合、［<b>DHCP で WINS サーバのアドレスを取得</b>］を選択してください。</p>" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "ユーザによる共有" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "共有" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する(&A)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "ゲストアクセスを許可(&G)" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "許可するグループ(&P)" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "最大共有数(&M)" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the " -"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する</b>］を選択すると、［<b>許可する" -"グループ</b>］中のグループメンバーに、各自のディレクトリを他のユーザと共有さ" -"せることができます。 たとえば、ローカルの範囲では［<tt>users</tt>］、ドメイン" -"範囲では［<tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>］を設定します。 また、ユーザにはファイルシ" -"ステムへのアクセスを許可するパーミッションがなければなりません。</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>ユーザにディレクトリの共有を許可する</b>］を選択すると、［<b>許可するグループ</b>］中のグループメンバーに、各自のディレクトリを他のユーザと共有させることができます。 たとえば、ローカルの範囲では［<tt>users</tt>］、ドメイン範囲では［<tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>］を設定します。 また、ユーザにはファイルシステムへのアクセスを許可するパーミッションがなければなりません。</p>" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created.</p>" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" msgstr "<p>［<b>最大共有数</b>］で、共有の最大数を制限することができます。</p>" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow " -"Guest Access</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>認証なしでユーザ共用へのアクセスを許可するには、<b>ゲストアクセスを許可を有効にします。</p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>認証なしでユーザ共用へのアクセスを許可するには、<b>ゲストアクセスを許可</b>を有効にします。</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" -"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>サーバディレクトリのマウント</b>］テーブルでは、たとえばホームディレ" -"クトリのように、\n" -"ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントするサーバ側のディレクトリを指定す" -"ることができます。\n" +"<p>［<b>サーバディレクトリのマウント</b>］テーブルでは、たとえばホームディレクトリのように、\n" +"ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントするサーバ側のディレクトリを指定することができます。\n" "マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するには、\n" -"選択したルールに［<b>ユーザ名</b>］を指定してください。設定しない場合は、各" -"ユーザのログイン時にマウントされます。詳細については、pam_mount.confのマニュ" -"アルページを参照してください。</p>" +"選択したルールに［<b>ユーザ名</b>］を指定してください。設定しない場合は、各ユーザのログイン時にマウントされます。詳細については、pam_mount.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>たとえば、ホームディレクトリをマウントするには、<b>オプション</b>の一部と" -"して値<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)とともに、\n" -"<b>リモートパス</b>に<tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 値を使用し、<b>ローカルの" -"マウントポイント</b>に<tt>~/</tt>値を使用できます。" +"<p>たとえば、ホームディレクトリをマウントするには、<b>オプション</b>の一部として値<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)とともに、\n" +"<b>リモートパス</b>に<tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 値を使用し、<b>ローカルのマウントポイント</b>に<tt>~/</tt>値を使用できます。" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>Kerberosメソッド</b>］では、どのようにしてKerberosのチケットを検証す" -"るかを定義します。［<b>SSH向けシングルサインオン</b>］を使用した場合、YaSTで" -"のデフォルトのKerberosメソッドは<tt>secrets and keytab</tt>です。詳細について" -"は、smb.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>Kerberosメソッド</b>］では、どのようにしてKerberosのチケットを検証するかを定義します。［<b>SSH向けシングルサインオン</b>］を使用した場合、YaSTでのデフォルトのKerberosメソッドは<tt>secrets and keytab</tt>です。詳細については、smb.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Sambaクライアントの設定" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Kerberosクライアントの環境設定の保存" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAMの設定を書き込む" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Kerberosクライアントの設定を書き込む" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "OpenSSHの設定を書き込む" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAMの設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Kerberosクライアントの設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "OpenSSHの設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールする" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールしています..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAMログイン" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberosを使用する" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberosを使用しない" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "デフォルトのレルム(realm)です" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "デフォルトのドメインです" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDCサーバのアドレス" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "クロックスキュー" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "KDCサーバ: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "デフォルトドメイン: %1<br>" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "デフォルトレルム: %1<br>" -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>Kerberos 認証の有効化</b>: %1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "DNS から設定を入手する" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1025,8 +931,8 @@ "クロックスキューが無効です。\n" "もう一度試してください。\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1034,143 +940,143 @@ "ライフタイムが無効です。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Sambaクライントの設定の初期化" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Sambaグローバル設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "winbindの状態を読み込む" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Sambaグローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "winbindの状態を読み込んでいます..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Sambaクライアントの設定の保存" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Sambaサービスを無効にする" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Sambaサービスを有効にする" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Sambaサービスを停止中..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Sambaサービスを起動中..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Kerberos設定の書き込み" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Kerberosの設定を書き込み中です..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "設定を %1 に書き込めません。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "winbindサービスを起動できません。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "winbind デーモンを起動できません。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "winbindサービスを停止できません。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "winbind デーモンを停止できません。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "PAM設定を書き込めません。" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "グローバルな設定" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成します" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "オフライン認証有効" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "最大共有数 %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>ワークグループまたはドメイン</b>: %1</p>" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" msgstr "<p><b>SMBによる認証</b>: %1</p>" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "参加を続行することができません: クラスタの状態に一貫性がありません" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,204 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" msgstr "Sambaサーバ設定モジュール(詳しくはSambaのマニュアルを参照してください)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "個々の共有を操作する" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "使用可能な共有のリストを表示する" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "サーバの役割を設定する" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "ユーザ情報を保存するバックエンドを設定する" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "Sambaサービス(smbとnmb)を有効または無効にする" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "Sambaサーバのグローバル設定を変更する" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "共有またはサービスを有効にする" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "共有またはサービスを無効にする" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "設定ファイルから共有を削除する" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "共有名" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "新しい共有を追加する" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "共有オプションを変更する" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "共有オプションを表示する" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "共有のコメント" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "共有するパス(ディレクトリ)" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "共有がプリンタとして動作するかどうかのフラグ" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" msgstr "共有を読み込み可能な、コンマで区切られたユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" msgstr "共有に書き込み可能な、コンマで区切られたユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "共有がLAN上で参照可能かを示すフラグ" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "共有がゲストアクセス可能かどうかを示すフラグ" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" msgstr "共有にアクセス可能な、コンマで区切られたユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "サーバをプライマリドメインコントローラとして使用する" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "サーバをバックアップドメインコントローラとして使用する" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "サーバはドメインメンバーとして動作します" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" msgstr "サーバは共有を提供しますが、ドメインへのログインは許可しません。" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "ユーザ情報の保存に「smbpasswd」ファイルを使用する" -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" msgstr "ユーザ情報の保存に「passdb.tdb」ファイルを使用する" -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "ユーザ情報の保存にLDAPサーバを使用する" -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAPサーバのパスワード" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "ワークグループ名" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "Sambaサーバの説明" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAPサーバ上でユーザ情報を操作するためのLDAPサフィックスDN" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "LDAPサーバの内容を操作する(例えばパスワード変更など)ためのLDAP DN" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "共有名を指定してください。" -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "共有 %1 が存在しません。" -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "共有するディレクトリのパスを指定してください。" -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "共有 %1 はすでに存在します。" -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -219,134 +216,130 @@ "状態 \tType\tName\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tディスク\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\tプリンタ\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "ユーザは現在このSambaサーバに接続しているため、\n" "リスタートするのではなく、サーバの設定が再ロードされました。\n" -" ユーザの接続が切断された可能性があるにもかかわらず、すべての設定が確実に適用" -"されるようにするには、\n" +" ユーザの接続が切断された可能性があるにもかかわらず、すべての設定が確実に適用されるようにするには、\n" "「systemctl restart smb」および「systemctl restart nmb」を実行します。" -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "smbpasswdファイル" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "TDBデータベース" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "オプションの設定値はスペースで始まってはいけません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"単一のバックエンドに対して複数のオプション値を設定する場合は、引用符で囲む必" -"要があります。" +msgstr "単一のバックエンドに対して複数のオプション値を設定する場合は、引用符で囲む必要があります。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "入力した URL「%1」は正しくありません。" -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "選択したエントリを削除しますか?" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "1つ以上のバックエンドを指定する必要があります。" -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "選択されたバックエンドを削除しますか?" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "バックエンドタイプ" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "smbpasswdファイル" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "TDBデータベース" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -362,117 +355,117 @@ "詳細については『Samba HOWTO collection』を\n" "参照してください。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "プライマリドメインコントローラ(PDC)(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "バックアップドメインコントローラ(BDC)(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "ドメインコントローラでない(&C)" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Sambaインストール" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "ステップ1/2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン名(&W)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "ステップ2/2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "現在のドメイン名:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Sambaサーバの種類" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "PDCが存在するため、利用できません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "共有名の変更" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "新しい共有名(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "新しい共有名を入力してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -480,8 +473,8 @@ "共有名「%1」はすでに存在します。\n" "別の名前を入力してください。\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -491,27 +484,27 @@ "その設定はすべて失われます。\n" "削除してよろしいですか?" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "信頼できるドメイン(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "パスワード(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "ドメイン名は空白ではいけません。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "ドメインの信頼関係を確立できません。" -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -523,15 +516,15 @@ "プレーンテキストで格納されます。 このことはセキュリティ上の脅威になる\n" "可能性があります。" -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "信頼されたドメイン(&T)" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -539,233 +532,233 @@ "信頼できるドメイン %1 に対する信頼関係を\n" "削除してよろしいですか?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "共用 %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "エキスパートグローバル設定" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "共有名(&N)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "共有の記述(&D)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "共有タイプ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "プリンタ(&P)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリ(&D)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "共有パス(&P)" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "読み込み専用(&R)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "継承ALC(&I)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットを公開する" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "btrfs機能を利用する" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "新しい共有" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "共有するパス" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "共有名は空白にはできません。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "共有パスは空白にはできません。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "使用可能な共有" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "フィルタ(&F)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "すべての共有を表示(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "システム共有を表示しない(&S)" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "状態" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "読み込み専用" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "パス" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "ゲストアクセス" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "コメント" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "名前変更(&R)..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "状態の変更(&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINSサーバのサポート" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "リモートWINSサーバ(&E)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "名前(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "ホスト名の解決に WINS を使用する(&V)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "DCではありません" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "プライマリ(PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "バックアップ(BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "基本設定" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "ドメインコントローラ(&R)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "詳細設定..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "エキスパートグローバル設定(&E)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "ユーザ認証のソース(&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Sambaの設定" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "起動(&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "共有(&S)" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "識別情報(&D)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "LDAPの設定(&L)" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOSホスト名(&H)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "ユーザ情報ソース" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -775,16 +768,16 @@ "のアカウント(ルート)が必要です。\n" "これから作成します。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Sambaルートパスワード(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "パスワードの検証(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -792,13 +785,13 @@ "1つ目のパスワードと2つ目のパスワードとが\n" "一致しません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "ユーザ %1 のアカウントを作成できません。" -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -806,7 +799,7 @@ "ドメイン %1 に参加するための\n" "ユーザ名およびパスワードを入力します。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -814,23 +807,23 @@ "ドメインに匿名で参加する場合は、これらの項目を入力\n" "しないでください。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "参加しない(&N)" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "ドメイン %1 への参加に成功しました。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -838,8 +831,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sambaサーバの設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -847,8 +840,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -856,8 +849,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Sambaサーバの設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -869,64 +862,51 @@ "処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ワークグループまたはドメインの選択</big></b><br>\n" -"リストの中から選択するか、または新しいワークグループ名/ドメイン名を入力して" -"［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックしてください。\n" +"リストの中から選択するか、または新しいワークグループ名/ドメイン名を入力して［<b>次へ</b>］をクリックしてください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Sambaサーバの種類</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>ドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindows NT形式のド" -"メインにログインできます。</p>\n" -"<p>バックアップコントローラの検証には、別のドメインコントローラを使用しま" -"す。\n" -"プライマリコントローラは、ユーザとパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。" -"</p>\n" -"<p>環境設定ダイアログで利用できるオプションは、ここで選択した内容に応じて変わ" -"ります。Windows NT形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、今後のリリースで段階的に" -"廃止される予定です。</p>" +"<p>ドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindows NT形式のドメインにログインできます。</p>\n" +"<p>バックアップコントローラの検証には、別のドメインコントローラを使用します。\n" +"プライマリコントローラは、ユーザとパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。</p>\n" +"<p>環境設定ダイアログで利用できるオプションは、ここで選択した内容に応じて変わります。Windows NT形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、今後のリリースで段階的に廃止される予定です。</p>" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Sambaサーバの種類</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>ドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにロ" -"グインできます。</p>\n" +"<p>ドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできます。</p>\n" " <p>設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションは、\n" "ここで選択した設定によって異なります。</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>共有</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" @@ -934,8 +914,8 @@ "<p>すでに設定されている共有の一覧です。有効無効を問わず表示されています。\n" "その共有についての基本情報も示されています。<br></p>" -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -949,8 +929,8 @@ "したがって、後でその共有を再度有効にすることができます。\n" "</p>" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -964,20 +944,19 @@ "をオンにすると、システム共有は表に\n" "表示されません。</p>\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しい共有を追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存の共有を変更するに" -"は、\n" +"<p>新しい共有を追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存の共有を変更するには、\n" "［編集］をクリックします。共通に関する情報を削除するには、\n" "［削除］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -987,30 +966,25 @@ "これらのオプションにより、サーバの識別情報およびネットワークでの\n" "主な役割を設定することができます。</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>基本設定では、ドメインの設定およびサーバの役割の設定を\n" -"行います。 ［バックアップドメインコントローラ］および［プライマリドメインコン" -"トローラ］を設定すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできま" -"す。 バックアップドメインコントローラでは、\n" -"検証用に、他のドメインコントローラを使用します。 プライマリドメインコントロー" -"ラでは、\n" +"行います。 ［バックアップドメインコントローラ］および［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできます。 バックアップドメインコントローラでは、\n" +"検証用に、他のドメインコントローラを使用します。 プライマリドメインコントローラでは、\n" "ユーザおよびユーザのパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。\n" "サーバをドメインコントローラとして使用しない場合は、\n" "［DCではありません］を選択します。</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" "server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1018,14 +992,12 @@ "as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［基本設定］では、ドメインの設定およびサーバの役割の設定を\n" -"行います。 ［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定するとWindowsクライアント" -"で\n" -"Windowsドメインにログインできます。 サーバをドメインコントローラとして使用し" -"ない場合は、\n" +"行います。 ［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定するとWindowsクライアントで\n" +"Windowsドメインにログインできます。 サーバをドメインコントローラとして使用しない場合は、\n" "［DCではありません］を選択します。</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1041,8 +1013,8 @@ "できます。 問い合わせで使用する場合には、［リモートWINSサーバ］を選択し、\n" "WINSサーバのIPアドレスを入力します。</p>\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" @@ -1050,17 +1022,16 @@ "<p>状況に応じて、［サーバのNetBIOS名］を設定します。 NetBIOS名は、\n" "SMBネットワークでのこのサーバの名前です。</p>" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>詳細設定</b>］では、詳細設定、\n" "ユーザ認証のソース、エキスパートグローバル設定にアクセスできます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1074,7 +1045,7 @@ "ここでは、Sambaサーバがアクセスを提供する\n" "ドメインのリストを作成します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1085,13 +1056,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>新しいドメインを一覧に追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" "ダイアログボックスが表示されますので、\n" -"信頼するためのドメイン名およびパスワードを入力します。 パスワードは、信頼でき" -"るドメインにアクセスするために、\n" +"信頼するためのドメイン名およびパスワードを入力します。 パスワードは、信頼できるドメインにアクセスするために、\n" "Sambaサーバで使用します。 ［OK］をクリックすると、\n" "信頼関係が設定されます。 ドメインを削除するには、\n" "一覧で対象のドメインを選択してから、［削除］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" @@ -1099,8 +1069,8 @@ "<p>信頼できるドメインの機能について詳しくは、\n" "『Samba HOWTO collection』を参照してください。</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" @@ -1108,39 +1078,35 @@ "<p><b><big>共有の編集</big></b><br>\n" "ここでは、共有オプションを微調整します。</p>\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存のオプ" -"ションを\n" -"編集するには、［編集］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、［削除］を" -"クリックします。</p>\n" +"<p>新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存のオプションを\n" +"編集するには、［編集］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、［削除］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>エキスパートグローバル設定</big></b><br>\n" -"ここでは、サーバのグローバルオプションの細かい設定を行うことができます。\n" +"ここでは、サーバのグローバルオプションの細かい設定を行うことができます。</p>\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］ボタンを、\n" -"既存のオプションを編集するには、［編集］ボタンを、また削除するには、［削除］" -"ボタンを押してください。</p>\n" +"既存のオプションを編集するには、［編集］ボタンを、また削除するには、［削除］ボタンを押してください。</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1150,33 +1116,28 @@ "ここでは、SambaサーバでLDAPを使用する場合の詳細を\n" "設定します。</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［検索ベースDN］(distinguished name)は、\n" -"情報検索を開始する場合のベースになる識別名です。 ［管理DN］は、ユーザおよびグ" -"ループを\n" +"情報検索を開始する場合のベースになる識別名です。 ［管理DN］は、ユーザおよびグループを\n" "新規作成する場合に使用されます。 管理DNで書き込みアクセス用の\n" "パスワードが必要な場合は、\n" "［LDAP管理パスワードの設定］でパスワードを設定します。</p>\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>注意:</b> 設定は、LDAP管理パスワードを設定する前に保存されます。</p>\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b> 設定は、LDAP管理パスワードを設定する前に保存されます。</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1188,19 +1149,17 @@ "Sambaは複数のバックエンドの同時設定はサポートしておらず、1つだけを\n" "設定する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>ユーザ認証のソースを変更したい場合は、まず現行の認証ソースを\n" -"［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックして削除し、その後［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをク" -"リックして追加してください。</p>\n" +"［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをクリックして削除し、その後［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックして追加してください。</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1212,8 +1171,8 @@ "この形式では複数のファイルを扱うことができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.</p>\n" @@ -1221,36 +1180,34 @@ "<p><b>LDAP</b>は、情報をチェックするLDAPサーバの\n" "URLです。</p>\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>［TDBデータベース］では、バイナリ形式の内部Sambaデータベースを使用して、情" -"報を格納および検索します。</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>［TDBデータベース］では、バイナリ形式の内部Sambaデータベースを使用して、情報を格納および検索します。</p>\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information.</p> -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify -#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. -#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order -#. of the back-ends.</p> -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" @@ -1258,8 +1215,8 @@ "<p><b><big>新しい共有の追加</big></b><br>\n" "ここでは、追加する共有の基本情報を入力します。</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" @@ -1269,8 +1226,8 @@ "アクセスするのに使用されます。「共有の記述」は\n" "共有の目的を説明します。</p>" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" @@ -1282,19 +1239,18 @@ "ネットワークディスクとして表示されます。ディレクトリ共有には「共有のパス」\n" "が入力されなければなりません。</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" "directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［読み込み専用］をオンにした場合、\n" -"サービスのユーザは、サービスのディレクトリに対してファイルの作成や変更を行う" -"ことが\n" +"サービスのユーザは、サービスのディレクトリに対してファイルの作成や変更を行うことが\n" "できません。</p>\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1304,131 +1260,72 @@ "にデフォルトのACLがある場合は、サブディレクトリの作成時にそのACLが常に優先\n" "されます。</p>\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>スナップショットを公開する</b>］が選択されている場合、SambaはSnapper" -"によって作成されたスナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMBクライアントがアクセスお" -"よび操作できるようにします。このオプションを利用できるのは、SambaがSnapperサ" -"ポートを提供していて、［共有のパス］がBtrfsによってバックアップされたSnapper" -"環境設定サブボリュームと対応している場合だけです。<br>関連する許可も付与する" -"必要があります。詳細については、Sambaの<b>vfs_snapper(8)</b>のマニュアルペー" -"ジを参照してください。</p>" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>スナップショットを公開する</b>］が選択されている場合、SambaはSnapperによって作成されたスナップショットを公開し、CIFS/SMBクライアントがアクセスおよび操作できるようにします。このオプションを利用できるのは、SambaがSnapperサポートを提供していて、［共有のパス］がBtrfsによってバックアップされたSnapper環境設定サブボリュームと対応している場合だけです。<br>関連する許可も付与する必要があります。詳細については、Sambaの<b>vfs_snapper(8)</b>のマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>btrfs機能を利用する</b>］は、Btrfsファイルシステムに固有の機能を利用" -"するようSambaに指示します。このオプションを利用できるのは、SambaがBtrfsサポー" -"トを提供していて、［共有のパス］がBtrfsサブボリュームである場合だけです。詳細" -"については、Sambaの<b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b>のマニュアルページを参照してください。" -"</p>" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>btrfs機能を利用する</b>］は、Btrfsファイルシステムに固有の機能を利用するようSambaに指示します。このオプションを利用できるのは、SambaがBtrfsサポートを提供していて、［共有のパス］がBtrfsサブボリュームである場合だけです。詳細については、Sambaの<b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b>のマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings.<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここでは認証に使用するLDAPサーバを設定することができます。\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"［<b>LDAPパスワードバックエンドを使用すると</b>］を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指" -"定したURLのLDAPツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、［<b>LDAP idmapバッ" -"クエンドを使用する</b>］を指定すると、LDAP内にSID/uid/gidのマッピングテーブル" -"を保存できるようになります。\n" +"［<b>LDAPパスワードバックエンドを使用すると</b>］を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定したURLのLDAPツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、［<b>LDAP idmapバックエンドを使用する</b>］を指定すると、LDAP内にSID/uid/gidのマッピングテーブルを保存できるようになります。\n" "</p><p>\n" -"［認証］セクションでは、管理者のDNなど、LDAPサーバに対する資格情報を設定しま" -"す。\n" +"［認証］セクションでは、管理者のDNなど、LDAPサーバに対する資格情報を設定します。\n" "</p>\n" -"［<b>検索ベースDN</b>］では、Samba固有のLDAPオブジェクトに対するLDAPサフィッ" -"クスを指定します。\n" +"［<b>検索ベースDN</b>］では、Samba固有のLDAPオブジェクトに対するLDAPサフィックスを指定します。\n" "</p><p>\n" -"LDAPサーバとの接続をテストするには、［<b>接続のテスト</b>］をクリックしてくだ" -"さい。また、LDAP設定をエクスポートしたりデフォルト値を使用したりしたい場合" -"は、［<b>詳細設定</b>］をクリックしてください。<p>" +"LDAPサーバとの接続をテストするには、［<b>接続のテスト</b>］をクリックしてください。また、LDAP設定をエクスポートしたりデフォルト値を使用したりしたい場合は、［<b>詳細設定</b>］をクリックしてください。<p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, " -"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> " -"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>ユーザサフィックス</b>］では、ユーザを設定する先のLDAPツリーを指定し" -"ます。ここでの値は［<b>検索ベースDN</b>］の前に付けられます。また、［<b>グ" -"ループサフィックス</b>］では、同様にグループを設定する先のものを指定します。" -"［<b>マシンサフィックス</b>］はマシン用、［<b>idmapサフィックス</b>］はidmap" -"マッピング用です。</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>ユーザサフィックス</b>］では、ユーザを設定する先のLDAPツリーを指定します。ここでの値は［<b>検索ベースDN</b>］の前に付けられます。また、［<b>グループサフィックス</b>］では、同様にグループを設定する先のものを指定します。［<b>マシンサフィックス</b>］はマシン用、［<b>idmapサフィックス</b>］はidmapマッピング用です。</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" -"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>レプリケーションスリープ</b>］は、LDAPサーバに書き込んだ後Sambaサーバ" -"が待機する時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、LDAPのレプリカが複製に追" -"随できるようにします。</p>\n" -"<p>［<b>タイムアウト</b>］では、LDAPの操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で" -"指定します。</p>" +"<p>［<b>レプリケーションスリープ</b>］は、LDAPサーバに書き込んだ後Sambaサーバが待機する時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、LDAPのレプリカが複製に追随できるようにします。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>タイムアウト</b>］では、LDAPの操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指定します。</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>LDAP接続に対してSSLを使用するかどうかを設定するには、［<b>SSLまたはTLSを使" -"用する</b>］を利用します。</p>" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>LDAP接続に対してSSLを使用するかどうかを設定するには、［<b>SSLまたはTLSを使用する</b>］を利用します。</p>" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>DNの削除</b>］では、削除操作の際にLDAPエントリを完全に削除するのか、" -"それともSamba固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。</p>\n" -"<p>［<b>パスワードの同期</b>］では、LDAPパスワードとNT/LMハッシュ値の同期を行" -"うかどうかを設定します。詳細については、<tt>smb.conf</tt>のマニュアルページを" -"参照してください。</p>" +"<p>［<b>DNの削除</b>］では、削除操作の際にLDAPエントリを完全に削除するのか、それともSamba固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>パスワードの同期</b>］では、LDAPパスワードとNT/LMハッシュ値の同期を行うかどうかを設定します。詳細については、<tt>smb.conf</tt>のマニュアルページを参照してください。</p>" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1437,26 +1334,22 @@ msgstr "" "NetBIOSホスト名を変更した場合、Sambaは、\n" "最初のクライアント接続時に、サーバのSID(service identifier)を\n" -"作成します。 新しいSIDと古いSIDとが異なるため、クライアントはドメインメン" -"バーとして\n" +"作成します。 新しいSIDと古いSIDとが異なるため、クライアントはドメインメンバーとして\n" "認証されません。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" "configured period. See MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP and TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" -"/tmpディレクトリおよび/var/tmpディレクトリは、誰でもアクセスできるディレクト" -"リであり、設定で使用したファイルは、スケジュールされている削除ジョブによって" -"削除される可能性があります。 /etc/sysconfig/cronのMAX_DAYS_IN_TMPおよび" -"TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR\n" +"/tmpディレクトリおよび/var/tmpディレクトリは、誰でもアクセスできるディレクトリであり、設定で使用したファイルは、スケジュールされている削除ジョブによって削除される可能性があります。 /etc/sysconfig/cronのMAX_DAYS_IN_TMPおよびTMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR\n" "を参照してください。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1464,8 +1357,8 @@ "/varをエキスポートすると、セキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。 この\n" "ディレクトリには、システムの機密情報が大量に保存されています。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1473,8 +1366,8 @@ "/etcをエキスポートすると、セキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。 この\n" "ディレクトリには、システムの機密情報が大量に保存されています。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" @@ -1482,47 +1375,46 @@ "/をエクスポートするとセキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。\n" "ファイルシステム全体がSambaクライアントから参照できるようになるためです。\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［詳細設定］では、LDAPの設定、\n" "ユーザ認証用のデータ、エキスパートグローバル設定など、\n" "詳しい設定にアクセスできます。</p>\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "更新のみ" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "サーバのURLを入力してください。" -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "パスワードが一致しません。" -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "パスワードが一致します。" -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1530,388 +1422,386 @@ "現在のLDAP関連の値はすべて上書きされます。\n" "続けますか?\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "接続に成功しました。" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "検索ベースDN(&S)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "管理DN(&A)" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "管理パスワード(&P)" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "管理パスワード(再入力)(&G)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Passdbバックエンド" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "LDAPパスワードバックエンドを使用する(&B)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "LDAPサーバのURL(&U)" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Idmapバックエンド" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "LDAP Idmapバックエンドを使用する(&I)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "LDAPサーバのURL(&R)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "接続のテスト(&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "詳細設定(&S)..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "エキスパートLDAP設定" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "デフォルト値" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "サフィックス" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "ユーザサフィックス(&U)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "グループサフィックス(&G)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "マシンサフィックス(&M)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "Idmapサフィックス(&I)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "タイムアウト" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "レプリケーションスリープ(&R)" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "タイムアウト(&T)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "セキュリティ" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "SSLまたはTLSを使用する(&U)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "その他の設定" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "DNの削除(&D)" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "パスワードの同期(&S)" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Sambaサーバの設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "詳細情報:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "未知のエラーです。 yast2-ldapが利用できない可能性があります。" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "不明なクラス:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"dcObject(dc)クラスおよびorganizationalUnit(ou)クラスのみをサポートしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "dcObject(dc)クラスおよびorganizationalUnit(ou)クラスのみをサポートしています。" -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" "LDAP server at %s.\n" msgstr "%sでLDAPサーバが動作していません。\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "ファイルとプリンタの共有" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "バックアップドメインコントローラ" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "プライマリドメインコントローラ" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "ドメインメンバーサーバ" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Sambaサーバの設定の初期化" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Sambaグローバル設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Sambaのsecretを読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Sambaのサービス設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Sambaのアカウントを読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "バックエンド設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Sambaサービスの役割設定を読み込む" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Sambaグローバル設定の読み込み中..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Sambaのsecrets.tdbを読み込んでいます..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Sambaサービスの設定を読み込んでします..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Sambaのアカウントを読み込んでいます..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "バックエンドの設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定の読み込み中..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "Samba サービスの役割設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Sambaサーバの設定の保存" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の書き込み" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Sambaサービスを無効にする" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Sambaサービスを有効にする" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "バックエンドの設定を書き込みます" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Sambaのアカウントを書き込みます" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を保存する" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Sambaサービスを停止中..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Sambaサービスを起動中..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "バックエンドの設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Sambaのアカウントを書き込んでいます..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を保存中..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.confに設定を書き込めません。" -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "グローバルな設定:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "ワークグループまたはドメイン: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "役割: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Sambaサーバは無効です。" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "共有設定:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,121 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここではユーザの Samba アカウントの設定を編集できます。</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " -msgstr "" -"<p><b>「ホームドライブ」</b>、<b>「ホームパス」</b>、<b>「プロフィールパス」" -"</b>および<b>「ログオンスクリプト」</b>" +msgstr "<p><b>「ホームドライブ」</b>、<b>「ホームパス」</b>、<b>「プロフィールパス」</b>および<b>「ログオンスクリプト」</b>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon " -"Script</b> " +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " msgstr "に固有の値を入力しない場合は、" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"ご使用のローカルな Samba 設定で定義されているデフォルト値が用いられます。</p>" +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "ご使用のローカルな Samba 設定で定義されているデフォルト値が用いられます。</p>" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "ホームドライブ" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "デフォルト値を用いる" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "ホームパス" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "プロフィールパス" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "ログオンスクリプト" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Samba アカウントが無効" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "パスワード失効なし" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba 属性を編集する" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>このプラグインは、LDAPグループをSambaで利用できるようにするためのもので" -"す。\n" +"<p>このプラグインは、LDAPグループをSambaで利用できるようにするためのものです。\n" "ここで設定できるのは［<b>Sambaグループ名</b>］属性だけです。\n" "これはSambaクライアントで表示されるグループの名前です。\n" "残りのすべての設定は自動的に決定されます。［<b>Sambaグループ名</b>］に\n" "何も入力しない場合は、\n" -"このグループのグローバル設定で指定したものと同じ名前を使用することになりま" -"す。</p>\n" +"このグループのグローバル設定で指定したものと同じ名前を使用することになります。</p>\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Samba グループ名" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba の属性" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "Samba アカウントパラメータの管理" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "objectclass 属性を更新できません" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "Samba SID を初期化できません。プラグインを無効にします。" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "Samba アカウントを作成するには、パスワードを変更してください" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "LDAP グループの Samba アカウントを管理する" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,219 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "スキャナの設定" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "ドライバ" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "スキャナ" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "検出の再開(&R)" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "テスト(&T)" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "hp-setupの起動(&H)" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "ネットワーク経由のスキャン(&N)..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "選択されませんでした" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "エントリを選択してください。" -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "編集ができません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgstr "一致するスキャナがない場合は、削除のみが可能です。" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "スキャナの追加のみが可能です。" -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "削除ができません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "検出されたスキャナの編集のみが可能です。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "%1を無効にしますか?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "%1の無効化に失敗しました。" -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "テストができません" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "%1のテストに失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "hp-setup の起動に失敗しました。" -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "スキャナモデルとドライバ選択" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "検索文字列(&E)" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索(&S)" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "全ての一覧を表示(&L)" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "スキャナモデル(&M)" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "全てのスキャナモデル(&M)" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "サポートされていないモデル" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -234,16 +234,16 @@ "このモデルはサポートされていません。\n" "Linuxドライバについてはメーカにお問い合わせください。" -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "ドライバ %1 でサポートされていないモデル" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -253,119 +253,112 @@ "互換性のあるモデルを選択するか、\n" "またはLinux用ドライバについてメーカーに問い合わせるかしてください。" -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "サポートされていないドライバ" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"epkowaドライバは、i386互換のアーキテクチャでのみ利用できます(32ビットi386と64" -"ビットx86_64版のみです)。" +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "epkowaドライバは、i386互換のアーキテクチャでのみ利用できます(32ビットi386と64ビットx86_64版のみです)。" -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "問題があると思われるドライバ" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"epkowaドライバを64ビットアーキテクチャ(x86_64)で使用すると問題が発生する場合" -"があります。" +msgstr "epkowaドライバを64ビットアーキテクチャ(x86_64)で使用すると問題が発生する場合があります。" -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "古いドライバ" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." msgstr "" -"hpoj ドライバで動作するものと思われますが、このドライバはすでに誰も管理してい" -"ません。\n" +"hpoj ドライバで動作するものと思われますが、このドライバはすでに誰も管理していません。\n" "最新のドライバ hpaio をお試しください。" -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "スキャナとドライバの設定" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "%1の有効化に失敗しました。" -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "ネットワーク経由でのスキャン設定" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "sanedで許可するクライアント(&C)" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "netメタドライバで使用するサーバ(&S)" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "サーバの設定" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "クライアントの設定" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "事前設定済み環境設定" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "ローカルホストの設定（&L)" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "ネットワーク経由のスキャンの無効化(&D)" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -377,8 +370,8 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" "</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -390,13 +383,12 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -404,30 +396,28 @@ "スキャナ設定を設定または変更し、すでにアクティブなスキャナを表示します。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "新しいスキャナを設定するには、検出されたスキャナの一覧でスキャナを選択し、\n" "［編集］をクリックします。\n" -"スキャナが検出されなかった場合には、［追加］をクリックして手動で設定しま" -"す。\n" +"スキャナが検出されなかった場合には、［追加］をクリックして手動で設定します。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -444,8 +434,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -455,31 +444,27 @@ "USBスキャナが自動的に検出されなかったり誤検出されたりした場合は、\n" "［<b>その他</b>］をクリックして［<b>検出の再開</b>］を選んでください。\n" "USBデバイスによってはスキャナ機能を持たないものが表示されることもあります。\n" -"これは、USBにはスキャナ用のデバイスクラスが定義されていないため、スキャナを" -"持っているか\n" +"これは、USBにはスキャナ用のデバイスクラスが定義されていないため、スキャナを持っているか\n" "どうかを一般的に判別する方法が存在しないことによるものです。\n" "この場合も、［<b>追加</b>］ボタンをクリックして追加することができます。\n" "HP製のオールインワンデバイスの場合は、このツールで設定する前に\n" "［<b>その他</b>］から［<b>hp-setupの起動</b>］を選択して<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "を実行してください。\n" "ここでのスキャナ設定がうまくいかない場合は、\n" -"<tt>lsusb</tt>コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが表示されているか" -"どうかを確認してください。\n" -"この出力に表示されていない場合は、USBシステムがスキャナと正しく通信できていな" -"いことを示しています。\n" +"<tt>lsusb</tt>コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが表示されているかどうかを確認してください。\n" +"この出力に表示されていない場合は、USBシステムがスキャナと正しく通信できていないことを示しています。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p>\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -487,13 +472,12 @@ "問題があった場合には、［追加］をクリックして継続し、\n" "<tt>lsscsi</tt>コマンドでスキャナが表示されるかどうかをチェックします。\n" "表示されない場合、SCSIシステムはスキャナと通信できません。\n" -"SCSIホストアダプタ用の適切なカーネルモジュールがロードされていることを確認し" -"てください。\n" +"SCSIホストアダプタ用の適切なカーネルモジュールがロードされていることを確認してください。\n" " </p>" -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -501,8 +485,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -516,14 +499,14 @@ "［<b>その他</b>］から［<b>hp-setupの起動</b>］を選び、<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "を実行してください。</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -535,21 +518,17 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "HPオールインワンデバイスの場合を除き、\n" "ネットワークスキャナをこのツールで設定することはできません。\n" "ネットワークスキャナは手動で設定する必要があります。\n" -"ネットワークスキャナとはネットワークインタフェースを持つスキャナであるた" -"め、\n" +"ネットワークスキャナとはネットワークインタフェースを持つスキャナであるため、\n" "ネットワークを経由して直接アクセスすることができます。\n" -"逆にネットワーク経由でのスキャンとは、ネットワーク上のコンピュータに接続され" -"ているスキャナに対して、\n" +"逆にネットワーク経由でのスキャンとは、ネットワーク上のコンピュータに接続されているスキャナに対して、\n" "ネットワークを介して接続するという意味です。\n" "内蔵のネットワークインタフェース経由で接続した\n" "HPオールインワンデバイスを設定するには、\n" @@ -557,54 +536,49 @@ "［<b>その他</b>］から［<b>hp-setupの起動</b>］を選び、<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "を実行してください。</p>\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"この表には設定済みのドライバとドライバに関連付けられたスキャナが表示されてい" -"ます。\n" -"モデルとドライバを選択して有効化するには［<b>追加</b>］ボタンを押してくださ" -"い。\n" +"この表には設定済みのドライバとドライバに関連付けられたスキャナが表示されています。\n" +"モデルとドライバを選択して有効化するには［<b>追加</b>］ボタンを押してください。\n" "ドライバを変更するには［<b>編集</b>］ボタンを押してください。\n" "ドライバを削除するには［<b>削除</b>］ボタンを押してください。\n" -"また、［<b>その他</b>］ボタンを押すと、再検出や有効化したドライバをテストする" -"ことができるほか、 HP オールインワンデバイス\n" +"また、［<b>その他</b>］ボタンを押すと、再検出や有効化したドライバをテストすることができるほか、 HP オールインワンデバイス\n" "を設定したりネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定したりすることができます。\n" "</p>" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -614,8 +588,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ドライバを設定したにもかかわらずそのドライバがスキャナを認識しない場合、考え" -"られる理由は以下のとおりです:\n" +"ドライバを設定したにもかかわらずそのドライバがスキャナを認識しない場合、考えられる理由は以下のとおりです:\n" "スキャナが接続されていない、または電源が入っていない\n" "そのスキャナのモデルに対する正しいドライバではない \n" "(型番のちょっとした違いや内部的な変更によって違うドライバを使う必要が\n" @@ -624,86 +597,68 @@ "(たとえば USB や SCSI の問題など)\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"<b>Next</b>.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>スキャナモデルの選択</big></b><br>\n" -"サポートされているかどうかに関わらず、わかっているすべてのスキャナモデルが表" -"示されます。\n" +"サポートされているかどうかに関わらず、わかっているすべてのスキャナモデルが表示されます。\n" "説明全体をよく読んでからモデルを選択し、［次へ］をクリックします。\n" "この情報は、次のWebサイトにあるSANEプロジェクトのデータに基づいています。\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -"<br>\n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"1つ以上の適切なドライバが利用できる場合、そのモデルはサポート済みとして表示さ" -"れています。\n" -"多くのスキャナドライバはSANEプロジェクトから提供されていて、sane-backendsパッ" -"ケージに含まれています。\n" -"また、特定の型式に対するサポート状態は、最小限から完全までさまざまあります。" -"<br>\n" -"ドライバが「unmaintained (メンテナンスされていない)」と表示されている場合で" -"も、ドライバが動作しないというわけではありません。\n" +"1つ以上の適切なドライバが利用できる場合、そのモデルはサポート済みとして表示されています。\n" +"多くのスキャナドライバはSANEプロジェクトから提供されていて、sane-backendsパッケージに含まれています。\n" +"また、特定の型式に対するサポート状態は、最小限から完全までさまざまあります。<br>\n" +"ドライバが「unmaintained (メンテナンスされていない)」と表示されている場合でも、ドライバが動作しないというわけではありません。\n" "場合によってはメンテナンスされていないでも、完全に動作するものがあります。\n" -"ただし上の表示は、ドライバの内部について知っている開発者が誰もいないことを示" -"していて、\n" -"それらのドライバを使用した際に発生する問題について、誰も助けることができない" -"ことを示しています。\n" +"ただし上の表示は、ドライバの内部について知っている開発者が誰もいないことを示していて、\n" +"それらのドライバを使用した際に発生する問題について、誰も助けることができないことを示しています。\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"使用可能なドライバが存在しないモデルであっても、メーカーがドライバを提供して" -"いる場合があります。\n" -"したがって、サポートされていないスキャナのドライバについては、スキャナメー" -"カーにお問い合わせください。\n" +"使用可能なドライバが存在しないモデルであっても、メーカーがドライバを提供している場合があります。\n" +"したがって、サポートされていないスキャナのドライバについては、スキャナメーカーにお問い合わせください。\n" "</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -713,64 +668,50 @@ "追加のコメントがある場合には、角括弧で囲んで表示されます。\n" "これらのコメントは、英語でのみ表示されます。</p>" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "目的のエントリを手早く見つけるには、［検索文字列］を使用します。\n" -"表内の任意のテキストを検索するには、このフィールドにそのテキストを入力しま" -"す。\n" -"大文字と小文字を区別しない正規表現を使用する、もっと複雑な検索を行うこともで" -"きます。\n" -"たとえば、スキャナが検出され、スキャナのメーカー名が一覧に表示されている場" -"合、検索文字列には、<tt>^Epson.*</tt>のようにそのメーカー名がデフォルト設定さ" -"れます。\n" +"表内の任意のテキストを検索するには、このフィールドにそのテキストを入力します。\n" +"大文字と小文字を区別しない正規表現を使用する、もっと複雑な検索を行うこともできます。\n" +"たとえば、スキャナが検出され、スキャナのメーカー名が一覧に表示されている場合、検索文字列には、<tt>^Epson.*</tt>のようにそのメーカー名がデフォルト設定されます。\n" "検索結果を絞り込むには、モデル固有の詳細情報を検索文字列に追加します。\n" -"たとえば、<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>のようにモデル名の一部分を追加するか、" -"<tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>のようにモデル名の一部を表すいくつかの数字を追加しま" -"す。\n" +"たとえば、<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>のようにモデル名の一部分を追加するか、<tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>のようにモデル名の一部を表すいくつかの数字を追加します。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>スキャナとドライバの設定</big></b><br>\n" "ドライバが有効になり、関連するスキャナが精査されます。\n" -"この処理には数秒間かかりますので、しばらく待ってから［次へ］をクリックしてく" -"ださい。\n" +"この処理には数秒間かかりますので、しばらく待ってから［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" "［戻る］をクリックすると、ドライバは無効になります。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" @@ -786,8 +727,8 @@ "パッケージによってはすべてのアーキテクチャに対応していない場合もあります。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" @@ -801,29 +742,25 @@ "この場合には、適切な説明が表示されます。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -834,25 +771,20 @@ "<b><big>HP 社製オールインワンデバイス</big></b><br>\n" "HP 社製のオールインワンデバイスには特殊な設定を行う必要があります。\n" "この場合は必要なダイアログが表示されます。\n" -"HP 社製オールインワンデバイスには 2 種類のソフトウェアパッケージが用意されて" -"います:\n" -"* 古い HPOJ ソフトウェア (hp-officeJet パッケージ (すでに提供されていませ" -"ん) ) \n" -" (HP オールインワンデバイスにアクセスするための PTAL システム (ptal サービ" -"ス) を提供します)\n" -"* 新しい HPLIP ソフトウェア (hplip パッケージ) (HP オールインワンデバイスのデ" -"バイス状態を管理する hplip サービス (hpaioドライバ) を提供します)\n" +"HP 社製オールインワンデバイスには 2 種類のソフトウェアパッケージが用意されています:\n" +"* 古い HPOJ ソフトウェア (hp-officeJet パッケージ (すでに提供されていません) ) \n" +" (HP オールインワンデバイスにアクセスするための PTAL システム (ptal サービス) を提供します)\n" +"* 新しい HPLIP ソフトウェア (hplip パッケージ) (HP オールインワンデバイスのデバイス状態を管理する hplip サービス (hpaioドライバ) を提供します)\n" "それぞれのソフトウェアは同時にインストールすることができますが、\n" "ptal サービスと hpaio ドライバを一緒に起動することはできません。\n" "起動中のサービスがデバイスにアクセスする必要があるため、\n" -" ptal サービスか hpaio ドライバのいずれかのサービスだけを使うようにしなければ" -"なりません。\n" +" ptal サービスか hpaio ドライバのいずれかのサービスだけを使うようにしなければなりません。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" @@ -862,26 +794,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>ネットワーク経由のスキャン</big></b><br>\n" -" ネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定するには、適切な情報を入力してから［次" -"へ］\n" +" ネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定するには、適切な情報を入力してから［次へ］\n" "をクリックします。\n" " </p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -889,27 +817,24 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ローカルコンピュータに接続されているスキャナにネットワーク経由でアクセスでき" -"るようにするには、\n" -"sanedネットワークスキャンデーモンを設定して、そのコンピュータをサーバにしま" -"す。\n" +"ローカルコンピュータに接続されているスキャナにネットワーク経由でアクセスできるようにするには、\n" +"sanedネットワークスキャンデーモンを設定して、そのコンピュータをサーバにします。\n" "［<b>sanedで許可するクライアント</b>］に、サーバのsanedへのアクセスを\n" "許可するクライアントホストを入力します。\n" "クライアントホストのホスト名またはIPアドレスをコンマで区切って入力するか、\n" "サブネットを192.168.1.0/24のようにCIDR表記で入力します。\n" "どのクライアントホストも許可しない場合、sanedは有効になりません。\n" -"sanedが有効に設定されている場合、xinetdも有効に設定されsaned向けの設定が行わ" -"れます。\n" +"sanedが有効に設定されている場合、xinetdも有効に設定されsaned向けの設定が行われます。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" @@ -946,53 +871,41 @@ "ファイアウォールは、ホストで実行中のサーバプロセスを保護し、\n" "ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。<br>\n" "ネットワーク経由でスキャナを使用する場合、SANEネットワークデーモン(saned)\n" -"は必ず実行されている必要があるサーバプロセスであり、これによってリモートのク" -"ライアントから、\n" +"は必ず実行されている必要があるサーバプロセスであり、これによってリモートのクライアントから、\n" "ホストに接続されているスキャナを利用することができるようになっています。\n" "クライアントのホストはsaned上のsaneポート(TCPポート6566)に接続しますが、\n" -"スキャンしたデータは追加で割り当てたランダムなポートを介して転送される仕組み" -"になっています。\n" -"そのため、ネットワーク経由でスキャンを行う場合は、ポート6566だけ開いても不十" -"分です。<br>\n" -"また、ファイアウォールの外部ゾーンに対して、saneが使用するポート6566やスキャ" -"ナが使用している\n" +"スキャンしたデータは追加で割り当てたランダムなポートを介して転送される仕組みになっています。\n" +"そのため、ネットワーク経由でスキャンを行う場合は、ポート6566だけ開いても不十分です。<br>\n" +"また、ファイアウォールの外部ゾーンに対して、saneが使用するポート6566やスキャナが使用している\n" "ポートを開いたりはしないでください。\n" "これは外部のホストからsanedに対するアクセスを許可することになってしまい、\n" "sanedに対するファイアウォールの保護を外すことになってしまいます。\n" "外部のネットワーク(外部ゾーン)に対してアクセスを許可することは、\n" "信頼済みのユーザに対してスキャン対象のドキュメントを設置するという\n" "物理的な作業が必要になるという点で、意味がありません。<br>\n" -"一方、デフォルトのファイアウォール設定では、内部の(信頼済みの)ネットワークか" -"ら\n" +"一方、デフォルトのファイアウォール設定では、内部の(信頼済みの)ネットワークから\n" "のアクセスだけを許可します。\n" -"サーバ内にあるsanedに対して内部のネットワークからアクセスできるようにするに" -"は、\n" +"サーバ内にあるsanedに対して内部のネットワークからアクセスできるようにするには、\n" "ネットワークインタフェースをファイアウォールの内部ゾーンに割り当て、\n" "内部ネットワークに属するように設定してください。\n" "このような基本設定を行い、ネットワークのセキュリティと\n" -"ファイアウォールを設定するには、YaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールを使用し" -"て\n" -"ください。ネットワーク経由でのスキャンについては、さらなるファイアウォール設" -"定を\n" +"ファイアウォールを設定するには、YaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールを使用して\n" +"ください。ネットワーク経由でのスキャンについては、さらなるファイアウォール設定を\n" "行うことなく作業が完了します。\n" -"詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事「CUPSとSANEファイアウォー" -"ル設定」<br>\n" -"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してくださ" -"い。\n" +"詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」<br>\n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1001,27 +914,23 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>クライアント設定</big></b><br>\n" -"コンピュータでネットワーク上の他のホスト(サーバ)にあるスキャナにアクセスした" -"い場合は、\n" +"コンピュータでネットワーク上の他のホスト(サーバ)にあるスキャナにアクセスしたい場合は、\n" "netメタドライバを設定してサーバ内のデーモン経由でアクセスしてください。\n" -"サーバ側ではsanedとファイアウォールの両方でアクセスを許可している必要がありま" -"す。\n" -"このコンピュータでは［<b>使用するサーバ</b>］内に使用するサーバを入力してくだ" -"さい。\n" -"この項目はカンマ区切りリストで、サーバのホスト名またはIPアドレスを指定しま" -"す。\n" +"サーバ側ではsanedとファイアウォールの両方でアクセスを許可している必要があります。\n" +"このコンピュータでは［<b>使用するサーバ</b>］内に使用するサーバを入力してください。\n" +"この項目はカンマ区切りリストで、サーバのホスト名またはIPアドレスを指定します。\n" "何もサーバを指定しない場合は、netメタドライバは有効になりません。\n" "</p>" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -1035,26 +944,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b><big>ローカルホストの設定</big></b><br>\n" -"sanedおよびnetメタドライバは、ループバックネットワークを使用することによっ" -"て、\n" +"sanedおよびnetメタドライバは、ループバックネットワークを使用することによって、\n" "ローカルホストでも使用できます。\n" -"この場合には、1つのコンピュータ(localhost)がサーバおよびクライアントになりま" -"す。パラレルポートスキャナなど一部のスキャナの場合には、ルート権限が必要で" -"す。\n" +"この場合には、1つのコンピュータ(localhost)がサーバおよびクライアントになります。パラレルポートスキャナなど一部のスキャナの場合には、ルート権限が必要です。\n" "サーバとクライアントの両方に「<tt>localhost</tt>」と入力した場合には、\n" -"ローカルホストの通常ユーザの場合であっても、これらのスキャナにアクセスできま" -"す。\n" +"ローカルホストの通常ユーザの場合であっても、これらのスキャナにアクセスできます。\n" "</p>" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -1064,23 +969,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "パッケージ %1 のバージョンを判定できませんでした。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1094,240 +998,223 @@ "The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" -"Epson/Avasysが提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェア" -"が必要です。\n" -"イメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアはEpson (以前はAvasys)が作成して提供して" -"いるもので、次のURLにあります。\n" +"Epson/Avasysが提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアが必要です。\n" +"イメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアはEpson (以前はAvasys)が作成して提供しているもので、次のURLにあります。\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(以前はAvasysのサイトhttp://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/にありました)\n" "ここでは32ビット(i386)版と64ビット版(x86_64)のRPMパッケージをダウンロード\n" "することができます(Epson/Avasysのライセンス契約に同意する必要があります)。\n" -"イメージスキャンドライバには、専用のバイナリのみのソフトウェアが含まれていま" -"す。\n" +"イメージスキャンドライバには、専用のバイナリのみのソフトウェアが含まれています。\n" "モデルによっては32ビット(i386)版のみが公開されている場合もあります。\n" "これらは64ビットシステムのインストール環境では動作しません。\n" -"また、スキャナによっては他の(フリーソフトウェアの)ドライバでサポートされてい" -"る場合もあります。\\nスキャナのモデルがDFSGのフリーでない(専用)モジュールを必" -"要とする場合は、\n" -"Epson/Avasysから2つのパッケージをダウンロードし、インストールする必要がありま" -"す。\n" -"ベースソフトウェアである「iscan」パッケージと、モデルに依存する追加の「iscan-" -"plugin」\n" +"また、スキャナによっては他の(フリーソフトウェアの)ドライバでサポートされている場合もあります。\\nスキャナのモデルがDFSGのフリーでない(専用)モジュールを必要とする場合は、\n" +"Epson/Avasysから2つのパッケージをダウンロードし、インストールする必要があります。\n" +"ベースソフトウェアである「iscan」パッケージと、モデルに依存する追加の「iscan-plugin」\n" "(専用)モジュールです。\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジト" -"リも見つかりません。" +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、利用可能なパッケージリポジトリも見つかりません。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストール" -"できるリポジトリも見つかりません。" +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 がインストールされておらず、このパッケージをインストールできるリポジトリも見つかりません。" -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "必要なパッケージ %1 のインストールに失敗しました。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "有効なスキャナを判別することができませんでした。\n" "netメタドライバが有効化されていてネットワーク側に何らかの問題が\n" "ある場合、「scanimage -L」コマンドの実行で応答がなくなってしまう\n" "場合があります。たとえばnetメタドライバで使用されるべき\n" -"サーバとの通信が、ファイアウォールによって一部のネットワークトラフィックが削" -"除されたためにうまくいかなくなっているような場合があります。\n" -"この場合は、ネットワーク側の問題が解決されるまでの間、回避策としてnetメタドラ" -"イバを無効化してください。\n" +"サーバとの通信が、ファイアウォールによって一部のネットワークトラフィックが削除されたためにうまくいかなくなっているような場合があります。\n" +"この場合は、ネットワーク側の問題が解決されるまでの間、回避策としてnetメタドライバを無効化してください。\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "アクティブなスキャナの検出に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "ファイル %1 が存在しません。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "%1 の読み込みに失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "アクティブなドライバの検出に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "スキャナを自動検出できませんでした。" -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "スキャナの環境設定の初期化" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "インストールされているパッケージをチェックします" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "スキャナデータベースを読み込むか、作成します" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "アクティブなスキャナを検出します" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "アクティブなスキャナを検出します" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "スキャナの検出" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "インストールされているパッケージをチェック中..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "スキャナデータベースを読み込みまたは作成中..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "アクティブなスキャナを検出中..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "アクティブなスキャナを検出中..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "スキャナを検出しています..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "スキャナデータベースを作成しています..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "中止: スキャナデータベースの作成に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "中止: %1の読み込みに失敗しました。" -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "スキャナの環境設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "実際の環境を保存します" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "実際の環境を保存中..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1343,9 +1230,9 @@ " ptal サービスを停止してください。その後プリンタの設定を変更して HPLIP \n" "を利用するようにし、再度スキャナの設定をやり直してください。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1354,29 +1241,27 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することが" -"できません。\n" +"GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することができません。\n" "このエラーはYaSTがテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" "YaSTを実行したユーザがDISPLAY環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生し、\n" "GUI画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" "これらの場合は、スキャナの設定を中止して手動でhp-setupを起動し、\n" "再度スキャナを設定してください。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"hp-setupを実行するために必要なhplipがインストールされていない可能性がありま" -"す。\n" +"hp-setupを実行するために必要なhplipがインストールされていない可能性があります。\n" "hplipパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1386,213 +1271,192 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup が実行ファイルでないか、\n" "もしくは存在していません。\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup を開始しました。\n" "スキャナを設定するには hp-setup での作業を完了しなければなりません。\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "まだ設定されていません:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "不明なデバイス" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "不明なメーカー" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "不明なモデル" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 (%3)" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "このドライバで認識されるスキャナがありません" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"スキャナを検出できませんでした。有効なスキャナまたはドライバが存在しません。" +msgstr "スキャナを検出できませんでした。有効なスキャナまたはドライバが存在しません。" -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "ファームウェアをアップロードする必要があります。" -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "" -"Epson/Avasysが提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェア" -"が必要です。" +msgstr "Epson/Avasysが提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアが必要です。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "パッケージ %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、優れた機能を提供している可能性があり" -"ます。" +msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、優れた機能を提供している可能性があります。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "ドライバ %1 は、優れた機能を提供しているはずです。" -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "このスキャナはサポートされていません。" -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "このスキャナはドライバ %1 ではサポートされていません。" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、完全な機能を提供している可能性があり" -"ます。" +msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、完全な機能を提供している可能性があります。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "ドライバ %1 は完全な機能を提供しているはずです。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." -msgstr "" -"ドライバ %1 はおそらく動作するものと思われますが、テストは行われていません。" +msgstr "ドライバ %1 はおそらく動作するものと思われますが、テストは行われていません。" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、基本的な機能を提供している可能性があ" -"ります。" +msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、基本的な機能を提供している可能性があります。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "ドライバ %1 は基本的な機能を提供しているはずです。" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、最低限の機能を提供している可能性があ" -"ります。" +msgstr "メンテナンスされていないドライバ %1 は、最低限の機能を提供している可能性があります。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "ドライバ %1 は最低限の機能を提供しているはずです。" -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "ドライバ %1 はおそらく動作するものと思われますが、機能性は不明です。" -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"ファームウェアファイルにはスキャナ内のメモリに登録するソフトウェアが含まれて" -"います。\n" +"ファームウェアファイルにはスキャナ内のメモリに登録するソフトウェアが含まれています。\n" "ファームウェアなしではスキャナは動作できません。\n" "\n" -"ファームウェアはスキャナの製造元から個別にライセンス提供されるもので、我々に" -"は配布が許されていません。\n" +"ファームウェアはスキャナの製造元から個別にライセンス提供されるもので、我々には配布が許されていません。\n" "一般的にファームウェアファイルは製造元のCDのどこかに保存されています。\n" "場合によっては製造元のWebサイトからダウンロードできる場合もあります。\n" "各スキャナのファームウェア取得方法については製造元に問い合わせてください。\n" "また、その他の有用な情報についてはSANEのWebサイトを参照してください。\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/\n" "\n" -"ファームウェアファイルを取得できたら、手動でドライバを設定する必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"ファームウェアファイルを取得できたら、手動でドライバを設定する必要があります。\n" "ドライバのマニュアルページにファームウェア登録の方法が記載されています。\n" "次のコマンドでマニュアルページを表示してください。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1604,29 +1468,26 @@ " ptalサービスを利用するプリントキューは利用できなくなります。\n" "続行する場合は、HPLIPを利用するようプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1640,138 +1501,133 @@ "したがって、hplipサービスが実行されている場合、PTALシステムを\n" "初期化した後、有効にし開始する前に、hplipサービスは停止され無効になります。\n" "PTALシステムは、USBを使用する場合に限り、初期化を自動化しても安全です。\n" -"USBでないデバイスを使用する場合や、USB用のUSBの自動初期化に失敗した場合に" -"は、\n" +"USBでないデバイスを使用する場合や、USB用のUSBの自動初期化に失敗した場合には、\n" "PTALシステムを手動で設定します。\n" -"スキャナとプリンタのオールインワンデバイスを使用している場合は、実行中のptal" -"サービス\n" +"スキャナとプリンタのオールインワンデバイスを使用している場合は、実行中のptalサービス\n" "によってUSBデバイスファイル(例:/dev/usb/lp0)が独占されるため、\n" "USBデバイスファイル経由でプリンタにアクセスできなくなります。\n" "\n" "USBのPTALシステムを初期化した後、有効にして開始しますか?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "hplipサービスを使用するプリンタ設定が1つ以上存在します。\n" "このまま継続することはできますが、継続した場合にはhplipサービスが停止され、\n" "hplipサービスを使用しているプリントキューは使用できなくなります。\n" -"hpaioドライバでもサポートされているスキャナの場合には、処理を継続しないでくだ" -"さい。\n" +"hpaioドライバでもサポートされているスキャナの場合には、処理を継続しないでください。\n" "代わりに、hpaioを使用してスキャナを設定してください。\n" -"または、このまま継続し、ptalサービスを使用するようにプリンタの設定を変更して" -"ください。\n" +"または、このまま継続し、ptalサービスを使用するようにプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "ドライバ %1 の設定" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "さらにパッケージをインストールする必要があるかどうかのチェック" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "ファームウェアのアップロードが必要かどうかのチェック" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "特定のドライバに対する特別な必要条件のテストと設定" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "ドライバを有効にする" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "さらにパッケージをインストールする必要があるかをチェックしています..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "ファームウェアをアップロードする必要があるかをチェックしています..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "特定のドライバに対する特別な必要条件をテストし、設定しています..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "ドライバを有効にしています..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "必要なパッケージがインストールされていません" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "ドライバ%1にはパッケージ%2が必要です。" -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "中止されました" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "ファームウェアをアップロードする必要があります" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "ptalサービスが実行されていない場合、スキャナは動作しません。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "PTALシステムの設定に失敗しました。" -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1779,68 +1635,64 @@ "次のスキャナは同一のドライバを使用しています。\n" "そのため、そのすべてのドライバは無効になります:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"ドライバhpojは無効になりますが、関連するptalサービスは、CUPS印刷システムで必" -"要なため無効になりません。" +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "ドライバhpojは無効になりますが、関連するptalサービスは、CUPS印刷システムで必要なため無効になりません。" -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "ptalサービスを停止できませんでした。" -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "ptalサービスを無効にすることができませんでした。" -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "%1のスキャナがありません" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "対応するアクティブなスキャナがなければ、テストできません。" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "テストするスキャナ(&S)" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "%1のテスト中" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "「scanimage -d %1 -v」コマンドを使用してテストしています..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1852,27 +1704,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(使用可能な結果はありません)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "%1のテストは成功しました" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1884,42 +1736,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "ネットワーク経由でのスキャンの設定の検出に失敗しました。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "ネットワーク経由でのスキャナの設定に失敗しました。" -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"ファイアウォール設定で、ネットワーク経由でのスキャンが許可されていることを確" -"認してください。" +msgstr "ファイアウォール設定で、ネットワーク経由でのスキャンが許可されていることを確認してください。" -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"ファイアウォールの詳細については、このダイアログのヘルプテキストを参照してく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "ファイアウォールの詳細については、このダイアログのヘルプテキストを参照してください。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,295 +14,294 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "セキュリティ設定モジュール" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "現在の設定の概要を表示する" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "セキュリティレベルを設定する" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "特定のオプション値を設定する" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "ワークステーションのセキュリティレベル" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" msgstr "ローミングデバイス(ノートブック、タブレットなど)のセキュリティレベル" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "ネットワークサーバセキュリティレベル" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "新しいパスワードのチェック" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "目的の種類のファイルパーミッションを設定する" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "記録するユーザパスワードの数を設定する" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "記録するパスワードの数は、0～400の間で指定してください。" -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "ローカルセキュリティ設定" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "カスタム設定(&C)" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "セキュリティの設定" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "マジック SysRq キーを使用する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "厳密なファイルパーミッションを使用する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャへのリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "ハードウェアクロックにシステム時刻を書き込む" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "常に cron スクリプトの syslog メッセージを生成する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "DHCP デーモンを chroot 環境下で実行する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "'dhcp' ユーザで DHCP デーモンを起動する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャでのリモートのrootログイン" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Xサーバに対するリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "メール配送サブシステムへのリモートアクセス" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "更新時にサービスを再起動する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "削除時にサービスを停止する" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP syncookie 機能を有効にする" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4転送" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6転送" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "基本システムサービスの有効化" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "追加サービスの無効化" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "セキュリティ設定" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "状況" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "セキュリティ状態" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "または" -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>次の基本システムサービスは有効ではありません:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>全ての基本システムサービスが有効になっています。</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>次の追加サービスが有効です:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>サービス一覧を確認し、不要なサービスについては無効に設定してください。</P>" +msgstr "<P>サービス一覧を確認し、不要なサービスについては無効に設定してください。</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>基本システムサービスのみが有効になっています。</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "セキュリティの概要" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "ステータスの変更(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "説明(&D)" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "システムを解析しています" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "ブート設定" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "ブートパーミッション" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "その他の設定" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "パスワードの設定" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "チェック事項" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "パスワードの有効日数" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -310,8 +309,8 @@ "最少日数を最大日数よりも大きくすることは\n" "できません" -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -319,18 +318,18 @@ "最小パスワード長を最大パスワード長より長くすることはできません。\n" "選択された暗号化方式の最大パスワード長は%1です。" -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "ログインの設定" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "ログイン" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -338,8 +337,8 @@ "<p><b><big>セキュリティ設定を初期化しています</big></b>\n" "<br>しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -347,8 +346,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。</p>" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -356,8 +355,8 @@ "<p><b><big>セキュリティ設定を保存しています</big></b>\n" "<br>しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -365,27 +364,23 @@ "<p><b><big>保存を中止します</big></b><br>\n" "［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。</p>" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>ローカルセキュリティの設定</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>定義されているデフォルトの設定を使用して、ブート処理、ログイン、パスワー" -"ド、ユーザの作成、\n" -"ファイルパーミッションなどに関するローカルセキュリティの設定を変更します。 デ" -"フォルトの\n" +"<p>定義されているデフォルトの設定を使用して、ブート処理、ログイン、パスワード、ユーザの作成、\n" +"ファイルパーミッションなどに関するローカルセキュリティの設定を変更します。 デフォルトの\n" "設定は、必要に応じて変更できます。\n" "</p>" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" @@ -393,8 +388,8 @@ "<p><b></b>ワークステーション: インターネットなどの\n" "任意のタイプのネットワークに接続されたコンピュータ用です。</p>" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" @@ -402,8 +397,8 @@ "<p><b></b>ローミングデバイス: さまざまなネットワークに接続する\n" "ノートブック、タブレット、または類似のデバイス用です。</p>" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -411,13 +406,13 @@ "<p><b>ネットワークサーバ</b>: 何らかのサービスを提供する\n" "コンピュータ用です。</p>" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>カスタム設定</b>: 独自の設定を行うことができます。</p>" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -427,56 +422,45 @@ "<p>ログイン設定は、\n" "主に/etc/login.defsファイルに格納されます。</p>" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3).</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ログイン失敗後に待つ時間:</b>\n" -"類推によってパスワードを知られないように、ユーザがログインに失敗した場合に" -"は、少しの時間待ってから\n" -"入力できるようにすることをお勧めします。 パスワードを入力ミスしたユーザが入力" -"し直すとき待たされすぎないようにするために、\n" +"類推によってパスワードを知られないように、ユーザがログインに失敗した場合には、少しの時間待ってから\n" +"入力できるようにすることをお勧めします。 パスワードを入力ミスしたユーザが入力し直すとき待たされすぎないようにするために、\n" "時間は短めにします。 <tt>3</tt>秒に設定することをお勧めします。</p>" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>成功したログインを記録:</b>ログインの成功を記録することは、とても\n" -"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、シス" -"テムに\n" -"対して不正なログインが行われていないかどうか、後から調査することができるため" -"です。\n" +"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、システムに\n" +"対して不正なログインが行われていないかどうか、後から調査することができるためです。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>リモートGUIログインを許可:</b>このチェックボックスをオンにすると、\n" -"このコンピュータのグラフィカルなログイン画面にネットワーク経由でアクセスでき" -"ます。 ディスプレイマネージャを使用して、\n" -"コンピュータにリモートアクセスすると、セキュリティ上危険な場合があります。" +"このコンピュータのグラフィカルなログイン画面にネットワーク経由でアクセスできます。 ディスプレイマネージャを使用して、\n" +"コンピュータにリモートアクセスすると、セキュリティ上危険な場合があります。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -484,91 +468,75 @@ "<p>パスワード設定は、\n" "主に/etc/login.defsファイルに格納されます。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>新しいパスワードのチェック</b>: 辞書に載っている語、名前、その他の一般" -"的で簡単な語は、\n" +"<p><b>新しいパスワードのチェック</b>: 辞書に載っている語、名前、その他の一般的で簡単な語は、\n" "パスワードに使用しないようお勧めします。\n" -"このチェックボックスをオンにすると、パスワードが簡単に推測できるものかどうか" -"がチェックされます。</p>" +"このチェックボックスをオンにすると、パスワードが簡単に推測できるものかどうかがチェックされます。</p>" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>最小パスワード文字数:</b>\n" -"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字(大文字、小文字、数字、" -"その他)\n" +"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字(大文字、小文字、数字、その他)\n" "の最小数を指定します。詳細については、pam_cracklibのマニュアルページを\n" "参照してください。このオプションは、［<b>新しいパスワードのチェック</b>］\n" "を選択した場合にのみ設定できます。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>記録するパスワード</b>:\n" "保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力し、ユーザが再使用するのを防ぎます。\n" " パスワードを保存しない場合は、「0」を入力します。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>パスワードの暗号化方法:</b></p>" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>DES</b>］はLinuxのデフォルトの方式で、すべてのネットワーク環境で利用" -"することができますが、\n" -"パスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合" -"は、\n" +"<p>［<b>DES</b>］はLinuxのデフォルトの方式で、すべてのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n" +"パスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合は、\n" "この方式を使用してください。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>MD5</b>ではより長いパスワードを使用でき、現在すべてのLinuxディストリ" -"ビューションで\n" -"サポートされています。ただし、他のシステムや古いソフトウェアではサポートされ" -"ていません。</p>" +"<p><b>MD5</b>ではより長いパスワードを使用でき、現在すべてのLinuxディストリビューションで\n" +"サポートされています。ただし、他のシステムや古いソフトウェアではサポートされていません。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b>は現在の標準のハッシュ方法です。他のアルゴリズムの使用は、互" -"換性の目的で必要でない限り、推奨されません。</p>" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b>は現在の標準のハッシュ方法です。他のアルゴリズムの使用は、互換性の目的で必要でない限り、推奨されません。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -576,31 +544,28 @@ "<p><b>パスワードの有効日数:</b>パスワードを使用できる日数の\n" "最小と最大を設定します。</p>" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>パスワードの失効警告を出すまでの期間</b>: このエントリには、\n" -"ユーザのパスワードが失効する何日前に、ユーザに対して警告を表示するのかを設定" -"します。 長く設定するほど、\n" +"ユーザのパスワードが失効する何日前に、ユーザに対して警告を表示するのかを設定します。 長く設定するほど、\n" "パスワードが推測される可能性が低くなります。</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>ユーザセキュリティ</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>このダイアログボックスでは、ユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更しま" -"す。</p>" +"<p>このダイアログボックスでは、ユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更します。</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -608,8 +573,8 @@ "<p><b>ユーザIDの制限:</b>\n" "ユーザIDの最小値および最大値を設定します。</p>" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -617,100 +582,79 @@ "<p><b>グループIDの制限</b>:\n" "グループIDの最小値および最大値を設定します。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>その他のセキュリティ設定</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>このダイアログボックスでは、ローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変" -"更します。</p>" +"<p>このダイアログボックスでは、ローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更します。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ファイルパーミッション</b>: 特定のシステムファイルについては\n" "/etc/permissions.secureまたは/etc/permissions.easyのデータに従って、\n" -"パーミッションが設定されます。 どちらのファイルを使用するのかは、ここでの選択" -"によって決まります。\n" -"SuSEconfigを起動すると、/etc/permissions.*にしたがって、ここに示すパーミッ" -"ションが設定されます。\n" -"パーミッションが不適切な場合には修正されます。パーミッションは、誤って変更さ" -"れる場合もあれば、\n" +"パーミッションが設定されます。 どちらのファイルを使用するのかは、ここでの選択によって決まります。\n" +"SuSEconfigを起動すると、/etc/permissions.*にしたがって、ここに示すパーミッションが設定されます。\n" +"パーミッションが不適切な場合には修正されます。パーミッションは、誤って変更される場合もあれば、\n" "不正侵入者によって変更される場合もあります。</p><p>\n" -"［簡易］に設定すると、［セキュア］に設定した場合に、ルートユーザのみが読み込" -"むことができるシステムファイルのパーミッションが変更され、\n" +"［簡易］に設定すると、［セキュア］に設定した場合に、ルートユーザのみが読み込むことができるシステムファイルのパーミッションが変更され、\n" "他のユーザでも読み込むことができるようになります。\n" -"［セキュア］の場合、/var/log/messagesなど特定のシステムファイルを表示できるの" -"は、\n" +"［セキュア］の場合、/var/log/messagesなど特定のシステムファイルを表示できるのは、\n" "ルートユーザのみです。 一部のプログラムは、通常のユーザでは起動できず、\n" "ルートユーザまたはデーモンのみが起動できます。\n" "［パラノイド］を設定すると最も安全です。 この場合は、\n" -"どのユーザがどのアプリケーションを実行でき、setuidプログラムを実行できるのか" -"を指定する必要があります。</p>\n" +"どのユーザがどのアプリケーションを実行でき、setuidプログラムを実行できるのかを指定する必要があります。</p>\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>updatedbを実行するユーザ</b>:updatedbプログラムは1日に1回\n" -"実行されます。このプログラムは、ファイルシステム全体をスキャンし、各ファイル" -"の場所を格納する\n" -"データベース(locatedb)を作成します。 locatedbデータベースは、\"locate\"プログ" -"ラムで\n" -"検索できます。. ここでは、このコマンドを実行するユーザを設定します。" -"<b>nobody</b>\n" +"実行されます。このプログラムは、ファイルシステム全体をスキャンし、各ファイルの場所を格納する\n" +"データベース(locatedb)を作成します。 locatedbデータベースは、\"locate\"プログラムで\n" +"検索できます。. ここでは、このコマンドを実行するユーザを設定します。<b>nobody</b>\n" " (一部のファイル) または <b>root</b> (すべてのファイル)。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ルートパスのカレントディレクトリ</b> DOSシステムでは、\n" -"システムが実行可能ファイル(プログラム)を検索する場合、カレントディレクトリを" -"検索してから、\n" +"システムが実行可能ファイル(プログラム)を検索する場合、カレントディレクトリを検索してから、\n" "現在のPATH変数を参照します。 一方、UNIX系システムの場合には、\n" "検索パス(PATH変数)のみが検索されます。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -719,31 +663,25 @@ "次に現在のPATH変数内を検索します。これに対して、\n" "UNIX系のシステムでは検索パス(PATH変数)のみが検索されます。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>一部のシステムでは、回避策として、検索パスにドット(\".\")が追加されま" -"す。\n" +"<p>一部のシステムでは、回避策として、検索パスにドット(\".\")が追加されます。\n" "こうすると、現在のパスにあるファイルを検索でき、実行できます。\n" -"この場合、システム全体で使用している通常のファイルではなく、カレントディレク" -"トリにある未知のプログラムを\n" -"誤って起動してしまう可能性があるため、この設定は、危険です。 このオプションを" -"設定すると、\n" -"この弱点を突いてシステムに侵入する、<i>トロイの木馬</i>を実行してしまう可能性" -"が\n" +"この場合、システム全体で使用している通常のファイルではなく、カレントディレクトリにある未知のプログラムを\n" +"誤って起動してしまう可能性があるため、この設定は、危険です。 このオプションを設定すると、\n" +"この弱点を突いてシステムに侵入する、<i>トロイの木馬</i>を実行してしまう可能性が\n" "高まります。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -751,8 +689,8 @@ "<p>「はい」:ドット「.」をルートの検索パスの終りに追加します。\n" "この場合は、現在のディレクトリが最後に検索されます。</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" @@ -760,207 +698,120 @@ "<p>「いいえ」:ルートユーザは「.」で始まるカレントディレクトリ内で\n" "プログラムを実行する必要があります。例: 「./configure」</p>" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>マジックSysRqキーを有効にする</b><br> このオプションをオンにすると、\n" -"たとえばカーネルをデバッグしているときにクラッシュしたような場合などに、シス" -"テムを部分的に\n" -"制御できます。 詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txtを参照し" -"てください。</p>" +"たとえばカーネルをデバッグしているときにクラッシュしたような場合などに、システムを部分的に\n" +"制御できます。 詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txtを参照してください。</p>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " -"security settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><b>セキュリティの概要</b><BR>最も重要なセキュリティ設定について、概要が表" -"示されています。</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><b>セキュリティの概要</b><BR>最も重要なセキュリティ設定について、概要が表示されています。</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>現在の値を変更するには、オプションに関連付けられたリンクをクリックしてくだ" -"さい。</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>現在の値を変更するには、オプションに関連付けられたリンクをクリックしてください。</P>" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>［<b>セキュリティ状態</b>］列がオンになっている場合、オプションについての" -"現在の値が安全なものであることを示しています。</P>" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "<P>［<b>セキュリティ状態</b>］列がオンになっている場合、オプションについての現在の値が安全なものであることを示しています。</P>" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><b>現在の値を読み込めませんでした。サービスがインストールされていないか、" -"システムにオプションがない可能性があります。</b></P>" +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><b>現在の値を読み込めませんでした。サービスがインストールされていないか、システムにオプションがない可能性があります。</b></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができま" -"す。\n" +"<P>ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができます。\n" "そのための設定が必要ですが、他のシステムで動作しているXサーバから、\n" -"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。</P><P>この場合、表示される" -"ウィンドウ内の\n" +"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。</P><P>この場合、表示されるウィンドウ内の\n" "データはネットワークを介して届けられます。使用するネットワークが完全には\n" "信頼できないものの場合、ネットワークを流れる通信が傍受され、ディスプレイの\n" -"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワー" -"ドにも\n" -"アクセスできてしまいます。</P><P>リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用す" -"る\n" +"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワードにも\n" +"アクセスできてしまいます。</P><P>リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用する\n" "<EM>XDMCP</EM>は、不要であれば無効に設定してください。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>システムの起動時に、システム時刻はコンピュータのハードウェアクロックに\n" -"合わせて設定されます。そのため、シャットダウンの前にハードウェアクロックを設" -"定する作業が\n" +"合わせて設定されます。そのため、シャットダウンの前にハードウェアクロックを設定する作業が\n" "必要になります。</P><P>一貫性のあるシステム時刻は、正しいログメッセージを\n" "作成するために極めて重要です。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>システムの機能不全は普通、その振る舞いの異常から検出することができます。た" -"とえば定期的に記録されるようなsyslogイベントがあった場合は、問題を発見するの" -"に重要な項目になるほか、1件だけでも記録がなかった場合でも、すべてのログ記録が" -"ない場合より重要な情報を含んでいる場合があります。</P><P>そのため、システムイ" -"ベントのsyslogメッセージは、それらが存在していることを確認するのが大切です。" -"</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "<P>システムの機能不全は普通、その振る舞いの異常から検出することができます。たとえば定期的に記録されるようなsyslogイベントがあった場合は、問題を発見するのに重要な項目になるほか、1件だけでも記録がなかった場合でも、すべてのログ記録がない場合より重要な情報を含んでいる場合があります。</P><P>そのため、システムイベントのsyslogメッセージは、それらが存在していることを確認するのが大切です。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>chroot実行環境は、必要なファイルだけを別個のディレクトリ内に配置して、ルー" -"トディレクトリをそのディレクトリとして実行させる仕組みです。これにより、処理" -"を抑制することができます。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "<P>chroot実行環境は、必要なファイルだけを別個のディレクトリ内に配置して、ルートディレクトリをそのディレクトリとして実行させる仕組みです。これにより、処理を抑制することができます。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " -"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>DHCPクライアントデーモンは<EM>dhcpd</EM>ユーザで動作させ、プログラムコード" -"内に何らかの脆弱性が存在しても、危険性を最小限に抑えるべきものです。</P><P>な" -"お、dhcpdは<EM>root</EM>で動作させてはならないほか、<EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM>機" -"能を利用してchroot実行環境下で制限を加えると効果的です。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "<P>DHCPクライアントデーモンは<EM>dhcpd</EM>ユーザで動作させ、プログラムコード内に何らかの脆弱性が存在しても、危険性を最小限に抑えるべきものです。</P><P>なお、dhcpdは<EM>root</EM>で動作させてはならないほか、<EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM>機能を利用してchroot実行環境下で制限を加えると効果的です。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>管理者はXウィンドウのセッション内に<EM>root</EM>でログインしないよう注意" -"し、root権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。</P><P>このオプションは不注意な管" -"理者を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場合" -"に、ディスプレイマネージャを通じて<EM>root</EM>ログインをさせないよう防ぐため" -"のものです。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "<P>管理者はXウィンドウのセッション内に<EM>root</EM>でログインしないよう注意し、root権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。</P><P>このオプションは不注意な管理者を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場合に、ディスプレイマネージャを通じて<EM>root</EM>ログインをさせないよう防ぐためのものです。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>ディスプレイにウィンドウを開くようなXウィンドウクライアントは、\n" "物理マシン(仮想マシンではなく)内で実行されているXサーバに接続します。\n" -"そのほかにもプログラムを異なるシステムで動作させ、その表示内容をネットワーク" -"接続経由でXサーバに表示させることもできます。</P><P>このような機能を有効にす" -"ると、\n" +"そのほかにもプログラムを異なるシステムで動作させ、その表示内容をネットワーク接続経由でXサーバに表示させることもできます。</P><P>このような機能を有効にすると、\n" "Xサーバはポート6000とディスプレイの番号をリスンするようになります。\n" -"この場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受され" -"る\n" -"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、Xサーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他" -"のポートが、攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にするこ" -"とです。</P><P>\n" -"ネットワークを介してXウィンドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル" -"(<EM>ssh</EM>)を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化されたssh接続" -"の内側でX\n" +"この場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受される\n" +"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、Xサーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他のポートが、攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にすることです。</P><P>\n" +"ネットワークを介してXウィンドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル(<EM>ssh</EM>)を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化されたssh接続の内側でX\n" "サーバとクライアントの通信が行われるようになります。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>電子メールの配信サブシステムは常に開始されます。しかしながら、デフォルトで" -"は\n" -"外部からSMTPのポート25で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部" -"に公開されないようになっています。</P><P>SMTPプロトコルを使用してシステム宛の" -"電子メールを配信しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。</P>" +"<P>電子メールの配信サブシステムは常に開始されます。しかしながら、デフォルトでは\n" +"外部からSMTPのポート25で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部に公開されないようになっています。</P><P>SMTPプロトコルを使用してシステム宛の電子メールを配信しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" @@ -968,154 +819,98 @@ "<P>現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを更新する場合、パッケージ内の\n" "ファイルをインストールした後、サービスを再起動する必要があります。</P><P>\n" "このような動作は多くの場合有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによっては\n" -"ファイルシステム内のバイナリや環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるもの" -"も\n" +"ファイルシステム内のバイナリや環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものも\n" "あります。これらのサービスはサービスを停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで\n" "実行し続ける必要があります。</P><P>この設定は、特別な理由がある場合にのみ\n" "設定すべき項目です。\n" "</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P>現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを削除する場合、パッケージ内のファイル" -"を\n" -"削除する前にサービスを停止する必要があります。</P><P>このような動作は多くの場" -"合\n" -"有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによってはファイルシステム内のバイナリ" -"や\n" +"<P>現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを削除する場合、パッケージ内のファイルを\n" +"削除する前にサービスを停止する必要があります。</P><P>このような動作は多くの場合\n" +"有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによってはファイルシステム内のバイナリや\n" "環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものもあります。\n" "これらのサービスはサービスを\n" -"停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで実行し続ける必要があります。</P><P>この設定" -"は、\n" +"停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで実行し続ける必要があります。</P><P>この設定は、\n" "特別な理由がある場合にのみ設定すべき項目です。\n" "</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>システムが多数の接続要求を受け付けると、システムが過剰な負荷を受けてメモリ" -"を使い果たしてしまい、その結果としてサービス拒否(Denial of Service (DoS))状態" -"に陥ってしまいます。</P><P>syncookieの使用はこのような状況での助けになります" -"が、この設定を<EM></EM>「有効」にしていた場合でも、多数の正当な接続要求を受け" -"た場合は過負荷状態になってしまい、TCPの接続が受け付けられなくなります。<P>ただし、ほとんどの場合において、syncookieの使用はSYN flood (DoS)攻撃に対" -"する第一次防衛線となりますので、<EM></EM>「有効」に設定しておくのが安全です。" -"</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "<P>システムが多数の接続要求を受け付けると、システムが過剰な負荷を受けてメモリを使い果たしてしまい、その結果としてサービス拒否(Denial of Service (DoS))状態に陥ってしまいます。</P><P>syncookieの使用はこのような状況での助けになりますが、この設定を<EM></EM>「有効」にしていた場合でも、多数の正当な接続要求を受けた場合は過負荷状態になってしまい、TCPの接続が受け付けられなくなります。</P><P>ただし、ほとんどの場合において、syncookieの使用はSYN flood (DoS)攻撃に対する第一次防衛線となりますので、<EM></EM>「有効」に設定しておくのが安全です。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>IP 転送とは、受信したネットワークパケットを通過させるという意味ですが、シ" -"ステムで設定したネットワークインターフェースのうちの 1 つで受信させるというこ" -"とではありません。</P><P>システムはネットワークの通信を ISO/OSI レイヤ 3 上で" -"転送する場合、それはルータと呼ばれます。ルータとしての動作を必要としない場" -"合、このオプションを無効に設定してください。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "<P>IP 転送とは、受信したネットワークパケットを通過させるという意味ですが、システムで設定したネットワークインターフェースのうちの 1 つで受信させるということではありません。</P><P>システムはネットワークの通信を ISO/OSI レイヤ 3 上で転送する場合、それはルータと呼ばれます。ルータとしての動作を必要としない場合、このオプションを無効に設定してください。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>この設定は <EM>IPv4</EM> にのみ適用されます。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>この設定は <EM>IPv6</EM> にのみ適用されます。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>マジック SysRq キーは、システムがクラッシュ状態 (カーネルのデバッグ中な" -"ど) や無応答状態にあった場合でも、いくつかの操作を受け付けることができるよう" -"になります。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "<P>マジック SysRq キーは、システムがクラッシュ状態 (カーネルのデバッグ中など) や無応答状態にあった場合でも、いくつかの操作を受け付けることができるようになります。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"<P> /etc/permissions.* ファイルには、事前に定義されたファイルのパーミッショ" -"ン (アクセス権) 情報があります。最も制限のきついファイルパーミッションは「厳" -"格」または「偏執」です。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" +msgstr "<P> /etc/permissions.* ファイルには、事前に定義されたファイルのパーミッション (アクセス権) 情報があります。最も制限のきついファイルパーミッションは「厳格」または「偏執」です。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>基本システムサービスは、システムの整合性を保つために有効にしなければならな" -"い項目で、セキュリティに関するサービスを実行するためにも必要です。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "<P>基本システムサービスは、システムの整合性を保つために有効にしなければならない項目で、セキュリティに関するサービスを実行するためにも必要です。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>それぞれ稼働中のサービスはいずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になること" -"があります。そのため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定して" -"おくことをお勧めします。</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<P>それぞれ稼働中のサービスはいずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になることがあります。そのため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定しておくことをお勧めします。</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ブートセキュリティ</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>このダイアログボックスでは、セキュリティに関連するさまざまなブート設定を変" -"更します。</p>" +"<p>このダイアログボックスでは、セキュリティに関連するさまざまなブート設定を変更します。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" "workstation and server." msgstr "" "通常、システムはリブートします。このイベントは\n" -"無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーション" -"とサーバの両方\n" +"無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーションとサーバの両方\n" "として機能している場合です。" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" "workstation and server." msgstr "" "デフォルトでシステムは停止しますが、このイベントは\n" -"無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーション" -"とサーバの両方\n" +"無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーションとサーバの両方\n" "として機能している場合です。" -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1127,8 +922,8 @@ "ユーザへの応答としてシステムが行う\n" "動作を設定します。%s</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" @@ -1136,74 +931,69 @@ "<p>［<b>ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作</b>］:\n" "%s からマシンをシャットダウンできるユーザを設定します。</p>\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>システムの休止</b>:\n" -"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。デフォルトで" -"は、アクティブなコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行うことができま" -"す。\n" -"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求め" -"るかを選ぶことができます。</p>\n" +"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。デフォルトでは、アクティブなコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行うことができます。\n" +"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求めるかを選ぶことができます。</p>\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "ワークステーション" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "ローミングデバイス" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "ネットワークサーバ" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "ワークステーション(&W)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "ローミングデバイス(&R)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "ネットワークサーバ(&S)" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "ユーザの追加" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "ユーザIDの制限" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "グループIDの制限" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "ユーザIDの最小値を最大値より大きくすることはできません。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1211,310 +1001,310 @@ "グループIDの最小値を最大値より大きくすることは\n" "できません。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "無視" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "再起動" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "停止" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "ルートのみ" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "すべてのユーザ" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "該当者なし" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "Ctrl + Alt + Delの動作(&I)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "リモートGUIログインを許可(&G)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "マジックSysRqキー(&M)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "無効(D)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "すべての機能を有効にする" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "ログイン失敗後に待つ時間(&D)" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "最大値(&U)" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "最小値(&I)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "システムの休止" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "アクティブなコンソール上にいるユーザ" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "誰でも休止可能" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "常に認証を必要とする" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法(&A)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "新しいパスワードのチェック(&C)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "記録するパスワードの数(&E)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "最小パスワード文字数(&M)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "パスワードの失効警告を出すまでの期間(&D)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "ファイルパーミッション(&F)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "簡易" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "セキュア" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "パラノイド" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "updatedbを実行するユーザ(&U)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "最大値(&X)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小値(&M)" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "%s ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作(&S):" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "事前定義済みのセキュリティ設定" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "セキュリティ" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "セキュリティの設定" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "セキュリティの設定の保存" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "セキュリティの設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittabの設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAMの設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "システム設定の更新" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "セキュリティの設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittabの設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAMの設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "システム設定を更新しています..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: カスタム設定" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "SLPサーバの環境設定" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "SLPサーバ" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "SLPサーバ(&S)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ブート時(&B)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "ログの表示" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "応答先" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "ブロードキャスト" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "マルチキャスト" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "DAサーバ" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "DAサーバになる" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "DAサーバのIPアドレス(&I)" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "範囲(&S)" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "SLPサーバの設定" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "グローバルSLP設定" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLPサーバの環境設定" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "サーバの詳細" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "静的環境設定ファイル" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "このファイルを削除しますか?" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "新しいファイルの名前" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "範囲およびIPアドレスを挿入する必要があります。" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "範囲を挿入する必要があります。" -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "SLPサーバの概要" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>SLPサーバ</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "SLPサーバの環境設定--エキスパートダイアログ" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "SLPサーバの環境設定--.regファイルの編集" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -156,18 +156,17 @@ "<p><b><big>SLPサーバの環境設定の初期化中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" -"環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。" -"</p>\n" +"環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -175,8 +174,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SLPサーバの環境設定の保存中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -188,8 +187,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -199,8 +198,8 @@ "インストールされたSLPサーバの概要を取得します。その後、\n" "それらの環境設定を編集します。<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<p><b><big>SLPサーバの追加</big></b><br>\n" "［追加］をクリックして、SLPサーバを設定します。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -219,8 +218,8 @@ "変更または削除するSLPサーバを選択します。\n" "次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -230,9 +229,9 @@ "［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" " <br></p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -242,8 +241,8 @@ "選択できません。 先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n" " </p>" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -253,153 +252,132 @@ "［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>slpdのログファイルを表示するには、［<b>ログの表示</b>］を使用します。</p>" +msgstr "<p>slpdのログファイルを表示するには、［<b>ログの表示</b>］を使用します。</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>ここではSLPデーモンをどのモードで実行するかを設定します。最も簡単なモード" -"は［<b>ブロードキャスト</b>］です。\n" -"このモードでは、SLPデーモンはブロードキャストで送信されたすべての要求に応答し" -"ます。次に簡単なモードは［<b>マルチキャスト</b>］です。このモードではデーモン" -"は適切な範囲内の\n" -"マルチキャストの問い合わせに応答します。［<b>DAサーバ</b>］モードでは、指定し" -"たIPアドレスのDAサーバに対して、\n" -"静的および動的に登録されたサービスを通知します。最後のオプションは［<b>DAサー" -"バになる</b>］です。これはサービスに応答するための\n" +"<p>ここではSLPデーモンをどのモードで実行するかを設定します。最も簡単なモードは［<b>ブロードキャスト</b>］です。\n" +"このモードでは、SLPデーモンはブロードキャストで送信されたすべての要求に応答します。次に簡単なモードは［<b>マルチキャスト</b>］です。このモードではデーモンは適切な範囲内の\n" +"マルチキャストの問い合わせに応答します。［<b>DAサーバ</b>］モードでは、指定したIPアドレスのDAサーバに対して、\n" +"静的および動的に登録されたサービスを通知します。最後のオプションは［<b>DAサーバになる</b>］です。これはサービスに応答するための\n" "キャッシュサーバです。</p>\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［エキスパート設定］を使用すると、/etc/slp.confで使用可能u12394 なすべての" -"オプションにアクセスできます。</p>" +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［エキスパート設定］を使用すると、/etc/slp.confで使用可能u12394 なすべてのオプションにアクセスできます。</p>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create " -"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"SLPの静的な登録のための設定ファイルです。 新しい空のファイルを作成するには、" -"［追加］<b></b>を使用します。 既存のファイルの値を変更するには、\n" -"［変更］<b></b>を使用します。 任意のパッケージに属さないファイルを削除するに" -"は、［削除］を使用します。<b></b>" +"SLPの静的な登録のための設定ファイルです。 新しい空のファイルを作成するには、［追加］<b></b>を使用します。 既存のファイルの値を変更するには、\n" +"［変更］<b></b>を使用します。 任意のパッケージに属さないファイルを削除するには、［削除］を使用します。<b></b>" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "regeditのヘルプ" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>SLPサーバを設定するために、<b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要があ" -"ります。</p>" +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>SLPサーバを設定するために、<b>%1</b> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。</p>" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>今すぐインストールしますか?</p>" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLPサーバの環境設定の初期化中" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "データベースを読み込みます" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "以前の設定を読み込みます" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "デバイスを検出します" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "データベースを読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "以前の設定を読み込み中..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "デバイスを検出しています..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "データベース2を読み込めません。" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLPサーバの環境設定の保存中" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig を起動する" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfigを実行中..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,163 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "システムスナップショット環境設定" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "クリーンアップアルゴリズム" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "スナップショット %{num} の変更" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "スナップショット %{pre} および %{post} の変更" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "事前(%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "事後(%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "単一スナップショット" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "事前" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "事後, 相手:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "本当にスナップショット %{num} を削除しますか?" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "本当にスナップショット %{pre} および %{post} を削除しますか?" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショット" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "単一" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "事前および事後" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "スナップショットのリストを読み込んでいます" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "現在の設定" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "開始日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "終了日" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "ユーザデータ" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "変更点の表示" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "変更する (&M)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -178,132 +178,132 @@ "この '事前' スナップショットは、どの '事後' とも対になっていません。\n" "そのため、差分の表示を行なうことができません。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "選択されたスナップショットの概要" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "変更されたファイルを計算しています..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "ファイルの変更を計算しています..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "新しいファイルが作成されました。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "ファイルが削除されました。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "ファイルの内容は変更されていません。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "いずれのスナップショットにもファイルが存在しません。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "ファイルの内容が変更されました。" -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルモードが「%1」から「%2」に変更されました。" -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのユーザ所有権が「%1」から「%2」に変更されました。" -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "ファイルのグループ所有権が「%1」から「%2」に変更されました。" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "最初から復元する (&E)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "復元" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "2 番目から復元する (&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "スナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "現在のシステムと選択したスナップショットの間での差分を表示:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "最初と2番目のスナップショットの間での差分を表示する" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "最初のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "2番目のスナップショットと現在のシステムの間での差分を表示する" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "スナップショットを採択した時刻:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "最初のスナップショットを採択した時刻:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "2番目のスナップショットを採択した時刻:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "開く(&O)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "選択したものを復元" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "を削除しますか?" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -333,38 +333,35 @@ "\n" "をコピーしますか?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "復元するファイルが選択されていません。" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ファイルを復元中です" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" "<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" msgstr "" "<p>これらのファイルはスナップショット「%1」から復元されます:</p>\n" "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>元のスナップショットに存在するファイルは、現在のシステムにコピーされます。" -"</p>\n" -"<p>スナップショットに存在しなかったファイルは削除されます。</p>よろしいです" -"か?" +"<p>元のスナップショットに存在するファイルは、現在のシステムにコピーされます。</p>\n" +"<p>スナップショットに存在しなかったファイルは削除されます。</p>よろしいですか?" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -372,180 +369,151 @@ "<p><b><big>スナップショットのリストを読み込んでいます</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b></b><big>スナップショット設定</big><p>\n" -"<p>次の表はルートファイルシステムのスナップショットのリストを示しています。ス" -"ナップショットには\n" -"<b></b>「単一」、<b></b>「事前」、および<b></b>「事後」の3種類があります。単" -"一スナップショットは\n" -"特定の時刻のファイルシステムの状態を保存するために使用し、事前および事後は2つ" -"のスナップショットを取る間に実行された特別な操作による変更を定義するために使" -"用します。この表では、事前スナップショットと事後スナップショットはペアになっ" -"ています。</p>\n" -"<p>スナップショットまたはスナップショットのペアを選択し、<b></b>［変更点の表" -"示］をクリックして\n" +"<p>次の表はルートファイルシステムのスナップショットのリストを示しています。スナップショットには\n" +"<b></b>「単一」、<b></b>「事前」、および<b></b>「事後」の3種類があります。単一スナップショットは\n" +"特定の時刻のファイルシステムの状態を保存するために使用し、事前および事後は2つのスナップショットを取る間に実行された特別な操作による変更を定義するために使用します。この表では、事前スナップショットと事後スナップショットはペアになっています。</p>\n" +"<p>スナップショットまたはスナップショットのペアを選択し、<b></b>［変更点の表示］をクリックして\n" "指定したスナップショットの新しいファイルシステムの変更点を表示します。</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b></b><big>スナップショットの概要</big><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"このツリーは、最初(「事前」)のスナップショットの作成と2番目(「事後」)のスナッ" -"プショットの作成の間に変更されたすべてのファイルを示しています。右側に最初の" -"スナップショット作成時に生成された説明および両方のスナップショットの作成時刻" -"があります。\n" +"このツリーは、最初(「事前」)のスナップショットの作成と2番目(「事後」)のスナップショットの作成の間に変更されたすべてのファイルを示しています。右側に最初のスナップショット作成時に生成された説明および両方のスナップショットの作成時刻があります。\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"ツリーでファイルを選択すると、そのツリーに対して行われた変更が表示されます。" -"デフォルトでは、選択したペアのスナップショット間の変更が表示されますが、ファ" -"イルを別のバージョンと比較することもできます。\n" +"ツリーでファイルを選択すると、そのツリーに対して行われた変更が表示されます。デフォルトでは、選択したペアのスナップショット間の変更が表示されますが、ファイルを別のバージョンと比較することもできます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>スナップショットの概要</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのある" -"すべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日" -"時が表示されています。\n" +"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのあるすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日時が表示されています。\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点" -"を表示できます。\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点を表示できます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "設定を取得できませんでした:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "スナップショットのマウントポイントを取得できませんでした:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "新しいスナップショットを作成できませんでした:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "スナップショットを変更できませんでした:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "スナップショットを削除できませんでした:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "snapperを準備しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "設定のリストを読み込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットのリストを読み込む" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "設定のリストを読み込んでいます" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットのリストを読み込んでいます" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "snapper設定の問い合わせに失敗しました:" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" "Snapper環境設定が存在しません。yast2-snapperを使用するには、\n" -"環境設定を1つ以上作成する必要があります。Snapperコマンドラインツールを使用し" -"て\n" +"環境設定を1つ以上作成する必要があります。Snapperコマンドラインツールを使用して\n" "環境設定を作成できます。" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "snapperスナップショットの問い合わせに失敗しました:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "ファイルを復元しています..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "" "削除: %1\n" "\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 を飛ばしました\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "squid キャッシュプロキシの設定" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "値が正しくありません。" -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "ドメイン名を指定する必要があります。" -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "正規表現" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "大文字と小文字を同一視" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "正規表現を指定する必要があります。" -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "少なくとも 1 日以上を選択する必要があります。" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "時刻が正しい書式で設定されていません。" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "開始日時は終了日時の前である必要があります。" -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "値が正しくありません。" -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "プロトコルを指定する必要があります。" -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "ヘッダ名と正規表現をそれぞれ指定する必要があります。" -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "MAC アドレスを指定する必要があります。" -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "MAC アドレスの書式が正しくありません。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "ブート時(&B)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "squidは動作中です" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "squidは動作していません" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "squidを開始する(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "squidを停止する(&T)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "設定を保存してsquidを再起動する(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "squid を開始する" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "squid を停止する" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "設定を保存して squid を再起動する" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "ファイアウォールでポートを開く" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "起動" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "HTTP ポート設定" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "HTTP ポート" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "更新パターンの設定" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "更新パターン" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "キャッシュ設定" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "キャッシュディレクトリの設定" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "キャッシュディレクトリ" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "アクセス制御設定" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "アクセス制御" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "ログとタイムアウトの設定" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "ログとタイムアウト" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "その他の設定" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "その他" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "ホスト(H)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "ポート" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション(O)" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "分 (M)" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "パーセント" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "最大" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "キャッシュメモリ(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "最大オブジェクトサイズ(&X)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "最小オブジェクトサイズ(&I)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "スワップ最小水準(パーセント単位)(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "スワップ最大水準(パーセント単位)(&H)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー(&C)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "メモリ入れ替えポリシー(&M)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "ディレクトリ名(&D)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "サイズ(MB 単位)(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "レベル1ディレクトリ(&E)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "レベル2ディレクトリ(&V)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "ACL グループ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "許可／拒否" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "ログ" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "アクセスログ(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "キャッシュログ(&C)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "キャッシュ保存ログ(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "タイムアウト" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "接続タイムアウト(&T)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "クライアント生存時間(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "エラーメッセージの言語(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "管理者の電子メールアドレス(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "FTPのパッシブモードを使用する(&U)" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "アクセスログ" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "キャッシュログ" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "キャッシュ保存ログ" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "単位(&U)" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "秒" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "分" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "時間" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "日" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ "<p><b><big>squid設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -507,8 +507,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>「中止」</b>をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squidの設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -529,8 +529,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" @@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ "<p><b><big>Squidの設定</big></b><br>\n" "squidを設定することができます。<br></p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ "インストール済みのsquidの概要が表示されます。ここから\n" "設定を編集することもできます。<br></p>\n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "<p>クライアントからの接続をリスンする、すべてのポート番号を\n" "指定してください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.</p>\n" @@ -566,16 +566,12 @@ "<p>［<b>ホスト</b>］欄にはホスト名やIPアドレスを入力する\n" "ことができるほか、入力しなくてもかまいません。</p>\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>更新パターン</b>］では、squidがキャッシュ内にあるオブジェクトをどのよ" -"うに取り扱うかの方法を設定します。</p>\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>［<b>更新パターン</b>］では、squidがキャッシュ内にあるオブジェクトをどのように取り扱うかの方法を設定します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" @@ -583,17 +579,15 @@ "<p>ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って、更新パターンを確認します。\n" "一番最初に適合したエントリを使用します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>最小</b>］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対し" -"て、\n" -"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきかを、分単位で指定しま" -"す。\n" +"<p>［<b>最小</b>］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\n" +"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきかを、分単位で指定します。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -603,45 +597,36 @@ "どれだけ経過したか)に対するパーセンテージを指定します。正確な期限切れ日時の\n" "指定がないオブジェクトは、新しいものであると判断されます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>最大</b>］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対し" -"て、\n" -"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきか、上限の時間を指定しま" -"す。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>最大</b>］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\n" +"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきか、上限の時間を指定します。</p>\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>キャッシュメモリ</b> にはオブジェクトに対して使用するメモリの理想値を指" -"定してください。</p>" +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>キャッシュメモリ</b> にはオブジェクトに対して使用するメモリの理想値を指定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>最大オブジェクトサイズ</b>］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最" -"大サイズを\n" -"指定してください。これより大きなサイズのオブジェクトはディスクに保存されませ" -"ん。</p>\n" +"<p>［<b>最大オブジェクトサイズ</b>］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最大サイズを\n" +"指定してください。これより大きなサイズのオブジェクトはディスクに保存されません。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>最小オブジェクトサイズ</b>］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最" -"小サイズを\n" +"<p>［<b>最小オブジェクトサイズ</b>］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最小サイズを\n" "指定してください。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -650,22 +635,18 @@ "If utilization is close to the <b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b>, less replacement\n" "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>入れ替え処理は、スワップ(ディスク)の使用量が［<b>スワップ最小水準</b>］" -"を\n" -"上回った際に開始し、［<b>スワップ最小水準</b>］に使用量が近付くよう使用量を維" -"持します。\n" +"<p>入れ替え処理は、スワップ(ディスク)の使用量が［<b>スワップ最小水準</b>］を\n" +"上回った際に開始し、［<b>スワップ最小水準</b>］に使用量が近付くよう使用量を維持します。\n" "スワップの使用量が［<b>スワップ最大水準</b>］に近付くと、\n" "オブジェクトの追い出しをより積極的に行うようになります。\n" "使用率が［<b>スワップ最小水準</b>］に近ければ近いほど、入れ替え処理はあまり\n" "行わなくなります。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -688,11 +669,9 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー</b>］では、ディスク領域が必要な場合にどの" -"オブジェクトを\n" +"<p>［<b>キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー</b>］では、ディスク領域が必要な場合にどのオブジェクトを\n" "入れ替えるべきかを設定することができます。\n" -"［<b>メモリ入れ替えポリシー</b>］では新しいオブジェクト用の領域が足りない場" -"合、メモリ内で\n" +"［<b>メモリ入れ替えポリシー</b>］では新しいオブジェクト用の領域が足りない場合、メモリ内で\n" "のオブジェクト入れ替えポリシーを設定することができます。\n" "それぞれのポリシーには次のいずれかを設定します。\n" "<table>\n" @@ -715,125 +694,94 @@ "</table>\n" "</p>" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>ディレクトリ名</b> にはキャッシュスワップファイルを保存する最上位のディ" -"レクトリを指定してください。</p>" +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>ディレクトリ名</b> にはキャッシュスワップファイルを保存する最上位のディレクトリを指定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>サイズ</b> にはこのディレクトリ以下で使用するディスク容量を MB 単位で指" -"定してください。</p>" +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>サイズ</b> にはこのディレクトリ以下で使用するディスク容量を MB 単位で指定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>レベル1ディレクトリ</b>］には、［<b>ディレクトリ名</b>］で指定した" -"ディレクトリの\n" +"<p>［<b>レベル1ディレクトリ</b>］には、［<b>ディレクトリ名</b>］で指定したディレクトリの\n" "すぐ下に作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>レベル2ディレクトリ</b>］には、それぞれのレベル1ディレクトリ以下に\n" "作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。</p>\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>squidサーバへのアクセスは［<b>ACLグループ</b>］で設定することができます。" -"</p>" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>squidサーバへのアクセスは［<b>ACLグループ</b>］で設定することができます。</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>ACLグループ</b>］にはさまざまな種類があるほか、それぞれの種類に対応し" -"たACL\n" +"<p>［<b>ACLグループ</b>］にはさまざまな種類があるほか、それぞれの種類に対応したACL\n" "グループの説明もあります。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>アクセス制御</b>］テーブル内では、ACLグループに対して許可や拒否を設定" -"することができます。\n" -"1行に複数のACLグループが存在する場合は、それらすべてのACLグループからのアクセ" -"スを\n" +"<p>［<b>アクセス制御</b>］テーブル内では、ACLグループに対して許可や拒否を設定することができます。\n" +"1行に複数のACLグループが存在する場合は、それらすべてのACLグループからのアクセスを\n" "一括で許可/拒否することを示しています。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って［<b>アクセス制御</b>］を確認しま" -"す。\n" +"<p>ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って［<b>アクセス制御</b>］を確認します。\n" "一番最初に適合したエントリを使用します。</p>\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>アクセスログ</b>］では、クライアントのアクティビティを記録するファイ" -"ルを指定します。</p>" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［<b>アクセスログ</b>］では、クライアントのアクティビティを記録するファイルを指定します。</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>キャッシュログ</b>］では、システムでの一般的なキャッシュ動作を記録す" -"る\n" +"<p>［<b>キャッシュログ</b>］では、システムでの一般的なキャッシュ動作を記録する\n" "ファイルを指定します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>キャッシュ保存ログ</b>］では、オブジェクトストアに保存したオブジェク" -"トの処理記録を\n" +"<p>［<b>キャッシュ保存ログ</b>］では、オブジェクトストアに保存したオブジェクトの処理記録を\n" "そのオブジェクトの削除時刻と共に記録する場所を指定してください。\n" "この項目は指定しなくてもかまいません。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" "<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>httpdログを疑似する</b>］を選択すると、squidがHTTPDの一般的なログ書式" -"で\n" +"<p>［<b>httpdログを疑似する</b>］を選択すると、squidがHTTPDの一般的なログ書式で\n" "［<b>アクセスログ</b>］を保存するようになります。</p>\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time.</p>" @@ -841,119 +789,117 @@ "<p><b>接続タイムアウト</b> では、指定した時間を過ぎた接続について\n" "強制的な切断を行う期限を指定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>クライアント生存時間</b> では、クライアント (ブラウザ) がキャッシュプロ" -"セスに対して\n" +"<p><b>クライアント生存時間</b> では、クライアント (ブラウザ) がキャッシュプロセスに対して\n" "接続を維持することができる最大の時間を設定してください。</p>" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>管理者の電子メールアドレス</b>］には、クライアント側でエラーページが" -"表示された際に\n" +"<p>［<b>管理者の電子メールアドレス</b>］には、クライアント側でエラーページが表示された際に\n" "付記するアドレスを指定します。デフォルトwebmasterです。</p>\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "透過的" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "新しい HTTP ポートの追加" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "既存の HTTP ポートを編集" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "新しい更新パターンの追加" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "既存の更新パターンの編集" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "最小 (分単位)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "最大 (分単位)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "新しい HTTP アクセスの追加" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "HTTP アクセスの編集" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "許可する" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "拒否する" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "反対(&P)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "ACL の追加" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "いいえ" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "新しい ACL グループの追加" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "ACL グループの編集" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "ポート番号を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "ホストにはIPアドレスかホスト名を指定する必要があります。" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "正規表現を指定する必要があります。" -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -961,26 +907,26 @@ "キャッシュメモリとキャッシュディレクトリのサイズ\n" "の合計値は、最大オブジェクトサイズより大きく設定する必要があります。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "キャッシュディレクトリ名は必ず指定してください。" -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "ACL 表を設定する必要があります。" -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "ACL グループ '%1' は既に別の種類で存在しています。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "ACLグループ「%1」は種類「%2」である必要があります。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -988,8 +934,8 @@ "このACLグループの種類を変更するには、この名前を持つ\n" "他のACLグループを削除してから行ってください。\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -997,7 +943,7 @@ "ACLグループの名前を変更することができません。\n" "アクセス制御テーブル内ですでに使用されています。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -1005,27 +951,26 @@ "ACLグループの名前を変更するには、アクセス制御テーブルにある\n" "これらのACLグループを削除してから行ってください。" -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "このACLグループの名前を変更すると、次のオプションに影響を与えます。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "名前の変更を行う" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "名前を変更しない" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "名前を指定する必要があります。" -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -1033,649 +978,632 @@ "ACLグループを削除することができません。\n" "アクセス制御テーブル内ですでに使用されています。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "このACLグループを削除すると、次のオプションに影響を与えます。\n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "削除を行う" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "削除しない" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "アクセスログを設定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "キャッシュログを設定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "アクセスログの項目に正しいパス名が書かれていません。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "キャッシュログの項目に正しいパス名が書かれていません。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "キャッシュ保存ログの項目に正しいパス名が書かれていません。" -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "管理者の電子メールアドレスにスペースを入れることはできません。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "squid 設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "squid設定を初期化しています" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "環境設定ファイル内のHTTPポートの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "環境設定ファイル内の更新パターンの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "環境設定ファイル内のACLグループの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "環境設定ファイル内のアクセス制御テーブルの読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "その他の設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "サービス状態の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "HTTP ポートを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "更新パターンを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "アクセス ACL グループを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "アクセス制御テーブルを読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "その他の設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "サービス状態を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "設定を読み込むことができませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "サービス状態を読み込むことができませんでした。" -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "squid 設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定の書き込み" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "サービスの開始" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "サービスを開始しています..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を書き込めません。" -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "squid キャッシュプロキシ" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "デーモンの起動: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "ブート時" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "設定済みポート" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (透過的)" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "キャッシュディレクトリ: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "IP アドレスまたは IP アドレスの範囲" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "ネットワークマスク" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "要求を発信するクライアントがある IP アドレスを指定します。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "宛先 IP アドレスを指定します。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "ローカルIPアドレス" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "クライアント接続が存在するローカル IP アドレスを指定します。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "クライアントドメイン名" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "クライアントのドメイン名との比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "宛先ドメイン" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"これは宛先ドメインで、情報提供元のサーバがどこにあるのかを示す情報との比較を" -"行います。" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "これは宛先ドメインで、情報提供元のサーバがどこにあるのかを示す情報との比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "クライアントのドメイン名との比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "宛先のドメインとの比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "時間" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "日" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "月曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "火曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "水曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "木曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "金曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "土曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "日曜" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "開始 (時:分)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "終了 (時:分)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "完全表記の URL との間で正規表現を用いて比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"プロトコル、ポート、およびホスト名の情報を取り除いた、URLとの部分比較を行いま" -"す" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "プロトコル、ポート、およびホスト名の情報を取り除いた、URLとの部分比較を行います" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "ポート" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "ポート番号またはポート番号の範囲" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "要求内に含まれている宛先ポートとの比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "ローカル側のTCPポートとの比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "要求内に含まれているプロトコル種類との比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "method" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "HTTP メソッド" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "リクエストヘッダ内に書かれている HTTP メソッドとの比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"User-Agentヘッダから得られるクライアントのブラウザタイプに対し、正規表現で比" -"較を行います。" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "User-Agentヘッダから得られるクライアントのブラウザタイプに対し、正規表現で比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "HTTP 接続の最大数" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"ここで指定した数量より多い接続がクライアントの IP アドレスから発生しているか" -"どうかの比較を行います。" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "ここで指定した数量より多い接続がクライアントの IP アドレスから発生しているかどうかの比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "Refererヘッダとの比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "ヘッダ名" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "正規表現" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "既知の要求ヘッダに対して、正規表現を利用した比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "squidで受信した応答ヘッダ内のMIMEタイプに対して、正規表現で比較を行います。\n" -"ファイルのダウンロードを検出したり、HTTPによるトンネリング要求を検出したりす" -"ることができます。\n" +"ファイルのダウンロードを検出したり、HTTPによるトンネリング要求を検出したりすることができます。\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "クライアントで生成した要求内のMIMEタイプに対して、比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "squidで受信した応答内のMIMEタイプに対して、比較を行います。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MACアドレス" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "イーサネット (MAC) アドレスに対して比較を行います。" -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "アフリカーンス語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "アラビア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "アルメニア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "アゼルバイジャン語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "ブルガリア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "カタロニア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "チェコ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "デンマーク語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "ドイツ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ギリシャ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "英語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "スペイン語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "エストニア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "ペルシア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "フィンランド語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "フランス語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "ヘブライ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "ハンガリー語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "インドネシア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "イタリア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日本語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韓国語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "ラトビア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "リトアニア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "マレー語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "オランダ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "プロヴァンス語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "ポーランド語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "ポルトガル語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "ポルトガル語(ブラジル)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "ルーマニア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "ロシア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "スロヴァキア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "スロヴェニア語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "セルビア語(キリル)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "セルビア語(ラテン)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "スウェーデン語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "タイ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "トルコ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ウクライナ語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "ウズベク語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "ヴェトナム語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "簡体字中国語" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,73 +26,69 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が" -"必要です。\n" +"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワッ" -"プとして\n" -"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわな" -"いでください。\n" -"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、パーティション" -"テーブルがカーネル側で\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" +"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、パーティションテーブルがカーネル側で\n" "検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" "\n" "この警告を理解した上で続行するには、［はい］を押してください。\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "エキスパートパーティショナ" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>ボリュームを検出しています。</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "ストレージの設定" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "ディスクとパーティションのリストを表示します" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "ディスクのリストを表示します" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "パーティションのリストを表示します" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "推奨されたパーティション分割" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "エキスパートパーティショナ(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "パーティション設定の作成(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -100,17 +96,17 @@ "自動的な提案は使用できません。\n" "パーティショナのダイアログで、マウントポイントを手動で指定してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "推奨設定の編集" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -120,9 +116,9 @@ "ハードディスクはチェック済みです。表示されるパーティション設定は、\n" "ハードディスクドライブの推奨設定です。</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -135,8 +131,8 @@ "場合は ［<b>%1</b>］を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\n" "ダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -154,28 +150,27 @@ "この選択は RAID や暗号化など、高度なオプション\n" "機能を選択する場合にも使用します。</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "要求した提案を作成することができません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"ルートボリュームのスナップショットを提案するための空き領域が不足しています。" +msgstr "ルートボリュームのスナップショットを提案するための空き領域が不足しています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "独立した/homeを作成するための空き領域が不足しています。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。続行できません。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -183,22 +178,22 @@ "提案を作成すると、今までに設定した手動の設定が失われます。\n" "提案の作成を続けてよろしいですか？" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "ディスクを準備しています..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -208,9 +203,9 @@ "使用領域\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -220,9 +215,9 @@ "空き領域\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -230,25 +225,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windowsの空き領域(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -258,9 +253,9 @@ "Windowsパーティションの新規サイズを指定してください。\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -271,15 +266,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってか" -"ら\n" +"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\n" "になります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n" "何も書き込みません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -293,23 +287,23 @@ "［戻る］をクリックしてください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "現状" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "インストール完了後" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -325,9 +319,9 @@ "つまりパーティションのリサイズが完了した後の状況を示します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -341,9 +335,9 @@ "いずれかの入力項目に値を入力します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -357,29 +351,29 @@ "作成されます。\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windowsの使用領域" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "空き" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -393,9 +387,9 @@ "自動的に作成されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -404,13 +398,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"［<b>Windows の使用領域</b>］は Windows パーティションの使用領域のサイズで" -"す。\n" +"［<b>Windows の使用領域</b>］は Windows パーティションの使用領域のサイズです。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -418,19 +411,18 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>［空き領域］は、パーティションの現在の空き領域(Linuxをインストールする前)" -"が\n" +"<p>［空き領域］は、パーティションの現在の空き領域(Linuxをインストールする前)が\n" "表示されています。\n" "\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Windowsパーティションをリサイズする" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -456,9 +448,9 @@ "Windows パーティションには少なくとも %1 MB の空き容量が\n" "必要です。\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -474,8 +466,8 @@ "および使用されるスペースの大きさによって、しばらく時間がかかります。\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -497,14 +489,14 @@ "同じ問題が再度発生する場合は、別の方法を使用して\n" "Windowsパーティションをリサイズしてください。\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "インストールするには、使用可能な領域が十分ではありません。" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -525,17 +517,15 @@ "\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"ご使用のシステムは、カスタムパーティション分割オプションを使用した場合に限" -"り、設定できます。" +msgstr "ご使用のシステムは、カスタムパーティション分割オプションを使用した場合に限り、設定できます。" -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -554,10 +544,10 @@ "別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -573,10 +563,10 @@ "別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -605,14 +595,14 @@ "\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小しますか?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Windowsを縮小(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -626,13 +616,13 @@ "\n" "Windowsパーティションを削除しますか?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Windowsを削除(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -641,45 +631,41 @@ msgstr "" "削除のマークが付けられたパーティションが\n" "少なすぎるか、\n" -"ディスクが小さすぎます。Linuxをインストールするには、削除するパーティションの" -"数を増やすか、\n" +"ディスクが小さすぎます。Linuxをインストールするには、削除するパーティションの数を増やすか、\n" "より大きなディスクを選択してください。" -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "使用可能なディスク(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "カスタムパーティション(&C) - エキスパート用" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスク" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"ディスクが見つかりません。 利用できる場合は、インストール用のアップデートCDを" -"使用してください。" +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。 利用できる場合は、インストール用のアップデートCDを使用してください。" -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -691,8 +677,8 @@ "表示されます。&product;をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -702,8 +688,8 @@ "&product;に使用するディスクの部分については、後で選択することもできます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -719,81 +705,81 @@ "およびマウントポイントの割り当てを完全に制御できるようにします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの準備" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "続行するには、オプションを1つ選択してください。" -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "ディスク %1 は %2 が使用中です" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "multipathを有効にしますか？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -801,25 +787,25 @@ "/homeパーティションはフォーマットされません。インストール後、\n" "ホームディレクトリの所有権が正しく設定されているかどうか、ご確認ください。" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "パーティション分割" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "パーティション分割(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "ファイルシステムの環境設定の保存中..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -827,15 +813,15 @@ "現在の選択は無効です: \n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2、未割り当て" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -843,16 +829,16 @@ "%1 のインストールに使用する\n" "ディスク領域\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスク全体を使用する(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -860,8 +846,8 @@ "このディスク上には、まだパーティションはありません。\n" "ディスク全体が %1 に使用されます。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -869,18 +855,18 @@ "このディスクは、Windowsによって使用されているようです。\n" "Linuxをインストールするための十分な領域がありません。" -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Windows を完全に削除する(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows パーティションを縮小する(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -890,8 +876,8 @@ "ハードディスク上で&product;のインストール先を選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -903,8 +889,8 @@ "未使用領域を使うことができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -913,14 +899,12 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"注意: 「空き領域」と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、ハードディスク上の" -"データが\n" -"失われる可能性があります。これは他のオペレーティングシステムにも影響を与える" -"可能性があります。\n" +"注意: 「空き領域」と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、ハードディスク上のデータが\n" +"失われる可能性があります。これは他のオペレーティングシステムにも影響を与える可能性があります。\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -932,16 +916,16 @@ "すべて失われます。ここで削除したデータを回復する方法はありません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "インストール先: " -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -950,14 +934,13 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"選択したハードディスクは、Windowsが使用中である可能性があります。&product;用" -"の領域が\n" +"選択したハードディスクは、Windowsが使用中である可能性があります。&product;用の領域が\n" "十分にありません。十分な空き領域を確保するために、Windowsを完全に削除したり\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小できます。\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -967,35 +950,34 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Windowsを削除すると、パーティション上にあるすべてのデータは完全に失われ、復旧" -"することができなくなります。\n" +"Windowsを削除すると、パーティション上にあるすべてのデータは完全に失われ、復旧することができなくなります。\n" "Windowsを縮小する場合は、データが再編成されるため、\n" "データをバックアップしてください。\n" "稀ではありますが、データの再編成に失敗する場合があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "ホームパーティションの分離の提案(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "LVMベース提案の作成(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの暗号化" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "提案タイプ" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1004,14 +986,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。パーティションにルートマウン" -"トポイント「/」\n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。パーティションにルートマウントポイント「/」\n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1020,15 +1001,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "次のマウントポイントのいずれかにFATパーティションを利用しようとしています: \n" -"/、/usr、/home、/opt、または/var。この設定では問題を起こす可能性がありま" -"す。\n" -"これらのマウントポイントに対しては、ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを" -"設定してください。\n" +"/、/usr、/home、/opt、または/var。この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。\n" +"これらのマウントポイントに対しては、ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1042,8 +1021,8 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1057,9 +1036,9 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1075,8 +1054,8 @@ "\n" "この設定を使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1096,8 +1075,8 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1111,8 +1090,8 @@ "\n" "このままのサイズ設定でよろしいですか？\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1126,10 +1105,10 @@ "約1MBの大きさである必要があります。\n" "本当にこの設定を使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1147,8 +1126,8 @@ "\n" "/bootパーティションなしの設定を使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1160,31 +1139,28 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告:現在の設定ではルートパーティション(/)からマシンを起動するよう\n" -"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置" -"に\n" -"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータのBIOSはおそらく %1 シリンダ" -"を\n" +"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n" +"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータのBIOSはおそらく %1 シリンダを\n" "越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行えません。\n" "従って、%2 のインストールを行っても直接起動することはできません。\n" "\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"警告: ルートファイルシステムの一部のサブボリュームが、他のファイルシステムの" -"マウントポイントによって\n" +"警告: ルートファイルシステムの一部のサブボリュームが、他のファイルシステムのマウントポイントによって\n" "シャドーイングされています。場合によっては、問題が起きる可能性があります。\n" "%s\n" "この設定のまま使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1196,13 +1172,12 @@ "警告:現在の設定では「/boot」ディレクトリ以下のファイルが\n" "ソフトウエアRAIDデバイス上に存在するため、%1 をインストール\n" "しても直接起動できないかもしれません。\n" -"この環境設定ではブートローダの設定の際にもエラーが発生する可能性がありま" -"す。\n" +"この環境設定ではブートローダの設定の際にもエラーが発生する可能性があります。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1226,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1251,20 +1226,19 @@ "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1272,16 +1246,14 @@ "\n" "現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" "スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" -"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウ" -"インドウ内に\n" -"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが " -"\"swap\" に\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" "なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" "\n" "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1290,12 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" -"設定を行なっています。YaST では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証する" -"ことができません。\n" +"設定を行なっています。YaST では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1307,22 +1278,19 @@ "ある場合\n" "- このパーティションに、まだファイルシステムが作成されていない場合\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"心配な場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し" -"直してください。\n" -"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである/、/boot、/opt、ま" -"たは/varの\n" +"心配な場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである/、/boot、/opt、または/varの\n" "いずれかである場合は、注意してください。\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1332,8 +1300,8 @@ "\n" "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1341,8 +1309,8 @@ "選択したデバイスはRAID(%1)に属します。\n" "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1350,8 +1318,8 @@ "選択したデバイスはボリュームグループ(%1)に属します。\n" "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームグループから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1359,8 +1327,8 @@ "選択したデバイスはボリューム(%1)で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1368,8 +1336,8 @@ "デバイス(%2)はRAID(%1)に属します。\n" "このデバイスを削除する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1377,12 +1345,12 @@ "デバイス(%2)は %1 で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを削除する場合は、先に %1 を削除してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "マウントされている場合は削除することができません。" -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1391,25 +1359,21 @@ "それより大きい番号を持つ論理パーティションが\n" "使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあ" -"ります:\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *" -"強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1418,14 +1382,13 @@ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択したパーティションには、ボリュームグループに割り当てられたLVMパーティショ" -"ンが\n" +"選択したパーティションには、ボリュームグループに割り当てられたLVMパーティションが\n" "1つ以上含まれています。すべてのパーティションを、\n" "該当するボリュームから削除した後、拡張パーティションを\n" "削除してください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1439,8 +1402,8 @@ "パーティションを割り当て解除した後、\n" "拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1452,31 +1415,31 @@ "含まれています。 使用されているボリュームを削除してから、\n" "拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力した内容を忘れないようにしてください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "パスワードを指定しなくてもかまいません。" -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1の暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワード" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1484,38 +1447,38 @@ "%2 にマウントされているデバイス %1 \n" "の暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムに対するパスワードの入力" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください(&E):" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "確認のため、再度パスワードを入力してください(&V):" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "スキップ(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1525,10 +1488,10 @@ "再入力したパスワードが異なります。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1536,10 +1499,10 @@ "パスワードが入力されていません。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1547,17 +1510,17 @@ "パスワードは %1 文字以上必要です。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "浮動小数点は指定できません。" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "ファイルシステムオプション: " -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1565,79 +1528,75 @@ "文字「/」はボリュームラベルには使用できません。\n" "この文字が含まれないようにボリュームラベルを変更してください。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>/etc/fstab のマウント方法:</b>\n" "通常、マウントするファイルシステムは、デバイス名を利用して /etc/fstab に\n" "指定しますが、UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステムを\n" "マウントするように設定を変更することもできます。\n" -"一部のファイルシステムは UUID やボリュームラベルではマウントできません。この" -"オプションが無効になっている\n" +"一部のファイルシステムは UUID やボリュームラベルではマウントできません。このオプションが無効になっている\n" "場合は、これを実行することはできません。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ボリュームラベル:</b>\n" -"このフィールドに入力された名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。これは" -"通常、\n" +"このフィールドに入力された名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。これは通常、\n" "ボリュームラベルでマウントするオプションを有効にしたときのみ使用されます。\n" "ボリュームラベルには、「/」文字またはスペースは使用できません。\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "/etc/fstabへのマウント方法" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "ボリュームラベル(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "デバイスID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "デバイスパス(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "fstab オプション:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1647,64 +1606,63 @@ "選択したファイルシステムでは、ボリュームラベルの最大長は\n" "%1 です。ボリュームラベルをこのサイズに切りつめました。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "ラベルでマウントするボリュームラベルを指定してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" +msgstr "このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "ファイルシステム(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "オプション(&P)..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "デバイスの暗号化(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "ファイルシステムID(&I): " -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "フォーマット" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "フォーマットしない(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "フォーマット(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstabオプション(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1719,8 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\n" -"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なう" -"と、\n" +"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\n" "インストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n" "\n" "可能であれば先にパーティションのマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n" @@ -1729,8 +1686,8 @@ "\n" "続行しますか？\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1738,11 +1695,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステ" -"ムだけです。" +"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1750,25 +1706,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステ" -"ムだけです。" +"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "このパーティションを縮小するとデータを損失してしまう危険があります。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "この論理ボリュームを縮小するとデータを損失してしまう危険があります。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "続行しますか?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1776,11 +1731,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシ" -"ステムだけです。" +"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1788,27 +1742,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシ" -"ステムだけです。" +"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "サイズ変更を続行しますか？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1817,29 +1766,26 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行うことは可能ですが、完全なテストが完了していませ" -"ん。\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行うことは可能ですが、完全なテストが完了していません。\n" "事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" "\n" "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除" -"しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1853,8 +1799,8 @@ "該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1868,8 +1814,8 @@ "該当する RAID システムからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1881,59 +1827,56 @@ "あります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n" "ボリュームを削除してください。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>btrfsファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成および削除します。</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>btrfsファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成および削除します。</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>snapperを使用したbtrfsファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にしま" -"す。</p>" +msgstr "<p>snapperを使用したbtrfsファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にします。</p>" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "既存のサブボリューム:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "新しいサブボリューム" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "新規追加" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットを有効にする" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "サブボリュームの処理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "サブボリューム名を空白にはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1941,16 +1884,16 @@ "現時点では、サブボリューム名は「%1」で始まるもののみが許されます。\n" "サブボリューム名の頭には、自動的に「%1」が付けられます。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "サブボリューム名 %1 はすでに存在します。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "このダイアログ内での変更点は失われてしまいます。" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1960,8 +1903,8 @@ "暗号化ファイルシステムを作成します。\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1971,8 +1914,8 @@ "暗号化ファイルシステムにアクセスします。\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1986,69 +1929,61 @@ "Linuxファイルシステム\n" "と同様のセキュリティとなります。 </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイルシステムに相当" -"するものです。\n" -"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側" -"で\n" -"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にあ" -"る全ての\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイルシステムに相当するものです。\n" +"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" +"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"パスワードを忘れると、ファイルシステム上にあるデータにアクセスできなくなりま" -"す。\n" +"パスワードを忘れると、ファイルシステム上にあるデータにアクセスできなくなります。\n" "パスワードの設定は慎重に行ってください。文字と数値の組み合せを\n" "お勧めします。パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n" "2度入力します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "大文字と小文字が区別されます。 パスワードには少なくとも %1 文字\n" -"必要です。特殊文字(アクセント記号やウムラウト記号付きの文字など)は使用できま" -"せん。\n" +"必要です。特殊文字(アクセント記号やウムラウト記号付きの文字など)は使用できません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2062,10 +1997,10 @@ " (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)、数字 <tt>0</tt> から <tt>9</tt>\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2075,8 +2010,8 @@ "このパスワードを覚えておいてください!\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2086,12 +2021,11 @@ "暗号化に使用するパスワードを入力する必要があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2102,7 +2036,7 @@ "ファイルシステムは更新中にアクセスされることはありません。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2122,7 +2056,7 @@ "このディスクをインストールに使用する場合は、熟練者向けパーティション設定で\n" "ディスクラベルを消去してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2132,24 +2066,22 @@ msgstr "" "警告: システムにより、EFIブートのセットアップが必要\n" "であることが通知されています。選択したディスクには\n" -"GPTディスクラベルが含まれないため、YaSTはこのディスクにGPTラベルを作成しま" -"す。\n" +"GPTディスクラベルが含まれないため、YaSTはこのディスクにGPTラベルを作成します。\n" "\n" -"このディスク上のすべてのパーティションに削除対象マークを付ける必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"このディスク上のすべてのパーティションに削除対象マークを付ける必要があります。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "LVMにマウントポイント「%1」は使用できません。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "RAIDにマウントポイント %1 は使用できません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2165,8 +2097,8 @@ "\n" "この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2175,12 +2107,11 @@ msgstr "" "「/」、「/usr」、「/boot」、「/var」のいずれかのマウントポイントが\n" "設定されているパーティションに対して、暗号化ファイルシステムが\n" -"割り当てられました。この処理は実行できません。マウントポイントを変更する" -"か、\n" +"割り当てられました。この処理は実行できません。マウントポイントを変更するか、\n" "ループバックでないファイルシステムを使用してください。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2196,52 +2127,46 @@ "\n" "この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "マウントポイントを指定する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "スワップデバイスのマウントポイントはswapでなければなりません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントをswapに設定することができます。" +msgstr "スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントをswapに設定することができます。" -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" +msgstr "このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)に、FATファイルシステムが" -"指定されました。\n" +"システムマウントポイント(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)に、FATファイルシステムが指定されました。\n" "この処理は実行できません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#" -"\" を使用しないでください。" +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2251,13 +2176,13 @@ "/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "マウントポイントは必ず「/」で開始しなければなりません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2265,9 +2190,9 @@ "swapファイルシステムのないデバイスに\n" "マウントポイントswapを割り当てることはできません。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2275,8 +2200,8 @@ "%1 を使用するには、このパーティションは小さすぎます。\n" "このファイルシステムの最小サイズは %2 です。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2284,8 +2209,8 @@ "マウントポイントを、存在しないファイルシステムや未知のファイルシステム\n" "のあるデバイスに割り当てることは許されていません。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2307,113 +2232,105 @@ "\n" "このファイルシステムを使用してよろしいですか？\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "ファイルシステムは現在、%1 にマウントされています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、アンマウントせずに\n" -"続行することも、キャンセルすることもできます。特別な事情がある場合を除き、こ" -"こでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" +"続行することも、キャンセルすることもできます。特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "マウント解除" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"今すぐにアンマウントしようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできま" -"す。\n" +"今すぐにアンマウントしようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" "特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更" -"することはできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "デバイスの再検出" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "マウントポイントのインポート..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "暗号化パスワードの設定(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "iSCSIの設定(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "FCoEの設定(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "マルチパスの設定(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "DASD の設定(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "zFCP の設定(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "XPRAM の設定(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "設定..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1 で利用可能なストレージ" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2421,8 +2338,8 @@ "<p>ここには利用可能な全てのストレージデバイスが\n" "表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2432,8 +2349,8 @@ "デバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2441,28 +2358,26 @@ "<p>表内の項目を選択すると、\n" "デバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" -"ディスクの再検出を行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"ディスクの再検出を行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "再検出を行ってよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"iSCSI 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"iSCSI 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "iSCSI 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2470,92 +2385,88 @@ "FCoE設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在の変更はすべてキャンセルされます。\n" "FCoE設定を呼び出してよろしいですか?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"マルチパス設定の呼び出しを行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセル" -"されます。\n" +"マルチパス設定の呼び出しを行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "マルチパス設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"DASD 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"DASD 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "DASD 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"zFCP 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"zFCP 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "zFCP 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"XPRAM 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"XPRAM 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "XPRAM 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "btrfs %1 の編集" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのデバイスを選択してください。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>btrfs ボリュームで使用するデバイスを変更します。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "未使用のデバイス:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "選択したデバイス:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "btrfsボリューム %1 のサイズ変更" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "brtfs デバイスを選択していません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2563,178 +2474,174 @@ "btrfs %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "いくつかの物理ボリュームの削除に失敗しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "btrfs ボリューム" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "削除..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>このビューには、全ての btrfs ボリュームが表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2742,8 +2649,8 @@ "<p>このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2751,74 +2658,72 @@ "<p>このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームで\n" "使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "btrfsデバイス: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "使用済みデバイス(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>デバイスの役割を選択します。</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFIブートパーティション" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "オペレーティングシステム" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "データおよびISVアプリケーション" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "スワップ" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "RAWボリューム(未フォーマット)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "役割" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2826,72 +2731,68 @@ "<p>まずはパーティションをフォーマットするかどうかを\n" "選択してから、ファイルシステムを選択してください。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" -"［<b>デバイスの暗号化</b>］を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化" -"方法を変更すると、\n" +"［<b>デバイスの暗号化</b>］を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" "そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n" -"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください(/、/boot、/home、/varなど)。" +"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください(/、/boot、/home、/varなど)。</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "フォーマットのオプション" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "パーティションをフォーマットする" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "パーティションをフォーマットしない" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "パーティションをマウントしない" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "マウントのオプション" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "パーティションをマウントする" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "fstabオプション(&T) ..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "暗号ファイルは暗号化しなければなりません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2903,18 +2804,18 @@ "\n" "フォーマットオプションについても確認してください。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "暗号ファイルにはマウントポイントを設定してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "tmpfsにはマウントポイントが必要です。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2928,8 +2829,8 @@ "同じくらいのセキュリティになります。\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2938,28 +2839,26 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"このボリュームに対して使用されているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パス" -"ワードを\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 " -"(ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"このボリュームに対して使用されているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "ボリューム上に存在している全てのデータが失われます！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "下層のデバイスでサイズ変更がサポートされていません。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2969,7 +2868,7 @@ "このパーティションのファイルシステムでリサイズをサポートしていないため、\n" "選択したパーティションをリサイズできません。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2977,8 +2876,8 @@ "マウント中の場合、NTFSのサイズを変更できるかどうか\n" "を判断することはできません。" -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2986,115 +2885,112 @@ "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているのため、\n" "パーティション %1 はサイズ変更できません。\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "%1 パーティションのサイズ変更" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "%1 論理ボリュームのサイズ変更" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "現在のサイズ: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "現在使用中: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大サイズ (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最小サイズ(%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "カスタムサイズ" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しいサイズを選択してください。</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" "resize task a lot." msgstr "" -"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、%1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしていま" -"す。\n" +"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、%1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\n" "この処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムを\n" "アンマウントすれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\n" "ことができるため、そちらをお勧めします。" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 の出力" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "ディスクを再検出しています..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 の編集" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "DM デバイスを選択していません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3102,25 +2998,24 @@ "DM %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "デバイスマッパー (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n" -"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスク" -"や\n" +"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n" " BIOS RAID ディスク、LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3128,8 +3023,8 @@ "<p>ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3137,185 +3032,185 @@ "<p>ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスによって\n" "使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM デバイス: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAIDの追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "デバイスグラフ" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "デバイスグラフの保存..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>このビューにはデバイスがグラフ表示されています。</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "グラフファイルの保存に失敗しました。" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "マウントグラフ" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "マウントグラフの保存..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>このビューにはマウントポイントがグラフ表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しいパーティションの種類を指定してください。</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "プライマリパーティション(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "拡張パーティション(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "論理パーティション(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "新しいパーティションの種類" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しいパーティションのサイズを指定してください。</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "新しいパーティションのサイズ" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "カスタム地域" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "開始シリンダ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "終了シリンダ" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "入力した地域は不正です。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1 にパーティションを追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "パーティション %1 を編集" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "パーティション %1 を移動する領域がありません。" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を前に移動しますか?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を後ろに移動しますか?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を移動しますか?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "転送" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "後ろ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "すべてのパーティションの削除を確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3323,84 +3218,82 @@ "ディスク「%1」には1つ以上のパーティションが存在しています。\n" "続行すると、以下のパーティションは削除されます:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "「%1」にあるすべてのパーティションを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "ハードディスクが選択されていません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "LDL形式のDASDにはパーティションテーブルを作成できません。" -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ディスクは現在使用中であるため、変更できません。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "%1 のパーティションテーブル種類を選択してください。" -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行う" -"と、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 を使用していた RAID やボリュームグルー" -"プも削除されます。" +"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行うと、\n" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 を使用していた RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "ディスクが選択されていません。" -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1 を本当に削除してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "パーティション分割されたRAID %1 を削除しますか?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "このディスクには削除するパーティションがありません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "%1 にはパーティションを作成できません。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "パーティションが選択されていません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3408,13 +3301,13 @@ "パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "拡張パーティションは編集できません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3422,13 +3315,13 @@ "パーティション %1 はディスク上に作成済みで、\n" "移動できません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "拡張パーティションは移動できません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3436,13 +3329,13 @@ "パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "拡張パーティションはサイズ変更はできません。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3457,7 +3350,7 @@ "1 つ以上のパーティションが含まれています。複製を行なうと、\n" "これらのパーティションは削除されます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3465,11 +3358,11 @@ "次のパーティションが削除され、\n" "そのデータがすべて失われます。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "これらのパーティションを本当に削除しますか？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3479,7 +3372,7 @@ "複製するディスクには、少なくとも 1 つのパーティションが必要です。\n" "ディスクを複製する前に、いくつかのパーティションを作成してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3487,20 +3380,20 @@ "このディスクは複製できません。同じパーティション配置に\n" "できる、適切なディスクがありません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1 のパーティションレイアウトのクローンの作成" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "使用可能なターゲットディスク:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "複製先のディスクを選択してください" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3508,8 +3401,8 @@ "dasdfmtを実行すると、ディスク上のすべてのデータが削除されます。\n" "ディスク %1 でdasdfmtを実行しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3521,58 +3414,58 @@ " このディスクに現在存在しているパーティションが\n" "再び表示されます。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "パーティションの追加" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "移動" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "移動..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "サイズ変更..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3580,8 +3473,8 @@ "ハードディスク、BIOS RAID、マルチパス\n" "デバイスの移動はできません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3589,39 +3482,38 @@ "ハードディスク、BIOS RAID 、マルチパス\n" "デバイスのサイズ変更はできません。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "ハードディスク" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "パーティションの追加..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>このビューには、iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスク" -"を\n" +"<p>このビューには、iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n" "含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "ヘルステスト(SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "プロパティ(hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3629,84 +3521,82 @@ "<p>ここには選択したハードディスクに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "このディスクではSMARTが利用できません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "このディスクではhdparmが利用できません。" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "新しいパーティションテーブルの作成" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "このディスクを複製する" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "DASDデバイス上でdasdfmtを実行(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "追加..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "熟練者向け機能..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n" -"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクや" -"マルチパス\n" +"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\n" "で使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>このビューには、選択したハードディスクで使用されている\n" -"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、BIOS RAID やパーティション設" -"定済みの\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\n" "ソフトウエア RAID、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "パーティション(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "ハードディスク: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "パーティション: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3714,73 +3604,71 @@ "<p>ここには選択したパーティションに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、1 つまたは複数の\n" -"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイント" -"は\n" +"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n" "一覧内に表示されています。</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ここから既存のシステムボリューム(たとえば /、/usr など)をインストール時" -"に\n" +"<p>ここから既存のシステムボリューム(たとえば /、/usr など)をインストール時に\n" "フォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\n" "システム以外のボリューム(たとえば/homeなど)はフォーマットされません。</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "マウントポイントがある既存のシステムは検出されませんでした。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "前を表示(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "次を表示(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "既存のシステムからマウントポイントを取り込む:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "システムボリュームのフォーマット" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "インポート" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1 内にある/etc/fstabに含まれるもの:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "間違ったパスワードを指定しています。" -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVMで使用されているパーティションの削除を確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3790,15 +3678,15 @@ "システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記のボリュームグループと\n" "その論理ボリュームを削除します:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "パーティション「%1」とボリュームグループ「%2」を今すぐ削除しますか?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAIDで使用されているパーティションの削除を確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3807,24 +3695,24 @@ "選択したパーティションは、RAID \"%1\" に属しています。\n" "システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記の RAID デバイスを削除します:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "パーティション「%1」とRAID「%2」を今すぐ削除しますか?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "%1 のすべてのパーティションを削除しますか?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 を削除しますか?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3832,82 +3720,80 @@ "\n" "ループファイル %1 も削除しますか?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "パーティション未設定" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "未割り当て" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<h1>パーティションは何も変更していません。</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<h1>パーティション設定の変更:</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>ストレージ設定は何も変更していません。</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>ストレージ設定:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>インストールするパッケージ:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>インストールする必要のあるパッケージはありません。</p>" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "ログ" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 msgid "Contents of %1:" msgstr "%1 の内容:" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 msgid "Update" msgstr "更新" -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 msgid "This view shows the content of %1." msgstr "ここには %1 の内容が表示されています。" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>ループファイルのパス名: </b><br>ここでは、設定する暗号化ループデバイス" -"のデータを含むファイルへの\n" +"<p><b>ループファイルのパス名: </b><br>ここでは、設定する暗号化ループデバイスのデータを含むファイルへの\n" "絶対パスを指定してください。</P>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3916,12 +3802,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>ループファイルの作成: </b><br> この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズでファイルを作成します。 <b>注意:</b> ファイルが" -"既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズでファイルを作成します。 <b>注意:</b> ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" "ファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3932,8 +3817,8 @@ "暗号化ループデバイス内に作成されるファイルシステムの\n" "サイズが、この値と等しくなります。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3942,29 +3827,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>注意:</b> インストールしている間はファイルシステムにアクセスできないた" -"め、\n" +"<p><b>注意:</b> インストールしている間はファイルシステムにアクセスできないため、\n" "ファイルサイズやパス名に関する整合性チェックを行なうことができません。\n" "作成はインストールの最後の段階で行なわれます。\n" "サイズとパス名の指定が正しいことを確認してください。</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "ループファイルのパス名" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "参照..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "ループファイルの作成" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3972,15 +3856,13 @@ "ファイル名 \"%1\" は正しくありません。\n" "絶対パス名を使用してください。\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3990,47 +3872,47 @@ "作成フラグも設定されていません。既存のファイルを選択するか、作成フラグを\n" "設定してください。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "暗号ファイルの追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "暗号ファイル %1 の編集" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "暗号ファイルが選択されていません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4038,30 +3920,30 @@ "暗号ファイル %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "暗号ファイル" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "暗号ファイルの追加..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>ここには全ての暗号ファイルが表示されています。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "暗号ファイル: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -4069,23 +3951,23 @@ "<p>ここには選択した暗号化ファイルに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前を入力してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前が 128 文字より長くなっています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前は \"-\" で始まってはいけません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4093,13 +3975,13 @@ "ボリュームグループの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n" "文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" は既に存在しています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4107,52 +3989,48 @@ "ボリュームグループ名「%1」が\n" "/devディレクトリの別のエントリと競合しています。\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除を確認" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "ボリュームグループ「%1」には1つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n" -"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され(もしマウントされている場" -"合)、\n" +"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され(もしマウントされている場合)、\n" "削除されます:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ「%1」と関連するすべての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいで" -"すか?" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」と関連するすべての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" "指定したデータは正しくありません。\n" -"\"%2\" や \"%3\" のように、 %1 以上で 2 の累乗の物理エクステントサイズを入力" -"してください。" +"\"%2\" や \"%3\" のように、 %1 以上で 2 の累乗の物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "論理ボリュームの名前を入力してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "論理ボリュームの名前が 128 文字より長くなっています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4160,8 +4038,8 @@ "論理ボリュームの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n" "文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4169,60 +4047,56 @@ "\"%1\" という名前の論理ボリュームは\n" "ボリュームグループ \"%2\" に既に存在しています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してくだ" -"さい。</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" msgstr "<p>ボリュームグループが含むべき物理ボリュームを選択してください。</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "ボリュームグループ名" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "PEサイズ(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "利用可能な物理ボリューム:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "選択した物理ボリューム:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>ボリュームグループに使用されるデバイスを変更します。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数" -"は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4232,171 +4106,155 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "<p><b>Thin ボリューム</b>と呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n" -"作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた <b>Thin プール</b>か" -"らの要件に応じて決まります。そのため、Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの Thin ボ" -"リュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き込むべ" -"きデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりません。な" -"お、Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" +"作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた <b>Thin プール</b>からの要件に応じて決まります。そのため、Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりません。なお、Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "ストライプ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "トラック番号" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "論理ボリューム %1 を %2 に追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "ボリュームグループ %1 のサイズ変更" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しい論理ボリュームの名前を入力してください。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>論理ボリュームを<b>通常ボリューム</b>として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、<b>シン・プロビジョニング</b>の機能を使用する前の " -"LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合" -"は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。</p>" +"これは既定の設定であり、<b>シン・プロビジョニング</b>の機能を使用する前の LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>また、論理ボリュームを <b>Thin プール</b>として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは <b>Thin ボリューム</b>が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味" -"します。</p>" +"これは <b>Thin ボリューム</b>が必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>さらに、この論理ボリュームを <b>Thin ボリューム</b>として設定することもで" -"きます。これは、<b>Thin プール</b>から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリューム" -"を意味します。</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>さらに、この論理ボリュームを <b>Thin ボリューム</b>として設定することもできます。これは、<b>Thin プール</b>から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリューム" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "通常ボリューム" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Thin プール" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Thin ボリューム" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "使用済みプール" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "論理ボリュームを %1 に追加" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2 にある論理ボリューム %1 を編集" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" -"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっ" -"ている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パー" -"ティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "ボリュームグループが選択されていません。" -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" を削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」の削除に失敗しました。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "論理ボリュームが選択されていません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" 内に空き容量がありません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4404,8 +4262,8 @@ "ボリューム %1 は Thin プールです。\n" "編集することができません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4413,46 +4271,46 @@ "ボリューム %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの追加" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループ" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "ボリューム管理" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4460,8 +4318,8 @@ "<p>ここには全ての LVM ボリュームグループと\n" "それに属する論理ボリュームが表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4469,8 +4327,8 @@ "<p>ここには選択したボリュームグループに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4478,8 +4336,8 @@ "<p>ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n" "全ての論理ボリュームが表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4487,28 +4345,28 @@ "<p>ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n" "全ての物理ボリュームが表示されています。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "ボリュームグループ: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "論理ボリューム(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "物理ボリューム(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "論理ボリューム: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4516,98 +4374,93 @@ "<p>ここには選択した論理ボリュームに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "デバイスマッパー" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未使用デバイス" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を " -"%1 で\n" +"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n" "終了してしまうと、これらの変更点が失われます。\n" "終了してよろしいですか?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>パーティション概要がここに表示されます。</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": サマリ" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "システムビュー" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされてい" -"るか確認してください。" +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "ネットワークファイルシステム (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4615,61 +4468,51 @@ "NFS共有「%1」のテストマウントに失敗しました。\n" "保存しますか?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "%1 には少なくとも %2 個のデバイスを選択する必要があります。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>新しい RAID に設定する RAID 種類を選択してください。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> このレベルは、ディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" -"このモードには冗長性は<b>ありません</b>。デバイスのうち、1台でもクラッシュす" -"ると、データを復旧することはできません。</p>\n" +"このモードには冗長性は<b>ありません</b>。デバイスのうち、1台でもクラッシュすると、データを復旧することはできません。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1: </b><br>このモードの冗長設定が最良です。2つ、または\n" "3つのディスクと共に使用することができます。このモードは全ディスクの\n" -"すべてのデータを完全にコピーし、保持します。最低1つのディスクが機能している限" -"り、データの損失はありません。RAIDの、このタイプに使用するパーティション" -"は、\n" +"すべてのデータを完全にコピーし、保持します。最低1つのディスクが機能している限り、データの損失はありません。RAIDの、このタイプに使用するパーティションは、\n" "いずれもほぼ同じサイズを使用するのが適切です。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 5: </b><br>このモードは、多数のディスクを管理し、同時にある程度の" -"冗長設定も\n" +"<p><b>RAID 5: </b><br>このモードは、多数のディスクを管理し、同時にある程度の冗長設定も\n" "備えています。このモードは3つ以上のディスクで使用することができます。\n" -"1つのディスクが損傷した場合でも、すべてのデータは失われません。同時に2つの" -"ディスクが破損した場合、すべてのデータが失われます。</p>\n" +"1つのディスクが損傷した場合でも、すべてのデータは失われません。同時に2つのディスクが破損した場合、すべてのデータが失われます。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4679,112 +4522,100 @@ "これはオプションです。名前が指定されると、デバイスは\n" "<tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>として使用できます。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b> RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。</b>\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全て" -"のパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さい" -"パーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になりま" -"す。 </p>\n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るには、異なるデバイス上にあ" -"る\n" +"<p>一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るには、異なるデバイス上にある\n" "パーティションを使用します。</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 種類" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0(&0) (ストライピング)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1(&1) (ミラーリング)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5(&5) (冗長ストライピング)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (デュアル冗長ストライピング)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (ミラーリングとストライピング)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "RAID名(&N) (オプション)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "使用可能なデバイス:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>チャンクサイズ:</b><br> デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は " -"32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" -"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しませ" -"ん。</p>\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、\"left-symmetric\" (左対" -"称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、\"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4792,66 +4623,66 @@ "パリティアルゴリズムについて、詳しい情報は\n" "mdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "チャンクサイズ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID オプション" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>RAIDに使用されるデバイスを変更します。</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 の追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 のサイズ変更" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 の編集" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4863,22 +4694,22 @@ "これは通常、RAIDデバイスのサブセットが小さすぎるためRAIDを使用できない\n" "ことを意味します。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "RAID を作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID が選択されていません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4886,19 +4717,18 @@ "RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n" -"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更す" -"るには、\n" +"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\n" "いったん削除してから作成し直してください。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4906,19 +4736,18 @@ "RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID の追加..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このビューには、BIOS RAID を除く全ての RAID が表示されています。</p>" +msgstr "<p>このビューには、BIOS RAID を除く全ての RAID が表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4926,8 +4755,8 @@ "<p>ここには選択した RAID に関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4935,130 +4764,123 @@ "<p>ここには選択した RAID で使用されている\n" "全てのデバイスが表示されています。</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "マウント方法" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "使用元" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "シリンダ情報" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "ファイバチャネル情報" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "暗号化" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "ボリュームラベル" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイスID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "デバイスパス" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "最適" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "シリンダ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "既定のマウント方法" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "既定のファイルシステム" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "新しく作成するパーティションの配置" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの表示方法" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "ストレージデバイス上の閲覧可能な情報:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -5066,32 +4888,25 @@ "<p>ここには一般的なストレージ設定が表示されています\n" ":</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>既定のマウント方法</b>］では、新しく作成する\n" -"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。［<i>デバイス名</i>］はカー" -"ネルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。［<i>デバイス ID］と［<i>デバイスパス</i>］は、\n" -"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これ" -"らはいずれも\n" -"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。［<i>UUID］と\n" -"［<i>ボリュームラベル</i>］は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID または" -"ラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。</p>\n" +"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。［<i>デバイス名</i>］はカーネルが\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。［<i>デバイス ID</i>］と［<i>デバイスパス</i>］は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" +"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。［<i>UUID</i>］と\n" +"［<i>ボリュームラベル</i>］は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -5099,36 +4914,30 @@ "<p>［<b>既定のファイルシステム</b>］では、新たに作成するファイルシステムの\n" "種類を指定します。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>新しく作成するパーティションの配置</b>］\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。［<b>シリンダ</b>］" -"は、ディスクのシリンダ境界を元に割り当てる従来からの方法です。［<b>最適</b>］" -"は\n" -"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当て" -"るか、\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。［<b>シリンダ</b>］は、ディスクのシリンダ境界を元に割り当てる従来からの方法です。［<b>最適</b>］は\n" +"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換性があるように割り当てます。</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>ストレージデバイスの表示方法</b> では、\n" -"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" +"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -5136,23 +4945,23 @@ "<p><b>ストレージデバイスの情報表示\n" "</b> では、表内と概要で情報を隠すかどうかを指定します。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>このビューには、インストール概要が表示されています。</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs マウントの追加" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "tmpfs デバイスを選択していません。" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5160,18 +4969,18 @@ "\n" "%1 にマウントされているtmpfsを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs ボリューム" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>このビューには、全ての tmpfs ボリュームが表示されています。</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -5179,18 +4988,18 @@ "<p>このビューには、選択した tmpfs ボリュームに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "%1 にマウントされている tmpfs" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "再検出" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5200,8 +5009,8 @@ "されていないディスク、論理ボリュームのないボリュームグループを持たない\n" "デバイスを示しています。</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5209,30 +5018,30 @@ "未使用デバイスの再検出を行うと、現在の変更内容がすべてキャンセルされます。\n" "本当に未使用デバイスの再検出を行ってよろしいですか?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5240,17 +5049,17 @@ "要求されたサイズで論理ボリュームを作成\n" "できませんでした。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "ボリュームのストライプ数を減らしてみてください。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "削除できるのは論理ボリュームのみです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5258,8 +5067,8 @@ "このボリュームに対して、1 つ以上の有効なスナップショットが存在しています。\n" "スナップショットを先に削除してください。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5267,100 +5076,100 @@ "このプールを使用する Thin ボリュームが 1 つ以上存在しています。\n" "Thin ボリュームを先に削除してください。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "論理ボリューム %1 を削除しますか?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "合計サイズ: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "結果サイズ: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "分類" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "最初" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "上" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "下" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "最後" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "分類" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "全てを追加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "全てを削除" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "ファイル %1 は通常のファイルではありません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "ファイル %1 は大きすぎます。" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5372,51 +5181,42 @@ "このファイルには、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ずつ書かれている必要があります。\n" "たとえば下記のようになります:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "下記のようなパターン行を検出しました:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "デバイスと分類を、これらのパターンで合致させてよろしいですか？" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" "<p>このダイアログは、RAID に含まれている RAID デバイスについて、\n" -"その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A、B、C、D、および E で" -"すが、\n" -"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A および B だ" -"け、など) 。</p>" +"その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A、B、C、D、および E ですが、\n" +"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A および B だけ、など) 。</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" -"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。Ctrl や " -"Shift キーを\n" -"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定すること" -"もできます。\n" -"［%1］から［%2］までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそ" -"れぞれの分類に設定することもできます。</p>" +"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" +"［%1］から［%2］までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5424,8 +5224,8 @@ "<p>デバイスに対する分類を設定したあとは、［%1］または［%2］\n" "のボタンを利用して、デバイス順序を設定することができます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5433,120 +5233,100 @@ "［<b>並べ替え</b>］を選択すると、全てのデバイスを分類順に\n" "並べ替えることができます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"［<b>インターリーブ</b>］を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスのあとに分類 B " -"の\n" -"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A " -"の\n" +"［<b>インターリーブ</b>］を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスのあとに分類 B の\n" +"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n" "2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created.</p>" msgstr "" -"分類の設定されていないデバイスは、デバイス一覧では全て一番最後に割り当てられ" -"ます。\n" +"分類の設定されていないデバイスは、デバイス一覧では全て一番最後に割り当てられます。\n" "このポップアップを終了すると、ここで指定したデバイスの順序をもとに\n" "RAID を作成します。</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" -"［<b>%1</b>］を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda." -"* A\")\n" -"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバ" -"イスが、\n" -"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) " -"のほか、\n" -"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) や\n" -"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して" -"設定する\n" -"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分" -"類に\n" +"［<b>%1</b>］を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\n" +"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n" +"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\n" +"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\n" +"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\n" +"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n" "割り当てられます。</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "パターンファイル" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "tmpfsサイズ(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K、M、G、% などを指定してくださ" -"い。\n" -"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してくださ" -"い。" +"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K、M、G、% などを指定してください。\n" +"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"1% から 200% までの値を指定する必要があります。もう一度入力してください。" +msgstr "1% から 200% までの値を指定する必要があります。もう一度入力してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>tmpfs サイズ:</b>\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字の後にK(キロバイト)、M(メガバイト)、G(ギガバイト)を付け" -"ること\n" -"ができます。また、パーセント記号が付いた数字は、メモリの割合を意味します。" +"サイズの指定では、数字の後にK(キロバイト)、M(メガバイト)、G(ギガバイト)を付けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号が付いた数字は、メモリの割合を意味します。</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "スワップ優先度(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "0～32,767の間で指定してください。もう一度入力してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5554,132 +5334,118 @@ "<p><b>スワップ優先度: </b>\n" "スワップ優先度を入力します。高い数値が、より高い優先度を意味します。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "読み込み専用でマウント(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>読み込み専用でマウント:</b>\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。デフォルトは「false」 (いい" -"え)です。\n" -"インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされま" -"す。</p>" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。デフォルトは「false」 (いいえ)です。\n" +"インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "アクセスタイムを使用しない(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>アクセスタイムを使用しない: </b>\n" -"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) " -"です。</p>\n" +"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "ユーザによるマウント可能" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ユーザによる手動マウント: </b>\n" -"ファイルシステムは、ユーザにより手動でマウントされます。デフォルトはfalseで" -"す。</p>\n" +"ファイルシステムは、ユーザにより手動でマウントされます。デフォルトはfalseです。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "システム起動時にマウントしない(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>システム起動時にマウントしない:</b>\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <mount point></tt> を実行すると、マウントする" -"ことができます。\n" -"(<mount point> はファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定しま" -"す)\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <mount point></tt> を実行すると、マウントすることができます。\n" +"(<mount point> はファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "クォータサポートを有効にする(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" "Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>クォータサポートを有効にする:</b>\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントす" -"ることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "データジャーナリングモード(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>データジャーナリングモード:</b>\n" "ファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\n" "ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" -"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響がありま" -"す。<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響は" -"ありません。</p>\n" +"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "アクセス制御リスト(ACL)(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5687,13 +5453,13 @@ "<p><b>アクセス制御リスト(ACL): </b>\n" "ファイルシステム上のアクセス制御リストを有効にします。</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "拡張ユーザ属性(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5701,110 +5467,94 @@ "<p><b>拡張ユーザ属性: </b>\n" "ファイルシステム上の拡張ユーザ属性を使用できるようにします。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "その他のオプション値(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"その他のオプション値に、無効な文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めない" -"でください。もう一度実行してください。" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "その他のオプション値に、無効な文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでください。もう一度実行してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>任意のオプション値:</b>\n" -"このフィールドには、/etc/fstabの4番目のフィールドで使用可能な正規のマウントオ" -"プションを入力します。\n" +"このフィールドには、/etc/fstabの4番目のフィールドで使用可能な正規のマウントオプションを入力します。\n" "オプションを複数指定するには、コンマで区切ります。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "ファイル名のキャラクタセット(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ファイル名のキャラクタセット:</b>\n" -"Windowsパーティションでファイル名の表示に使用されるキャラクタセットを指定しま" -"す。</p>\n" +"Windowsパーティションでファイル名の表示に使用されるキャラクタセットを指定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "FATの短縮ファイル名に使用されるコードページ(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FATの短縮ファイル名に使用されるコードページ: </b>\n" -"このコードページは、FATファイルシステム用の短縮文字に変換する際に使用される" -"コードページです。</p>\n" +"このコードページは、FATファイルシステム用の短縮文字に変換する際に使用されるコードページです。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FATの数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>FATの数: </b>\n" -"ファイルシステムのファイル割り当てテーブルの数を指定します。デフォルトは2で" -"す。</p>" +"ファイルシステムのファイル割り当てテーブルの数を指定します。デフォルトは2です。</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT サイズ(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT サイズ:</b>\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12、16、または 32 ビット) を指" -"定します。［自動］を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が" -"自動的に選択します。</p>\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12、16、または 32 ビット) を指定します。［自動］を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "ルートディレクトリの項目数(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"［ルートディレクトリの項目数］の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" +msgstr "［ルートディレクトリの項目数］の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5812,70 +5562,58 @@ "<p><b>ルートディレクトリの項目数: </b>\n" "ルートディレクトリで利用できるように設定する項目数を指定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "ハッシュ関数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ハッシュ関数: </b>\n" -"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用するハッシュ関数の名前を指定し" -"ます。</p>\n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用するハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "ファイルシステムリビジョン(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ファイルシステムリビジョン:</b>\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs フォーマットのリビジョンを指定する" -"ことができます。'3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x シリーズ用に互換性を持たせることができ" -"ます。'3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカー" -"ネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。</p>\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs フォーマットのリビジョンを指定することができます。'3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x シリーズ用に互換性を持たせることができます。'3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "ブロックサイズ (バイト単位)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ブロックサイズ:</b>\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512、" -"1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイ" -"ズ 4096 を設定します。</p>\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512、1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "iノードのサイズ(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5883,33 +5621,30 @@ "<p><b>iノードのサイズ: </b>\n" "このオプションは、ファイルシステムのinodeのサイズを指定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "inode 領域の割合(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>inode 領域の割合:</b>\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセン" -"ト単位で指定します。</p>\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "inode の整列(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5918,13 +5653,13 @@ "既定では inode の整列を行ないます。整列された inode へのアクセスは\n" "未整列のものよりもより効果的にアクセスすることができます。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "ログサイズ (メガバイト単位)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5932,30 +5667,28 @@ "［ログサイズ］の値が正しくありません。\n" "ゼロより大きい値を指定してください。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ログサイズ</b>\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。［自動］に設定している場合、既定値は" -"全体のサイズの 40% です。</p>\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。［自動］に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Bad Blockリスト用ユーティリティの起動(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "ストライド長 (ブロック単位)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5963,8 +5696,8 @@ "［ストライド長 (ブロック単位)］の値が正しくありません。\n" "1 より大きい値を指定してください。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5972,31 +5705,26 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Strideの長さ(ブロック単位): </b>\n" -"ファイルシステムに対するRAID関連のオプションを指定します。現在、サポートされ" -"ている唯一の引数は、\n" +"ファイルシステムに対するRAID関連のオプションを指定します。現在、サポートされている唯一の引数は、\n" "「stride」で、引数としてRAIDストライプのブロック数を\n" "指定します。</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ブロックサイズ:</b>\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024、" -"2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシス" -"テムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。</p>\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "inode ごとのバイト数(&B)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6004,27 +5732,21 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>inode ごとのバイト数:</b>\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイ" -"ト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の" -"数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきで" -"す。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイ" -"ルシステム作成後は\n" -"inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力" -"してください。</p>\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +"inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6032,26 +5754,19 @@ "［root 用に予約するブロックの割合］の値が正しくありません。\n" "0 ～ 99 の範囲 (小数点も指定可能、例: 0.5) で指定してください。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>root 用に確保するブロックの割合:</b> スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック" -"数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギ" -"ガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>root 用に確保するブロックの割合:</b> スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "通常のチェックを無効にする" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -6059,45 +5774,43 @@ "<p><b>通常のチェックを無効にする:</b>\n" "起動時に通常のファイルシステムチェックを行なわないようにします。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "ディレクトリインデックス機能(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ディレクトリインデックス機能:</b>\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能" -"を有効にします。</p>\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "ジャーナルなし(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ジャーナルなし:</b>\n" "ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、内容を\n" "事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "ディスク %{device} に対する操作は許可されていません。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6114,12 +5827,11 @@ "(このディスクはLDL形式です)。\n" "\n" "ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" -"フォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なうことがで" -"きますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、\n" +"フォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なうことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、\n" "サイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6131,8 +5843,7 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ディスク %{device} のパーティション情報は、パーティションテープルの変更に使用" -"されるパーティションツールpartedで\n" +"ディスク %{device} のパーティション情報は、パーティションテープルの変更に使用されるパーティションツールpartedで\n" "読み込むことができないか、もしくはこのツールでサポートされていません。\n" "\n" "ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" @@ -6140,8 +5851,8 @@ "ことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、編集、\n" "サイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6159,11 +5870,10 @@ "\n" "ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションをそのまま使用することも、\n" "フォーマットしてマウントポイントを割り当てることもできますが、\n" -"ここでそのディスクのパーティションのサイズ変更や削除を行うことはできませ" -"ん。\n" +"ここでそのディスクのパーティションのサイズ変更や削除を行うことはできません。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6173,15 +5883,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある［エキスパート］->［新しいパーティ" -"ションテーブルの作成］\n" -"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができま" -"す。\n" -"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えて" -"しまいます。\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある［エキスパート］->［新しいパーティションテーブルの作成］\n" +"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6193,26 +5900,26 @@ "インストール時にこのディスクを使用しない場合は、\n" "このメッセージを無視しても安全です。\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "リサイズできません: " -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6224,8 +5931,8 @@ "\n" "入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6235,8 +5942,8 @@ "確認のためのパスワードが異なります。\n" "もう一度入力してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6246,26 +5953,26 @@ "0..9、a..z、A..Z、または\"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\"のいずれか\n" "もう一度入力してください。" -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力(&E):" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "パスワードの提供" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下記の暗号化ボリュームが利用できます。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "暗号化されたボリュームの有効化" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6274,93 +5981,87 @@ msgstr "" "下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定がされていますが、\n" "パスワードが不明です。\n" -"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化されたLVM物理ボリューム" -"に\n" +"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化されたLVM物理ボリュームに\n" "含まれるものである場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "暗号化パスワードを指定しますか？" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" "Password will be tried for all devices." msgstr "" -"ロックされたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力し" -"てください。\n" +"ロックされたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" "パスワードはすべてのデバイスで試されます。" -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "ロックを解除する暗号化ボリュームがありません。" -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "下記のデバイスのいずれかに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "下記のデバイスに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "暗号化ボリュームのロックを解除しようとしています..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." -msgstr "" -"指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームのロックも解除できませんでした。" +msgstr "指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームのロックも解除できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSIディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "エラーを無視して続行しますか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"ディスク上の他のパーティションが使用されているため、パーティションを作成でき" -"ません。" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "ディスク上の他のパーティションが使用されているため、パーティションを作成できません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6370,18 +6071,17 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6391,18 +6091,17 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6413,7 +6112,7 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストール作業に必要な\n" "スワップが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6423,8 +6122,8 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストールを実行するのに\n" "必要なデータが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6434,114 +6133,114 @@ "ディスク %2 上にある他のパーティションが利用中であるため、\n" "パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "インストールは、ほぼ間違いなく致命的なエラーになります。" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "下記の解決方法を追加することができませんでした: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "下記の操作の実行中に障害が発生しました:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "システムエラーメッセージ: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "デバイス %1 のパスワードを入力してください(&E):" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "暗号" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 種類" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "開始" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "終了" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "ディスクラベル" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadata" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE サイズ" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAIDバージョン" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "ベンダー" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "モデル" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6549,18 +6248,17 @@ "<b>BIOS ID</b> にはハードディスクの BIOS ID\n" "が表示されています。この項目には何も書かれていない場合があります。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "<b>バス</b> にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\n" -"を表示しています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合が" -"あります。" +"を表示しています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合があります。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6568,8 +6266,8 @@ "<b>チャンクサイズ</b> には RAID デバイス向けのチャンクサイズが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6577,8 +6275,8 @@ "<b>シリンダサイズ</b> にはハードディスクの\n" "シリンダのサイズが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6586,8 +6284,8 @@ "<b>セクタサイズ</b>にはハードディスクの\n" "セクタのサイズが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6595,8 +6293,8 @@ "<b>デバイス</b> にはデバイスのカーネル内での名前が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6604,8 +6302,8 @@ "<b>ディスクラベル</b> には <tt>MSDOS</tt> や <tt>GPT</tt> など\n" "ディスク内のパーティションテーブルの種類が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6613,8 +6311,8 @@ "［<b>暗号化</b>］にはデバイスが暗号化されているかどうかが\n" "表示されます。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6622,8 +6320,8 @@ "<b>終了シリンダ</b> にはパーティションの終了シリンダ\n" "が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6631,8 +6329,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> にはファイバチャネルディスクの論理ユニット番号が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6640,8 +6338,8 @@ "<b>ポート ID</b> にはファイバチャネルディスクのポート ID が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6649,8 +6347,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> にはファイバチャネルディスクの World Wide Port Name (WWPN) が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6658,8 +6356,8 @@ "<b>ファイルパス</b> には暗号化ループデバイスのファイルパスが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6667,18 +6365,18 @@ "［<b>フォーマット</b>］にはフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt>はデバイスを\n" "フォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "［<b>FS ID</b>］にはファイルシステムの識別子が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>FS 種類</b> にはファイルシステムの種類が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6686,8 +6384,8 @@ "<b>ラベル</b> にはファイルシステムのラベルが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6695,43 +6393,36 @@ "<b>メタデータ</b> にはボリュームグループでの LVM メタデータ種類が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>モデル</b> にはデバイスのモデル名が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"［<b>マウント方法</b>］には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかが表示" -"されています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、(UUID) は UUID によって、(ID) はデバイス ID によっ" -"て、(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"［<b>マウント方法</b>］には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかが表示されています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、(UUID) は UUID によって、(ID) はデバイス ID によって、(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示していま" -"す。\n" -"これは手動でマウントするか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用してい" -"ることを意味しています。\n" -"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を" -"行ないません。\n" +"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントするか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6739,20 +6430,18 @@ "<b>マウントポイント</b> にはファイルシステムがどの場所に\n" "マウントされるかを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば " -"<tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6760,8 +6449,8 @@ "<b>シリンダ数</b> にはハードディスクにどれだけのシリンダが\n" "あるかを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6769,8 +6458,8 @@ "<b>パリティアルゴリズム</b>にはRAIDタイプ5、6、10のRAIDデバイスの\n" "パリティアルゴリズムを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6778,13 +6467,13 @@ "<b>PE サイズ</b>にはLVMボリュームグループでの\n" "物理エクステントサイズを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>RAIDバージョン</b>にはRAIDのバージョンが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6792,13 +6481,13 @@ "<b>RAID 種類</b> には RAID の種類 (RAID \n" "レベルとも呼ばれます) を表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>サイズ</b> にはデバイスのサイズが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6806,35 +6495,33 @@ "<b>開始シリンダ</b> にはパーティションの開始シリンダ位置が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "［<b>ストライプ</b>］には、LVM 論理ボリュームの\n" -"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示され" -"ています。\n" +"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." msgstr "<b>種類</b> にはデバイスの概要が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" "［<b>デバイス ID</b>］には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n" -"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合がありま" -"す。\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6842,20 +6529,19 @@ "<b>デバイスパス</b> には永続的なデバイスパスが\n" "表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"［<b>使用先</b>］には、デバイスが RAID、LVM などで使用されているかどうかが表" -"示されています。\n" +"［<b>使用先</b>］には、デバイスが RAID、LVM などで使用されているかどうかが表示されています。\n" "いずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6863,298 +6549,290 @@ "<b>UUID</b> にはファイルシステムの唯一識別子 (UUID)\n" " が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>製造元</b> にはデバイスの製造元が表示されています。" -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "デバイス: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "サイズ: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "ディスク %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "種類: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "フォーマット: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "暗号化: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "ファイルシステム: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "マウントポイント: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "マウント方法: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "使用先 %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "ラベル: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "デバイスパス: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "デバイス ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "ディスクラベル: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "製造元: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "モデル: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "バス: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "メタデータ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE サイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "ストライプ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAIDバージョン: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 種類: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "チャンクサイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "シリンダ数: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "シリンダサイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "開始シリンダ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "終了シリンダ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "セクタサイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "ファイルパス: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ポート ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>テーブルに含まれているもの:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "デバイス:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステム:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "ハードディスク: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "ファイバチャネル:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>概要に含まれているもの:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"不明なアプリケーションによりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されていま" -"す。\n" +"不明なアプリケーションによりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) によりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) され" -"ています。\n" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) によりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。Windows で" -"該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションのファイルシステム" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "ホームパーティションのファイルシステム" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "サスペンド用にスワップを拡大する(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "推奨設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>LVMを使用しない場合は、［<b>パーティションベースの推奨設定</b>］を選択しま" -"す。\n" -"プレーンLVMの場合は［<b>LVMベースの推奨設定</b>］、システムを暗号化する場合" -"は\n" +"<p>LVMを使用しない場合は、［<b>パーティションベースの推奨設定</b>］を選択します。\n" +"プレーンLVMの場合は［<b>LVMベースの推奨設定</b>］、システムを暗号化する場合は\n" "［<b>暗号化されたLVMベースの推奨設定</b>］をそれぞれ選択します。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7163,22 +6841,20 @@ msgstr "" "<p>ルートパーティションのファイルシステムは、\n" "対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。\n" -"ファイルシステムがBtrFSの場合は、snapperを使用した自動スナップショットを有効" -"にできます。これによって、ルートパーティションのサイズも\n" +"ファイルシステムがBtrFSの場合は、snapperを使用した自動スナップショットを有効にできます。これによって、ルートパーティションのサイズも\n" "増加します。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>推奨設定では、個別のホームパーティションを作成できます。ホームパーティショ" -"ン用のファイルシステムは、\n" +"<p>推奨設定では、個別のホームパーティションを作成できます。ホームパーティション用のファイルシステムは、\n" "対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -7186,74 +6862,74 @@ "<p>たいていの場合、スワップパーティションは、\n" "システムをディスクにサスペンドできるほどの十分な大きさにできます。</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "推奨設定の暗号化のパスワードを入力してください。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "パスワード:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "確認のため、もう一度パスワードを入力してください:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "パーティションベースの推奨設定(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVMベースの推奨設定(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "暗号化されたLVMベースの推奨設定(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "既定のマウント方法:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "既定のファイルシステム:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの表示方法:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "パーティションの配置:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "sudo の設定" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -53,316 +53,308 @@ "正しいネットマスクは、ドットで区切られた128～255の4つの数字か、もしくは\n" "0～32 の整数です。" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "新規ホストを別名に追加" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "ホスト名／ネットワーク" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "新しいユーザを別名に追加" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "ローカルおよびシステムユーザ(グループ)" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "ファイル、ディレクトリまたはコマンド別名の '%1' が存在しません。" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "オプションパラメータ付きの新規コマンドを追加する" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "コマンド" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "参照" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "パラメータ (オプション)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "sudoers 設定の保存に失敗しました。設定を変更しますか？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "新規コマンド別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "既存のコマンド別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "別名(半角大文字で)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "別名のコマンド名またはディレクトリ" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "パラメータ" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "別名の名前を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "%1 という名前の別名は既に存在します。" -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "別名には少なくとも 1 つのメンバーを設定する必要があります。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "新規ホスト別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "既存のホスト別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "別名内のホスト名またはネットワーク" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "ホスト名/ネットワーク" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "新規 RunAs 別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "既存の RunAs 別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "メンバーの別名" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "新しい sudo ルール" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "既存の sudo ルール" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "ユーザ、グループまたはユーザ別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "ホストまたはホスト別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "RunAs または RunAs 別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "パスワードなし" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "実行するコマンド" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "ユーザ名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "ホスト名を指定する必要があります。" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "コマンドリストには、少なくとも1つのエントリを指定する必要があります。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "新規ユーザ別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "既存のユーザ別名" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "sudo 設定" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "ユーザ" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "ホスト" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "RunAs" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "NOPASSWD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "コマンド" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "上" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "下" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "sudo のルール" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "sudo のルール" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "エイリアス名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "メンバー" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "ユーザ別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "RunAs 別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "ホストのエイリアス" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "コマンド別名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "ホスト別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" -"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除" -"してよろしいですか?\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "ユーザ別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" -"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除" -"してよろしいですか?\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "RunAs別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" -"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除" -"してよろしいですか?\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "コマンド別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" -"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除" -"してよろしいですか?\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -370,8 +362,8 @@ "<p><b><big>sudo設定を初期化しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -379,8 +371,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>「中止」</b>をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -388,8 +380,8 @@ "<p><b><big>sudoの設定を保存しています</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -401,8 +393,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -415,17 +407,15 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>sudo のルール</big></b><br>\n" "\tsudo のルールの基本は、指定したホストで何のコマンドの実行を許可するか\n" -"\tを決めるものです。追加で \"どのユーザで\" を指定することもできます。それぞ" -"れの\n" +"\tを決めるものです。追加で \"どのユーザで\" を指定することもできます。それぞれの\n" "\tルールはユーザ名・ホスト・コマンド一覧の組み合わせから成り、追加で\n" -"\tRunAs (指定したユーザに成り代わる) や追加のタグを指定することができます。以" -"下の\n" +"\tRunAs (指定したユーザに成り代わる) や追加のタグを指定することができます。以下の\n" "\t表内に概要が示されます。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -433,36 +423,31 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ユーザ</b> 列にはローカルユーザ／システムユーザ／ユーザ別名のいずれかを" -"指定します。\n" -"\t<b>ホスト</b> 列ではホスト名またはホスト別名で参照するホストのグループを指" -"定し、\n" +"<p><b>ユーザ</b> 列にはローカルユーザ／システムユーザ／ユーザ別名のいずれかを指定します。\n" +"\t<b>ホスト</b> 列ではホスト名またはホスト別名で参照するホストのグループを指定し、\n" "\tそのユーザに対してどのホスト上で実行を許可するかを指定します。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<b>RunAs</b> 列はオプションのパラメータで、\n" "\tユーザ名またはユーザの別名を入力することでコマンドを実行するときに\n" -"\tどのユーザに成り代わるかを指定します。また <b>NOPASSWD</b> は、コマンドの実" -"行前に\n" +"\tどのユーザに成り代わるかを指定します。また <b>NOPASSWD</b> は、コマンドの実行前に\n" "\t自分自身のパスワード入力を求められることがないようにするものです。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" @@ -474,644 +459,517 @@ "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p> 新しいルールを追加するには、 <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目を記入し" -"てください。\n" +"<p> 新しいルールを追加するには、 <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目を記入してください。\n" "\tユーザ名、ホスト名、コマンド一覧をそれぞれ記入する必要があります。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> " -"button.\n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p> 既存のルールを編集するには、表から項目を選択して \n" -"\t<b>編集</b> ボタンを押してください。選択した項目を削除するには <b>削除</b> " -"ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t<b>編集</b> ボタンを押してください。選択した項目を削除するには <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ユーザ名または別名</b> には単一のユーザ名 (例: foo) のほか、グループ名 " -"(例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar'\n" +"<p><b>ユーザ名または別名</b> には単一のユーザ名 (例: foo) のほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar'\n" "\t のように指定します) やユーザの別名を指定することができます。\n" -"\tまた、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのユーザの意味になります。既存のユー" -"ザやグループ、または別名を\n" +"\tまた、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのユーザの意味になります。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名を\n" "\tドロップダウンメニューから選択するか、それぞれの名前を入力してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>ホスト名または別名</b> にはホスト名 (例: www.example.com) のほか、単一" -"の IP アドレス (例: 192.168.0.1) \n" -"\tやネットマスク付きのサブネット指定、ホストの別名を指定することができます。" -"全てのホストでそのコマンドを実行させたい場合は\n" -"\tキーワード 'ALL' を指定してください。ホスト名や IP アドレスはそれぞれのマシ" -"ンで異なるものですので、\n" +"<p><b>ホスト名または別名</b> にはホスト名 (例: www.example.com) のほか、単一の IP アドレス (例: 192.168.0.1) \n" +"\tやネットマスク付きのサブネット指定、ホストの別名を指定することができます。全てのホストでそのコマンドを実行させたい場合は\n" +"\tキーワード 'ALL' を指定してください。ホスト名や IP アドレスはそれぞれのマシンで異なるものですので、\n" "\t複数のマシンで /etc/sudoers ファイルを共有しない限りは、\n" "\t'ALL' または 'localhost' を選択するのがよりよい選択です。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RunAs ユーザ名または別名</b> はユーザを指定するオプションのパラメータで" -"す。\n" +"<p><b>RunAs ユーザ名または別名</b> はユーザを指定するオプションのパラメータです。\n" "\tここで指定したユーザ権限で\n" -"\t指定したコマンドを実行します。指定しない場合は、ユーザ <b>root</b> が既定と" -"して使われます。\n" -"\tこの項目は単一のユーザ名で指定できるほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて " -"'%bar' のように) \n" -"\tや別名を指定することができます。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名をドロッ" -"プダウンメニューから選択するか、\n" +"\t指定したコマンドを実行します。指定しない場合は、ユーザ <b>root</b> が既定として使われます。\n" +"\tこの項目は単一のユーザ名で指定できるほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar' のように) \n" +"\tや別名を指定することができます。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名をドロップダウンメニューから選択するか、\n" "\tそれぞれの名前を入力してください。</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>パスワードなし</b>］はオプションタグです。一般に、sudoを利用して特定" -"のコマンドを実行する際には、\n" +"<p>［<b>パスワードなし</b>］はオプションタグです。一般に、sudoを利用して特定のコマンドを実行する際には、\n" "\t自分自身のパスワードを入力して認証するようになっています。\n" "\tこの認証を行いたくない場合は、このタグを［はい］に設定してください。\n" "\t\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>実行するコマンド</b> の一覧には、指定したユーザに対して実行を許可する" -"ディレクトリと\n" -"\tコマンド別名などのコマンドの一覧が表示されています。なお、追加のパラメータ" -"があればそれも表示\n" -"\tされます。もしディレクトリが指定されている場合、そのディレクトリにあるコマ" -"ンドの全てを\n" -"\t実行することができる意味になります。また、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全て" -"のコマンドの意味になります。\n" +"<p><b>実行するコマンド</b> の一覧には、指定したユーザに対して実行を許可するディレクトリと\n" +"\tコマンド別名などのコマンドの一覧が表示されています。なお、追加のパラメータがあればそれも表示\n" +"\tされます。もしディレクトリが指定されている場合、そのディレクトリにあるコマンドの全てを\n" +"\t実行することができる意味になります。また、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのコマンドの意味になります。\n" "\t利用する際にはご注意ください。</p>\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"新しいコマンドを追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押し、コマンド名やオプション" -"パラメータなどを\n" -"\t指定して <b>OK</b> を押してください。コマンドを削除するには、削除するコマン" -"ドを一覧から選択して\n" +"新しいコマンドを追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押し、コマンド名やオプションパラメータなどを\n" +"\t指定して <b>OK</b> を押してください。コマンドを削除するには、削除するコマンドを一覧から選択して\n" "\t<b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ユーザ別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tこのダイアログではユーザ別名を設定することができます。ユーザ別名とは複数の" -"ユーザを含むもので、それに\n" -"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中" -"でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n" +"\tこのダイアログではユーザ別名を設定することができます。ユーザ別名とは複数のユーザを含むもので、それに\n" +"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n" "\tものとして使われます。</p> \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいユーザ別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入" -"してください。\n" +"<p>新しいユーザ別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" "\t別名の名前とユーザ一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>既存のユーザ別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを" -"押してください。\n" -"\tユーザ別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押" -"してください。\n" +"<p>既存のユーザ別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\tユーザ別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ホスト別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。ホスト別名とは複数の" -"ホスト名を含むもので、それに\n" -"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中" -"でその中の全てのホストを意味する\n" +"\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。ホスト別名とは複数のホスト名を含むもので、それに\n" +"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのホストを意味する\n" "\tものとして使われます。</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいホスト別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入" -"してください。\n" +"<p>新しいホスト別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" "\t別名の名前とホスト一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>既存のホスト別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを" -"押してください。\n" -"\tホスト別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押" -"してください。\n" +"<p>既存のホスト別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\tホスト別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p> \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>RunAs 別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。 RunAs 別名とは複数の" -"ユーザを含むもので、それに\n" -"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中" -"でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n" +"\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。 RunAs 別名とは複数のユーザを含むもので、それに\n" +"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n" "\tものとして使われます。</p> \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>新しい RunAs 別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入" -"してください。\n" +"<p>新しい RunAs 別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" "\t別名の名前とユーザ一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"<b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>既存の RunAs 別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを" -"押してください。\n" -"\t RunAs 別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを" -"押してください。\n" +"<p>既存の RunAs 別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t RunAs 別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>コマンド別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tこのダイアログではコマンド別名を設定することができます。コマンド別名とは複" -"数のコマンドを含むもので \n" -"\t(オプションでパラメータも設定できます) 、それに対して唯一の名前が付けられた" -"ものです。ここで付けられた\n" -"\t名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのコマンドを意味するものとして使われま" -"す。</p> \n" +"\tこのダイアログではコマンド別名を設定することができます。コマンド別名とは複数のコマンドを含むもので \n" +"\t(オプションでパラメータも設定できます) 、それに対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた\n" +"\t名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのコマンドを意味するものとして使われます。</p> \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>新しいコマンド別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記" -"入してください。\n" +"<p>新しいコマンド別名を追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" "\t別名の名前とコマンド一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>既存のコマンド別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタン" -"を押してください。\n" -"\tコマンド別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを" -"押してください。\n" +"<p>既存のコマンド別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>編集</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\tコマンド別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ユーザ別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tユーザ別名には 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて指定し" -"ます) 、または\n" -"\t他のユーザ別名を指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文" -"字、数字、アンダースコアの文字を\n" -"\t利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するものとして使うことがで" -"きます。\n" +"\tユーザ別名には 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて指定します) 、または\n" +"\t他のユーザ別名を指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数字、アンダースコアの文字を\n" +"\t利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するものとして使うことができます。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"<b>Add</b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p> <b>別名の名前</b> 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。ユーザやグループを" -"別名に追加するには、\n" -"\tドロップダウンメニューから必要なものを選んで <b>追加</b> を押してくださ" -"い。\n" +"<p> <b>別名の名前</b> 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。ユーザやグループを別名に追加するには、\n" +"\tドロップダウンメニューから必要なものを選んで <b>追加</b> を押してください。\n" "\t別名からユーザを取り除くには、取り除くべき項目を選んで\n" -"\t<b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。設定が完了したら <b>OK</b> を押してくだ" -"さい。\n" +"\t<b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。設定が完了したら <b>OK</b> を押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<b>注意:</b>別名の名前は必ず指定する必要があります。また、別名には少なくとも " -"1 人以上のユーザを設定する必要があります。\n" +"<b>注意:</b>別名の名前は必ず指定する必要があります。また、別名には少なくとも 1 人以上のユーザを設定する必要があります。\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>ホスト別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tホスト別名には 1 つ以上のホスト名や単一の IP アドレス、他のホスト別名やネッ" -"トマスク付きの\n" -"\t IP アドレスをサブマットマスク表記 (例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) または " -"CIDR 表記\n" -"\t (例: 192.168.0.0/24) で指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 " -"(半角大文字、\n" -"\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのホスト全体を意" -"味するもの\n" +"\tホスト別名には 1 つ以上のホスト名や単一の IP アドレス、他のホスト別名やネットマスク付きの\n" +"\t IP アドレスをサブマットマスク表記 (例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) または CIDR 表記\n" +"\t (例: 192.168.0.0/24) で指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、\n" +"\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのホスト全体を意味するもの\n" "\tとして使うことができます。\n" "\t\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b>別名の名前</b> 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にホストを追加す" -"るには、\n" -"\t<b>追加</b> を押してください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたら正しいホ" -"スト名または\n" +"<p><b>別名の名前</b> 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にホストを追加するには、\n" +"\t<b>追加</b> を押してください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたら正しいホスト名または\n" "\t IP アドレスを入力し、 <b>OK</b> を押してください。\n" "\t<p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"別名からホストを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押して" -"ください。\n" +"別名からホストを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t設定が完了したら <b>OK</b> を押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>RunAs 別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tRunAs 別名はユーザ別名にとても似ています。 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグルー" -"プ (頭に '%' を付けて\n" -"\t指定します) 、または他の RunAs 別名を含むものです。 RunAs 別名には単一の名" -"前 (半角大文字、\n" -"\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意" -"味するもの\n" +"\tRunAs 別名はユーザ別名にとても似ています。 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて\n" +"\t指定します) 、または他の RunAs 別名を含むものです。 RunAs 別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、\n" +"\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するもの\n" "\tとして使うことができます。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>コマンド別名</big></b><br>\n" -"\tコマンド別名とは複数のコマンド (オプションでパラメータも設定できます) や" -"ディレクトリ、または\n" -"\t他のコマンド別名を含むものです。コマンド別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数" -"字、アンダースコア\n" -"\tの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのコマンド全体を意味するものとして使" -"うことができます。\n" -"\tコマンドには 1 つ以上のパラメータを指定することもできます。パラメータを指定" -"した場合は、\n" -"\tユーザはそのパラメータ付きでしかコマンドを実行できなくなります。またディレ" -"クトリ名を指定した\n" -"\t場合は、そのディレクトリにある全てのコマンドを実行することができるようにな" -"ります。\n" +"\tコマンド別名とは複数のコマンド (オプションでパラメータも設定できます) やディレクトリ、または\n" +"\t他のコマンド別名を含むものです。コマンド別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数字、アンダースコア\n" +"\tの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのコマンド全体を意味するものとして使うことができます。\n" +"\tコマンドには 1 つ以上のパラメータを指定することもできます。パラメータを指定した場合は、\n" +"\tユーザはそのパラメータ付きでしかコマンドを実行できなくなります。またディレクトリ名を指定した\n" +"\t場合は、そのディレクトリにある全てのコマンドを実行することができるようになります。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p>［<b>別名の名前</b>］項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にコマンドを" -"追加するには、\n" -"\t［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたら" -"コマンド名を入力するか、\n" +"<p>［<b>別名の名前</b>］項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にコマンドを追加するには、\n" +"\t［<b>追加</b>］をクリックしてください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたらコマンド名を入力するか、\n" "\tまたは［<b>参照</b>］ボタンをクリックして選択してください。また、追加で\n" -"\tコマンドパラメータを［<b>パラメータ</b>］テキストエントリで指定することもで" -"きます。\n" +"\tコマンドパラメータを［<b>パラメータ</b>］テキストエントリで指定することもできます。\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"別名からコマンドを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押し" -"てください。\n" +"別名からコマンドを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで <b>削除</b> ボタンを押してください。\n" "\t設定が完了したら <b>OK</b> を押してください。\n" "\t</p>\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "このルールは sudo が正しく動作するために必要なシステムルールです。\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" msgstr "" -"この項目を削除すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性がありま" -"す。\n" +"この項目を削除すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性があります。\n" "本当に削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " msgstr "" -"この項目を変更すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性がありま" -"す。\n" +"この項目を変更すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性があります。\n" "本当に変更してよろしいですか？" -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "すべての変更は失われます。保存せずにsudo設定を終了してよろしいですか?" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "sudo 設定を保存しています" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,68 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "サポートの設定" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "サポート" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "サポート(&S)" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Supportconfig 概要ダイアログ" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Open SUSEサポーセンター" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "ブラウザを起動してSUSEサポートセンターポータルに接続します。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "オープン" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "データの収集" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "収集されたログファイルが含まれるtarballを作成します。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "レポート tarball を作成" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "データのアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "収集されたログを指定のURLにアップロードします。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "アップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "インストール済みのブラウザが見つかりません。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -83,195 +83,193 @@ "Start Web browser?\n" msgstr "" "YaSTはWebブラウザを特権ユーザとして実行します。\n" -"特権を持たないユーザとしてWebブラウザを実行し、URL %1 を入力することを検討し" -"てください。\n" +"特権を持たないユーザとしてWebブラウザを実行し、URL %1 を入力することを検討してください。\n" "\n" "Webブラウザを起動しますか?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "サポート設定 - アップロード" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "名前を付けて保存" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "保存するディレクトリ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "ログファイルのあるパッケージ" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "ログファイルtarballをURLへアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "アップロード先" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "設定を書き込めません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "tarballを保存するディレクトリを選択します" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "ログファイルの tar アーカイブを選択" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "サポート設定 - パラメータ設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "'/' から始まる全てのファイルについて一覧を作成する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "詳細なディスク情報と検出を行わない" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" -msgstr "" -"eDirectory インスタンス向けにファイルシステムをルートディレクトリから検索する" +msgstr "eDirectory インスタンス向けにファイルシステムをルートディレクトリから検索する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "完全な SLP サービス一覧を含める" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "それぞれインストールされた rpm パッケージに対して rpm -V を実行する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "すべてのログファイル行を含め、追加の回転ログを収集する" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "既定値の使用(/etc/supportconfig.confを無視する)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "全てのサポート機能を有効化する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "最小限度の情報のみを収集する" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "カスタム(エキスパート)設定を使用します" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "エキスパート設定" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "サポート設定 - 熟練者向け項目" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "既定のオプション" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "サポート設定 - 連絡先" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "連絡先情報" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "会社" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "電話番号" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID の記録" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "端末 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "情報のアップロード" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11桁のサービス要求番号" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR番号は11桁でなければなりません" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "データを収集しています" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "進行状況" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "収集したデータの概要" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "ファイル名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "データから削除" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -279,8 +277,8 @@ "<p><b><big>サポートの環境設定の初期化</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" @@ -288,8 +286,8 @@ "<p><b><big>初期化の中止:</big></b><br>\n" "<b>「中止」</b>をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -297,8 +295,8 @@ "<p><b><big>サポートの環境設定の保存</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -310,8 +308,8 @@ "次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure support here.<br></p>\n" @@ -319,8 +317,8 @@ "<p><b><big>サポートの設定</big></b><br>\n" "ここではサポートを設定することができます。<br></p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -329,172 +327,148 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>サポートの追加:</big></b><br>\n" "検出されたサポートのリストからサポートを選択します。\n" -"利用しているサポートが検出されなかった場合は、［<b>その他(検出されない)</b>］" -"を使用します。\n" +"利用しているサポートが検出されなかった場合は、［<b>その他(検出されない)</b>］を使用します。\n" "次に、［<b>設定</b>］をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>変更:</big></b><br>\n" -"<b>「変更」</b>をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されま" -"す。</p>\n" +"<b>「変更」</b>をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b><big>SUSEサポートセンターを開く</big></b><br>\n" -"SUSEサポートセンターポータルを開くWebブラウザを起動するには、［<b>SUSEサポー" -"トセンターを開く</b>］を使用します。\n" +"SUSEサポートセンターポータルを開くWebブラウザを起動するには、［<b>SUSEサポートセンターを開く</b>］を使用します。\n" "続いて、グローバルテクニカルサポートとサービス要求を開けます。\n" "supportconfigデータのアップロード\n" "に組み込むサービス要求番号を記録しておいてください。</p>\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>データの収集</big></b><br>\n" -"supportconfigデータ収集ツールを実行するには、<b>［データの収集］</b></p>を使" -"用します。" +"supportconfigデータ収集ツールを実行するには、<b>［データの収集］</b></p>を使用します。" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>収集データのアップロード</big></b><br>\n" -"収集済みデータをサーバにアップロードするには、［<b>データのアップロード</b>］" -"を使用します。\n" +"収集済みデータをサーバにアップロードするには、［<b>データのアップロード</b>］を使用します。\n" "サーバはグローバルテクニカルサポートでなくても構いません。</p>" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Supportconfigオプション</big></b><br>\n" "デフォルトを変更するにはオプションを選択します。デフォルト設定を使用する、\n" "大半のデータを収集する、または最小限度のデータのみを収集することができます。" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" "to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>エキスパート設定</big></b><br>\n" -"収集する特定のデータセットを選択するには、［<b>カスタムを使用する</b>］を選択" -"し、\n" +"収集する特定のデータセットを選択するには、［<b>カスタムを使用する</b>］を選択し、\n" "［<b>エキスパート設定</b>］ボタンをクリックします。</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>オプション</big></b><br>\n" "追加情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要ありませんが、\n" "詳細情報が必要な状況では含めることができます。</p>\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball.</p>" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>デフォルトオプション</b></big><br>\n" -"supportconfig tarballに組み込むデータセットごとに選択または選択解除します。" +"supportconfig tarballに組み込むデータセットごとに選択または選択解除します。</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file.</p>" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>連絡先情報</b></big><br>\n" "supportconfig tarballに組み込む連絡先情報フィールドごとに\n" "入力します。フィールドはbasic-environment.txtファイルに保存されます。\n" " </p>" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>アップロード情報</big></b><br>\n" -"アップロード先はsupportconfig tarballの宛先URIです。サポートされているアップ" -"ロードサービスは\n" +"アップロード先はsupportconfig tarballの宛先URIです。サポートされているアップロードサービスは\n" "supportconfig tarballファイル名をアップロード先に組み込む必要がある場合は、\n" -"<i>tarball</i>キーワードを使用します。これは実際のtarballファイル名と置き換え" -"られます。\n" +"<i>tarball</i>キーワードを使用します。これは実際のtarballファイル名と置き換えられます。\n" "詳細については、<i>man supportconfig(1)</i>を参照してください。</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>アップロード先の例</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball<br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>注:</b> グローバルテクニカルサポートにsupportconfig tarballをアップロー" -"ドする場合は、\n" +"<p><b>注:</b> グローバルテクニカルサポートにsupportconfig tarballをアップロードする場合は、\n" "必ずオープンサービス要求から11桁のサービス要求番号を組み込んでください。\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" "Data is being collected.</p>\n" @@ -502,57 +476,49 @@ "<p><b><big>データの収集</big></b>><br>\n" "データが収集されます。</p>\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>収集データのレビュー</big></b><br>\n" -"supportconfigで収集されたデータをレビューします。収集データの一部を共有する必" -"要がない場合は、\n" -"［<b>データから削除</b>］を使用すると、選択されたファイルが削除されます。\n" +"supportconfigで収集されたデータをレビューします。収集データの一部を共有する必要がない場合は、\n" +"［<b>データから削除</b>］を使用すると、選択されたファイルが削除されます。</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルの" -"アップロード</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルのアップロード</big></b><br>\n" "サポート設定tarballファイルのコピーを保管する場合は、\n" -"ターゲットディレクトリを選択して、このオプションがオンになっていることを確認" -"します。\n" +"ターゲットディレクトリを選択して、このオプションがオンになっていることを確認します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>アップロードURL</big></b><br>\n" -"このオプションは、supportconfig tarballのアップロード先の場所(デフォルト値)で" -"す。\n" +"このオプションは、supportconfig tarballのアップロード先の場所(デフォルト値)です。\n" "この値を変更するのは、\n" "特別な場合のみにしてください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -562,22 +528,20 @@ "SUSEのプライバシーポリシーについては、以下を参照してください。\n" "<i>%1</i></p>\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" "<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルの" -"アップロード</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルのアップロード</big></b><br>\n" "supportconfig tarballファイルを作成済みの場合は、そのフルパスを\n" "［<i>ログファイルのあるパッケージ</i>］フィールドに入力します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -587,8 +551,8 @@ "［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -598,424 +562,350 @@ "選択できません。 先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n" " </p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "AppArmor情報。security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "autofs情報。fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "ブートおよびカーネルに関する情報。boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "現在のシステムサービスの状態。chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "システムコアダンプのキャプチャに関する情報。crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "cronおよびatに関連する情報。cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"ディスク、ファイルシステムマウントおよびパーティション情報。 fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "ディスク、ファイルシステムマウントおよびパーティション情報。 fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "ドメイン名サービス情報。dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "Novell eDirectory健全性チェック情報。novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "sysctlおよびルートの環境を含むシステム環境情報。env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"/etcのさまざまな設定ファイルとともに、繰り返し*.confファイルを取得します。" -"etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "/etcのさまざまな設定ファイルとともに、繰り返し*.confファイルを取得します。etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "エンタープライズボリューム管理システム関連情報。evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "ハートビート/高可用性クラスタ情報。ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットおよびイニシエータ情報。fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "ルートDSE検索を含むLDAP関連情報。ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"Novell LUM (Linux User Management)関連情報(ルートDSE、UNIX設定、およびワーク" -"ステーションオブジェクト検索を含む)。novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "Novell LUM (Linux User Management)関連情報(ルートDSE、UNIX設定、およびワークステーションオブジェクト検索を含む)。novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Linuxボリューム管理関連情報。lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "メモリ関連情報。memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "システムカーネルモジュール情報。modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "ネイティブデバイスマッパーマルチパス情報。mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Novell Core Protocol関連情報。novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Novell Cluster Services関連情報。novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "ファイアウォールルールを含むネットワーク関連情報。network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "NFS (Network File System)関連情報。nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Novell Storage Services関連情報。novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "NTP (Network Time Protocol)関連情報。ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "OCFS2ファイルシステム関連情報。ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "lsofを使用するすべてのオープンファイルのリスト。open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "OpenWBEM関連情報。openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"ユーザアカウント情報を含むPAM (Pluggable Authentication Module)関連情報。pam." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "ユーザアカウント情報を含むPAM (Pluggable Authentication Module)関連情報。pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "印刷およびCUPS関連情報。print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "キー/procファイルの内容を含みます。proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "アップデートデーモン関連情報。updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "アップデートクライアント関連情報。updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"SARデータファイルのコピーを含むシステムアクティビティレポート関連情報。sar." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "SARデータファイルのコピーを含むシステムアクティビティレポート関連情報。sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "SLESリアルタイムカーネル関連情報。slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "サービスロケーションプロトコル関連情報。 slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"ハードディスク用のSMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology)" -"関連情報。警告: 一部のハードディスクコントローラおよびドライバでは、\n" -"適切に動作しません。SMARTデータの検索によって、ファイルシステムが読み取り専用" -"モードになったり、場合によってはサーバがハングすることが知られています。この" -"オプションを有効にする前に、ご利用の環境でSMARTデータの\n" +"ハードディスク用のSMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology)関連情報。警告: 一部のハードディスクコントローラおよびドライバでは、\n" +"適切に動作しません。SMARTデータの検索によって、ファイルシステムが読み取り専用モードになったり、場合によってはサーバがハングすることが知られています。このオプションを有効にする前に、ご利用の環境でSMARTデータの\n" "検索が動作することを確認してください。fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "SambaおよびCIFS関連情報。samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "ソフトウェアRAID関連情報。fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "セキュアなシェルサーバ情報。ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "/etc/sysconfigで見つかった設定ファイル: sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "UDEVデバイスマネージャ関連情報。udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "Xグラフィカルシステム関連情報。x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "XEN仮想化テクノロジ関連情報。xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"supportconfigに対して、ファイルシステムですべてのeDirectoryインスタンスファイ" -"ルを検索することを指示します。設定されると、ADD_OPTION_FSLISTも自動的に設定さ" -"れます。-e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "supportconfigに対して、ファイルシステムですべてのeDirectoryインスタンスファイルを検索することを指示します。設定されると、ADD_OPTION_FSLISTも自動的に設定されます。-e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムのルートから検索を使用したフルファイルリスト。-L、fs-files." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "ファイルシステムのルートから検索を使用したフルファイルリスト。-L、fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT行だけでなく、コメントを含むログファイル全体を含みます。" -"追加の回転ログは使用可能な場合含まれます。-l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT行だけでなく、コメントを含むログファイル全体を含みます。追加の回転ログは使用可能な場合含まれます。-l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "ディスク情報と詳細なスキャンの量を最小限にします。-d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"通常/var/log/YaST2/*ログがすべて含まれます。このオプションは抽出される各ファ" -"イルの量を最小限にします。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "通常/var/log/YaST2/*ログがすべて含まれます。このオプションは抽出される各ファイルの量を最小限にします。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"インストールされているすべてのRPMパッケージでrpm -Vを実行します。これは完了ま" -"でにしばらく時間がかかります。-v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "インストールされているすべてのRPMパッケージでrpm -Vを実行します。これは完了までにしばらく時間がかかります。-v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"通常、基本のSLPサービスタイプのみがリストされます。このオプションを使用すると" -"検索された各サービスタイプに個別にクエリを送ることができます。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "通常、基本のSLPサービスタイプのみがリストされます。このオプションを使用すると検索された各サービスタイプに個別にクエリを送ることができます。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "基本のbasic-environment.txtに含める会社名。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txtに含める連絡先の電子メールアドレス" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txtの連絡先の名前" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "basic-environment.txtに含める連絡先の電話番号" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"ログファイルを取得するときに含める行数。ゼロはファイル全体の取得を意味しま" -"す。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "ログファイルを取得するときに含める行数。ゼロはファイル全体の取得を意味します。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"supportconfig tarballの場所。リスト内の最初の有効な場所が常に使用されます。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "supportconfig tarballの場所。リスト内の最初の有効な場所が常に使用されます。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"取得するvar/log/messages行の最大数。ゼロはファイル全体の取得を意味します。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "取得するvar/log/messages行の最大数。ゼロはファイル全体の取得を意味します。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"supportconfig tarballに含めるハートビートポリシーエンジンログファイルの最大" -"数。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "supportconfig tarballに含めるハートビートポリシーエンジンログファイルの最大数。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "supportconfig tarballに含めるSARデータファイルの最大数。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" -"1に設定されると、supportconfigはサイレントモードで実行されます。このオプショ" -"ンは、\n" -"supportconfigをたとえばcronジョブで定期的に実行する予定がある場合に役立ちま" -"す。-Qで設定します。" +"1に設定されると、supportconfigはサイレントモードで実行されます。このオプションは、\n" +"supportconfigをたとえばcronジョブで定期的に実行する予定がある場合に役立ちます。-Qで設定します。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"-u srnum起動オプションを使用するときに、supportconfig tarballをアップロードす" -"る場所を指定する場合に使用します。匿名のアップロードをサポートするFTPサーバを" -"どれでも指定できます。デフォルトはSUSEの公開FTPサーバです。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "-u srnum起動オプションを使用するときに、supportconfig tarballをアップロードする場所を指定する場合に使用します。匿名のアップロードをサポートするFTPサーバをどれでも指定できます。デフォルトはSUSEの公開FTPサーバです。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "サポートの設定" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "続行するにはルートパスワードを入力してください" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "ルートパスワード" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "パスワードが間違っています" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "サポートの環境設定の初期化" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "サポートの環境設定の保存" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig を起動する" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込み中..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfigを実行中..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,86 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "/etc/sysconfigファイルのエディタ" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "環境設定の概要を表示します" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"変数の値を設定してください。 'variable'および'value'オプションが必要です。" +msgstr "変数の値を設定してください。 'variable'および'value'オプションが必要です。" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "または'variable=value'、例: variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "または単にDISPLAYMANAGER=gdmを指定します" -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "空の値(\"\")を設定" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "選択された変数の詳細を表示します" -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "すべての変数を表示します" -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "選択された変数" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "複数のファイル内に変数が存在する場合、" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$ syntax," msgstr "<variable>$ の構文を使用してください。" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "たとえばCONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mailのように指定します。" -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "新しい値" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "すべての変数: \n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "変更された変数: \n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -101,31 +100,31 @@ "\n" "変数「%1」を「%2」に設定しています: %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "成功" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "失敗" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "新しい値: " -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "値: " -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "変数 %1 が見つかりませんでした。" -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form $\n" @@ -135,128 +134,128 @@ "$の形式で完全な変数名を使用してください\n" "(例、%1$%2)。\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "変更の保存と有効化中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "または任意の値" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "正規表現に一致する値: " -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "任意の整数値" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "%1 以上の整数値" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "%1 以下の整数値" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "%1 から %2 の整数値" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "任意の値" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv4またはIPv6アドレス" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4アドレス" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6アドレス" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "ファイル: " -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "入力可能な値: " -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "デフォルト値: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "元の値: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "コマンドの準備: " -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "環境設定スクリプト: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "再ロードするサービス: " -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "再起動するサービス: " -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "起動コマンド: " -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "説明: " -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(変更)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "設定(&E): " -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -264,14 +263,14 @@ "現在選択されている値には複数の行があります。\n" "コンボボックスでは、複数の行がまとめて表示されます。\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "現在の選択: " -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -283,211 +282,188 @@ "\n" "この値を設定しますか?\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索(&S)" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "環境設定オプション(&C)" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.</p>\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応するsysconfigファイルの変数を書き換え" -"ます。\n" -"次に、起動コマンドを開始して基盤の環境設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンの停止と" -"起動を行い、低レベル環境設定ツールを実行します。\n" +"<p>変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応するsysconfigファイルの変数を書き換えます。\n" +"次に、起動コマンドを開始して基盤の環境設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンの停止と起動を行い、低レベル環境設定ツールを実行します。\n" "これにより、sysconfigの環境設定を有効にします。</p>\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>重要: </b>各環境設定ファイルを手動で編集することができます。ファイル名は変" -"数の説明に表示されます。</p>" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p>重要: </b>各環境設定ファイルを手動で編集することができます。ファイル名は変数の説明に表示されます。</p>" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "/etc/sysconfigエディタ" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "デフォルト(&D)" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><b>システム設定エディタ</b></P><P>システム設定エディタを使用すると、いくつ" -"かのシステム設定を変更することができます。また、YaSTを使用してハードウェアお" -"よびシステムを設定することもできます。</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><b>システム設定エディタ</b></P><P>システム設定エディタを使用すると、いくつかのシステム設定を変更することができます。また、YaSTを使用してハードウェアおよびシステムを設定することもできます。</P>" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>注意:</B> 説明は、環境設定ファイルから直接読み込まれるために翻訳されて" -"いません。</P>" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>注意:</B> 説明は、環境設定ファイルから直接読み込まれるために翻訳されていません。</P>" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "現在の値を使用(&U)" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "新しい変数を追加(&A)..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "変更した変数の保存" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "各起動コマンドの確認" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "検索の結果" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"ここに検索の結果が表示されます。必要な項目が表示されている場合は、項目を選択" -"して、［進む］をクリックします。そうでない場合は、［キャンセル］をクリックし" -"てダイアログを閉じます。" +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "ここに検索の結果が表示されます。必要な項目が表示されている場合は、項目を選択して、［進む］をクリックします。そうでない場合は、［キャンセル］をクリックしてダイアログを閉じます。" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "進む(&G)" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "エントリが見つかりません" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "ヘルプ" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "環境設定変数の検索" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "検索する文字列(&S): " -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "大文字と小文字を区別(&C)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "変数名の検索(&V)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "説明の検索(&D)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "値の検索(&V)" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "新しい値" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "古い値" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "ファイル" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "変数名(&V)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "値(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "ファイル名(&F)" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "変数名に値がありません。" -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "ファイル名に値がありません。" -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "ファイル名の絶対パスがありません。" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -495,8 +471,8 @@ "<p><b></b>sysconfigの環境設定を初期化しています<br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" @@ -506,108 +482,108 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>\n" "\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "検索中..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "スキップ(&K)" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "sysconfigの環境設定を保存中" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "新しい設定を書き込みます" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "変更を有効にする" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "変更をファイルに保存中..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "環境設定の概要" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "コマンド %1 を起動中..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "コマンド %1 が失敗しました" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "コマンドを実行します" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "コマンド: " -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "サービス %s を再ロードしています..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "サービス %s の再ロードに失敗しました" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "サービス %s を再ロードします" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "サービス %s を再開しています..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "サービス %s の再開に失敗しました" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "サービス %s を再開します" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "サービスの状態を判別できません。systemdサービスが存在しません:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "変数 %1 を保存中..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "変数 %1 をファイル %2 に保存できませんでした。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,131 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "TFTPサーバを設定する" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTPサーバの状態" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTPサーバのディレクトリ" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTPサービスを有効にする" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTPサービスを無効にする" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "TFTPサービスの状態を表示する" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTPサーバのディレクトリを設定する" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTPサーバのディレクトリを表示する" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "サービスの状態: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "ディレクトリパス: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "TFTPサーバの環境設定" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>TFTPサーバの設定</b></big></p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>これを使用して、TFTP(トリビアルファイル転送プロトコル)のサーバを有効にしま" -"す。 このサーバは、xinetdを使用して起動します。</p>" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>これを使用して、TFTP(トリビアルファイル転送プロトコル)のサーバを有効にします。 このサーバは、xinetdを使用して起動します。</p>" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" msgstr "<p>TFTPとFTPは同じではないことに注意してください。 </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ブートイメージディレクトリ</b>:\n" "提供するファイルが配置されているディレクトリを指定します。通常は\n" -"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>を指定します。ここで指定したディレクトリが存在しない場" -"合、\n" -"作成されます。サーバは指定したディレクトリをルートディレクトリとして使用" -"(<tt>-s</tt>オプション)します。</p>\n" +"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>を指定します。ここで指定したディレクトリが存在しない場合、\n" +"作成されます。サーバは指定したディレクトリをルートディレクトリとして使用(<tt>-s</tt>オプション)します。</p>\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "無効化(&D)" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "有効化(&E)" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "ブートイメージディレクトリ(&B)" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "参照(&W)..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "ログの表示(&V)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -146,19 +138,19 @@ "ディレクトリ(/)はスラッシュで始まり、\n" "空白を含んではいけません。" -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -168,24 +160,24 @@ "ただし、別のプログラムがTFTPを提供しています: %1。\n" "終了します。\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "サービス %{name} を再ロードできません" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "有効なTFTPサーバ:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "ブート画像ディレクトリ" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "ヨーロッパ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "オランダ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "アンドラ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "ギリシャ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "セルビア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "ドイツ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "スロバキア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "ベルギー" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "ルーマニア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "ハンガリー" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "モルドヴァ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "デンマーク" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "アイルランド" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "ジブラルタル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "ガーンジー島" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "フィンランド" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "マン島" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "トルコ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "ジャージー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "ロシア(カリーニングラード)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "ウクライナ (キエフ)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "ポルトガル" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "スロベニア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "英国" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "ルクセンブルク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "オーランド諸島" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "スペイン" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "マルタ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "ベラルーシ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "モナコ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "ロシア(モスクワ)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "ノルウェー" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "フランス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "モンテネグロ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "チェコ共和国" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "ラトビア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "イタリア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "サンマリノ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "ロシア(サマラ)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "ボスニア・ヘルツェゴビナ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "ウクライナ (シンフェロポリ)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "マケドニア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "ブルガリア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "スウェーデン" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "エストニア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "アルバニア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "ウシュゴロド" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "リヒテンシュタイン" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "ヴァティカン" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "オーストリア" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "リトアニア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "ロシア (ヴォルゴグラード)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "ポーランド" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "クロアチア" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "アイスランド" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "アゾレス諸島" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "カナリア諸島" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "スイス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "ウクライナ (ザポロージェ)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "ミクロン" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "米国" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "アラスカ (アンカレッジ)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "アリューシャン (アダック島)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "ボイシ" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "アリゾナ州 (フェニックス)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "中部標準時 (シカゴ)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "ケンタッキー州 (ルイビル)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "ケンタッキー州 (モンティチェロ)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "東部インディアナ州 (インディアナポリス)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "インディアナ州スターク (ノックス)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "インディアナ州 (ヴィンセンス)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "インディアナ州 (ウィナマク)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "インディアナ州 (マレンゴ)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "インディアナ州 (ベベイ)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "インディアナ州 (テル・シティ)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "インディアナ州 (ピーターズバーグ)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "ジュノー" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "ミシガン州 (デトロイト)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "山岳部標準時 (デンバー)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "太平洋標準時 (ロサンゼルス)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "メノミニー" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "東部標準時 (ニューヨーク)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "ノーム" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "ノースダコタ州 (中央)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "ノースダコタ州 (ニューセーラム)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "プエルトリコ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "シップロック" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "ヴァージン諸島 (セント・トーマス島)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "ヤクタト" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "ハワイ (ホノルル)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "サモア (パゴパゴ)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "カナダ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "大西洋 (ハリファックス)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "中部標準時 (ウィニペグ)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "東部標準時 (トロント)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "山岳部標準時 (エドモントン)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "ニューファンドランド (セントジョーンズ)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "太平洋標準時 (バンクーバー)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "サスカチュワン州 (レジャイナ)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "ユーコン準州 (ホワイトホース)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "グラスベイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "モンクトン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "グースベイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "ブランサブロン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "モントリオール" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "ニピゴン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "サンダーベイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "イカルイト" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "パンニルトゥング" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "レゾリュート" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "アティコカン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "ランキンインレット" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "レイニーリバー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "スウィフトカレント" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "ケンブリッジベイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "イエローナイフ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "イヌヴィック" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "ドーソン・クリーク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "ドーソン" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "アルゼンチン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "ブエノスアイレス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "カタマルカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "コルドバ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "フフイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "ラ・リオハ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "メンドーサ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "リオガジェゴス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "サン・フアン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "サン・ルイス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "トゥクマン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "ウスワイア" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "ブラジル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "アラグアイナ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "バイーア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "ベレン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "ボア・ヴィスタ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "カンポ・グランデ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "クイアバ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "エイルネペ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "フォルタレザ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "マセイオ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "マナウス" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "フェルナンド・デ・ノローニャ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "ポルトベーリョ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "レシフェ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "リオ・ブランコ" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "サンパウロ" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "メキシコ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "カンクン" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "チワワ" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "エルモシージョ" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "マサトラン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "メキシコシティ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "メリダ" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "モンテレー" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "ティフアナ" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "中南米" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "アンティグア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "アングイラ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "アルーバ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "アスンシオン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "バルバドス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "ベリーズ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "ボゴタ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "カラカス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "カイエンヌ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "ケイマン諸島" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "コスタリカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "キュラソー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "ドミニカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "エルサルバドル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "グランドターク" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "グアヤキル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "グレナダ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "グアドループ島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "グアテマラ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "ガイアナ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "ハバナ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "ジャマイカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "ラパス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "リマ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "マナグワ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "マルチニク島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "モントセラト" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "ウルグアイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "ナッソー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "パナマ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "パラマリボ" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "ポルトープランス" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "ポートオブスペイン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "チリ(大陸)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "サントドミンゴ" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "セントルシア" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "セントキッツネヴィス" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "セントトーマス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "セントビンセント" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "テグシガルパ" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "トルトラ" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "スタンレー" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "イースター島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "ガラパゴス" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "ロシア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "カリーニングラード" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "モスクワ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "サマラ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "ヴォルゴグラード" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "アナドゥイル" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "イルクーツク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "カムチャッカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "クラスノヤルスク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "マガダン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "ノボシビルスク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "オムスク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "サハリン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "ウラジオストク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "ヤクーツク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "エカチェリンブルグ" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "アジア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "アデン" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "アルマトイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "アンマン" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "アクトベ" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "アクタウ" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "アシガバート" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "バグダード" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "バーレーン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "バクー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "バンコク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "ベイルート" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "ビシケク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "ブルネイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "コルカタ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "チョイバルサン" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "重慶" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "コロンボ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "ダマスカス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "ダッカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "ディリ" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "ドバイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "ドゥシャンベ" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "ガザ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "ハルビン" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "香港" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "ホブド" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "ジャカルタ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "ジャヤプラ" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "イスラエル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "アフガニスタン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "カラチ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "カシュガル" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "カトマンズ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "クアラルンプール" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "クチン" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "クウェート" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "マカオ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "マカッサル" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "マニラ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "マスカット" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "ニコジーア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "オーラル" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "プノンペン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "ポンティアナック" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "平壌" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "カタール" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "クズロルダ" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "ミヤンマー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "ホーチミン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "サマルカンド" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "タシケント" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "テヘラン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "ティンプー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "東京" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "上海" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "北京" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "タイペイ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "ソウル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "リヤド" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "シンガポール" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "トビリシ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "日本" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "ウランバートル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "ウルムチ" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "ヴィエンチャン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "エレバン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "中東リヤド87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "中東リヤド88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "中東リヤド89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "オーストラリア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "リンデマン" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "ユークラ" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "ロード・ハウ島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "ノーザンテリトリー (ダーウィン)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "クイーンズランド州 (ブリスベン)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "南オーストラリア州 (アデレード)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "ニューサウスウェールズ州 (シドニー)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "ニューサウスウェールズ州 (ブロークンヒル)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "タスマニア州 (ホバート)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "タスマニア州 (カレー)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "ビクトリア州 (メルボルン)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "西オーストラリア州 (パース)" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "アフリカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "アビジャン" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "アディスアベバ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "アルジェー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "アスマラ" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "アクラ" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "バマコ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "バンギ" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "バンジュール" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "ビサウ" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "ブランタイヤ" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "ブラザヴィル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "ブジュンブラ" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "カイロ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "カサブランカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "セウタ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "コナクリ" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "ダカール" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "ダルエスサラーム" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "ジブチ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "ドゥアラ" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "アイウン" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "フリータウン" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "ハボローネ" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "ハラレ" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "ヨハネスブルク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "カンパラ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "ハルツーム" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "キンシャサ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "キガリ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "ラーゴス" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "リーブルビル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "ロメ" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "ルワンダ" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "ルブンバシ" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "ルサカ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "マラボ" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "マプト" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "マセル" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "ムババーネ" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "モガディシュ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "モンロビア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "ナイロビ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "ンジャメナ" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "ニアメ" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "ヌアクショット" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "ワガドゥグー" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "ポルトノボ" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "サントメ" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "トリポリ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "チュニス" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "ヴィントフーク" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "アンタナナリボ" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "レユニオン" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "太平洋" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "ニュージーランド" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "フィージー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "ガタルカナル島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "グアム島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "ミッドウェー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "ナウル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "パラウ諸島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "ピトケルン島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "タヒチ" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "サモア" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "ポートモレスビー" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "ラロトンガ" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "チューク" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "ポンペイ" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "コスラエ" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "タラワ" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "エンダーベリー" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "キリスィマスィ" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "マジュロ" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "クェゼリン" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "サイパン" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "ヌメア" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "ノーフォーク" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "ニウエ" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "チャタム" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "マルキーズ" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "ガンビエ" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "ファカオフォ" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "トンガタプ" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "フナフティ" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "ジョンストン" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "ウェーク" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "エファテ" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "ウォリス" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "アピア" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "大西洋" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "バミューダ" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "カボベルデ" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "フェロー諸島" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "サウスジョージア" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "マデイラ" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "セントヘレナ" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "ヤンマイエン" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "グリーンランド (ヌーク)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "グリーンランド (ダンマークシャウン)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "グリーンランド (スコルズビスーン)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "グリーンランド (チューレ)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "インド洋" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "ココス諸島" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "クリスマス島" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "チャゴス" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "コモロ" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "モーリシャス" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "モルディヴ" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "マヘ" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "ケルゲレン" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "マヨット" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "グローバル" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "北極地方、ロングイヤービーエン" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "南極大陸 (南極)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "南極大陸 (マクマード)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "南極大陸 (ロゼラ)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "南極大陸 (パーマー)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "南極大陸 (モーソン)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "南極大陸 (デイビス)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "南極大陸 (ケーシー)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "南極大陸 (ボストーク)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "南極大陸 (デュモン・デュルビル)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "南極大陸 (昭和)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "中央ヨーロッパ標準時(CET)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "米国中部標準時(CST6CDT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "東ヨーロッパ標準時(EET)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "米国東部標準時(EST)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "米国東部標準時(EST5EDT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "グリニッジ標準時(GMT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "グリニッジ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "ハワイ標準(HST)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "中部ヨーロッパ時間(MET)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "米国山地標準時(MST)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "米国山地標準時(MST7MDT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "ニュージーランド標準時(NZ)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "チャタム標準時(NZ-CHAT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "山地標準時(ナバホ)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "太平洋標準時(PST8PDT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "万国標準時(UCT)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "協定世界標準時(UTC)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "ユニバーサル" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "中央標準時(W-SU)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "西ヨーロッパ時間(WET)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "ズールー" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "その他" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,154 +14,133 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"ハードウェア検出 - このモジュールはコマンドラインインターフェースには対応して" -"いません。代わりに「%1」をお使いください。" +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "ハードウェア検出 - このモジュールはコマンドラインインターフェースには対応していません。代わりに「%1」をお使いください。" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "ハードウェアを検出中..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "進行状況" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "すべてのエントリ(&A)" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "ファイルに保存(&S)..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "ハードウェア情報" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>ハードウェア情報モジュールには、コンピュータのハードウェアの詳細が表示され" -"ます。\n" +"<P>ハードウェア情報モジュールには、コンピュータのハードウェアの詳細が表示されます。\n" "詳細については、ノードをクリックしてください。</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " -"and enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>ハードウェア情報は、ファイルに保存できます。 ［ファイルに保存］をクリック" -"し、ファイル名を入力します。</P>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>ハードウェア情報は、ファイルに保存できます。 ［ファイルに保存］をクリックし、ファイル名を入力します。</P>" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "システムとハードウェアの設定" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "システム" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "システム(&Y)" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>詳細</B></P><P>ここには、選択されたハードウェアコンポーネントの詳細が表" -"示されます。</P>" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>詳細</B></P><P>ここには、選択されたハードウェアコンポーネントの詳細が表示されます。</P>" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "コンポーネント「%1」" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "不明なデバイス" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "不明なデバイスクラス" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "クラス" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "モデル" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "カーネル設定(&K)..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "詳細(&D)..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "ファイルに保存(&F)..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>検出されたハードウェア</B><BR>この表には、システムで検出されたすべての" -"ハードウェアコンポーネントが表示されます。</P>" +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>検出されたハードウェア</B><BR>この表には、システムで検出されたすべてのハードウェアコンポーネントが表示されます。</P>" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>詳細</B><BR>コンポーネントを選択し、［詳細］をクリックすると、コンポー" -"ネントの詳しい説明が表示されます。</P>" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>詳細</B><BR>コンポーネントを選択し、［詳細］をクリックすると、コンポーネントの詳しい説明が表示されます。</P>" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -169,1003 +148,969 @@ "<P>［<B>ファイルに保存</B>］<BR>ハードウェア情報(<I>hwinfo</I>の出力)を\n" " ファイルに保存できます。</P>" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "検出されたハードウェア" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "システム設定を保存しています..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "PCI IDの設定" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "ドライバ(&D)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "販売業者(&V)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "サブベンダー(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "クラス(&C)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "SysFSディレクトリ(&F)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "サブデバイス(&U)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "クラスマスク(&M)" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "ドライバ名またはSysFSディレクトリ名を入力してください。" -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "少なくとも1つのPCI ID値が必要です。" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "PCIデバイス" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "ドライバ" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "カード名" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "ベンダ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "サブベンダー" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "サブデバイス" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "クラスマスク" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "SysFSディレクトリ" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "一覧から選択(&F)" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手動(&M)" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" msgstr "<P><B>PCI IDの設定</B><BR></P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI IDをデバイスドライバに追加して、サポートされている既知のデバイスの内部" -"データベースを拡張できます。</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI IDをデバイスドライバに追加して、サポートされている既知のデバイスの内部データベースを拡張できます。</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI ID番号は、16進数で入力します。表示も16進で行われます。 ［SysFSディレク" -"トリ］は、/sys/bus/pci/driversディレクトリ内のディレクトリ名です。 空の場合" -"は、ドライバ名がディレクトリ名として使用されます。</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI ID番号は、16進数で入力します。表示も16進で行われます。 ［SysFSディレクトリ］は、/sys/bus/pci/driversディレクトリ内のディレクトリ名です。 空の場合は、ドライバ名がディレクトリ名として使用されます。</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>ドライバをカーネルにコンパイルする場合は、ドライバ名の代わりにSysFSディレ" -"クトリ名を入力してください。</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>ドライバをカーネルにコンパイルする場合は、ドライバ名の代わりにSysFSディレクトリ名を入力してください。</P>" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" -"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI ID の一覧を変更するには、表の下の各ボタンを使います。［<b>%1</b>］を押" -"すと設定が有効になります。</P>" +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI ID の一覧を変更するには、表の下の各ボタンを使います。［<b>%1</b>］を押すと設定が有効になります。</P>" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>警告:</B> これはエキスパート向けの設定です。 設定内容に確信がある場合の" -"み続行してください。</P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>警告:</B> これはエキスパート向けの設定です。 設定内容に確信がある場合のみ続行してください。</P>" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "アーキテクチャ" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "バス" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "バスID" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "キャッシュ" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "カードの種類" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "CDタイプ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "デバイス番号" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "Sysfs ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "デバイスID" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "ドライバ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "メジャー" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "マイナー" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "範囲" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "インタフェース" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "リソース" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "必要" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "リビジョン" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "スロットID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "長さ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "幅" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "高さ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "アクティブ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "デバイス名" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "色" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "論理ジオメトリ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "カウント" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "モード" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "I/O ポート" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "メモリ" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "Hwcfg バス" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "親固有の ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "固有の ID" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "垂直同期周波数" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "最大水平同期周波数" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "最大垂直同期周波数" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "最小水平同期周波数" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "最小垂直同期周波数" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "カーネルドライバ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "ハードウェアアドレス" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "有効" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "解像度" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "古い一意キー" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "クラス(仕様)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "デバイス(仕様)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "デバイスID(仕様)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "サブベンダID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "一意キー" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "ベンダID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "BIOSビデオ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "ブートアーキテクチャ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "ブートディスク" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "ブロックデバイス" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "DASDディスク" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "ディスプレイ" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "フロッピーディスク" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "フレームバッファ" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "Has APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIAの有無" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "SMPの有無" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "UMLシステム" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "ハードウェアデータ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "キーボード" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "モニタ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "ネットワークデバイス" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "ネットワークインタフェース" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "プリンタ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "モデム" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "サウンド" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "記憶媒体" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "TVカード" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "DVBカード" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "USBタイプ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "バージョン" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "フレームバッファデバイス" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "USBコントローラ" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "USBハブ" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "IEEE1394コントローラ" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "スキャナ" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "マウス" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "ジョイスティック" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "ブライユ点字ディスプレイ" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "チップカードリーダー" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "カメラ" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP over Ethernet" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "BogoMIps (CPUが1秒間に実行できるコマンド数)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Comaバグ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00fバグ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "CPU IDレベル" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "周波数" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "浮動小数点分離バグ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "フラグ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "浮動小数点ユニット" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "浮動小数点ユニット例外" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Haltバグ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "プロセッサ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "ステッピング" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "ファミリ" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "無線LAN" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "テープ" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "イーサネットネットワークインターフェース" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "ループバックネットワークインターフェース" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "パーティション" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "フロッピーディスクコントローラ" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "PnP非分類デバイス" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "未分類のデバイス" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "メインメモリ" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "UHCIホストコントローラ" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "EHCIホストコントローラ" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "OHCIホストコントローラ" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "モジュール" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "hwinfo出力をファイルに保存" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "ハードウェア情報を保存中..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "出力をファイル「%1」に保存できませんでした。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "カーネル設定" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "グローバルI/Oスケジューラ(&I)" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "まだ設定されていません" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "完全にフェアなキュー [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "期限 [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>グローバルI/Oスケジューラ</big></b><br>\n" -"ディスクデバイスに対して、コマンドを送る際の送信順序を決定するアルゴリズム" -"を\n" +"ディスクデバイスに対して、コマンドを送る際の送信順序を決定するアルゴリズムを\n" "選択します。これはグローバルオプションであるため、システム内のすべての\n" "ディスクに対して使用されます。このオプションを設定しない場合は、\n" -"デフォルトのスケジューラ(通常は「cfq」)が使用されます。詳細については、/usr/" -"src/linux/Documentation/blockディレクトリ(パッケージkernel-source)\n" +"デフォルトのスケジューラ(通常は「cfq」)が使用されます。詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/blockディレクトリ(パッケージkernel-source)\n" "にあるマニュアルを参照してください。</p>\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "SysRqキーを有効にする(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>SysRq キーを有効にする</big></b><br>\n" -"SysRq キーを有効にすると、カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場" -"合であっても\n" -"いくつかの操作を行うことができるようになります。有効にした場合、 Alt-SysRq-<" -"コマンドキー>\n" -" の組み合わせでコマンドを実行することができます (たとえばコンピュータの再起動" -"や\n" +"SysRq キーを有効にすると、カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であっても\n" +"いくつかの操作を行うことができるようになります。有効にした場合、 Alt-SysRq-<コマンドキー>\n" +" の組み合わせでコマンドを実行することができます (たとえばコンピュータの再起動や\n" "カーネル情報のダンプなど) 。 より詳しい情報は \n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (パッケージ kernel-source が" -"必要です) をお読みください。 </p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (パッケージ kernel-source が必要です) をお読みください。 </p>\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "環境設定を読み込み中" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "PCI IDの設定を読み込みます" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "システム設定を読み込みます" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "PCI IDの設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "システム設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1173,31 +1118,31 @@ "<p><b><big>環境設定を読み込み中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "環境設定の保存中" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "PCI IDの設定の保存" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "システム設定の保存" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "PCI IDの設定を保存しています..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "システム設定を保存しています..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...</p>" @@ -1205,62 +1150,62 @@ "<p><b><big>環境設定の保存中</big></b><br>\n" "しばらくお待ちください...</p>" -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "不明なプロセッサ" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr "," -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "ハードウェアの検出" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "ハードウェアの検出" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "ハードウェアを検出中..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "ハードウェアを検出中です。しばらくお待ちください" -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "ファイル「%1」は存在しません。 新しいPCI IDを設定できません。" -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "ドライバ: %1、新しいPCI ID: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -271,19 +271,6 @@ "詳細設定をリセット\n" "しますか?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "ターゲットシステムをマウントできませんでした" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "不完全であると思われるインストールが検出されました。" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -329,6 +316,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "ルートパーティション %2 上の %1" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "ターゲットシステムをマウントできませんでした" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -582,8 +577,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "はい、続行します(&Y)" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "不完全であると思われるインストールが検出されました。" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ "ご覧ください。" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "不明なLinuxシステム" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "非Linuxシステム" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "コンピュータを再起動してください。\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "パーティション %1 をチェック中" @@ -626,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "詳細の表示(&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1 上のファイルシステムをチェックしています..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "ファイルシステムの確認に失敗しました" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -653,24 +653,24 @@ "デバイスのマウントを続行しますか?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "マウントを行わずに飛ばす(&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "パスワードが正しくありません。再試行しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ "このままで更新を続行しますか?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +708,27 @@ "を、アップデートを中止するには［キャンセル］をそれぞれクリックしてください。\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプションの指定(&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプション" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント(&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ "(自動検出の場合は何も指定しない)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var パーティション %1 をマウントできませんでした。\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ "<b>udev ID:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udevパス:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var パーティションが自動で見つかりませんでした" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -774,22 +774,22 @@ "います。/varパーティションを手動で選択しアップグレード処理を続行してください。" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "/varパーティションデバイスの選択(&S)" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "デバイス情報" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "このディスク構成では/varパーティションをマウントできません。\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -815,32 +815,32 @@ "他のものに変更することを強くお勧めします。" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstabが見つかりません。" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstabのルートパーティションに無効なルートデバイスがあります。\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "このデバイスは、現在 %1 としてマウントされていますが、%2 と指定されています。\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "ルートパーティションを評価しています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "パーティションをマウントしています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "使用できるシステムを検索しています" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -15,266 +15,260 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 msgid "Group configuration module" msgstr "グループ設定モジュール" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 msgid "List of available groups" msgstr "使用可能なグループのリスト" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 msgid "User parameters that should be listed" msgstr "リストに表示するユーザパラメータ" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 msgid "Show information of selected group" msgstr "選択されたグループの情報を表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 msgid "Delete an existing group" msgstr "既存のグループを削除します" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 msgid "Add new group" msgstr "新しいグループを追加します" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" msgstr "追加の(LDAP)グループパラメータ" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 msgid "Edit an existing group" msgstr "既存のグループを編集します" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 msgid "List of local groups" msgstr "ローカルグループのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 msgid "List of system groups" msgstr "システムグループのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 msgid "List of LDAP groups" msgstr "LDAPグループのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 msgid "List of NIS groups" msgstr "NISグループのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for show uid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 +#. translators: command line help text for show uid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 msgid "GID of the group" msgstr "グループのGID" -#. translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 +#. translators: command line help text for groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 msgid "Name of the group" msgstr "グループの名前" -#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 +#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 msgid "Password of the group" msgstr "グループのパスワード" -#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"コンマで区切られたグループメンバ(通常はユーザ名)の一覧です。 LDAPユーザDNの一" -"覧は、コロンで区切る必要があります。" +#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "コンマで区切られたグループメンバ(通常はユーザ名)の一覧です。 LDAPユーザDNの一覧は、コロンで区切る必要があります。" -#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 msgid "New group name" msgstr "新しいグループ名" -#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 +#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 msgid "New GID of the group" msgstr "グループの新しいGID" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "グループのタイプ(ローカル、システム、nis、ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgstr "LDAPサーバのパスワード" -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "データを失う場合に尋ねず、代わりにエラーを返します。" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/users.rb:102 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" msgstr "ユーザ設定モジュール" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/users.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/users.rb:115 msgid "List of available users" msgstr "使用可能なユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/users.rb:127 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/users.rb:127 msgid "Show information of selected user" msgstr "選択されたユーザの情報を表示します" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:137 msgid "Add new user" msgstr "新しいユーザを追加します" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" msgstr "追加の(LDAP)ユーザパラメータ" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:152 msgid "Edit an existing user" msgstr "既存のユーザを編集します" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/users.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" msgstr "既存のユーザを削除します。ホームディレクトリは削除されません。" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/users.rb:175 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/users.rb:175 msgid "List of local users" msgstr "ローカルユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/users.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/users.rb:181 msgid "List of system users" msgstr "システムユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/users.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/users.rb:187 msgid "List of LDAP users" msgstr "LDAPユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/users.rb:193 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/users.rb:193 msgid "List of NIS users" msgstr "NISユーザのリスト" -#. translators: command line help text for uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:199 +#. translators: command line help text for uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:199 msgid "UID of the user" msgstr "ユーザのUID" -#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:206 +#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:206 msgid "GID of user's default group" msgstr "ユーザのデフォルトグループのGID" -#. translators: command line help text for username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:213 +#. translators: command line help text for username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:213 msgid "Login name of the user" msgstr "ユーザのログイン名" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:220 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:220 msgid "Full name of the user" msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム" -#. translators: command line help text for shell option -#: src/clients/users.rb:227 +#. translators: command line help text for shell option +#: src/clients/users.rb:227 msgid "Login shell of the user" msgstr "ユーザのログインシェル" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:234 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:234 msgid "Home directory of the user" msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリ" -#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:241 +#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:241 msgid "Do not create home directory for new user" msgstr "新しいユーザのホームディレクトリを作成しません" -#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:247 msgid "Also delete user's home directory" msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリも削除します" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:253 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:253 msgid "Password of the user" msgstr "ユーザのパスワード" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" msgstr "ユーザが属しているグループのリスト(コンマで区切る)" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/users.rb:267 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/users.rb:267 msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "ユーザのタイプ(ローカル、システム、nis、ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for new_username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:281 +#. translators: command line help text for new_username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:281 msgid "New login name of the user" msgstr "ユーザの新しいログイン名" -#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:288 +#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:288 msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "ユーザの新しいUID" -#. Checking double user entries -#. (double username or UID) -#. @param [Array] users to check -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." msgstr "プロファイルに同じ <username> を持つユーザが見つかりました。" -#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." msgstr "プロファイルに同じ <uid> を持つユーザが見つかりました。" -#. helptext 1/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 +#. helptext 1/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"この表では、現在のLDAPエントリに使用できるすべての属性のうち、前のダイアログ" -"で設定されていない属性を示します。</p>" +"この表では、現在のLDAPエントリに使用できるすべての属性のうち、前のダイアログで設定されていない属性を示します。</p>" -#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), -#. %1 is list of values -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 +#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), +#. %1 is list of values +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" @@ -286,367 +280,314 @@ "属性のリストには、「objectclass」の値(現在は %1)が表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "各属性を編集するには［編集］を使用します。\n" -"［LDAPクライアントモジュール］のユーザテンプレートの定義に従って、必須の属性" -"もあります。</p>\n" +"［LDAPクライアントモジュール］のユーザテンプレートの定義に従って、必須の属性もあります。</p>\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "属性" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 msgid "Additional LDAP Settings" msgstr "追加のLDAP設定" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>［パスワードポリシーオブジェクトのDN］には、このユーザにパスワード" -"ポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てます。 変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットする" -"には、［パスワードのリセット］をアクティブにします。<b></b></p>" +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b></b>［パスワードポリシーオブジェクトのDN］には、このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てます。 変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットするには、［パスワードのリセット］をアクティブにします。<b></b></p>" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 msgid "Use &Default Password Policy" msgstr "既定のパスワードポリシーを使用する(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 msgid "DN of &Password Policy object" msgstr "パスワードポリシーオブジェクトのDN(&P)" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 msgid "&Reset Password" msgstr "パスワードのリセット(&R)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "パスワードポリシーの設定" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Never" msgstr "起動しない" -#. label -#. label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 +#. label +#. label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "Last Password Change: %1" msgstr "前回のパスワードの変更日: %1" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "パスワード失効予告日(&B)" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" msgstr "パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数(&L)" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数(&X)" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "同じパスワードを使用する最短日数(&M)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Ex&piration Date" msgstr "有効期限(&P)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 msgid "Shadow Account Settings" msgstr "シャドーアカウントの設定" -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD -#. The date must stay in this format -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD +#. The date must stay in this format +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "有効期限はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する必要があります。" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができま" -"す。</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができます。</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指" -"定してください。\n" -"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのinode数の制限を設定することもでき" -"ます。</p>\n" +"<p>1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" +"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのinode数の制限を設定することもできます。</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること" -"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限" -"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようにな" -"ります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許" -"されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかる" -"とすぐに開始します。</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。</p>" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行います。" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行います。</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限" -"を指定してください。\n" +"<p>1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" "このファイルシステムでのinode数の制限を設定することもできます。</p>\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること" -"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限" -"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つように" -"なります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過すること" -"を許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っか" -"かるとすぐに開始します。</p>" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。</p>" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 msgid "&File System" msgstr "ファイルシステム(&F)" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 msgid "Size Limits" msgstr "サイズ制限" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 msgid "&Soft limit" msgstr "ソフト制限(&S)" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 msgid "&Hard limit" msgstr "ハード制限(&H)" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 msgid "I-nodes Limit" msgstr "inode制限" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 msgid "S&oft limit" msgstr "ソフト制限(&O)" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 msgid "Har&d limit" msgstr "ハード制限(&D)" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." msgstr "ソフト制限はハード制限より大きく設定することはできません。" -#. helper for creating widget with time settings -#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's -#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +#. helper for creating widget with time settings +#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's +#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Days" msgstr "日" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Hours" msgstr "時間" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#. password entering label -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 +#. password entering label +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" msgstr "LDAPサーバパスワード: " -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 msgid "There is no such user." msgstr "指定されたユーザは存在しません。" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "フルネーム: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 msgid "Login Name:" msgstr "ログイン名: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 msgid "Home Directory:" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Login Shell:" msgstr "ログインシェル: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 msgid "UID:" msgstr "UID: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 msgid "Default Group:" msgstr "デフォルトグループ: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 msgid "List of Groups:" msgstr "グループリスト: " -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 msgid "Enter a user name." msgstr "ユーザ名を入力してください。" -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 msgid "Password for New User:" msgstr "新しいユーザのパスワード: " -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 msgid "Confirm the password:" msgstr "パスワードの確認:" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "パスワードが一致しません。再試行してください。" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting." msgstr "パスワードが一致しません。終了中。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 msgid "" "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." @@ -654,46 +595,46 @@ "このユーザはログイン中のため削除できません。\n" "まずログオフしてください。" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 msgid "There is no such group." msgstr "指定されたグループは存在しません。" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 msgid "Group Name:" msgstr "グループ名: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 msgid "GID:" msgstr "GID: " -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 msgid "List of Members:" msgstr "メンバーリスト: " -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 msgid "Enter a group name." msgstr "グループ名を入力してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "書き込みプロセスを中止しますか?" -#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 +#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" @@ -701,8 +642,8 @@ "<p>\n" "ユーザログイン名に大文字が使用されています。</p>" -#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 +#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" @@ -712,16 +653,15 @@ "<p>一般にメールシステムでは大文字小文字を区別する名前を\n" "サポートしていないため、このユーザへのメールの配信で\n" "問題が発生する可能性があります。<br>\n" -"エイリアステーブルを編集することで、この問題を解決できる場合があります。\n" +"エイリアステーブルを編集することで、この問題を解決できる場合があります。</p>\n" -#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 +#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "<p>Really use the entered value?</p>" msgstr "<p>入力した値を使用しますか?</p>" -#. password entry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 +#. password entry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "To access the data required to modify\n" "the encryption settings for this user,\n" @@ -731,17 +671,17 @@ "必要なデータにアクセスするには、ユーザの現在の\n" "パスワードを入力してください。" -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -749,25 +689,23 @@ "パスワードが一致しません。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 +#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" "Crypted directory image and key files\n" "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "暗号化されたディレクトリイメージと\n" "鍵ファイルが「%1」と「%2」に検出されました。\n" "これらを現在のユーザに対して使用するように設定しますか?\n" "\n" -"設定を行うと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上のイメージファイルからの" -"データが使われます。" +"設定を行うと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上のイメージファイルからのデータが使われます。" -#. popup label, %1 is path to directory -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 +#. popup label, %1 is path to directory +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "" "The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -775,127 +713,127 @@ "ホームディレクトリ (%1) は既に存在します。\n" "このディレクトリを使用してよろしいですか？" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "ディレクトリの所有者を変更(&C)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム(&F)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "名前(ファーストネーム)(&F)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Last Name" msgstr "姓(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 +#. label text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "" "リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\n" "メンバーシップだけを変更できます。" -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "システムメールを受信する(&Y)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "自動ログイン(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する(&S)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" msgstr "ユーザログインを禁止する(&I)" -#. push button -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 +#. push button +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "User &Management" msgstr "ユーザ管理(&M)" -#. group name is not known (combobox item): -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 +#. group name is not known (combobox item): +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "(Unknown)" msgstr "(不明)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "De&fault Group" msgstr "デフォルトグループ(&F)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "Login &Shell" msgstr "ログインシェル(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 msgid "Addi&tional User Information" msgstr "追加のユーザ情報(&T)" -#. button label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 +#. button label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "参照(&R)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ(&H)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 msgid "&Move to New Location" msgstr "新しい場所に移動(&M)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode" msgstr "ホームディレクトリパーミッションモード(&P)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "E&mpty Home" msgstr "空のホーム(&M)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory" msgstr "暗号化ホームディレクトリを使用(&U)" -#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 +#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "&Directory Size in MB" msgstr "ディレクトリサイズ(MB)(&D)" -#. label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 +#. label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "For remote users, only additional \n" "group memberships can be changed." @@ -903,109 +841,109 @@ "リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\n" "メンバーシップだけを変更できます。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "User &ID (uid)" msgstr "ユーザID(uid)(&I)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Additional Gr&oups" msgstr "追加のグループ(&O)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 msgid "&LDAP Groups" msgstr "LDAPグループ(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Force Password Change" msgstr "パスワード変更を強制する" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "プラグインの説明" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "プラグインの追加または削除(&O)" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "起動(&L)" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 msgid "New Local User" msgstr "新規のローカルユーザ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New System User" msgstr "新規のシステムユーザ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "New LDAP User" msgstr "新規のLDAPユーザ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Existing Local User" msgstr "既存のローカルユーザ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Existing System User" msgstr "既存のシステムユーザ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Existing LDAP User" msgstr "既存のLDAPユーザ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Existing NIS User" msgstr "既存のNISユーザ" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Us&er Data" msgstr "ユーザ情報(&E)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Pass&word Settings" msgstr "パスワードの設定(&W)" -#. tab label -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 +#. tab label +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "プラグイン(&G)" -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "ユーザ名が空です" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -1015,22 +953,22 @@ "存在するネットワーク環境だけです。\n" "空のままにしますか?" -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "このパスワードを使用しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 +#. popup question +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "ホームディレクトリを %1 に変更しますか?" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1040,13 +978,13 @@ "\n" "まずログオフしてください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "ホームディレクトリのサイズを入力してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1054,115 +992,111 @@ "\n" "ディレクトリは暗号化できません。" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "このプラグインは削除できません。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "新しいユーザを作成しました。" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "新規のローカルグループ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "新規のシステムグループ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "新規のLDAPグループ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "既存のローカルグループ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "既存のシステムグループ" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "既存のLDAPグループ" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "グループ名(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "グループID (gid)(&I)" -#. selection box label -#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes -#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 +#. selection box label +#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes +#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "グループのメンバー(&M)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "グループデータ(&D)" -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" -"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " -"など\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"現在のパスワード暗号化方式(%1)では、パスワード長は %2 ～ %3 文字でなければな" -"りません。\n" +"現在のパスワード暗号化方式(%1)では、パスワード長は %2 ～ %3 文字でなければなりません。\n" "</p>" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1171,24 +1105,22 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、2つめの\n" -"フィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。パスワードを忘れないように" -"してください。\n" +"フィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。パスワードを忘れないようにしてください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 0/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 +#. Help text 0/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用するデフォルト値を設定してく" -"ださい。\n" +"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用するデフォルト値を設定してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" @@ -1200,8 +1132,8 @@ "新規ユーザのプライマリグループのグループ名です。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 1.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 +#. Help text 1.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" @@ -1213,45 +1145,39 @@ "新規ユーザに割り当てる追加のグループ名です。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>デフォルトログインシェル</b><br>\n" -"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、またはシェルの" -"パスを入力してください。</P>\n" +"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、またはシェルのパスを入力してください。</P>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>デフォルトホーム</b><br>\n" -"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィックスです。 ユーザ名がこの値" -"の末尾に\n" +"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィックスです。 ユーザ名がこの値の末尾に\n" "追加されて、ホームディレクトリのデフォルト名になります。\n" "</P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>スケルトンディレクトリ</b><br>\n" -"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコ" -"ピーされます。 </p>\n" +"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされます。 </p>\n" -#. Help text 4.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 +#. Help text 4.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" "Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" @@ -1259,22 +1185,20 @@ "<p><b>ホームディレクトリのumask</b><br>\n" "新しいホームディレクトリの作成に使用されるumask値を指定します。</p>\n" -#. Help text 5/6: -#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 +#. Help text 5/6: +#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>有効期限</b><br>\n" "ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。 日付はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する\n" -"必要があります。 このアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにしま" -"す。</P>\n" +"必要があります。 このアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにします。</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 +#. Help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" @@ -1282,13 +1206,12 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数</B><BR>\n" -"ユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。 有効期限切れログイ" -"ンが可能な日数を\n" +"ユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。 有効期限切れログインが可能な日数を\n" "設定してください。 無期限アクセスの場合は、-1を使用してください。\n" "</P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1298,8 +1221,8 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\n" "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" @@ -1311,8 +1234,8 @@ "中止できます。\n" "</P>" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1322,8 +1245,8 @@ "しばらくお待ちください...\n" "<BR></P>\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" @@ -1335,8 +1258,8 @@ "安全に中止できるかどうかを示すダイアログが表示されます。\n" "</P>\n" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n" @@ -1350,9 +1273,8 @@ "<b>［パスワード］</b>を入力してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1360,97 +1282,76 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"このユーザに割り当てる<b>［ユーザのフルネーム］</b>、<b>［ユーザ名］</b>、お" -"よび<b>［パスワード］</b>を\n" +"このユーザに割り当てる<b>［ユーザのフルネーム］</b>、<b>［ユーザ名］</b>、および<b>［パスワード］</b>を\n" "入力してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "[<b>推奨</b>]をクリックすると、フルネームの一部から<b>ユーザ名</b>が\n" "作成されます。ユーザ名は変更できますが、\n" -"半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してくださ" -"い。\n" -"操作を明確に理解している場合を除いて、このエントリに大文字は使用しないでくだ" -"さい。\n" -"ユーザ名では、パスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。/etc/login." -"defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n" +"半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してください。\n" +"操作を明確に理解している場合を除いて、このエントリに大文字は使用しないでください。\n" +"ユーザ名では、パスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。/etc/login.defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n" "詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 +#. alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>［ユーザ名］</b>では、\n" -"半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してくださ" -"い。\n" +"半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してください。\n" "どのような影響があるかよくわからない場合は、大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"ユーザ名はパスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。 /etc/login.defs" -"ファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n" +"ユーザ名はパスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。 /etc/login.defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n" " 詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ここで作成されたユーザ名とパスワードはLinuxシステムにログインしてLinuxシステ" -"ムを操作するために必要です。[<b>自動ログイン</b>]が有効な場合、ログイン手順は" -"スキップされます。このユーザは自動的にログインします。</p>\n" +"ここで作成されたユーザ名とパスワードはLinuxシステムにログインしてLinuxシステムを操作するために必要です。[<b>自動ログイン</b>]が有効な場合、ログイン手順はスキップされます。このユーザは自動的にログインします。</p>\n" -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System " -"Mail</b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>［システムメールを受信］</b>をオンにすると、ルート宛のメールをこのユーザに" -"転送します。</p>\n" +"<b>［システムメールを受信］</b>をオンにすると、ルート宛のメールをこのユーザに転送します。</p>\n" -#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "" -"<p>［ユーザ管理］を押して、システムにユーザまたはグループを追加してください。" -"</p>" +#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［ユーザ管理］を押して、システムにユーザまたはグループを追加してください。</p>" -#. alternative help text 4/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 +#. alternative help text 4/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" @@ -1462,19 +1363,17 @@ "クリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. alternative help text 5/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 +#. alternative help text 5/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"このユーザの各種のパスワード設定(有効期限など)を編集するには、<b>［パスワード" -"の設定］</b>をクリックします。</p>\n" +"このユーザの各種のパスワード設定(有効期限など)を編集するには、<b>［パスワードの設定］</b>をクリックします。</p>\n" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>To forbid this user to\n" "log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" @@ -1482,8 +1381,8 @@ "<p>このユーザのログインを禁止するには、\n" "<b>［ユーザのログイン禁止する］</b>をオンにします。</p>" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the group data here. \n" @@ -1493,8 +1392,8 @@ "グループのデータをここに入力してください。 \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Name:</b>\n" @@ -1512,8 +1411,8 @@ " 詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/6, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 +#. help text 3/6, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n" @@ -1525,20 +1424,18 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>［グループID(gid)］</b>:\n" -"グループには、名前以外に数値のIDを割り当てる必要があります。このIDはグループ" -"の\n" +"グループには、名前以外に数値のIDを割り当てる必要があります。このIDはグループの\n" "内部表現に使用されます。 IDには0～ %1 の範囲内の値を指定します。\n" " いくつかのIDはインストール中に割り当てられます。 \n" "すでに設定されているIDを使用しようとすると、警告が表示されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1546,16 +1443,14 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>［パスワード］</b>:\n" -"このグループへの切り替え時に、グループのメンバーでないユーザを識別させる必要" -"が\n" -"ある場合は(<tt>newgrp</tt>のマニュアルページを参照)、このグループにパスワード" -"を\n" +"このグループへの切り替え時に、グループのメンバーでないユーザを識別させる必要が\n" +"ある場合は(<tt>newgrp</tt>のマニュアルページを参照)、このグループにパスワードを\n" "割り当ててください。 セキュリティ上の理由から、このパスワードはここに\n" "表示されません。 このエントリは必須ではありません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" @@ -1567,8 +1462,8 @@ "入力エラーを避けるために、パスワードをもう一度入力してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Group Members:</b>\n" @@ -1580,18 +1475,17 @@ "このグループのメンバーであるユーザを選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 +#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "2番目の一覧には、このグループがデフォルトのグループである\n" -"ユーザが表示されます。 デフォルトのグループを変更するには、ユーザを編集する方" -"法しかありません。" +"ユーザが表示されます。 デフォルトのグループを変更するには、ユーザを編集する方法しかありません。" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Additional user data includes:\n" @@ -1601,8 +1495,8 @@ "追加のユーザデータは次のとおりです:\n" "</p>" -#. help text 2/8, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 +#. help text 2/8, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>User ID (uid):</b>\n" @@ -1620,8 +1514,8 @@ "システムによって特殊な目的および擬似ログインに使用されるからです。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" @@ -1635,8 +1529,8 @@ "ファイルの権利は自動的に変更されますが、他のディレクトリにある\n" "ファイルの権利は変更されません。</p>\n" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Home Directory:</b>\n" @@ -1652,79 +1546,49 @@ "既存のディレクトリを選択する場合は、<b>［参照］</b>をクリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for user's home directory mode -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>オプションとして <b>ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード</b> を指定す" -"ることができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にする" -"ためのものです。</p>" +#. help text for user's home directory mode +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p>オプションとして <b>ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード</b> を指定することができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にするためのものです。</p>" -#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 +#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 msgid "" "<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" "check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" "is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>空のホームディレクトリだけを作成するには、\n" -"<b>［空のホーム］</b>をオンにします。 それ以外の場合、新しいホームディレクト" -"リは、\n" +"<b>［空のホーム］</b>をオンにします。 それ以外の場合、新しいホームディレクトリは、\n" "デフォルトのスケルトン(%1)から作成されます。</p>\n" -#. help text for Move to new location checkbox -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更すると、現在のディレクトリの内容が" -"［新しい場所に移動］に従って移動されます。この設定はデフォルトで有効になって" -"います。<b></b> それ以外の場合、新しいホームディレクトリに既存のデータは移動" -"されません。</p>" +#. help text for Move to new location checkbox +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更すると、現在のディレクトリの内容が［新しい場所に移動］に従って移動されます。この設定はデフォルトで有効になっています。<b></b> それ以外の場合、新しいホームディレクトリに既存のデータは移動されません。</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、［<b>暗号化ホームディレクトリ" -"を使用</b>］を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザの" -"ホームディレクトリを\n" -"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意" -"してください。\n" -"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュ" -"リティを\n" -"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスす" -"ることが\n" -"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的" -"に共有してはなりません。</p>" +"<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、［<b>暗号化ホームディレクトリを使用</b>］を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレクトリを\n" +"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意してください。\n" +"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュリティを\n" +"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスすることが\n" +"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的に共有してはなりません。</p>" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化すること" -"ができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除し" -"てください。</p>" +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "<p>指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化することができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除してください。</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" @@ -1734,8 +1598,8 @@ "LDAPユーザのホームディレクトリは、ファイルサーバ上でのみ\n" "変更できます。</p>" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n" "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" @@ -1744,14 +1608,13 @@ "shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>［追加情報］</b>:\n" -"ここではユーザの追加情報を設定できます。 これらのフィールドには、最大3つのセ" -"クションを\n" +"ここではユーザの追加情報を設定できます。 これらのフィールドには、最大3つのセクションを\n" "コンマで区切って入力できます。 通常は、勤務先\n" "、勤務先の電話番号、自宅の電話番号を入力します。 追加情報は、\n" "このユーザに対して<i>finger</i>コマンドを実行したときに表示されます。</p>\n" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Login Shell:</b>\n" @@ -1767,8 +1630,8 @@ "シェルを選択してください。\n" "</p>" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Default Group:</b>\n" @@ -1782,8 +1645,8 @@ "すべてのグループの一覧から、グループを1つ選択してください。\n" "</p>" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" @@ -1795,17 +1658,15 @@ "このユーザをメンバーとして設定する追加のグループを選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 +#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 msgid "" "<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" "extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>プラグインの一覧、ユーザおよびグループの設定の機能拡張が表示されます。\n" +msgstr "<p>プラグインの一覧、ユーザおよびグループの設定の機能拡張が表示されます。</p>\n" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 +#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 msgid "" "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" "is currently in use." @@ -1813,17 +1674,13 @@ "表の左側にあるチェックマークは、そのプラグインが現在使用されていることを\n" "示します。" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"<b>Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>［起動］</b>を選択すると、特定のプラグインの詳細な設定を開始します。" +#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>［起動］</b>を選択すると、特定のプラグインの詳細な設定を開始します。</p>" -#. help texts 1/1 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 +#. help texts 1/1 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" @@ -1833,20 +1690,19 @@ "現在のユーザおよびグループの設定をシステムに保存してください。\n" "</p>" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 msgid "" "<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" "<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>［<b>パスワード変更を強制する</b>］を選択すると、次回ログインした際に\n" -"パスワードを変更するようユーザに求めます。［<b>前回のパスワード変更日</b>］" -"を\n" +"パスワードを変更するようユーザに求めます。［<b>前回のパスワード変更日</b>］を\n" "<i></i>［未変更］に設定すると、ユーザに対してパスワード変更を強制します。</p>" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n" @@ -1856,17 +1712,14 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>［警告が発行されてからパスワードの有効期限が切れるまでの残り日数］<BR>:\n" -"ユーザは、各自のパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に、警告を受けることができま" -"す。 警告が\n" -"発行されてから有効期限が切れるまでの日数を設定してください。 警告を無効にする" -"には、\n" +"<b>［警告が発行されてからパスワードの有効期限が切れるまでの残り日数］</B><BR>:\n" +"ユーザは、各自のパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に、警告を受けることができます。 警告が\n" +"発行されてから有効期限が切れるまでの日数を設定してください。 警告を無効にするには、\n" "-1を設定してください。 \n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n" "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" @@ -1874,35 +1727,30 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>［パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数］</B><BR>:\n" -"ユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。 ログインを許可する" -"日数を\n" +"ユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。 ログインを許可する日数を\n" "設定してください。 無期限アクセスの場合は、-1を使用してください。\n" "</P>\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>［同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数］</B>:<BR>パスワードの有効期限が切" -"れるまで、\n" +"<P><B>［同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数］</B>:<BR>パスワードの有効期限が切れるまで、\n" "ユーザが同じパスワードを使用できる日数を設定してください。</P>\n" -#. Help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 +#. Help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>［同じパスワードを使用する最短日数］</B>:<BR>パスワードを変更できるよう" -"になるまで、\n" +"<P><B>［同じパスワードを使用する最短日数］</B>:<BR>パスワードを変更できるようになるまで、\n" "そのパスワードを使用する最短期間を設定してください。</P>\n" -#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 +#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 msgid "" "<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n" "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" @@ -1912,8 +1760,8 @@ "日付はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する必要があります。 \n" "このアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにします。</P>\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n" @@ -1927,279 +1775,198 @@ "可能性のあるモジュールについて概説します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>［値の変更］</b>:<br>\n" -"適切なモジュールを実行することで、これらの設定を行うことができます。 <b>［設" -"定］</b>でモジュールを選択してください。\n" +"適切なモジュールを実行することで、これらの設定を行うことができます。 <b>［設定］</b>でモジュールを選択してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text for Password Policy Dialog -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>設定する属性のLDAPパスワードポリシーグループを選択するには、［パスワード変" -"更ポリシー］、［パスワードエージングポリシー］、および［ロックアウトポリ" -"シー］タブを選択します。<b></b><b></b><b></b></p>" +#. help text for Password Policy Dialog +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>設定する属性のLDAPパスワードポリシーグループを選択するには、［パスワード変更ポリシー］、［パスワードエージングポリシー］、および［ロックアウトポリシー］タブを選択します。<b></b><b></b><b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>前に使用したパスワードの記憶数を設定する場合、［履歴に記憶するパス" -"ワード数］に適切な値を指定します。 記憶されたパスワードが使われないこともあり" -"ます。</p>" +#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b></b>前に使用したパスワードの記憶数を設定する場合、［履歴に記憶するパスワード数］に適切な値を指定します。 記憶されたパスワードが使われないこともあります。</p>" -#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>パスワードのリセット後、または管理者によるパスワードの変更後に、ユーザに各" -"自のパスワードの変更を強制する場合は、［リセット後パスワードの変更が必要］を" -"選択します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>パスワードのリセット後、または管理者によるパスワードの変更後に、ユーザに各自のパスワードの変更を強制する場合は、［リセット後パスワードの変更が必要］を選択します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ユーザに各自のパスワードの変更を許可する場合は、［ユーザにパスワードの変更" -"を許可］を選択します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ユーザに各自のパスワードの変更を許可する場合は、［ユーザにパスワードの変更を許可］を選択します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>新しいパスワードと一緒に古いパスワードも指定させる場合は、［パスワードの変" -"更時に古いパスワードを要求］を選択します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>新しいパスワードと一緒に古いパスワードも指定させる場合は、［パスワードの変更時に古いパスワードを要求］を選択します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してく" -"ださい。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は <b>検証しない</b> を、選択してくださ" -"い。 <b>確認できないパスワードを受け付ける</b> を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化し" -"たパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行えない場合でもそのパス" -"ワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 <b>確認済みパスワードのみを受け付け" -"る</b> を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が行" -"えない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。</p>" +#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してください。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は <b>検証しない</b> を、選択してください。 <b>確認できないパスワードを受け付ける</b> を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化したパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行えない場合でもそのパスワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 <b>確認済みパスワードのみを受け付ける</b> を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が行えない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。</p>" -#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"［最小パスワード長］には、パスワードの最低文字数を設定します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "［最小パスワード長］には、パスワードの最低文字数を設定します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>［パスワードの最低使用日数］には、パスワードを次に変更できるまでの" -"時間を設定します。</p>" +#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b></b>［パスワードの最低使用日数］には、パスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を設定します。</p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>［パスワードの最大有効日数］には、変更後パスワードが失効するまでの" -"期間を設定します。</p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b></b>［パスワードの最大有効日数］には、変更後パスワードが失効するまでの期間を設定します。</p>" -#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［パスワード失効予告時間］には、パスワードの有効期限が切れることを警告する" -"メッセージを、有効期限の何日前にユーザに表示するかを設定します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［パスワード失効予告時間］には、パスワードの有効期限が切れることを警告するメッセージを、有効期限の何日前にユーザに表示するかを設定します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［失効したパスワードの使用許可回数］には、有効期限の切れたパスワードを認証" -"に使用できる回数を指定します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［失効したパスワードの使用許可回数］には、有効期限の切れたパスワードを認証に使用できる回数を指定します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdLockout attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>バインド時に一定回数連続してパスワードの入力を間違えたらパスワードの使用を" -"禁止する場合は、［パスワードロックを有効にする］を選択します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdLockout attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>バインド時に一定回数連続してパスワードの入力を間違えたらパスワードの使用を禁止する場合は、［パスワードロックを有効にする］を選択します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数］には、バインド時に何回パス" -"ワードの入力を誤ると、そのパスワードを禁止するかを指定します。<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数］には、バインド時に何回パスワードの入力を誤ると、そのパスワードを禁止するかを指定します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>［パスワードロック期間］には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定します。" -"<b></b></p>" +#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>［パスワードロック期間］には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定します。<b></b></p>" -#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>［バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間］には、パスワード入力失敗回数の" -"記録をカウンタから消去するまでの時間を指定します。この時間を経過すると、認証" -"に成功しなかった場合でも記録が消去されます。</p>" +#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b></b>［バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間］には、パスワード入力失敗回数の記録をカウンタから消去するまでの時間を指定します。この時間を経過すると、認証に成功しなかった場合でも記録が消去されます。</p>" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Password Change Policies" msgstr "パスワード変更ポリシー(&P)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" msgstr "パスワードエージングポリシー(&S)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Lockout Policies" msgstr "ロックアウトポリシー(&L)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" msgstr "履歴に記憶するパスワード数(&X)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" msgstr "リセット後パスワードの変更が必要(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 msgid "&User Can Change Password" msgstr "ユーザにパスワードの変更を許可(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" msgstr "パスワードの変更時に古いパスワードを要求(&O)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Password Quality Checking" msgstr "パスワード品質検査" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&No Checking" msgstr "確認しない(&N)" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" msgstr "確認できないパスワードを受け付ける(&E)" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" msgstr "確認済みパスワードのみを受け付ける(&O)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Minimum Password Length" msgstr "最小パスワード長(&M)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Minimum Password Age" msgstr "パスワードの最低使用日数" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 msgid "Maximum Password Age" msgstr "パスワードの最大有効日数" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "パスワード失効予告時間" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" msgstr "失効したパスワードの使用許可回数" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 msgid "Enable Password Locking" msgstr "パスワードロックを有効にする" -#. intField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 +#. intField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" msgstr "パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Password Lock Duration" msgstr "パスワードロック期間" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" msgstr "バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "パスワードポリシーの設定" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -2207,13 +1974,13 @@ "「%1」属性は必須です。\n" "値を入力してください。" -#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 +#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>ホームディレクトリ</b></p>" -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 msgid "" "<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" @@ -2222,80 +1989,73 @@ msgstr "" "<p>LDAPユーザのホームディレクトリをこのマシン上に設置する場合は、\n" "適切な項目を選択してください。この値を変更しても、直接的な操作が行われる\n" -"わけではありません。これは単にYaSTユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけ" -"です。\n" +"わけではありません。これは単にYaSTユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけです。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text caption -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 +#. help text caption +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>［環境設定］をクリックすると、LDAPサーバに格納された環境設定を変更\n" "できます。まだ接続していない場合や環境設定を変更した場合には、\n" "パスワードの入力を要求されます。</p>\n" -#. password policy help text caption -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 +#. password policy help text caption +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>パスワードポリシー</b></p>" -#. password policy help -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 +#. password policy help +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには <b>編集</b> を、新しくパスワード" -"ポリシーを追加する場合は <b>追加</b> をそれぞれ押してください。設定はパスワー" -"ドポリシーが LDAP サーバ上で\n" +"<p>選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには <b>編集</b> を、新しくパスワードポリシーを追加する場合は <b>追加</b> をそれぞれ押してください。設定はパスワードポリシーが LDAP サーバ上で\n" "有効になっている場合にのみ行うことができます。</p>" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" msgstr "このマシンのホームディレクトリ(&H)" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." msgstr "ユーザ管理の環境設定(&S)..." -#. table header -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 msgid "Password Policy" msgstr "パスワードポリシー" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "LDAPの管理設定" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" msgstr "パスワードポリシーオブジェクト名" -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Suffix:" msgstr "サフィックス:" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 msgid "Change Suffix" msgstr "サフィックスの変更" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -2303,240 +2063,240 @@ "ポリシー「%1」はすでに存在しています。\n" "別のポリシーを選択してください。" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 msgid "&System Users" msgstr "システムユーザ(&S)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 msgid "&Local Users" msgstr "ローカルユーザ(&L)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "&NIS Users" msgstr "NISユーザ(&N)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 msgid "L&DAP Users" msgstr "LDAPユーザ(&D)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Sam&ba Users" msgstr "Sambaユーザ(&B)" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 msgid "&Custom" msgstr "カスタム(&C)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "System Users" msgstr "システムユーザ" -#. the type of user set -#. New user is the default option +#. the type of user set +#. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 msgid "NIS Users" msgstr "NISユーザ" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 msgid "LDAP Users" msgstr "LDAPユーザ" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "Samba ユーザ" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Custom" msgstr "カスタム設定" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 msgid "&System Groups" msgstr "システムグループ(&S)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 msgid "&Local Groups" msgstr "ローカルグループ(&L)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 msgid "&NIS Groups" msgstr "NISグループ(&N)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 msgid "L&DAP Groups" msgstr "LDAPグループ(&D)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 msgid "Sam&ba Groups" msgstr "Sambaグループ(&B)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 msgid "System Groups" msgstr "システムグループ" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 msgid "Local Groups" msgstr "ローカルグループ" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 msgid "NIS Groups" msgstr "NIS グループ" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 msgid "LDAP Groups" msgstr "LDAP グループ" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 msgid "Samba Groups" msgstr "Samba グループ" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Samba" msgstr "Samba" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 msgid "&NIS" msgstr "NIS(&N)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "SSSD(&S)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 msgid "&Samba" msgstr "Samba(&S)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" msgstr "ユーザ(&U)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 msgid "&Groups" msgstr "グループ(&G)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 msgid "De&faults for New Users" msgstr "新しいユーザのデフォルト設定(&F)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Authentication Settings" msgstr "認証設定(&A)" -#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- -#. MenuButton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- +#. MenuButton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 msgid "&Set Filter" msgstr "フィルタの設定(&S)" -#. Menu Buton label -#. Menu Buton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#. Menu Buton label +#. Menu Buton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 msgid "E&xpert Options" msgstr "エキスパートオプション(&X)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 msgid "D&efault Group" msgstr "デフォルトグループ(&E)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Default &Login Shell" msgstr "デフォルトログインシェル(&L)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Se&condary Groups" msgstr "セカンダリグループ(&C)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリのパスプレフィックス(&H)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "参照(&B)..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリのスケルトン(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "参照(&W)..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 msgid "Default E&xpiration Date" msgstr "デフォルトの有効期限(&X)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 msgid "&Umask for Home Directory" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ用のUmask(&U)" -#. intfield -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 +#. intfield +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" msgstr "パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数(&A)" -#. menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +#. menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "設定(&C)..." -#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>This is for experts only.</b>\n" @@ -2546,13 +2306,12 @@ "<b>これはエキスパート向けの設定です。</b>\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2562,8 +2321,8 @@ "機能しますが、パスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" @@ -2571,52 +2330,47 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>MD5</b>では、より長いパスワードを使用できるため、セキュリティが強化されま" -"す。ただし、一部のネットワークプロトコルでは\n" +"<b>MD5</b>では、より長いパスワードを使用できるため、セキュリティが強化されます。ただし、一部のネットワークプロトコルでは\n" "MD5をサポートしていないため、NISの使用に問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" "</p>" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b>は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある" -"場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b>は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>" -#. Label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 +#. Label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "暗号化タイプ" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "DES(&D)" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "MD5(&M)" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-256 (&2)" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-512 (&5)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" @@ -2624,65 +2378,57 @@ "<p>\n" "ユーザパスワードのデフォルトの暗号化方式が変更されました。</p>" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>このマシンではNISサーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によって" -"は\n" +"<p>このマシンではNISサーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によっては\n" "ユーザパスワードをDES以外の方式で暗号化すると、NISクライアントに\n" "ログインできない場合があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 msgid "<p>Really use the selected method?</p>" msgstr "<p>選択した方式を使用しますか?</p>" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 msgid "AND" msgstr "および" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 msgid "OR" msgstr "または" -#. helptext 1/4 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 +#. helptext 1/4 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>LDAP検索フィルタの変更</b></p>" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、デフォルトの検索フィルタ以外に、ユーザとグループの検索フィルタを" -"拡張します。</p>" +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ここでは、デフォルトの検索フィルタ以外に、ユーザとグループの検索フィルタを拡張します。</p>" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>［デフォルト］</b>を選択すると、LDAPサーバに保存されているユーザとグ" -"ループの設定モジュール\n" +"<p><b>［デフォルト］</b>を選択すると、LDAPサーバに保存されているユーザとグループの設定モジュール\n" "からデフォルトのフィルタ(「susesearchfilter」属性の値)がロードされます。\n" "まだ接続していない場合は、パスワードの入力を求められます。</p>\n" -#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 +#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 msgid "" "<p><b>Example:</b>\n" "<br>With the user filter\n" @@ -2698,54 +2444,54 @@ "<br>\n" "このフィルタは、「u」で始まるユーザ名を持つユーザだけを取得します。</p>\n" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 msgid "Search Filter for &Users" msgstr "ユーザの検索フィルタ(&U)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 msgid "Search Filter for &Groups" msgstr "グループの検索フィルタ(&G)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 msgid "New Condition for Current Filter" msgstr "現在のフィルタの新規条件" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 msgid "&Attribute" msgstr "属性(&A)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 msgid "&Value" msgstr "値(&V)" -#. pushbuttton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 +#. pushbuttton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 msgid "A&dd to Filter" msgstr "フィルタに追加(&D)" -#. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 msgid "De&fault" msgstr "デフォルト(&F)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 msgid "Enter the value for the attribute." msgstr "属性の値を入力してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 msgid "Enter the value of the user filter." msgstr "ユーザフィルタの値を入力してください。" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 msgid "" "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2753,13 +2499,13 @@ "新しいユーザフィルタにはデフォルトのユーザフィルタが含まれていません。\n" "このフィルタを使用しますか?\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 msgid "Enter the value of the group filter." msgstr "グループフィルタの値を入力してください。" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 msgid "" "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2767,75 +2513,69 @@ "新しいグループフィルタにはデフォルトのグループフィルタが含まれていません。\n" "このフィルタを使用しますか?\n" -#. helptext 0/3 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 +#. helptext 0/3 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>ログイン設定</b></p>" -#. helptext 1/3 - general info -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 +#. helptext 1/3 - general info +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとしてKDMまたはGDMを使" -"用している場合だけです。\n" +"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとしてKDMまたはGDMを使用している場合だけです。\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 +#. helptext 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>［自動ログイン］:</b><br>\n" -"<b>［自動ログイン］</b>を設定すると、ログイン手順がスキップされます。 リスト" -"から選択されたユーザは自動的にログインします。</p>\n" +"<b>［自動ログイン］</b>を設定すると、ログイン手順がスキップされます。 リストから選択されたユーザは自動的にログインします。</p>\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>［パスワードレスログイン］:</b><br>\n" "このオプションをオンにすると、すべてのユーザはパスワードを入力せずに\n" -"ログインできます。 それ以外の場合は、自動ログインできるようにユーザを設定して" -"も、パスワードの入力を要求されます。</p>\n" +"ログインできます。 それ以外の場合は、自動ログインできるようにユーザを設定しても、パスワードの入力を要求されます。</p>\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Display Manager Login Settings" msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャログイン設定" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 msgid "&Auto Login" msgstr "自動ログイン(&A)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 msgid "&User to Log In" msgstr "ログインするユーザ(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 msgid "Password&less Logins" msgstr "パスワードなしのログイン(&L)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." msgstr "ユーザ %1 を削除できません。NISサーバ上で削除する必要があります。" -#. Continue/Cancel popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 +#. Continue/Cancel popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "" "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" @@ -2843,30 +2583,30 @@ "ユーザは現在ログインしています。\n" "続行してよろしいですか?" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 msgid "Selected User Is System User" msgstr "選択したユーザはシステムユーザです" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 msgid "Really delete this system user?" msgstr "このシステムユーザを削除しますか?" -#. question popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 +#. question popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 msgid "Delete the user %1?" msgstr "ユーザ %1 を削除しますか?" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 msgid "" "Delete &Home Directory\n" "%1\n" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ %1 を削除する(&H)\n" -#. yes-no popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 +#. yes-no popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the user %1?\n" @@ -2874,18 +2614,18 @@ "\n" "ユーザ %1 を削除しますか?\n" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "System Group" msgstr "システムグループ" -#. / yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 +#. / yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 msgid "Really delete this system group?" msgstr "このシステムグループを削除しますか?" -#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 +#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the group %1?\n" @@ -2893,8 +2633,8 @@ "\n" "グループ %1 を削除しますか?\n" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -2904,81 +2644,80 @@ "このグループを削除できません。\n" "まずグループからユーザを削除してください。\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 msgid "User List View" msgstr "ユーザリストビュー" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Group List View" msgstr "グループリストビュー" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 msgid "Local" msgstr "ローカル" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "システム" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 msgid "User Type" msgstr "ユーザタイプ" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 msgid "Group Type" msgstr "グループタイプ" -#. menubutton item -#. menubutton item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +#. menubutton item +#. menubutton item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." msgstr "フィルタのカスタマイズ(&Z)..." -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 msgid "&Login Settings" msgstr "ログイン設定(&L)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化(&E)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Write Changes Now" msgstr "変更を今すぐ書き込む(&W)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "LDAP &Search Filter" msgstr "LDAP検索フィルタ(&S)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration" msgstr "LDAPユーザとグループの設定(&D)" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2989,39 +2728,34 @@ "必要があります。 どのユーザも少なくとも1つのグループに所属しています。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。 現在表に表示されている" -"組み合わせを変更するには、<b>［フィルタの設定］</b>を使用します。\n" -"表示をカスタマイズするには、<b>［フィルタのカスタマイズ］</b>を使用します。\n" +"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。 現在表に表示されている組み合わせを変更するには、<b>［フィルタの設定］</b>を使用します。\n" +"表示をカスタマイズするには、<b>［フィルタのカスタマイズ］</b>を使用します。</p>\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"さらに詳細な設定をするには、<b>［エキスパートオプション］</b>をクリックしてく" -"ださい。\n" +"さらに詳細な設定をするには、<b>［エキスパートオプション］</b>をクリックしてください。\n" "パスワードの暗号化の種類、ユーザの認証方式、新規ユーザのデフォルト値、\n" "ログインなどを設定できます。 <b>［変更を今すぐ書き込む］</b>を使用すると、\n" "設定モジュールを終了せずに、すべての変更を保存できます。</p>\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" @@ -3033,8 +2767,8 @@ "<b>［%1］</b>をクリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3044,13 +2778,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加または" -"変更したりします。\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加または変更したりします。\n" " \n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n" @@ -3060,8 +2793,8 @@ "グループダイアログに切り替えるには、［グループ］を選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3073,8 +2806,8 @@ "新規のユーザを作成するには、<b>［追加］</b>をクリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" @@ -3086,23 +2819,21 @@ "［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加ま" -"たは変更したりします。\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加または変更したりします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n" @@ -3112,8 +2843,8 @@ "ユーザダイアログに切り替えるには、［ユーザ］を選択します。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -3125,8 +2856,8 @@ "新規のグループを作成するには、<b>［追加］</b>をクリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" @@ -3138,8 +2869,8 @@ "<b>［編集］</b>または<b>［削除］</b>ボタンをクリックします。\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup error label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 +#. popup error label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 msgid "" "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3147,8 +2878,8 @@ "入力されたホームディレクトリのスケルトンはディレクトリではありません。\n" "もう一度試してください。\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 msgid "" "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3156,8 +2887,8 @@ "入力されたホームのパスプレフィックスはディレクトリではありません。\n" "もう一度試してください。\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 msgid "" "The selected directory does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -3165,8 +2896,8 @@ "選択されたディレクトリは存在しません。\n" "作成しますか?\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 msgid "" "These groups do not exist in your system:\n" "%1\n" @@ -3176,8 +2907,8 @@ "%1\n" "もう一度試してください。\n" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" @@ -3185,48 +2916,48 @@ "存在しないシェルを選択すると、ユーザがログインできない\n" "可能性があります。続行しますか?\n" -#. directory location popup label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 +#. directory location popup label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリへのパス" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 msgid "Login" msgstr "ログイン" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 msgid "Groups" msgstr "グループ" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "グループ名" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 msgid "Group ID" msgstr "グループID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 msgid "Group Members" msgstr "グループのメンバー" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 msgid "" "NIS groups can only be\n" "modified and deleted on the server.\n" @@ -3234,48 +2965,47 @@ "NISグループは、サーバで\n" "変更または削除のみ実行できます。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 msgid "Select an entry from the table." msgstr "表からエントリを選択してください。" -#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 +#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 msgid "There are no changes to save." msgstr "保存する変更内容がありません。" -#. yes/no popup (data were changed) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 +#. yes/no popup (data were changed) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?" msgstr "LDAPサーバからすべてのデータを再度読み込みますか?" -#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 +#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 msgid "Filter: %1" msgstr "フィルタ: %1" -#. wait popup -#. wait popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +#. wait popup +#. wait popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." -msgstr "" -"ユーザとグループの組み合わせを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." +msgstr "ユーザとグループの組み合わせを読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください..." -#. helper function to get information about authentication from -#. appropriate module -#. @param [String] client -#. @return -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 +#. helper function to get information about authentication from +#. appropriate module +#. @param [String] client +#. @return +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "<b>yast2-auth-client module not installed</b>" msgstr "<b>yast2-auth-clientモジュールがインストールされていません</b>" -#. error popup, %1 is package name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 +#. error popup, %1 is package name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "パッケージ %1 はインストールできません" -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 msgid "" "Package %1 is not installed.\n" "Install it now?\n" @@ -3283,31 +3013,31 @@ "パッケージ %1 がインストールされていません。\n" "今すぐインストールしますか?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの管理" -#. init dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 +#. init dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定" -#. label (during init dialog) -#. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 +#. label (during init dialog) +#. label (during init dialog) +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. List of errors found for a given password -#. -#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user -#. -#. @param passwd [String] password to check -#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or -#. validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -3315,10 +3045,10 @@ "証明書を作成する場合、\n" "パスワードは %s 文字以上でなければなりません。" -#. Localized help text about CA constraints -#. -#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" @@ -3326,67 +3056,62 @@ "<p>このパスワードを使用して証明書を作成する場合、\n" "%s 文字以上でなければなりません。</p>" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "ユーザ設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ローカルおよびシステムユーザのパスワード暗号化方式を選択してください。</p>" +msgstr "<p>ローカルおよびシステムユーザのパスワード暗号化方式を選択してください。</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b></b>%s は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合" -"を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b></b>%s は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>" -#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget -#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化種類" -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 msgid "&Password for root User" msgstr "ルートユーザのパスワード(&P)" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 msgid "Con&firm Password" msgstr "パスワードの確認(&F)" -#. text entry label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボードレイアウトのテスト(&T)" -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -3404,13 +3129,12 @@ "作業しなければならない場合だけ、ルートとしてログインしてください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3422,27 +3146,24 @@ "フィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用さ" -"れます:\n" +"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用されます:\n" "たとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n" -"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " -"など\n" +"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -3452,15 +3173,14 @@ "この「root」パスワードは忘れないでください。\n" "</p>" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "システム管理者「root」のパスワード" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -3468,8 +3188,8 @@ "パスワードが入力されていません。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3477,17 +3197,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"ローカルユーザをシステムに追加するには、いずれかの使用可能なオプションを使用" -"します。\n" -"ローカルユーザは、<i></i>/etc/passwdおよび<i></i>/etc/shadowに保存されま" -"す。\n" +"ローカルユーザをシステムに追加するには、いずれかの使用可能なオプションを使用します。\n" +"ローカルユーザは、<i></i>/etc/passwdおよび<i></i>/etc/shadowに保存されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3496,13 +3214,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" -"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) " -"など\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" "の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3514,88 +3231,71 @@ "%{min}～%{max}文字にする必要があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>ユーザ名</b> には半角英数字と\n" -"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用でき" -"ません) 。\n" +"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" "また、ユーザ名には特殊な場合を除いて大文字を使用しないでください。\n" -"ユーザ名はこのようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに" -"は\n" -" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み" -"ください。\n" +"ユーザ名はこのようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する</b> を選択する" -"と、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを root ユーザのパスワードとして" -"も使用するようになります。</p>" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する</b> を選択すると、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを root ユーザのパスワードとしても使用するようになります。</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータをインポートする" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "ローカルユーザが設定されている以前のLinuxインストールが検出されました。\n" -"そこにある情報を使用して、インストール対象のシステムでユーザを作成できま" -"す。\n" -"［<b>ユーザの選択</b>］ボタンを使用して、ユーザを選択します。選択したユーザの" -"基本情報が\n" +"そこにある情報を使用して、インストール対象のシステムでユーザを作成できます。\n" +"［<b>ユーザの選択</b>］ボタンを使用して、ユーザを選択します。選択したユーザの基本情報が\n" "インポートされます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成をスキップ" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "認証サーバが設定されているネットワーク環境などのように、rootが、唯一必要な\n" -"ローカルユーザである場合があります。ローカルユーザを作成せずに続行するに" -"は、\n" +"ローカルユーザである場合があります。ローカルユーザを作成せずに続行するには、\n" "このオプションを選択します\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3605,8 +3305,8 @@ "今、ユーザを作成しない場合は、\n" "［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3616,486 +3316,486 @@ "今、ユーザを作成しない場合は、\n" "［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータをインポートする(&I)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "ユーザの選択" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成をスキップ(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "自動ログイン(&A)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "ユーザが選択されていません" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "%d 名のユーザがインポートされます" -#. selection box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "読み込むユーザーの選択(&S)" -#. check box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "すべての選択/解除(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "暗号化方法: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 msgid "Password &Encryption Type" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化種類(&E)" -#. rich text label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 msgid "&User" msgstr "ユーザ(&U)" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Root Password" msgstr "rootのパスワード(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" msgstr "<%1>root のパスワード<%2> が設定されています" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" msgstr "<%1>root のパスワード<%2> が設定されていません" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> が設定されていません" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" msgstr[0] "<a href=%s>%d 名のユーザ</a>がインポートされます" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 が設定されています" -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 (%4) が設定されています" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法: <a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. User name for user: "root" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 +#. User name for user: "root" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" msgstr "ルート" -#. User name for user: "bin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 +#. User name for user: "bin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 msgid "bin" msgstr "bin" -#. User name for user: "daemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 +#. User name for user: "daemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 msgid "Daemon" msgstr "デーモン" -#. User name for user: "lp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 +#. User name for user: "lp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 msgid "Printing Daemon" msgstr "印刷デーモン" -#. User name for user: "mail" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 +#. User name for user: "mail" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 msgid "Mailer Daemon" msgstr "電子メールデーモン" -#. User name for user: "news" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 +#. User name for user: "news" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 msgid "News System" msgstr "ニュースシステム" -#. User name for user: "uucp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 +#. User name for user: "uucp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System" msgstr "UUCP" -#. User name for user: "games" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 +#. User name for user: "games" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 msgid "Games Account" msgstr "ゲームアカウント" -#. User name for user: "man" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 +#. User name for user: "man" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 msgid "Manual Page Viewer" msgstr "マニュアルページビューア" -#. User name for user: "at" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 +#. User name for user: "at" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon" msgstr "バッチジョブデーモン" -#. User name for user: "wwwrun" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 +#. User name for user: "wwwrun" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 msgid "WWW Daemon Apache" msgstr "WWWデーモンApache" -#. User name for user: "ftp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 +#. User name for user: "ftp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 msgid "FTP Account" msgstr "FTPアカウント" -#. User name for user: "named" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 +#. User name for user: "named" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 msgid "Name Server Daemon" msgstr "ネームサーバデーモン" -#. User name for user: "gdm" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 +#. User name for user: "gdm" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon" msgstr "GNOMEディスプレイマネージャデーモン" -#. User name for user: "postfix" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 +#. User name for user: "postfix" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgstr "Postfixデーモン" -#. User name for user: "sshd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 +#. User name for user: "sshd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 msgid "SSH Daemon" msgstr "SSHデーモン" -#. User name for user: "ntp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 +#. User name for user: "ntp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 msgid "NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTPデーモン" -#. User name for user: "ldap" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 +#. User name for user: "ldap" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 msgid "User for OpenLDAP" msgstr "OpenLDAPユーザ" -#. User name for user: "nobody" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 +#. User name for user: "nobody" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Nobodyユーザ" -#. User name for user: "amanda" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 +#. User name for user: "amanda" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 msgid "Amanda Admin" msgstr "Amanda管理者" -#. User name for user: "vscan" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 +#. User name for user: "vscan" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 msgid "Vscan Account" msgstr "Vscanアカウント" -#. User name for user: "bigsister" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 +#. User name for user: "bigsister" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 msgid "Big Sister" msgstr "Big Sister" -#. User name for user: "wnn" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 +#. User name for user: "wnn" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 msgid "Wnn System Account" msgstr "Wnnシステムアカウント" -#. User name for user: "cyrus" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 +#. User name for user: "cyrus" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 msgid "User for cyrus-imapd" msgstr "cyrus-imapdユーザ" -#. User name for user: "dpbox" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 +#. User name for user: "dpbox" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 msgid "DpBox Account" msgstr "DpBoxアカウント" -#. User name for user: "gnats" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 +#. User name for user: "gnats" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System" msgstr "Gnats Gnuバグ追跡システム" -#. User name for user: "gnump3d" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 +#. User name for user: "gnump3d" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon" msgstr "GNUMP3デーモン" -#. User name for user: "hacluster" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 +#. User name for user: "hacluster" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 msgid "Heartbeat Processes" msgstr "ハートビートプロセス" -#. User name for user: "irc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 +#. User name for user: "irc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 msgid "IRC Daemon" msgstr "IRCデーモン" -#. User name for user: "mailman" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 +#. User name for user: "mailman" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager" msgstr "GNUメーリングリストマネージャ" -#. User name for user: "mdom" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 +#. User name for user: "mdom" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 msgid "Mailing List Agent" msgstr "メーリングリストエージェント" -#. User name for user: "mysql" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 +#. User name for user: "mysql" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 msgid "MySQL Database Admin" msgstr "MySQLデータベース管理者" -#. User name for user: "oracle" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 +#. User name for user: "oracle" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 msgid "Oracle User" msgstr "Oracleユーザ" -#. User name for user: "postgres" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 +#. User name for user: "postgres" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 msgid "PostgreSQL Server" msgstr "PostgreSQLサーバ" -#. User name for user: "pop" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 +#. User name for user: "pop" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 msgid "POP Admin" msgstr "POP管理者" -#. User name for user: "sapdb" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 +#. User name for user: "sapdb" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 msgid "SAPDB Account" msgstr "SAPDBアカウント" -#. User name for user: "snort" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 +#. User name for user: "snort" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 msgid "Snort Network Monitor" msgstr "Snortネットワークモニタ" -#. User name for user: "squid" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 +#. User name for user: "squid" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 msgid "WWW Proxy Squid" msgstr "WWWプロキシSquid" -#. User name for user: "stunnel" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 +#. User name for user: "stunnel" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" msgstr "stunnel(Universal SSL Tunnel)デーモンユーザ" -#. User name for user: "zope" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 +#. User name for user: "zope" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 msgid "Zope" msgstr "Zope" -#. User name for user: "radiusd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 +#. User name for user: "radiusd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 msgid "Radius Daemon" msgstr "Radiusデーモン" -#. User name for user: "otrs" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 +#. User name for user: "otrs" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 msgid "OTRS System User" msgstr "OTRSシステムユーザ" -#. User name for user: "privoxy" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 +#. User name for user: "privoxy" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 msgid "Daemon User for privoxy" msgstr "privoxyデーモンユーザ" -#. User name for user: "vdr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 +#. User name for user: "vdr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 msgid "Video Disk Recorder" msgstr "ビデオディスクレコーダ" -#. User name for user: "icecream" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 +#. User name for user: "icecream" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 msgid "Icecream Daemon" msgstr "Icecreamデーモン" -#. User name for user: "bitlbee" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 +#. User name for user: "bitlbee" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User" msgstr "Bitlbeeデーモンユーザ" -#. User name for user: "dhcpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 +#. User name for user: "dhcpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 msgid "DHCP Server Daemon" msgstr "DHCPサーバデーモン" -#. User name for user: "distcc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 +#. User name for user: "distcc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 msgid "Distcc Daemon" msgstr "Distccデーモン" -#. User name for user: "dovecot" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 +#. User name for user: "dovecot" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon" msgstr "Dovecot IMAPデーモン" -#. User name for user: "fax" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 +#. User name for user: "fax" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 msgid "Facsimile Agent" msgstr "Faxエージェント" -#. User name for user: "partimag" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 +#. User name for user: "partimag" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 msgid "Partimage Daemon User" msgstr "Partimageデーモンユーザ" -#. User name for user: "avahi" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 +#. User name for user: "avahi" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 msgid "User for Avahi" msgstr "Avahi 用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "beagleindex" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 +#. User name for user: "beagleindex" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 msgid "User for Beagle indexing" msgstr "Beagle インデックス用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "casaauth" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 +#. User name for user: "casaauth" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 msgid "casa_atvd System User" msgstr "casa_atvd システムユーザ" -#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 +#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 msgid "User for DVB daemon" msgstr "DVB デーモン用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "festival" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 +#. User name for user: "festival" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 msgid "Festival daemon" msgstr "Festival デーモン" -#. User name for user: "haldaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 +#. User name for user: "haldaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 msgid "User for haldaemon" msgstr "haldaemon 用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "icecast" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 +#. User name for user: "icecast" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 msgid "Icecast streaming server" msgstr "icecast ストリーミングサーバ" -#. User name for user: "lighttpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 +#. User name for user: "lighttpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 msgid "User for lighttpd" msgstr "lighttpd用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "nagios" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 +#. User name for user: "nagios" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 msgid "User for Nagios" msgstr "Nagios 用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "pdns" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 +#. User name for user: "pdns" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 msgid "User for PowerDNS" msgstr "PowerDNS 用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "polkituser" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 +#. User name for user: "polkituser" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 msgid "PolicyKit" msgstr "PolicyKit" -#. User name for user: "pound" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 +#. User name for user: "pound" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 msgid "User for Pound" msgstr "Pound 用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "pulse" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 +#. User name for user: "pulse" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 msgid "PulseAudio daemon" msgstr "PulseAudio デーモン" -#. User name for user: "quagga" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 +#. User name for user: "quagga" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 msgid "Quagga routing daemon" msgstr "Quagga 経路制御デーモン" -#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 +#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 msgid "Sabayon user" msgstr "Sabayon ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" msgstr "Tomcat - Apache サーブレット／JSP エンジン" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 msgid "Apache Tomcat" msgstr "Apache Tomcat" -#. User name for user: "pegasus" -#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 +#. User name for user: "pegasus" +#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" msgstr "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM サービス" -#. User name for user: "ulogd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 +#. User name for user: "ulogd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 msgid "ulog daemon" msgstr "ulog デーモン" -#. User name for user: "uuidd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 +#. User name for user: "uuidd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 msgid "User for uuidd" msgstr "uuidd 用ユーザ" -#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 +#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 msgid "Novell Customer Center User" msgstr "Novell カスタマーセンターのユーザ" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 msgid "" "You have installed a NIS master server.\n" "It is configured to use a different database\n" @@ -4108,42 +3808,39 @@ "別のデータベースをユーザとグループに使用するように設定されています。\n" "設定するデータベースを選択してください。\n" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 msgid "&Local (/etc directory)" msgstr "ローカル(/etcディレクトリ)(&L)" -#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 +#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)" msgstr "NIS (%1 ディレクトリ)(&N)" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 msgid "User Templates" msgstr "ユーザテンプレート" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 msgid "Group Templates" msgstr "グループテンプレート" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"デフォルトで複数のテンプレートが定義されています。 読み取る項目を選択してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "デフォルトで複数のテンプレートが定義されています。 読み取る項目を選択してください。" -#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 +#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"これらを手動で修正してから、YaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" +msgstr "これらを手動で修正してから、YaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 msgid "" "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4151,8 +3848,8 @@ "ファイル %1 に同じ名前(%2)を持つ複数のユーザが存在します。\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 msgid "" "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4160,9 +3857,9 @@ "ファイル %1 に同じ名前(%2)を持つ複数のグループが存在します。\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" "%2\n" @@ -4174,8 +3871,8 @@ "コロンの数が正しくないか、または行のエントリが欠けている可能性があります。\n" "ファイルを手動で修正してからYaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" @@ -4185,14 +3882,14 @@ "コロンの数が正しくないか、または行のエントリが欠けている可能性があります。\n" "ファイルを手動で修正してからYaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" -#. default error message -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 +#. default error message +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read user or group data." msgstr "ユーザまたはグループデータを読み込めません。" -#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), -#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 +#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), +#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4210,206 +3907,205 @@ "そのため、正しくマウントすると、それらのディレクトリに\n" "アクセスできなくなる可能性があります。 ユーザ設定を続行しますか?" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "複数のユーザが入力条件を満たします。" -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定を初期化しています" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "デフォルトのログイン設定を読み込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "デフォルトのシステム設定を読み込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "設定タイプを読み込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "ユーザカスタム設定を読み込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "キャッシュ構造を構築します" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "デフォルトのログイン設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "デフォルトのシステム設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "設定タイプを読み込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "カスタム設定を読み込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "キャッシュ構造を構築しています..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了しました" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "ユーザは存在しません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "グループは存在しません。" -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定を書き込んでいます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "LDAPユーザとグループを書き込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "グループを書き込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "削除されたユーザを確認します" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "ユーザを書き込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "パスワードを書き込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "カスタム設定を書き込みます" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "デフォルトのログイン設定を書き込みます" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "LDAPユーザとグループを書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "グループを書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "削除されたユーザを確認しています..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "ユーザを書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "パスワードを書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "カスタム設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "デフォルトのログイン設定を書き込んでいます..." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "%s ファイルは正しく読み込まれていないため書き込めません。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "ユーザの削除中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "%s ファイルは正しく読み込まれていないため書き込めません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化され" -"ません。" +"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化されません。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "ルートのメールの転送設定中にエラーが発生しました。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "このタイプのユーザ用に利用できるUIDがありません。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4418,8 +4114,8 @@ "選択されたユーザIDは無効です。\n" "%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4427,8 +4123,8 @@ "入力されたユーザIDはすでに使用されています。\n" "使用しますか?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4439,8 +4135,8 @@ "範囲内(%i ～ %i)にありません。\n" "このIDを使用しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4451,8 +4147,8 @@ "ローカルIDです。\n" "ユーザのタイプを「ローカル」に変更しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4463,7 +4159,7 @@ "システムIDです。\n" "ユーザのタイプを「システム」に変更しますか?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4471,8 +4167,8 @@ "\n" "既存のユーザ名は、NISまたはLDAPユーザに所属している場合があります。\n" -#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 +#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4482,16 +4178,15 @@ "存在します。 %1\n" "別のユーザ名を入力してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." -msgstr "" -"［ユーザ詳細情報］にはコロン(:)を使用できません。もう一度試してください。" +msgstr "［ユーザ詳細情報］にはコロン(:)を使用できません。もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4501,8 +4196,8 @@ "入力できます。\n" "余分な部分を削除してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4512,8 +4207,8 @@ "含めることができます。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4522,8 +4217,8 @@ "ディレクトリ %s に書き込めません。\n" "ホームディレクトリに別のパスを選択してください。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4531,8 +4226,8 @@ "このホームディレクトリは別のユーザによって使用されています。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 +#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4542,8 +4237,8 @@ "これはディレクトリではありません。\n" "このパスを使用しますか?" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4551,9 +4246,9 @@ "選択されたホームディレクトリはすでに存在します。\n" "所有者を変更してこのディレクトリを使用しますか?" -#. chown is not needed (#25200) -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#. chown is not needed (#25200) +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4564,8 +4259,8 @@ "所有者は現在編集中のユーザです。\n" "このディレクトリを使用しますか?\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4578,8 +4273,8 @@ "前のホームディレクトリです。\n" "このディレクトリを使用しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4587,13 +4282,13 @@ "存在しないシェルを選択すると、ユーザがログインできない可能性があります。\n" "このシェルを使用しますか?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "このタイプのグループ用に利用できるGIDがありません。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4602,8 +4297,8 @@ "選択されたグループIDは無効です。\n" "%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4611,8 +4306,8 @@ "入力されたグループIDはすでに使用されています。\n" "使用しますか?" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4623,8 +4318,8 @@ "範囲内(%i ～ %i)にありません。\n" "このIDを使用しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4635,8 +4330,8 @@ "ローカルIDです。\n" "グループのタイプを「ローカル」に変更しますか?" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4647,8 +4342,8 @@ "システムIDです。\n" "グループのタイプを「システム」に変更しますか?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4656,8 +4351,8 @@ "グループ名が入力されていません。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4666,8 +4361,8 @@ "グループ名の長さは %i ～ %i 文字でなければなりません。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4679,8 +4374,8 @@ "にする必要があります。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4690,13 +4385,13 @@ "存在します。\n" "別のグループ名を入力してください。" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "ユーザ %s は存在しません。" -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4706,8 +4401,8 @@ "しているユーザが存在するため、このグループ\n" "を削除できません。" -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4717,33 +4412,33 @@ "このグループを削除できません。\n" "まずグループからユーザを削除してください。" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ユーザ</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>グループ</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ログイン設定</h3>" -#. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 +#. summary item, %1 is user name +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "自動ログインに設定されたユーザー %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 msgid "No password for LDAP was entered." msgstr "LDAPのパスワードが入力されていません。" -#. popup question, %s is string argument -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#. popup question, %s is string argument +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format msgid "" "No entry with DN '%s'\n" @@ -4752,39 +4447,38 @@ "DN「%s」のエントリが\n" "LDAPサーバに存在しません。作成しますか?" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos環境設定" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "グループ用のKerberos管理がありません" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "Kerberosプリンシパルの管理" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "kadmin.localを実行できません。" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Attributes" msgstr "LDAP属性" -#. plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +#. plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" msgstr "残りのLDAP属性の編集" -#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 +#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" @@ -4793,28 +4487,28 @@ "LDAP設定では、このオブジェクトに対して属性「%s」は必須ですが、\n" "指定されていません。" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "エラーが発生しました。" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Password Policy" msgstr "LDAPパスワードポリシー" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 msgid "Edit Password Policy" msgstr "パスワードポリシーの編集" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"." msgstr "「%s」のDN構文が不正です。" -#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 +#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 #, perl-format msgid "" "Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" @@ -4823,8 +4517,8 @@ "「%s」の検索時にエラーが発生しました。\n" "%s" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 #, perl-format msgid "" "The object \"%s\"\n" @@ -4833,9 +4527,9 @@ "オブジェクト「%s」は\n" "パスワードポリシーオブジェクトではありません" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" @@ -4843,19 +4537,19 @@ "Shadow アカウント属性のプラグインを使用している時は\n" "このプラグインを追加することはできません。\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 msgid "Shadow Account Configuration" msgstr "シャドーアカウントの環境設定" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes" msgstr "シャドーアカウント属性の編集" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" @@ -4863,23 +4557,23 @@ "パスワードポリシーのプラグインを使用中は、\n" "このプラグインを追加できません。\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 msgid "Quota Configuration" msgstr "クォータの設定" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 msgid "Manage Group Quota" msgstr "グループクォータの管理" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 msgid "Manage User Quota" msgstr "ユーザクォータの管理" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 msgid "" "Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" "Enable quota in the partition settings module." @@ -4887,8 +4581,8 @@ "お使いのシステムではクォータが有効になっていません。\n" "ディスクの分割モジュールを利用してクォータを有効にしてください。" -#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 msgid "" "Error while calling\n" "\"%1\":\n" @@ -4898,38 +4592,35 @@ "\"%1\":\n" "%2" -#. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 +#. the ']' is or-ed... +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "パスワードに使用できるのは、次に示す文字に限られます。\n" -"0-9、 a-z、 A-Z、および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\"のいずれかで" -"す。\n" +"0-9、 a-z、 A-Z、および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\"のいずれかです。\n" "再試行してください。" -#. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 +#. help text (default part shown in more places) +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "パスワードには、 英語キーボードレイアウトにある文字のみ\n" -"使用します。 システムエラーが発生した場合、ローカライズされたキーボードレイア" -"ウトなしで\n" +"使用します。 システムエラーが発生した場合、ローカライズされたキーボードレイアウトなしで\n" "ログインが必要となることがあるからです。\n" "</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4939,38 +4630,38 @@ "使用できません。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "グループ名をパスワードの一部に使用しています。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "ユーザ名をパスワードの一部に使用しています。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "小文字だけをパスワードに使用しています。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "大文字だけをパスワードに使用しています。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "パスワードに回文が使用されています。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "数字だけをパスワードに使用しています。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4979,8 +4670,8 @@ "パスワードは現在の暗号化方式には長すぎます。\n" "%s 文字に切り詰められます。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4989,14 +4680,14 @@ "パスワードが単純すぎます:\n" "%s。" -#. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 +#. popup error, %i is number +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "パスワードは %i 文字以上なければなりません。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -5004,8 +4695,8 @@ "ユーザ名が入力されていません。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5014,20 +4705,19 @@ "ユーザ名の長さは %i ~ %i 文字でなければなりません。\n" "もう一度試してください。." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" "and must begin with a letter or \"_\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" -"ユーザ名は、英字、数字、「-」、「.」、および「_」だけを使用でき、先頭は英字ま" -"たは「_」にする必要があります。\n" +"ユーザ名は、英字、数字、「-」、「.」、および「_」だけを使用でき、先頭は英字または「_」にする必要があります。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -5037,18 +4727,18 @@ "存在します。\n" "別のユーザ名を入力してください。" -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "%1 拡張を取得しています..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "%1 拡張を解除しています..." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "user name and an existing user name.\n" @@ -5058,8 +4748,8 @@ "存在します。\n" "別のユーザ名を入力してください。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 msgid "" "The home directory is used from another user.\n" "Please try again." @@ -5067,45 +4757,45 @@ "このホームディレクトリは別のユーザによって使用されています。\n" "もう一度試してください。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 msgid "No plug-in was defined" msgstr "プラグインが定義されていません" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." msgstr "NISユーザを編集できません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgstr "NISユーザを削除できません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." msgstr "NISグループを変更できません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 msgid "No user was specified." msgstr "ユーザが指定されていません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 msgid "User was not correctly specified." msgstr "ユーザが正しく指定されていません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group." msgstr "NISグループを削除できません。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "入力条件を満たすユーザが複数存在します。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,28 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "ハイパーバイザとツールのインストール" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "仮想マシンを設定しています..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64は仮想マシンのホスティングのための唯一のサポートされたアーキテクチャで" -"す。アーキテクチャは次のとおりです。" +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64は仮想マシンのホスティングのための唯一のサポートされたアーキテクチャです。アーキテクチャは次のとおりです。" -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -43,219 +39,185 @@ "仮想マシンのインストールは、UMLマシンの内部では開始できません。\n" "ホストシステムでインストールを開始します。\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "インストールされているパッケージの確認" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "ネットワークBridgeの設定" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VMサーバ(ドメイン0)の設定中" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>VMサーバの設定</b></big></p><p>VMサーバの設定は、2つのパートがあり" -"ます。</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>VMサーバの設定</b></big></p><p>VMサーバの設定は、2つのパートがあります。</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>最初にシステムに対して必要なパッケージをインストールします。 その後 GRUB " -"が使用されていない場合はブートローダを GRUB に切り替え、 Xen セクションがない" -"場合はブートローダメニューに追加します。</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "<p>最初にシステムに対して必要なパッケージをインストールします。 その後 GRUB が使用されていない場合はブートローダを GRUB に切り替え、 Xen セクションがない場合はブートローダメニューに追加します。</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>GRUBは、XenおよびLinuxカーネルを起動するのに必要なマルチブート標準をサポー" -"トするため、必要です。</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUBは、XenおよびLinuxカーネルを起動するのに必要なマルチブート標準をサポートするため、必要です。</p>" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>設定が問題なく完了したら、ブートローダメニューからVMサーバをブートできま" -"す。</p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>設定が問題なく完了したら、ブートローダメニューからVMサーバをブートできます。</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "インストールが中断されます。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "インストールするハイパーバイザを選択します" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "サーバ: ハイパーバイザを動作させるための最小限のシステム" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "ツール: 仮想マシンを設定、管理、および監視します" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVMサーバ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVMツール" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXCコンテナ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXCデーモン" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "仮想化サーバに接続するためのソフトウェア" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "仮想化クライアントツール" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xenサーバ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xenツール" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "パッケージのインストールに失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "LXCのパッケージのインストールに失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "SLEDクライアントパターンのパッケージのインストールに失敗しました\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "SLESパターンのパッケージのインストールに失敗しました\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" -msgstr "" -"テキストモードで起動しています。グラフィカルコンポーネントをインストールして" -"もよろしいですか？" +msgstr "テキストモードで起動しています。グラフィカルコンポーネントをインストールしてもよろしいですか？" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "パッケージのチェック中..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストール中..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできません。" -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "grub2環境設定ファイルを更新しています..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しています..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "ネットワークブリッジ" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>仮想マシンをホスティングする通常のネットワーク環境設定では、ネットワークブ" -"リッジをお勧めします。</p><p>既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しますか?</p>" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>仮想マシンをホスティングする通常のネットワーク環境設定では、ネットワークブリッジをお勧めします。</p><p>既定のネットワークブリッジを設定しますか?</p>" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVMコンポーネントがインストールされます。ホストでKVMゲストをインストールでき" -"ます。" +msgstr "KVMコンポーネントがインストールされます。ホストでKVMゲストをインストールできます。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"KVMコンポーネントがインストールされます。KVMゲストをインストールするには、マ" -"シンを再起動し、ブートローダメニューのネイティブカーネルを選択します。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "KVMコンポーネントがインストールされます。KVMゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動し、ブートローダメニューのネイティブカーネルを選択します。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Xenゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動してブートローダメニューで" -"［Xenセクション］を選択します。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Xenゲストをインストールするには、マシンを再起動してブートローダメニューで［Xenセクション］を選択します。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Xen Hypervisorおよびツールがインストールされます。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "仮想化クライアントツールがインストールされます。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXCコンポーネントがインストールされます。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "ゲートウェイの既知共有鍵" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "ゲートウェイIP" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "既知共有鍵" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "設定" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "鍵の表示" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "ゲートウェイの証明書/鍵ペア" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "証明書" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "以下のゲートウェイの共有鍵がまだ見つかっていません:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "以下のゲートウェイの証明書がまだ見つかっていません:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(非表示)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "削除するユーザを選択してください。" -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "既知共有鍵は必須です。既知共有鍵を入力してください。" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "証明書ファイルパスと鍵ファイルパスを両方入力してください。" -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "PEMエンコードされた証明書ファイルを選択してください" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "PEMエンコードされた証明書鍵ファイルを選択してください" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "ゲートウェイ既知共有鍵" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "ゲートウェイ証明書" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "証明書ファイルへのパス" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "選択.." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルへのパス" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Android、iOS、MacOS Xクライアント用のユーザ資格情報" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "パスワードの表示" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Windows 7、Windows 8クライアント用のユーザ資格情報" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - 証明書" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - モバイルクライアント" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - Windowsクライアント" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "クライアント - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "クライアント - 証明書" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.confおよびipsec.secretsは、このモジュールの外側で操作されています。\n" "モジュールの使用を続けると、カスタマイズ内容が削除されます。" -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "この接続名はすでに使用されています。" -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "1つのシナリオあたり1つのゲートウェイ接続のみを設定することができます。\n" "すべてのゲートウェイシナリオがすでに使用されています。" -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "このシナリオはすでに別のゲートウェイに対して設定されています。\n" "1つのシナリオの下で2つのゲートウェイを稼働させることはできません。" -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "このユーザ名はすでに使用されています。" -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "一致するクライアント接続が見つかりません。" -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "VPNゲートウェイおよびクライアント" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "グローバルな設定" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "VPNデーモンを有効にします" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "TCP MSSの削減" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "すべてのVPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "新しいVPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "VPNの削除" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "接続ステータスの表示" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "VPNクライアントで特定のインターネットサイトにアクセスする際にトラブルが発生した場合、影響を受けるホストで、間違ったファイアウォール設定のために自動MTU (最大転送単位)検出が行われなくなる可能性があります。\n" "TCP-MSSを削減すると、この状況が修正されます。ただし、利用可能な帯域幅が約10%削減されます。" -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "接続の削除" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "接続を削除してもよろしいですか " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "以下の接続に対する設定を完了してください:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "VPN接続が設定されていますが、デーモンが有効になっていません。\n" "VPNデーモンを有効にしますか?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "設定が正常に適用されました。" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "IPSecデーモンを設定できませんでした。" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "デーモンログと接続ステータスを表示しますか?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "資格情報を編集する前にゲートウェイIPを入力してください。" -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "［新しいVPN］をクリックして、ゲートウェイまたはクライアントを作成してください。" -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "すべてのIPv4ネットワーク (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "すべてのIPv6ネットワーク (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "制限付きCIDR、コンマ区切り:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "接続名: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "ゲートウェイ (サーバ)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "クライアント" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "シナリオは" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "既知共有鍵で通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "証明書で通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Android、iOS、MacOS Xクライアントへのアクセスを提供する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Windows 7、Windows 8クライアントへのアクセスを提供する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "資格情報の編集" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "VPNクライアントのアクセス提供先" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "クライアントのアドレスプール (例 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "ゲートウェイでは認証が必要です" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "既知共有鍵による" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "証明書による" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPNゲートウェイIP" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "VPNトンネルを使用してアクセスする" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "ユーザ名とパスワードの両方を入力してください。" -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "ユーザ名に特殊文字やスペースを使用しないでください。\n" "許容される文字: A-Z、a-z、0-9、ダッシュ、アンダースコア" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "新しいVPN接続の名前を入力してください" -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "VPN接続名を入力してください。" -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "許容される文字: A-Z、a-z、0-9、ダッシュ、アンダースコア\n" "名前の最初の文字は英字でなければなりません。" -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "証明書ファイルへのパス:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルへのパス:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "証明書ファイル自体に鍵を保存しないでください。" -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "証明書ファイルと鍵ファイルの両方を入力してください。" -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "パスワードを入力してください。" -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "ログは自動的に3秒ごとに更新されます。" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "VPNデーモンの再起動" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "デーモンの再起動の確認" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "既存の接続が中断されます。\n" "続行しますか?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "IPSecデーモンを再起動することができませんでした" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "ステータスが利用できません: デーモンが実行されていますか?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "IPSecパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "IPSecデーモンを開始することができませんでした。" -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "sysctlを使用してIP転送設定を適用できませんでした:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "SuSEファイアウォールは有効化されていますがアクティブになっていません。\n" "VPNを適切に機能させるために、今すぐSuSEファイアウォールがアクティブになります。" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "SuSEファイアウォールを再起動できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "SuSEファイアウォールが有効化されていないため、再起動するたびに設定スクリプトを手動で実行する必要があります。今すぐスクリプトが実行されます。\n" "スクリプトは %s にあります" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "VPNグローバル設定" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "VPN (IPSec) デーモンを有効にする: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "TCP MSSを削減する: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "ゲートウェイと接続" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "ゲートウェイがクライアントにサービスを提供する場所 " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "クライアントの接続先 " Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ "パッケージはインストールされていません。\n" "パッケージをインストールして再試行してください。" -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC アドレス" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "ホスト名" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "起動" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-Lan" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@ "<p>WOL を用いて、ネットワークを介して特殊なパケットを送ることで\n" "ご使用の PC を起動することができます。</p>" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "この項目を削除しますか?" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "リモートホストを起動する" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "ホスト名:" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ "クライアントの\n" "MAC アドレス:" -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:01:42 UTC (rev 96933) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2016-09-15 15:02:20 UTC (rev 96934) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n"